Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 27, 2013.

Registration No. 333-191110

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 3

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7011   27-4384691

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100

McLean, VA 22102

Telephone: (703) 883-1000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Christopher J. Nassetta

President and Chief Executive Officer

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100

McLean, VA 22102

Telephone: (703) 883-1000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Joshua Ford Bonnie

Edgar J. Lewandowski

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Telephone: (212) 455-2000

Facsimile: (212) 455-2502

 

Kristin A. Campbell

Executive Vice President and

General Counsel

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

7930 Jones Branch Drive,

Suite 1100

McLean, VA 22102

Telephone: (703) 883-1000

 

Kevin J. Jacobs

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

7930 Jones Branch Drive,

Suite 1100

McLean, VA 22102

Telephone: (703) 883-1000

  Michael P. Kaplan

John B. Meade

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Telephone: (212) 450-4111

Facsimile: (212) 701-5111

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨      Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated November 27, 2013.

             Shares

 

LOGO

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. is offering                      of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholder identified in this prospectus is offering an additional                      shares.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to apply to list our shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “HLT.”

No private equity or real estate opportunity fund or co-investment vehicle sponsored or managed by The Blackstone Group L.P. is selling shares in this offering or receiving cash in lieu of selling shares. After the completion of this offering, affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. will continue to own a majority of the voting power of shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company.” See “Management—Controlled Company Exception.”

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder

   $         $     

 

(1)   The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discount. See “Underwriting.”

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of our common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock from the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about         ,     .

 

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities       Goldman, Sachs & Co.       BofA Merrill Lynch   Morgan Stanley

Prospectus dated                     ,        .


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     16   

Forward-Looking Statements

     44   

Trademarks and Service Marks

     44   

Industry and Market Data

     44   

Use of Proceeds

     45   

Dividend Policy

     46   

Capitalization

     47   

Dilution

     48   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

     50   

Selected Financial Data

     60   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     62   

Industry

     106   
     Page  

Business

     108   

Management

     133   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     173   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     176   

Description of Certain Indebtedness

     179   

Description of Capital Stock

     187   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     193   

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     195   

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

     198   

Legal Matters

     207   

Experts

     207   

Where You Can Find More Information

     207   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholder nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. Neither we, the selling stockholder nor the underwriters take any responsibility for, or can provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any information other than the information in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes that the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $         per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus.

Except where the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Hilton,” “Hilton Worldwide,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries. We refer to the estimated over 311,000 individuals working at our owned, leased, managed, franchised, timeshare and corporate locations worldwide as of September 30, 2013 as our “team members.” Of these team members, approximately 151,000 were directly employed or supervised by us and the remaining team members were employed or supervised by third-parties. Except where the context requires otherwise, references to our “properties,” “hotels” and “rooms” refer to the hotels, resorts and timeshare properties managed, franchised, owned or leased by us. Of these hotels or resorts and rooms, a portion are directly owned or leased by us or joint ventures in which we have an interest and the remaining hotels or resorts and rooms were owned by our third-party owners.

Investment funds associated with or designated by The Blackstone Group L.P., our current majority owners, are referred to herein as “Blackstone” or “our Sponsor” and Blackstone, together with the other owners of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. prior to this offering, are collectively referred to as our “existing owners.”

 

i


Table of Contents

Reference to “ADR” or “Average Daily Rate” means hotel room revenue divided by total number of rooms sold in a given period and “RevPAR” or “Revenue per Available Room” represents hotel room revenue divided by room nights available to guests for a given period. References to “RevPAR index” measure a hotel’s relative share of its segment’s Revenue per Available Room. For example, if a subject hotel’s RevPAR is $50 and the RevPAR of its competitive set is $50, the subject hotel would have no RevPAR index premium. If the subject hotel’s RevPAR totaled $60, its RevPAR index premium would be 20%, which indicates that the subject hotel has outperformed other hotels in its competitive set. References to “global RevPAR index premium” means the average RevPAR index premium of our comparable hotels (as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business and Financial Metrics used by Management—Comparable Hotels” on page 67, but excluding hotels that do not receive competitive set information from Smith Travel Research, or STR, or do not participate with STR). The owner or manager of each Hilton comparable hotel exercises its discretion in identifying the competitive set of properties for such hotel, considering factors such as physical proximity, competition for similar customers, product features, services and amenities, quality and average daily rate, as well as STR rules regarding competitive set makeup. Accordingly, while the hotel brands included in the competitive set for any given Hilton comparable hotel depend heavily on market-specific conditions, the competitive sets for Hilton comparable hotels frequently include properties branded with the competing brands identified for the relevant Hilton comparable hotel listed under “Selected Competitors” on page 116. STR provides us with the relevant data for competitive sets that we submit for each of our comparable hotels, which we utilize to compute the RevPAR index for our comparable hotels.

 

ii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before you decide to invest in shares of our common stock.

Hilton Worldwide

Hilton Worldwide is one of the largest and fastest growing hospitality companies in the world, with 4,080 hotels, resorts and timeshare properties comprising 671,926 rooms in 90 countries and territories. In the nearly 100 years since our founding, we have defined the hospitality industry and established a portfolio of 10 world-class brands. Our flagship full-service Hilton Hotels & Resorts brand is the most recognized hotel brand in the world. Our premier brand portfolio also includes our luxury hotel brands, Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts and Conrad Hotels & Resorts, our full-service hotel brands, DoubleTree by Hilton and Embassy Suites Hotels, our focused-service hotel brands, Hilton Garden Inn, Hampton Inn, Homewood Suites by Hilton and Home2 Suites by Hilton and our timeshare brand, Hilton Grand Vacations. We own or lease interests in 156 hotels, many of which are located in global gateway cities, including iconic properties such as The Waldorf Astoria New York, the Hilton Hawaiian Village and the London Hilton on Park Lane. More than 311,000 team members proudly serve in our properties and corporate offices around the world, and we have approximately 39 million members in our award-winning customer loyalty program, Hilton HHonors.

We operate our business through three segments: (1) management and franchise; (2) ownership; and (3) timeshare. These complementary business segments enable us to capitalize on our strong brands, global market presence and significant operational scale. Through our management and franchise segment, which consists of 3,883 hotels with 603,271 rooms, we manage hotels, resorts and timeshare properties owned by third parties and we license our brands to franchisees. Our management and franchise segment generates high margins and long-term recurring cash flow, and has grown by 40% in terms of number of rooms since June 30, 2007, representing 98% of our overall room growth, with virtually no capital investment by us. Our ownership segment consists of 156 hotels with 62,251 rooms that we own or lease. Through our timeshare segment, which consists of 41 properties comprising 6,404 units, we market and sell timeshare intervals, operate timeshare resorts and a timeshare membership club and provide consumer financing.

In October 2007, we were acquired by affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. and assembled a new management team led by Christopher J. Nassetta, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Under our new leadership, we have transformed our business, creating a globally aligned organization and establishing a performance-driven culture. As part of our transformation, we focused on both top- and bottom-line operating performance, strengthening and expanding our brands and commercial services platform, and enhancing our growth rate, particularly in markets outside the U.S. where our brands historically had been underrepresented.

As a result of the transformation of our business, despite the sharp downturn in our industry, between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we have:

 

    increased the number of open rooms in our system by 36%, or 176,248 rooms, which represents the highest growth rate of any major lodging company;

 

    grown the number of rooms in our development pipeline by 60% to an industry-leading 185,699 rooms, over 99% of which are within our higher-margin, “capital light” management and franchise segment;

 

    increased our total number of rooms under construction by 133%, to an industry-leading 97,520 rooms, over 99% of which are within our management and franchise segment;

 

 

1


Table of Contents
    increased the geographic diversity of our pipeline, with rooms in the development pipeline outside the U.S. increasing from less than 20% to more than 60%, and rooms under construction outside the U.S. increasing from less than 15% to nearly 80%;

 

    significantly enhanced our presence in key segments, brands and geographies, including significant growth in the luxury segment, in our DoubleTree by Hilton and Home2 Suites by Hilton brands and in the number of hotels in Europe and Greater China;

 

    increased our management and franchise segment’s Adjusted EBITDA by 25% from the year ended December 31, 2007 to the year ended December 31, 2012 and grown the proportion of our aggregate segment Adjusted EBITDA contributed by our management and franchise segment from 47% to 53%;

 

    increased the average global revenue per available room, or RevPAR, premium for all brands globally by approximately two percentage points to 15% on a trailing twelve month basis;

 

    expanded membership in our Hilton HHonors program by 88% since December 31, 2007;

 

    significantly outperformed our competitors in the timeshare segment, with annual interval sales increasing over 40% since the year ended December 31, 2007 and segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of timeshare revenue increasing 435 basis points since the year ended December 31, 2010, while beginning a transformation of the business to a more capital-efficient model; for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, 50% of our sales of timeshare intervals were developed by third parties versus 0% for the year ended December 31, 2009; and

 

    significantly improved profitability, increasing our Adjusted EBITDA by an annual average of 12% from the year ended December 31, 2010 through the year ended December 31, 2012, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, increasing our Adjusted EBITDA by 12% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder increased by 68% on average from the year ended December 31, 2010 through the year ended December 31, 2012, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, net income attributable to Hilton stockholder increased 34% as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

See “—Summary Historical Financial Data” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income attributable to Hilton stockholder to Adjusted EBITDA.

We believe this transformation positions us to continue to increase our share of the expanding global lodging industry, which continues to exhibit strong fundamentals and significant long-term growth prospects supported by increasing global travel and tourism. Our business has grown during times of economic expansion, as well as during global economic downturns. For example, during the period between January 1, 2000 and September 30, 2013, we increased the total number of hotel rooms in our system every year, achieving total growth of 122% and a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 6%. Our industry leading percentage of global rooms under construction of 18.5% significantly exceeds our industry leading percentage of the existing global hotel supply of 4.6%, according to data provided by Smith Travel Research, Inc., or STR. We expect that our #1 share of worldwide rooms under construction will allow us to continue to expand our share of worldwide rooms supply and build on our leading market position.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

The transformation of our business since 2007 has enabled us to increase the number of hotels and timeshare units in our system at a more rapid rate than any other major lodging company. The following table illustrates our global room supply by business segment.

LOGO

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths provide the foundation for our position as a leading global hospitality company.

 

    World-Class Hospitality Brands. Our globally recognized, world-class brands have defined the hospitality industry. Our flagship Hilton Hotels & Resorts brand often serves as an introduction to our wider range of brands that are designed to accommodate any customer’s needs anywhere in the world. Our brands have achieved an average global RevPAR index premium of 15% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, based on STR data. This means that our brands achieve on average 15% more revenue per room than competitive properties in similar markets. The demonstrated strength of our brands makes us a preferred partner for hotel owners, who have invested tens of billions of dollars since December 31, 2007 in the development and improvement of our branded hotels.

 

    Leading Global Presence and Scale. We are one of the largest hospitality companies in the world with 4,080 properties and 671,926 rooms in 90 countries and territories. We have hotels in key gateway cities such as New York, London, Dubai, Johannesburg, Tokyo, Shanghai and Sydney and 351 hotels located at or near airports around the world. Our global presence allows us to serve our loyal customers throughout the world and to introduce our award-winning brands to customers in new markets. These world-class brands facilitate system growth by providing hotel owners with a variety of options to address each market’s specific needs. In addition, the diversity of our operations reduces our exposure to business cycles, individual market disruptions and other risks. Our robust commercial services platform allows us to take advantage of our scale to more effectively deliver products and services that drive customer preference and enhance commercial performance on a global basis.

 

   

Large and Growing Loyal Customer Base. Serving our customers is our first priority. By continually adapting to customer preferences and providing our customers with superior experiences, we have improved our overall customer satisfaction ratings four of the last five years. We earned 32 first place awards in the J.D. Power North America Guest Satisfaction rankings since 1999, more than any multi-

 

 

3


Table of Contents
 

brand lodging company. Our hotels accommodated more than 127 million customer visits during the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, with members of our Hilton HHonors loyalty program contributing approximately 50% of the nearly 172 million resulting room nights. Hilton HHonors unites all our brands, encourages customer loyalty and allows us to provide tailored promotions, messaging and customer experiences. We have grown the membership in our Hilton HHonors program by approximately 88% from approximately 21 million as of December 31, 2007 to nearly 39 million as of September 30, 2013.

 

    Significant Embedded Growth. All of our segments are expected to grow through improvement in same-store performance driven by strong anticipated industry fundamentals. PKF Hospitality Research, LLC, or PKF-HR, predicts that lodging industry RevPAR in the U.S., where 78% of our system rooms are located, will grow 7.2% in 2014 and 8.1% in 2015. Our management and franchise segment also is expected to grow through new room additions, as upon completion, our industry-leading development pipeline would result in a 28% increase in our room count with minimal capital investment from us. In addition, our franchise revenues should grow over time as franchise agreements renew at our published license rates, which are higher than our current effective rates. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, our weighted average effective license rate across our brands was 4.5% of room revenue, an increase of 13% since 2007, and our weighted average published license rate was 5.4% as of September 30, 2013. We also expect our incentive management fees, which are linked to hotel profitability measures, to increase as a result of the expected improvements in industry fundamentals. In our ownership segment, we believe we will benefit from strong growth in bottom-line earnings as industry fundamentals continue to improve as a result of this segment’s operating leverage, and our large hotels with significant meeting space should benefit from recent improvements in group demand, which we expect will exhibit strong growth as the current stage of the lodging cycle advances. Finally, our timeshare business has over five years of projected interval supply at our current sales pace in the form of existing owned inventory and executed capital light projects, which should enable us to continue to grow our earnings from the segment with lower levels of capital investment from us.

 

    Strong Cash Flow Generation . We generate significant cash flow from operating activities with an increasing percentage from our growing capital light management and franchise and timeshare segments. During the five-year period ended December 31, 2012, we generated an aggregate of $3.6 billion in cash flow from operating activities. We increased our cash flow from operating activities from $219 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012. We believe that our focus on cash flow generation, the relatively low investment required to grow our management and franchise and timeshare segments, and our disciplined approach to capital allocation position us to maximize opportunities for profitability and growth while continuing to reduce our indebtedness over time.

 

   

Iconic Hotels with Significant Underlying Real Estate Value. Our diverse global portfolio of owned and leased hotels includes a number of iconic properties in major gateway cities such as New York City, London, San Francisco, Chicago, São Paolo, Sydney and Tokyo. The portfolio also includes iconic hotels with significant embedded asset value, including: The Waldorf Astoria New York, a landmark luxury hotel with 1,413 rooms encompassing an entire city block in the heart of midtown Manhattan near Grand Central Terminal; the Hilton Hawaiian Village, a full-service beach resort with 2,860 rooms that sits on approximately 22 oceanfront acres along Waikiki Beach on the island of Oahu; and the London Hilton on Park Lane, a 453-room hotel overlooking Hyde Park in the exclusive Mayfair district of London. Our ten owned hotels with the highest Adjusted EBITDA contributed 54% of our ownership segment’s Adjusted EBITDA during the year ended December 31, 2012, which highlights the quality of our key flagship properties. In addition, we believe the iconic nature of many of these properties creates significant value for our entire system of properties by reinforcing the world-class nature of our brands. We continually focus on increasing the value and enhancing the

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

market position of our owned and leased hotels and have invested $1.8 billion in these properties between December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2013. Over time, we believe we can unlock significant incremental value through opportunistically exiting assets or executing on adaptive reuse plans for all or a portion of certain hotels as retail, residential or timeshare uses.

 

    Market-Leading and Innovative Timeshare Platform. Our timeshare business complements our other segments and provides an alternative hospitality product that serves an attractive customer base. Our timeshare customers are among our most loyal hotel customers, with estimated spend in our hotel system increasing approximately 40% after the purchase of their timeshare interests. Historically, we have concentrated our timeshare efforts in four key markets: Florida, Hawaii, New York City and Las Vegas, which has helped us to increase annual sales of timeshare intervals by more than 40% since 2007 while yielding strong profit margins during a time when our competitors generally experienced declines in both sales and profit margins. As a result of this strong operating performance and the returns we were able to drive on our own timeshare developments, in 2010 we began a transformation of our timeshare business to a capital light model in which third-party timeshare owners and developers provide capital for development while we act as sales and marketing agent and property manager. Through these transactions, we receive a sales and marketing commission and branding fees on sales of timeshare intervals, recurring fees to operate the homeowners’ associations and revenues from resort operations. We also earn recurring fees in connection with the points-based membership programs we operate that provide for exclusive exchange, leisure travel and reservation services, and through fees related to the servicing of consumer loans. We have increased the sales of intervals developed by third parties from zero in 2009 to 50% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, which has dramatically reduced the capital requirements of our timeshare segment while continuing to drive strong earnings and cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we incurred $56 million and $70 million, respectively, of capital expenditures for timeshare inventory, compared to an average of $405 million annually during 2007 and 2008.

 

    Performance-Driven Culture. We are an organization of people serving people, thus it is imperative that we attract and retain best-in-class talent to serve our various stakeholders. We have a performance-driven culture that begins with an intense alignment around our mission, vision, values and key strategic priorities. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Christopher J. Nassetta, has nearly 30 years of experience in the hotel industry, previously serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of Host Hotels & Resorts, Inc., where he was named Institutional Investor ’s 2007 REIT CEO of the Year. He and the balance of our executive management team have been instrumental in transforming our organization and installing a culture that develops leaders at all levels of the organization who are focused on delivering exceptional service to our customers every day. We rely on our over 311,000 team members to execute our strategy and continue to enhance our products and services to ensure that we remain at the forefront of performance and innovation in the lodging industry.

Our Business and Growth Strategy

The following are key elements of our strategy to become the preeminent global hospitality company—the first choice of guests, team members and owners alike:

 

   

Expand our Global Footprint . We intend to build on our leading position in the U.S. and expand our global footprint. In February 2006, we reacquired Hilton International Co., which had operated as a separate company since 1964, and in so doing, reacquired the international Hilton branding rights. Reuniting Hilton’s U.S. and international operations has provided us with the platform to grow our business and brands globally. As a result of the reacquisition and focus on global expansion, we currently rank number one or number two in every major region of the world by rooms under construction, based on STR data. We aim to increase the relative contribution of our international operations, which accounted for only 27% of our revenues during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

Of our new rooms under construction, 78% are located outside of the U.S. We plan to continue to expand our global footprint by introducing the right brands with the right product positioning in targeted markets and allocating business development resources effectively to drive new unit growth in every region of the world.

 

    Grow our Fee-Based Businesses. We intend to grow our higher margin, fee-based businesses. We expect to increase the contribution of our management and franchise segment, which already accounts for more than half of our aggregate segment Adjusted EBITDA, through new third-party hotel development and the conversion of existing hotels to our brands. The number of rooms in our management and franchise segment grew by 40% from June 30, 2007 to September 30, 2013 and substantially all of our current development pipeline of 185,699 rooms consists of hotels in this segment. Upon completion, this pipeline of new, third-party owned hotels would result in a 31% increase in our management and franchise room count with minimal capital investment from us. In addition, we aim to increase the average effective franchise fees we receive over time by renewing and entering into new franchise agreements at our current published franchise fee rates.

 

    Continue to Increase the Capital Efficiency of our Timeshare Business. Traditionally, timeshare operators have funded 100% of the investment necessary to acquire land and construct timeshare properties. In 2010, we began sourcing timeshare intervals through sales and marketing agreements with third-party developers. These agreements enable us to generate fees from the sales and marketing of the timeshare intervals and club memberships and from the management of the timeshare properties without requiring us to fund acquisition and construction costs. Our supply of third-party developed timeshare intervals has increased to 65,000 as of September 2013, compared to no supply in 2009, and the percentage of sales of timeshare intervals developed by third parties has already increased to 50% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013. We will continue to seek opportunities to grow our timeshare business through this capital light model.

 

    Optimize the Performance of our Owned and Leased Hotels. In addition to utilizing our commercial services platform to enhance the revenue performance of our owned and leased assets, we have focused on maximizing the cost efficiency of the portfolio by implementing labor management practices and systems and reducing fixed costs to drive profitability. Through our disciplined approach to asset management, we have developed and executed on strategic plans for each of our hotels and have invested $1.8 billion in our portfolio since December 31, 2007 to enhance the market position of each property. We expect to continue to enhance the performance of our hotels by improving operating efficiencies, and believe there is an opportunity to drive further improvements in operating margins and Adjusted EBITDA. The Adjusted EBITDA of our owned and leased portfolio for 2012 was still below 2008 levels. Further, at certain of our hotels, we are developing plans for the adaptive reuse of all or a portion of the property to residential, retail or timeshare uses. Finally, we expect to create value over time by opportunistically selling assets and restructuring or exiting leases.

 

    Strengthen our Brands and Commercial Services Platform. We intend to enhance our world-class brands through superior brand management by continuing to develop products and services that drive increased RevPAR premiums. We will continue to refine our luxury brands to deliver modern products and service standards that are relevant to today’s luxury traveler. We will continue to position our full-service operating model and product standards to meet evolving customer needs and drive financial results that support incremental owner investment in our hotels. In our focused-service brands, we will continue to position for growth in the U.S., and tailor our products as appropriate to meet the needs of customers and developers outside the U.S. We will continue to innovate and enhance our commercial services platform to ensure we have the most formidable sales, pricing, marketing and distribution platform in the industry to drive premium commercial performance to our entire system of hotels. We also will continue to invest in our Hilton HHonors customer loyalty program to ensure it remains relevant to our customers and drives customer loyalty and value to our hotel owners.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Industry

We believe that the fundamentals of the global hotel industry, as projected by analysts, particularly in the U.S., where 78% of our system-wide rooms are located, will yield strong industry performance and support the growth of our business in coming years. According to STR data, U.S. lodging demand, as measured by number of booked hotel rooms, has improved with the economic recovery in recent years, experiencing a CAGR of 4.9% over the last three years, significantly exceeding the 25-year CAGR of 1.8%. In contrast, over the last three years, U.S. lodging industry supply has grown at a CAGR of 0.9%, well below the 25-year CAGR of 2.0%. We believe this positive imbalance between demand growth and supply growth has contributed to a RevPAR CAGR of 6.8% over the last three years, well above the 25-year CAGR of 2.7%. According to PKF-HR, total U.S. lodging industry RevPAR is expected to increase 7.2% in 2014 and 8.1% in 2015. According to STR data, global lodging demand, as measured by number of booked hotel rooms, has grown at a CAGR of 5.3% over the last three years and hotel supply growth increased at a CAGR of 1.6%. We believe these attractive supply/demand fundamentals provide the potential for continued global RevPAR growth in the coming years.

In addition, we believe that broader positive global macroeconomic and travel and tourism trends will continue to drive longer-term growth in the lodging sector. In particular, we believe that a growing middle class (which the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, or OECD, expects will grow from approximately two to five billion people by 2030) with the desire and resources to travel both within their home regions and elsewhere will support growth in global tourism (which the United Nations World Tourism Organization projects will grow on average between 3% and 4% annually through 2030) and will be an important factor in driving the growth of the global lodging industry. We believe that these trends will provide a strong basis for our growth over the long term.

Our Sponsor

Blackstone (NYSE: BX) is one of the world’s leading investment and advisory firms. Blackstone’s alternative asset management businesses include the management of corporate private equity funds, real estate funds, hedge fund solutions, credit-oriented funds and closed-end mutual funds. Blackstone also provides various financial advisory services, including financial and strategic advisory, restructuring and reorganization advisory and fund placement services. Through its different businesses, Blackstone had total assets under management of approximately $248 billion as of September 30, 2013. Blackstone’s global real estate group is the largest private equity real estate manager in the world with $69 billion of investor capital under management as of September 30, 2013.

Refinancing Transactions

On October 25, 2013, we repaid in full all $13.4 billion in borrowings outstanding on such date under our legacy senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans using the proceeds from our recent offering of $1.5 billion of 5.625% senior notes due 2021, which were released from escrow on such date, borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities, which consists of a $7.6 billion term loan facility (of which we voluntarily repaid $0.1 billion in November 2013) and an undrawn $1.0 billion revolving credit facility, a $3.5 billion commercial mortgage-backed securities loan and a $0.525 billion mortgage loan secured by our Waldorf Astoria New York property, together with additional borrowings under our non-recourse timeshare financing receivables credit facility, or Timeshare Facility, and cash on hand. For more information, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

In addition, on October 25, 2013, Hilton Worldwide, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, issued a notice of redemption to holders of all of the outstanding $96 million aggregate principal amount of its 8% quarterly interest

 

 

7


Table of Contents

bonds due 2031 on November 25, 2013. The bonds were redeemed at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof and accrued and unpaid thereon, to, but not including November 25, 2013. We refer to the repayment of the bonds and the transactions in the preceding paragraph as the “Refinancing Transactions.”

Investment Risks

An investment in shares of our common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows. Some of the more significant challenges and risks relating to an investment in our company include those associated with:

 

    We are subject to the business, financial, and operating risks inherent to the hospitality industry, any of which could reduce our revenues and limit opportunities for growth.

 

    Macroeconomic and other factors beyond our control can adversely affect and reduce demand for our products and services.

 

    Contraction in the global economy or low levels of economic growth could adversely affect our revenues and profitability as well as limit or slow our future growth.

 

    The hospitality industry is subject to seasonal and cyclical volatility, which may contribute to fluctuations in our results of operations and financial condition.

 

    Because we operate in a highly competitive industry, our revenues or profits could be harmed if we are unable to compete effectively.

 

    Any deterioration in the quality or reputation of our brands could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

    If we are unable to maintain good relationships with third-party hotel owners and renew or enter into new management and franchise agreements, we may be unable to expand our presence and our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

 

    We are exposed to the risks resulting from significant investments in owned and leased real estate, which could increase our costs, reduce our profits and limit our ability to respond to market conditions.

 

    Our efforts to develop, redevelop or renovate our owned and leased properties could be delayed or become more expensive, which could reduce revenues or impair our ability to compete effectively.

 

    We share control in joint venture projects, which limits our ability to manage third-party risks associated with these projects.

 

    The timeshare business is subject to extensive regulation and failure to comply with such regulation may have an adverse impact on our business.

 

    A decline in timeshare interval inventory or our failure to enter into and maintain timeshare management agreements may have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

 

    Some of our existing development pipeline may not be developed into new hotels, which could materially adversely affect our growth prospects.

 

    Failures in, material damage to, or interruptions in our information technology systems, software or websites and difficulties in updating our existing software or developing or implementing new software could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

 

    We may be exposed to risks and costs associated with protecting the integrity and security of our guests’ personal information.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
    Failure to comply with marketing and advertising laws, including with regard to direct marketing, could result in fines or place restrictions on our business.

 

    Because we derive a portion of our revenues from operations outside the United States, the risks of doing business internationally could lower our revenues, increase our costs, reduce our profits or disrupt our business.

 

    The loss of senior executives or key field personnel, such as general managers, could significantly harm our business.

 

    Any failure to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property could reduce the value of the Hilton brands and harm our business.

 

    Our substantial indebtedness and other contractual obligations could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and pay our debts and could divert our cash flow from operations for debt payments.

 

    Our Sponsor and its affiliates control us and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Please see “Risk Factors” for a discussion of these and other factors you should consider before making an investment in shares of our common stock.

 

 

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in March 2010. In 1919, our founder Conrad Hilton purchased his first hotel in Cisco, Texas. Through our predecessors, we commenced operations in 1946 when our subsidiary Hilton Hotels Corporation, later renamed Hilton Worldwide, Inc., was incorporated in Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, Virginia 22102 and our telephone number is (703) 883-1000.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares.

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder

             shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholder. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Common stock outstanding after giving
effect to this offering

             shares.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses, will be approximately $          million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering and available cash to repay approximately $         million of term loan borrowings outstanding under our new senior secured credit facilities. To the extent we raise more proceeds in this offering than currently estimated, we will repay additional term loan borrowings or use such proceeds for other general corporate purposes. To the extent we raise less proceeds in this offering than currently estimated, we will reduce the amount of term loan borrowings that will be repaid. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

  Except in relation to the payment to be made to us by the selling stockholder that is described in “Principal and Selling Stockholders,” we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholder, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

Dividend policy

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

Conflicts of Interest

                    , an underwriter of this offering, is an affiliate of Blackstone, our controlling stockholder. Since Blackstone beneficially owns more than 10% of our outstanding common stock, a “conflict of interest” is deemed to exist under Rule 5121(f)(5)(B) of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA. In addition, in connection with the repayment of certain

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

borrowings under our credit facilities, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. is expected to receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering in its capacity as lender. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. holds, directly or indirectly, limited liability company interests in the Selling Stockholder, the immediate parent company of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., and is expected to receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering in connection with its election to receive a cash payment in lieu of shares of our common stock that would otherwise have been distributed to it as a member of the immediate parent entity. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.” These proceeds, when combined with the proceeds received in its capacity as lender, give Goldman, Sachs & Co. more than 5% of the proceeds of this offering, and consequently, Goldman, Sachs & Co. will be deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C). Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. As such, any underwriter that has a conflict of interest pursuant to Rule 5121 will not confirm sales to accounts in which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written consent of the customer. Pursuant to Rule 5121, a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 5121) must participate in the preparation of the prospectus and perform its usual standard of due diligence with respect to the registration statement and this prospectus. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. has agreed to act as qualified independent underwriter for the offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, specifically including those inherent in Section 11 of the Securities Act. We have also agreed to indemnify Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. against certain liabilities incurred in connection with it acting as a qualified independent underwriter in this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed trading symbol

“HLT.”

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of common stock outstanding and the information based thereon does not reflect 80,000,000 shares of common stock that may be granted under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “Management—Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Financial Data

We derived the summary statement of operations data and the summary statement of cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We derived the summary statement of operations data and the summary statement of cash flows data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 and the summary balance sheet data as of September 30, 2013 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared our unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, have included all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

The unaudited summary pro forma financial information has been prepared to reflect the issuance of shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             , which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and the other transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.” The following unaudited summary pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the relevant transactions had been consummated on the date indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

You should read the summary historical financial data below, together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Certain Indebtedness,” and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Pro Forma
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2013
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
      2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  
   

(dollars in millions, except Hotel RevPAR and ADR)

 

Summary Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenues

             

Owned and leased hotels

  $                       $               $  2,982      $  2,931      $  3,979      $  3,898      $  3,667   

Management and franchise fees and other

        868        807        1,088        1,014        901   

Timeshare

        809        822        1,085        944        863   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        4,659        4,560        6,152        5,856        5,431   

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

        2,433        2,378        3,124        2,927        2,637   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

        7,092        6,938        9,276        8,783        8,068   

Expenses

             

Owned and leased hotels

        2,327        2,401        3,230        3,213        3,009   

Timeshare

        545        568        758        668        634   

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    Pro Forma
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2013
  Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
      2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  
   

(dollars in millions, except Hotel RevPAR and ADR)

 

Depreciation and amortization

        455        394        550        564        574   

Impairment losses

               33        54        20        24   

General, administrative and other

        319        327        460        416        637   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        3,646        3,723        5,052        4,881        4,878   

Other expenses from managed and franchised properties

        2,433        2,378        3,124        2,927        2,637   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

        6,079        6,101        8,176        7,808        7,515   

Operating income

        1,013        837        1,100        975        553   

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

        389        291        352        253        128   

 

    Pro Forma
as of
September 30,
2013
    As of and for the
Nine Months
Ended September 30,
    As of and for the
Year Ended December 31,
 
    2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  
   

(dollars in millions, except Hotel RevPAR and ADR)

 

Summary Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $                   $ 724       $ 883       $ 755       $ 781       $ 796    

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

      502         700         550         658         619    

Total assets

      26,729         27,517         27,066         27,312         27,750    

Long-term debt (1)

      14,279         16,064         15,575         16,311         16,995    

Non-recourse timeshare debt (1) (2)

      388         —         —         —         —    

Non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of consolidated variable interest entities (1)

      318         471         420         481         541    

Total equity

      2,553         1,981         2,155         1,702         1,544    

Summary Statement of Cash Flows Data:

           

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

    $ 167       $ 336       $ 433       $ 389       $ 148    

Cash flow from operating activities

      1,024         750         1,110         1,167         833    

Cash flow from investing activities

      (252)        (413)        (558)        (463)        (68)   

Cash flow from financing activities

      (789)        (236)        (576)        (714)        (703)   

Operational and Other Data:

           

Number of hotels and timeshare properties

      4,080         3,924         3,966         3,843         3,709    

Number of rooms and units

      671,926         645,654         652,957         633,238         609,634    

Hotel RevPAR (3)

    $ 100.19       $ 95.07       $ 93.38       $ 90.70       $ 86.16    

Hotel occupancy (3)

      73.5%        72.4%        71.1%        69.7%        68.4%   

Hotel ADR (3)

    $ 136.24       $ 131.30       $ 131.35       $ 130.15       $ 126.06    

Adjusted EBITDA:

           

Management and franchise (4)

    $ 938       $ 877       $ 1,180       $ 1,095       $ 968    

Ownership

      672         566         793         725         688    

Timeshare (4)

      205         198         252         207         171    

Corporate and other

      (208)        (207)        (269)        (274)        (263)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (5)

    $      1,607       $         1,434       $      1,956       $      1,753       $      1,564    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes current maturities.
(2)   Includes Timeshare Facility and our 2.28% notes backed by timeshare financing receivables, or Securitized Timeshare Debt.
(3) Operating statistics are for comparable hotels as of each period end. See the definition of comparable hotels in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business and Financial Metrics Used by Management—Comparable Hotels.”
(4) Includes pro forma timeshare license fee for year ended December 31, 2010. Timeshare license fee agreement of 5% of certain timeshare revenues charged by our management and franchise segment to our timeshare segment was effective January 1, 2011.
(5) EBITDA is defined by us as net income attributable to Hilton stockholder plus interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization. We evaluate our operating performance using a metric we refer to as “Adjusted EBITDA” which is defined as net income attributable to Hilton stockholder before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted to exclude gains, losses and expenses in connection with (i) asset dispositions for both consolidated and unconsolidated investments; (ii) foreign currency transactions; (iii) debt restructurings/retirements; (iv) non-cash impairment charges; (v) furniture, fixtures and equipment, or FF&E replacement reserves required under certain lease arrangements; (vi) reorganization costs; (vii) share-based and certain other compensation expenses; (viii) severance, relocation and other expenses; and (ix) other items.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or other measures of financial performance or liquidity derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors about us and our financial condition and results of operations for the following reasons: (i) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are among the measures used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions; and (ii) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a common performance measure to compare results or estimate valuations across companies in our industry.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as a substitute for profit (loss), cash flow or other methods of analyzing our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our indebtedness;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the impact on earnings or changes resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our future operations;

 

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

 

    other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

The following table provides a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to Hilton stockholder, which we believe is the most closely comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure:

 

                                                                                                                  
    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  
   

(in millions)

 

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

  $ 389       $ 291       $ 352       $ 253       $ 128    

Interest expense

    401         423         569         643         946    

Interest expense included in equity in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated affiliates

    10                13         12         16    

Income tax expense (benefit)

    192         166         214         (59)        308    

Depreciation and amortization

    455         394         550         564         574    

Depreciation and amortization included in equity in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated affiliates

    23         28         34         48         48    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

    1,470         1,310         1,732         1,461         2,020    

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

                                (17)   

Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions

    43         (27)        (23)        21         (18)   

Gain on debt restructuring (a)

    —         —         —         —         (789)   

FF&E replacement reserve (b)

    29         52         68         57         48    

Share-based compensation expense

           20         50         19         56    

Impairment losses

    —         33         54         20         24    

Impairment loss included in equity in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated affiliates

    —                19         141           

Other gain, net (c)

    (5)        (8)        (15)        (19)        (8)   

Other adjustment items (d)

    56         46         64         51         242    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $         1,607       $            1,434       $       1,956       $       1,753       $       1,564    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Represents the gain recognized in our consolidated statement of operations as a result of the debt restructuring in April 2010.
  (b)   Represents FF&E replacement reserves established for the benefit of lessors for requisition of capital assets under certain lease agreements.
  (c)   Other gain, net includes gains and losses on the dispositions of certain property and equipment and investments in affiliates, as well as a gain related to the restructuring of a capital lease in 2011 and a gain related to the discounted repayment of senior unsecured debt in 2010.
  (d)   Represents adjustments for certain legal expenses, severance, and certain guarantee payments. Includes $150 million of legal settlement expense, including a cash payment of $75 million, for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before you decide whether to purchase our common stock.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

We are subject to the business, financial and operating risks inherent to the hospitality industry, any of which could reduce our revenues and limit opportunities for growth.

Our business is subject to a number of business, financial and operating risks inherent to the hospitality industry, including:

 

    significant competition from multiple hospitality providers in all parts of the world;

 

    changes in operating costs, including energy, food, compensation, benefits and insurance;

 

    increases in costs due to inflation that may not be fully offset by price and fee increases in our business;

 

    changes in tax and governmental regulations that influence or set wages, prices, interest rates or construction and maintenance procedures and costs;

 

    the costs and administrative burdens associated with complying with applicable laws and regulations;

 

    the costs or desirability of complying with local practices and customs;

 

    significant increases in cost for health care coverage for employees and potential government regulation with respect to health care coverage;

 

    shortages of labor or labor disruptions;

 

    the availability and cost of capital necessary for us and third-party hotel owners to fund investments, capital expenditures and service debt obligations;

 

    delays in or cancellations of planned or future development or refurbishment projects, which in the case of our managed and franchised hotels and timeshare properties controlled by homeowner associations are generally not within our control;

 

    the quality of services provided by franchisees;

 

    the financial condition of third-party property owners, developers and joint venture partners;

 

    relationships with third-party property owners, developers and joint venture partners, including the risk that owners may terminate our management, franchise or joint venture agreements;

 

    changes in desirability of geographic regions of the hotels or timeshare resorts in our business, geographic concentration of our operations and customers, and shortages of desirable locations for development;

 

    changes in the supply and demand for hotel services (including rooms, food and beverage, and other products and services) and vacation ownership services and products;

 

    the ability of third-party internet and other travel intermediaries to attract and retain customers; and

 

    decreases that may result in the frequency of business travel as a result of alternatives to in person meetings, including virtual meetings hosted on-line or over private teleconferencing networks.

Any of these factors could increase our costs or limit or reduce the prices we are able to charge for hospitality services and timeshare products, or otherwise affect our ability to maintain existing properties or develop new properties. As a result, any of these factors can reduce our revenues and limit opportunities for growth.

 

16


Table of Contents

Macroeconomic and other factors beyond our control can adversely affect and reduce demand for our products and services.

Macroeconomic and other factors beyond our control can reduce demand for hospitality products and services, including demand for rooms at properties that we manage, franchise, own, lease or develop, as well as demand for timeshare properties. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

    changes in general economic conditions, including low consumer confidence, unemployment levels, depressed real estate prices resulting from the severity and duration of any downturn in the U.S. or global economy;

 

    war, political conditions or civil unrest, terrorist activities or threats and heightened travel security measures instituted in response to these events;

 

    decreased corporate or government travel-related budgets and spending, as well as cancellations, deferrals or renegotiations of group business such as industry conventions;

 

    statements, actions, or interventions by governmental officials related to travel and corporate travel-related activities and the resulting negative public perception of such travel and activities;

 

    the financial and general business condition of the airline, automotive and other transportation-related industries and its impact on travel, including decreased airline capacity and routes;

 

    conditions which negatively shape public perception of travel, including travel-related accidents and outbreaks of pandemic or contagious diseases, such as avian flu, severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) and H1N1 (swine flu);

 

    climate change or availability of natural resources;

 

    natural or man-made disasters, such as earthquakes, tsunamis, tornadoes, hurricanes, typhoons, floods, volcanic eruptions, oil spills and nuclear incidents;

 

    changes in the desirability of particular locations or travel patterns of customers;

 

    cyclical over-building in the hotel and timeshare industries; and

 

    organized labor activities, which could cause a diversion of business from hotels involved in labor negotiations and loss of business for our hotels generally as a result of certain labor tactics.

Any one or more of these factors could limit or reduce overall demand for our products and services or could negatively impact our revenue sources, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Contraction in the global economy or low levels of economic growth could adversely affect our revenues and profitability as well as limit or slow our future growth.

Consumer demand for our services is closely linked to the performance of the general economy and is sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels. Decreased global or regional demand for hospitality products and services can be especially pronounced during periods of economic contraction or low levels of economic growth, and the recovery period in our industry may lag overall economic improvement. Declines in demand for our products and services due to general economic conditions could negatively impact our business by decreasing the revenues and profitability of our owned properties, limiting the amount of fee revenues we are able to generate from our managed and franchised properties, and reducing overall demand for timeshare intervals. In addition, many of the expenses associated with our business, including personnel costs, interest, rent, property taxes, insurance and utilities, are relatively fixed. During a period of overall economic weakness, if we are unable to meaningfully decrease these costs as demand for our hotels and timeshare properties decreases, our business operations and financial performance may be adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents

The hospitality industry is subject to seasonal and cyclical volatility, which may contribute to fluctuations in our results of operations and financial condition.

The hospitality industry is seasonal in nature. The periods during which our lodging properties experience higher revenues vary from property to property, depending principally upon location and the customer base served. We generally expect our revenues to be lower in the first quarter of each year than in each of the three subsequent quarters with the fourth quarter being the highest. In addition, the hospitality industry is cyclical and demand generally follows, on a lagged basis, the general economy. The seasonality and cyclicality of our industry may contribute to fluctuations in our results of operations and financial condition.

Because we operate in a highly competitive industry, our revenues or profits could be harmed if we are unable to compete effectively.

The segments of the hospitality industry in which we operate are subject to intense competition. Our principal competitors are other operators of luxury, full-service and focused-service and timeshare properties, including other major hospitality chains with well-established and recognized brands. We also compete against smaller hotel chains, independent and local hotel owners and operators and independent timeshare operators. If we are unable to compete successfully, our revenues or profits may decline.

Competition for hotel guests

We face competition for individual guests, group reservations and conference business. We compete for these customers based primarily on brand name recognition and reputation, as well as location, room rates, property size and availability of rooms and conference space, quality of the accommodations, customer satisfaction, amenities and the ability to earn and redeem loyalty program points. Our competitors may have greater financial and marketing resources and more efficient technology platforms, which could allow them to improve their properties and expand and improve their marketing efforts in ways that could affect our ability to compete for guests effectively.

Competition for management and franchise agreements

We compete to enter into management and franchise agreements. Our ability to compete effectively is based primarily on the value and quality of our management services, brand name recognition and reputation, our ability and willingness to invest capital, availability of suitable properties in certain geographic areas, and the overall economic terms of our agreements and the economic advantages to the property owner of retaining our management services and using our brands. If the properties that we manage or franchise perform less successfully than those of our competitors, if we are unable to offer terms as favorable as those offered by our competitors, or if the availability of suitable properties is limited, our ability to compete effectively for new management or franchise agreements could be reduced.

Competition for sales of timeshare properties

We compete with other timeshare operators for sales of timeshare intervals based principally on location, quality of accommodations, price, financing terms, quality of service, terms of property use, opportunity for timeshare owners to exchange into time at other timeshare properties or other travel rewards as well as brand name recognition and reputation. Our ability to attract and retain purchasers of timeshare intervals depends on our success in distinguishing the quality and value of our timeshare offerings from those offered by others. If we are unable to do so, our ability to compete effectively for sales of timeshare intervals could be adversely affected.

 

18


Table of Contents

Any deterioration in the quality or reputation of our brands could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our brands and our reputation are among our most important assets. Our ability to attract and retain guests depends, in part, on the public recognition of our brands and their associated reputation. In addition, the success of our hotel owners’ businesses and their ability to make payments to us may indirectly depend on the strength and reputation of our brands. Such dependence makes our business susceptible to risks regarding brand obsolescence and to reputational damage. If our brands become obsolete or are viewed as unfashionable or lacking in consistency and quality, we may be unable to attract guests to our hotels, and further we may be unable to attract or retain our hotel owners.

In addition, there are many factors which can negatively affect the reputation of any individual brand, or the overall brand of our company. Changes in ownership or management practices, the occurrence of accidents or injuries, natural disasters, crime, individual guest notoriety, or similar events can have a substantial negative impact on our reputation, create adverse publicity and cause a loss of consumer confidence in our business. Because of the global nature of our brands and the broad expanse of our business and hotel locations, events occurring in one location could have a resulting negative impact on the reputation and operations of otherwise successful individual locations. In addition, the considerable expansion in the use of social media over recent years has compounded the potential scope of the negative publicity that could be generated by such incidents. We could also face legal claims related to these events, along with adverse publicity resulting from such litigation. If the perceived quality of our brands declines, or if our reputation is damaged, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to maintain good relationships with third-party hotel owners and renew or enter into new management and franchise agreements, we may be unable to expand our presence and our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

Our management and franchising business depends on our ability to establish and maintain long-term, positive relationships with third-party property owners and on our ability to renew existing, and enter into new, management and franchise agreements. The management and franchise contracts we enter into with third-party owners are typically long-term arrangements, but may allow the hotel owner to terminate the agreement under certain circumstances, including in certain cases, the failure to meet certain financial or performance criteria. Our ability to meet these financial and performance criteria is subject to, among other things, risks common to the overall hotel industry, including factors outside of our control. In addition, any negative management and franchise pricing trends could adversely affect our ability to negotiate with hotel owners. If we fail to maintain and renew existing management and franchise agreements, and enter into new agreements on favorable terms, we may be unable to expand our presence and our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

Our management and franchise business is subject to real estate investment risks for third-party owners which could adversely affect our operational results and our prospects for growth.

The ability to grow our management and franchise business is subject to the range of risks associated with real estate investments. Our ability to sustain continued growth through management and franchise agreements for new hotels and the conversion of existing facilities to managed or franchised branded hotels is affected, and may potentially be limited, by a variety of factors influencing real estate development generally. These include site availability, the availability of financing, planning, zoning and other local approvals. Other limitations that may be imposed by market factors include projected room occupancy, changes in growth in demand compared to projected supply, geographic area restrictions in management and franchise agreements, costs of construction and anticipated room rate structure. Any inability by us or our third-party owners to manage these factors effectively could adversely affect our operational results and our prospects for growth.

 

19


Table of Contents

If our third-party property owners are unable to repay or refinance loans secured by the mortgaged properties, or to obtain financing adequate to fund current operations or growth plans, our revenues, profits and capital resources could be reduced and our business could be harmed.

Many of the properties owned by our third-party property owners are pledged as collateral for mortgage loans entered into when such properties were purchased or refinanced by them. If our third-party property owners are unable to repay or refinance maturing indebtedness on favorable terms or at all, their lenders could declare a default, accelerate the related debt and repossess the property. Any such repossessions could result in the termination of our management and franchise agreements or eliminate revenues and cash flows from such property, which could negatively affect our business and results of operations. In addition, the owners of managed and franchised hotels depend on financing to buy, develop and improve hotels and in some cases, fund operations during down cycles. Our hotel owners’ inability to obtain adequate funding could materially adversely impact the maintenance and improvement plans with respect to existing hotels, as well as result in the delay or stoppage of the development of our existing pipeline.

If third-party property owners fail to make investments necessary to maintain or improve their properties, guest preference for Hilton brands and reputation and performance results could suffer.

Substantially all of our management and franchise agreements require third-party property owners to comply with standards that are essential to maintaining the quality and reputation of our branded hotel properties. This includes requirements related to the physical condition, safety standards and appearance of the properties as well as the service levels provided by employees. These standards may evolve with customer preference, or we may introduce new requirements and team members over time. If our property owners fail to make investments necessary to maintain or improve the properties in accordance with such standards, guest preference for our brands could diminish, and this could result in an adverse impact on our results of operations. In addition, if third-party property owners fail to observe standards and meet their contractual requirements, we may elect to exercise our termination rights, which would eliminate revenues from these properties and cause us to incur expenses related to terminating these relationships. We may be unable to find suitable or offsetting replacements for any terminated relationships.

Contractual and other disagreements with third-party property owners could make us liable to them or result in litigation costs or other expenses.

Our management and franchise agreements require us and our hotel owners to comply with operational and performance conditions that are subject to interpretation and could result in disagreements. At any given time, we may be in disputes with one or more of our hotel owners. Any such dispute could be very expensive for us, even if the outcome is ultimately in our favor. We cannot predict the outcome of any arbitration or litigation, the effect of any negative judgment against us or the amount of any settlement that we may enter into with any third-party. An adverse result in any of these proceedings could materially adversely affect our results of operations. Furthermore, specific to our industry, some courts have applied principles of agency law and related fiduciary standards to managers of third-party hotel properties, which means that property owners may assert the right to terminate agreements even where the agreements do not expressly provide for termination. In the event of any such termination, our fees from such properties would be eliminated, and accordingly may negatively impact our results of operations.

We are exposed to the risks resulting from significant investments in owned and leased real estate, which could increase our costs, reduce our profits and limit our ability to respond to market conditions.

We own or lease a substantial amount of real property as one of our three business segments. Real estate ownership and leasing is subject to various risks which may or may not be applicable to managed or franchised properties, including:

 

    governmental regulations relating to real estate ownership or operations, including tax, environmental, zoning, and eminent domain laws;

 

20


Table of Contents
    changes in market conditions or the area in which real estate is located losing value;

 

    differences in potential civil liability between owners and operators for accidents or other occurrences on owned or leased properties;

 

    the ongoing need for owner-funded capital improvements and expenditures to maintain or upgrade properties;

 

    periodic total or partial closures due to renovations and facility improvements;

 

    risks associated with mortgage debt, including the possibility of default, fluctuating interest rate levels and uncertainties in the availability of replacement financing;

 

    fluctuations in real estate values or potential impairments in the value of our assets; and

 

    the relative illiquidity of real estate compared to some other assets.

The negative impact on profitability and cash flow from declines in revenues is more pronounced in owned properties because we, as the owner, bear the risk of their high fixed-cost structure. Further, during times of economic distress, declining demand and declining earnings often result in declining asset values and we may not be able to sell properties on favorable terms or at all. Accordingly, we may not be able to adjust our owned property portfolio promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions.

Our efforts to develop, redevelop or renovate our owned and leased properties could be delayed or become more expensive, which could reduce revenues or impair our ability to compete effectively.

Certain of our owned and leased properties were constructed more than a century ago. The condition of aging properties could negatively impact our ability to attract guests or result in higher operating and capital costs, either of which could reduce revenues or profits from these properties. While we have budgeted for replacements and repairs to furniture, fixtures and hotel equipment at our properties there can be no assurance that these replacements and repairs will occur, or even if completed, will result in improved performance. In addition, these efforts are subject to a number of risks, including:

 

    construction delays or cost overruns (including labor and materials) that may increase project costs;

 

    obtaining zoning, occupancy, and other required permits or authorizations;

 

    changes in economic conditions that may result in weakened or lack of demand or negative project returns;

 

    governmental restrictions on the size or kind of development;

 

    volatility in the debt and capital markets that may limit our ability to raise capital for projects or improvements;

 

    lack of availability of rooms or meeting spaces for revenue-generating activities during construction, modernization or renovation projects;

 

    force majeure events, including earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods or tsunamis; and

 

    design defects that could increase costs.

If our properties are not updated to meet guest preferences, if properties under development or renovation are delayed in opening as scheduled, or if renovation investments adversely affect or fail to improve performance, our operations and financial results could be negatively impacted.

Our properties may not be permitted to be rebuilt if destroyed.

Certain of our properties may qualify as legally permissible nonconforming uses and improvements, including certain of our iconic and most profitable properties. If a substantial portion of any such properties were

 

21


Table of Contents

to be destroyed by fire or other casualty, we might not be permitted to rebuild that property as it now exists, regardless of the availability of insurance proceeds. Any loss of this nature, whether insured or not, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and prospects.

We share control in joint venture projects, which limits our ability to manage third-party risks associated with these projects.

Joint venturers often have shared control over the operation of our joint venture assets. In most cases, we are minority participants and do not control the decisions of the ventures. Therefore, joint venture investments may involve risks such as the possibility that a co-venturer in an investment might become bankrupt, be unable to meet its capital contribution obligations, have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, or take actions that are contrary to our instructions or to applicable laws and regulations. In addition, we may be unable to take action without the approval of our joint venture partners, or our joint venture partners could take actions binding on the joint venture without our consent. Consequently, actions by a co-venturer or other third-party could expose us to claims for damages, financial penalties and reputational harm, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business and operations. In addition, we may agree to guarantee indebtedness incurred by a joint venture or co-venturer or provide standard indemnifications to lenders for loss liability or damage occurring as a result of our actions or actions of the joint venture or other co-venturers. Such a guarantee or indemnity may be on a joint and several basis with a co-venturer, in which case we may be liable in the event such co-venturer defaults on its guarantee obligation. The non-performance of such obligations may cause losses to us in excess of the capital we initially may have invested or committed under such obligations.

Preparing our financial statements requires us to have access to information regarding the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of our joint ventures. Any deficiencies in our joint ventures’ internal controls over financial reporting may affect our ability to report our financial results accurately or prevent or detect fraud. Such deficiencies also could result in restatements of, or other adjustments to, our previously reported or announced operating results, which could diminish investor confidence and reduce the market price for our shares. Additionally, if our joint ventures are unable to provide this information for any meaningful period or fail to meet expected deadlines, we may be unable to satisfy our financial reporting obligations or timely file our periodic reports.

Although our joint ventures may generate positive cash flow, in some cases they may be unable to distribute that cash to the joint venture partners. Additionally, in some cases our joint venture partners control distributions and may choose to leave capital in the joint venture rather than distribute it. Because our ability to generate liquidity from our joint ventures depends in part on their ability to distribute capital to us, our failure to receive distributions from our joint venture partners could reduce our return on these investments.

The timeshare business is subject to extensive regulation and failure to comply with such regulation may have an adverse impact on our business.

We develop, manage, market and sell timeshare intervals. Certain of these activities are subject to extensive state regulation in both the state in which the timeshare property is located and the states in which the timeshare property is marketed and sold. Federal regulation of certain marketing practices also applies. In addition, we provide financing to some purchasers of timeshare intervals and we also service the resulting loans. This practice subjects us to various federal and state regulations, including those which require disclosure to borrowers regarding the terms of their loans as well as settlement, servicing and collection of loans. If we fail to comply with applicable federal, state, and local laws in connection with our timeshare business, we may not be able to offer timeshare intervals or associated financing in certain areas, and as a result, the timeshare business could suffer a decline in revenues.

 

22


Table of Contents

A decline in timeshare interval inventory or our failure to enter into and maintain timeshare management agreements may have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

In addition to timeshare interval inventory from our owned timeshare properties, we source inventory through sales and marketing agreements with third-party developers. If we fail to develop timeshare properties or are unsuccessful in entering into new agreements with third-party developers, we may experience a decline in timeshare interval inventory available to be sold by us, which could result in a decrease in our revenues. In addition, a decline in timeshare interval inventory could result in both a decrease of financing revenues that are generated from purchasers of timeshare intervals and fee revenues that are generated by providing management services to the timeshare properties.

If purchasers default on the loans that we provide to finance their purchases of timeshare intervals, the revenues and profits that we derive from the timeshare business could be reduced.

Providing secured financing to some purchasers of timeshare intervals subjects us to the risk of purchaser default. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately $994 million of timeshare financing receivables outstanding. If a purchaser defaults under the financing that we provide, we could be forced to write off the loan and reclaim ownership of the timeshare interval through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. If the timeshare interval has declined in value, we may incur impairment losses that reduce our profits. In addition, we may be unable to resell the property in a timely manner or at the same price, or at all. Also, if a purchaser of a timeshare interval defaults on the related loan during the early part of the amortization period, we may not have recovered the marketing, selling and general and administrative costs associated with the sale of that timeshare interval. If we are unable to recover any of the principal amount of the loan from a defaulting purchaser, or if the allowances for losses from such defaults are inadequate, the revenues and profits that we derive from the timeshare business could be reduced.

Some of our existing development pipeline may not be developed into new hotels, which could materially adversely affect our growth prospects.

As of September 30, 2013, we had a total of 1,069 hotels in our development pipeline, which we define as hotels under construction or approved for development under one of our brands. The commitments of owners and developers with whom we have agreements are subject to numerous conditions, and the eventual development and construction of our pipeline not currently under construction is subject to numerous risks, including, in certain cases, obtaining governmental and regulatory approvals and adequate financing. As a result, we cannot assure you that our entire development pipeline will develop into new hotels.

New brands or services that we launch in the future may not be as successful as we anticipate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We opened our first Home2 Suites by Hilton hotel in 2011 and we launched our eforea spa concept in 2010. We may launch additional branded hotel products and services in the future. We cannot assure you that any new hotel products we launch will be accepted by hotel owners, franchisees or customers, that we will recover the costs we incurred in developing the brands, or that the brands, products or services will be successful. If new branded hotel products and services are not as successful as we anticipate, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may seek to expand through acquisitions of and investments in other businesses and properties, or through alliances, and we may also seek to divest some of our properties and other assets. These acquisition and disposition activities may be unsuccessful or divert management’s attention.

We may consider strategic and complementary acquisitions of and investments in other hotel or hospitality brands, businesses, properties or other assets. Furthermore, we may pursue these opportunities in alliance with existing or prospective owners of managed or franchised properties. In many cases, we will be competing for

 

23


Table of Contents

these opportunities with third parties that may have substantially greater financial resources than us. Acquisitions or investments in brands, businesses, properties or assets as well as these alliances are subject to risks that could affect our business, including risks related to:

 

    issuing shares of stock that could dilute the interests of our existing stockholders;

 

    spending cash and incurring debt;

 

    assuming contingent liabilities; or

 

    creating additional expenses.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify opportunities or complete transactions on commercially reasonable terms or at all or that we will actually realize any anticipated benefits from such acquisitions, investments or alliances. Similarly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain financing for acquisitions or investments on attractive terms or at all or that the ability to obtain financing will not be restricted by the terms of our indebtedness. In addition, the success of any acquisitions or investments also will depend, in part, on our ability to integrate the acquisition or investment with our existing operations.

We may also divest certain properties or assets, and any such divestments may yield lower than expected returns. In some circumstances, sales of properties or other assets may result in losses. Upon a sale of properties or assets, we may become subject to contractual indemnity obligations, incur material tax liabilities or, as a result of required debt repayment, face a shortage of liquidity. Finally, any acquisitions, investments or dispositions could demand significant attention from management that would otherwise be available for business operations, which could harm our business.

Failure to keep pace with developments in technology could adversely affect our operations or competitive position.

The hospitality industry demands the use of sophisticated technology and systems for property management, brand assurance and compliance, procurement, reservation systems, operation of our customer loyalty programs, distribution of hotel resources to current and future customers, and guest amenities. These technologies may require refinements and upgrades. The development and maintenance of these technologies may require significant investment by us. We cannot assure you that as various systems and technologies become outdated or new technology is required, we will be able to replace or introduce them as quickly as needed or in a cost-effective and timely manner. We also cannot assure you that we will achieve the benefits we may have been anticipating from any new technology or system.

Failures in, material damage to, or interruptions in our information technology systems, software or websites, including as a result of cyber-attacks, and difficulties in updating our existing software or developing or implementing new software could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We depend heavily upon our information technology systems in the conduct of our business. We own and license or otherwise contract for sophisticated technology and systems for property management, procurement, reservations and the operation of the Hilton HHonors customer loyalty program. Such systems are subject to, among other things, damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, and natural and man-made disasters. In particular, from time to time we and third parties who serve us experience cyber-attacks, attempted breaches of our or their information technology systems and networks or similar events, which could result in a loss of sensitive business or customer information, systems interruption or the disruption of our operations. For example, in 2011 we were notified by Epsilon, our database marketing vendor, that we were among a group of companies served by Epsilon that were affected by a data breach that resulted in an unauthorized third party gaining access to Epsilon’s files that included names and e-mails of certain of our customers. In addition, substantially all of our data center operations are currently located in a single facility, and any loss or damage to the facility could result in operational disruption and data loss.

 

24


Table of Contents

Damage or interruption to our information systems may require a significant investment to update, remediate or replace with alternate systems, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations as a result. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. Any material interruptions or failures in our systems, including those that may result from our failure to adequately develop, implement and maintain a robust disaster recovery plan and backup systems could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations and, as a result, have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial performance.

We rely on third parties for the performance of a significant portion of our information technology functions worldwide and the provision of information technology and business process services. In particular, our reservation system relies on data communications networks operated by unaffiliated third parties. The success of our business depends in part on maintaining our relationships with these third parties and their continuing ability to perform these functions and services in a timely and satisfactory manner. If we experience a loss or disruption in the provision of any of these functions or services, or they are not performed in a satisfactory manner, we may have difficulty in finding alternate providers on terms favorable to us, in a timely manner or at all, and our business could be adversely affected.

We rely on certain software vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner.

We are vulnerable to various risks and uncertainties associated with our websites and mobile applications, including changes in required technology interfaces, website and mobile application downtime and other technical failures, costs and issues as we upgrade our website software and mobile applications. Additional risks include computer viruses, changes in applicable federal and state regulation, security breaches, legal claims related to our website operations and e-commerce fulfillment and other consumer privacy concerns. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties could reduce website and mobile application sales and have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We may be exposed to risks and costs associated with protecting the integrity and security of our guests’ personal information.

We are subject to various risks associated with the collection, handling, storage and transmission of sensitive information, including risks related to compliance with U.S. and foreign data collection and privacy laws and other contractual obligations, as well as the risk that our systems collecting such information could be compromised. In the course of doing business, we collect large volumes of internal and customer data, including credit card numbers and other personally identifiable information for various business purposes, including managing our workforce, providing requested products and services, and maintaining guest preferences to enhance customer service and for marketing and promotion purposes. Our various information technology systems enter, process, summarize and report such data. If we fail to maintain compliance with the various U.S. and foreign data collection and privacy laws or with credit card industry standards or other applicable data security standards, we could be exposed to fines, penalties, restrictions, litigation or other expenses, and our business could be adversely impacted.

In addition, even if we are fully compliant with legal standards and contractual requirements, we still may not be able to prevent security breaches involving sensitive data. The sophistication of efforts by hackers to gain unauthorized access to information systems has increased in recent years. Any breach, theft, loss, or fraudulent use of customer, employee or company data could cause consumers to lose confidence in the security of our

 

25


Table of Contents

websites, mobile applications and other information technology systems and choose not to purchase from us. Any such security breach could expose us to risks of data loss, business disruption, litigation and other liability, any of which could adversely affect our business.

In addition, states and the federal government have recently enacted additional laws and regulations to protect consumers against identity theft. These laws and similar laws in other jurisdictions have increased the costs of doing business and, if we fail to implement appropriate safeguards or we fail to detect and provide prompt notice of unauthorized access as required by some of these laws, we could be subject to potential claims for damages and other remedies. If we were required to pay any significant amounts in satisfaction of claims under these laws, or if we were forced to cease our business operations for any length of time as a result of our inability to comply fully with any such law, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Failure to comply with marketing and advertising laws, including with regard to direct marketing, could result in fines or place restrictions on our business.

We rely on a variety of direct marketing techniques, including telemarketing, email marketing and postal mailings, and we are subject to various laws and regulations in the U.S. and internationally which govern marketing and advertising practices. Any further restrictions in laws, such as the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991, the Telemarketing Sales Rule, CAN-SPAM Act of 2003, and various U.S. state laws, new laws, or international data protection laws, such as the EU member states’ implementation of proposed privacy regulation, that govern these activities could adversely affect current or planned marketing activities and cause us to change our marketing strategy. If this occurs, we may not be able to develop adequate alternative marketing strategies, which could impact our ability to maintain relationships with our customers and acquire new customers. We also obtain access to names of potential customers from travel service providers or other companies and we market to some individuals on these lists directly or through other companies’ marketing materials. If access to these lists was prohibited or otherwise restricted, our ability to develop new customers and introduce them to products could be impaired.

The growth of internet reservation channels could adversely affect our business and profitability.

A significant percentage of hotel rooms for individual guests is booked through internet travel intermediaries. We contract with such intermediaries and pay them various commissions and transaction fees for sales of our rooms through their systems. If such bookings increase, these intermediaries may be able to obtain higher commissions, reduced room rates or other significant concessions from us or our franchisees. Although we have established agreements with many of these intermediaries that limit transaction fees for hotels, there can be no assurance that we will be able to renegotiate these agreements upon their expiration with terms as favorable as the provisions that existed before the expiration, replacement or renegotiation. Moreover, hospitality intermediaries generally employ aggressive marketing strategies, including expending significant resources for online and television advertising campaigns to drive consumers to their websites. As a result, consumers may develop brand loyalties to the intermediaries’ offered brands, websites and reservations systems rather than to the Hilton brands and systems. If this happens, our business and profitability may be significantly impacted as shifting customer loyalties divert bookings away from our websites.

In addition, in general, internet travel intermediaries have traditionally competed to attract individual consumers or “transient” business rather than group and convention business. However, hospitality intermediaries have recently grown their business to include marketing to large group and convention business. If that growth continues, it could both divert group and convention business away from our hotels, and it could also increase our cost of sales for group and convention business.

Recent class action litigation against several online travel intermediaries and lodging companies, including Hilton, challenges the legality under certain antitrust laws of certain provisions in contracts and alleged practices with third-party intermediaries. While we are vigorously defending the litigation, and believe the contract

 

26


Table of Contents

provisions are lawful, the courts will ultimately determine this issue. Our fees and expenses associated with this litigation, even if we ultimately prevail, could be material. Any adverse outcome could require us to alter our business arrangements with these intermediaries, and consequently could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our reservation system is an important component of our business operations and a disruption to its functioning could have an adverse effect on our performance and results.

We manage a global reservation system that communicates reservations to our branded hotels when made by individuals directly, either online or by telephone to our call centers, or through intermediaries like travel agents, internet travel web sites and other distribution channels. The cost, speed, efficacy and efficiency of the reservation system are important aspects of our business and is an important consideration of hotel owners in choosing to affiliate with our brands. Any failure to maintain or upgrade, and any other disruption to our reservation system may adversely affect our business.

The cessation, reduction or taxation of program benefits of our Hilton HHonors loyalty program could adversely affect the Hilton brands and guest loyalty.

We manage the Hilton HHonors guest loyalty and rewards program for the Hilton brands. Program members accumulate points based on eligible stays and hotel charges and redeem the points for a range of benefits including free rooms and other items of value. The program is an important aspect of our business and of the affiliation value for hotel owners under management and franchise agreements. System hotels (including, without limitation, third-party hotels under management and franchise arrangements) contribute a percentage of the guest’s charges to the program for each stay of a program member. In addition to the accumulation of points for future hotels stays at our brands, Hilton HHonors arranges with third-party service providers such as airlines and rail companies to exchange monetary value represented by points for program awards. Currently, the program benefits are not taxed as income to members. If the program awards and benefits are materially altered, curtailed or taxed such that a material number of HHonors members choose to no longer participate in the program, this could adversely affect our business.

Because we derive a portion of our revenues from operations outside the United States, the risks of doing business internationally could lower our revenues, increase our costs, reduce our profits or disrupt our business.

We currently manage, franchise, own or lease hotels and resorts in 90 countries around the world. Our operations outside the United States represented approximately 27% and 26% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. We expect that revenues from our international operations will continue to account for an increasing portion of our total revenues. As a result, we are subject to the risks of doing business outside the United States, including:

 

    rapid changes in governmental, economic and political policy, political or civil unrest, acts of terrorism or the threat of international boycotts or U.S. anti-boycott legislation;

 

    increases in anti-American sentiment and the identification of the licensed brands as an American brand;

 

    recessionary trends or economic instability in international markets;

 

    changes in foreign currency exchange rates or currency restructurings and hyperinflation or deflation in the countries in which we operate;

 

    the effect of disruptions caused by severe weather, natural disasters, outbreak of disease or other events that make travel to a particular region less attractive or more difficult;

 

    the presence and acceptance of varying levels of business corruption in international markets and the impact of various anti-corruption and other laws;

 

27


Table of Contents
    the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds or limitations on our ability to repatriate non-U.S. earnings in a tax efficient manner;

 

    the ability to comply with or impact of complying with complex and changing laws, regulations and policies of foreign governments that may affect investments or operations, including foreign ownership restrictions, import and export controls, tariffs, embargoes, increases in taxes paid and other changes in applicable tax laws;

 

    uncertainties as to local laws and enforcement of contract and intellectual property rights;

 

    forced nationalization of our properties by local, state or national governments; and

 

    the difficulties involved in managing an organization doing business in many different countries.

These factors may adversely affect the revenues from and the market value of our properties located in international markets. While these factors and the impact of these factors are difficult to predict, any one or more of them could lower our revenues, increase our costs, reduce our profits or disrupt our business operations.

Failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations may increase costs, reduce profits, limit growth or subject us to broader liability.

Our business operations in countries outside the U.S. are subject to a number of laws and regulations, including restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, as well as trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. The FCPA is intended to prohibit bribery of foreign officials and requires companies whose securities are listed in the U.S. to keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect those companies’ transactions and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. OFAC administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals against targeted foreign states, organizations and individuals. We have policies in place designed to comply with applicable sanctions, rules and regulations. Given the nature of our business, it is possible that hotels we own or manage in the 90 countries and territories in which we operate may provide services to persons subject to sanctions. Where we have identified potential violations in the past, we have taken appropriate remedial action including filing voluntary disclosures to OFAC. In addition, some of our operations may be subject to the laws and regulations of non-U.S. jurisdictions, including the U.K.’s Bribery Act 2010, which contains significant prohibitions on bribery and other corrupt business activities, and other local anti-corruption laws in the countries in which we conduct operations.

If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we could be exposed to claims for damages, financial penalties, reputational harm, and incarceration of employees or restrictions on our operation or ownership of hotels and other properties, including the termination of management, franchising, and ownership rights. In addition, in certain circumstances, the actions of parties affiliated with us (including our owners, joint venture partners, team members and agents) may expose us to liability under the FCPA, U.S. sanctions or other laws. These restrictions could increase costs of operations, reduce profits or cause us to forgo development opportunities that would otherwise support growth.

In August 2012, Congress enacted the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or ITRSHRA, which expands the scope of U.S. sanctions against Iran and Syria. In particular, Section 219 of the ITRSHRA amended the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, to require companies subject to Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, reporting obligations under Section 13 of the Exchange Act to disclose in their periodic reports specified dealings or transactions involving Iran or other individuals and entities targeted by certain OFAC sanctions engaged in by the reporting company or any of its affiliates during the period covered by the relevant periodic report. In some cases, ITRSHRA requires companies to disclose these types of transactions even if they would otherwise be permissible under U.S. law. These companies are required to separately file with the SEC a notice that such activities have been disclosed in the relevant periodic report, and the SEC is required to post this notice of disclosure on its website and send the report to the U.S. President

 

28


Table of Contents

and certain U.S. Congressional committees. The U.S. President thereafter is required to initiate an investigation and, within 180 days of initiating such an investigation with respect to certain disclosed activities, to determine whether sanctions should be imposed.

Under ITRSHRA, we will be required to report if we or any of our “affiliates” knowingly engaged in certain specified activities during a period covered by one of our annual reports on Form 10-K or quarterly reports on Form 10-Q. We have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, activities that would require disclosure pursuant to Section 219 of ITRSHRA, including the activities discussed in the disclosures included on Exhibit 99.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, which disclosures are hereby incorporated by reference herein. In addition, because the SEC defines the term “affiliate” broadly, it includes any entity controlled by us as well as any person or entity that controls us or is under common control with us. Because we may be deemed to be a controlled affiliate of Blackstone, affiliates of Blackstone may also be considered our affiliates. Other affiliates of Blackstone have in the past and may in the future be required to make disclosures pursuant to ITRSHRA. Disclosure of such activities, even if such activities are permissible under applicable law, and any sanctions imposed on us or our affiliates as a result of these activities could harm our reputation and brands and have a negative impact on our results of operations.

The loss of senior executives or key field personnel, such as general managers, could significantly harm our business.

Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends somewhat on the efforts and abilities of our senior executives. Finding suitable replacements for senior executives could be difficult. Losing the services of one or more of these senior executives could adversely affect strategic relationships, including relationships with third-party property owners, joint venture partners and vendors, and limit our ability to execute our business strategies.

We also rely on the general managers at each of our managed, owned, leased and joint venture hotels to manage daily operations and oversee the efforts of team members. These general managers are trained professionals in the hospitality industry and have extensive experience in many markets worldwide. The failure to retain, train or successfully manage general managers for our managed, owned, leased and joint venture hotels could negatively affect our operations.

Collective bargaining activity could disrupt our operations, increase our labor costs or interfere with the ability of our management to focus on executing our business strategies.

A significant number of our employees (approximately 27%) and employees of our hotel owners are covered by collective bargaining agreements and similar agreements. If relationships with our employees or employees of our hotel owners or the unions that represent them become adverse, the properties we manage, franchise or own could experience labor disruptions such as strikes, lockouts, boycotts and public demonstrations. A number of our collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 6% of our organized employees, have expired and are in the process of being renegotiated, and we may be required to negotiate additional collective bargaining agreements in the future if more employees become unionized. Labor disputes, which may be more likely when collective bargaining agreements are being negotiated, could harm our relationship with our employees or employees of our hotel owners, result in increased regulatory inquiries and enforcement by governmental authorities and deter guests. Further, adverse publicity related to a labor dispute could harm our reputation and reduce customer demand for our services. Labor regulation and the negotiation of new or existing collective bargaining agreements could lead to higher wage and benefit costs, changes in work rules that raise operating expenses, legal costs, and limitations on our ability or the ability of our third-party property owners to take cost saving measures during economic downturns. We do not have the ability to control the negotiations of collective bargaining agreements covering unionized labor employed by many third-party property owners. Increased unionization of our workforce, new labor legislation or changes in regulations could disrupt our operations, reduce our profitability, or interfere with the ability of our management to focus on executing our business strategies.

 

29


Table of Contents

Labor shortages could restrict our ability to operate our properties or grow our business or result in increased labor costs that could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to attract, retain, train, manage, and engage employees. Our managed, owned, leased and joint venture hotels are staffed by approximately 151,000 team members around the world. If we are unable to attract, retain, train, manage, and engage skilled employees, our ability to manage and staff the managed, owned, leased and joint venture hotels could be impaired, which could reduce customer satisfaction. In addition, the inability of our franchisees to attract, retain, train, manage, and engage skilled employees for the franchised hotels could adversely affect the reputation of our brands. Staffing shortages in various parts of the world also could hinder our ability to grow and expand our businesses. Because payroll costs are a major component of the operating expenses at our hotels and our franchised hotels, a shortage of skilled labor could also require higher wages that would increase labor costs, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Any failure to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property could reduce the value of the Hilton brands and harm our business.

The recognition and reputation of our brands are important to our success. We have over 4,000 trademark registrations in jurisdictions around the world for use in connection with our services. At any given time, we also have a number of pending applications to register trademarks and other intellectual property in the U.S. and other jurisdictions. However, we cannot assure you that those trademark or other intellectual property registrations will be granted or that the steps we take to use, control or protect our trademarks or other intellectual property in the U.S. and other jurisdictions will always be adequate to prevent third parties from copying or using the trademarks or other intellectual property without authorization. We may also fail to obtain and maintain trademark protection for all of our brands in all jurisdictions. For example, in certain jurisdictions, third parties have registered or otherwise have the right to use certain trademarks that are the same as or similar to our trademarks, which could prevent us from registering trademarks and opening hotels in that jurisdiction. Third parties may also challenge our rights to certain trademarks or oppose our trademark applications. Defending against any such proceedings may be costly, and if unsuccessful, could result in the loss of important intellectual property rights. Obtaining and maintaining trademark protection for multiple brands in multiple jurisdictions is also expensive, and we may therefore elect not to apply for or to maintain certain trademarks.

Our intellectual property is also vulnerable to unauthorized copying or use in some jurisdictions outside the U.S., where local law, or lax enforcement of law, may not provide adequate protection. If our trademarks or other intellectual property are improperly used, the value and reputation of the Hilton brands could be harmed. There are times where we may need to resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights. Litigation of this type could be costly, force us to divert our resources, lead to counterclaims or other claims against us or otherwise harm our business or reputation. In addition, we license certain of our trademarks to third parties. For example, we grant our franchisees a right to use certain of our trademarks in connection with their operation of the applicable property. If a franchisee or other licensee fails to maintain the quality of the goods and services used in connection with the licensed trademarks, our rights to, and the value of, our trademarks could potentially be harmed. Failure to maintain, control and protect our trademarks and other intellectual property could likely adversely affect our ability to attract guests or third-party owners, and could adversely impact our results.

In addition, we license the right to use certain intellectual property from unaffiliated third parties. Such rights include the right to grant sublicenses to franchisees. If we are unable to use such intellectual property, our ability to generate revenue from such properties may be diminished.

Third-party claims that we infringe intellectual property rights of others could subject us to damages and other costs and expenses.

Third parties may make claims against us for infringing their patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property rights or for misappropriating their trade secrets. We have been and are currently party to a

 

30


Table of Contents

number of such claims and may receive additional claims in the future. Any such claims, even those without merit, could:

 

    be expensive and time consuming to defend, and result in significant damages;

 

    force us to stop using the intellectual property that is being challenged or to stop providing products or services that use the challenged intellectual property;

 

    force us to redesign or rebrand our products or services;

 

    require us to enter into royalty, licensing, co-existence or other agreements to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property;

 

    divert management’s attention and resources; and

 

    limit the use or the scope of our intellectual property or other rights.

In addition, we may be required to indemnify third-party owners of the hotels that we manage for any losses they incur as a result of any infringement claims against them. All necessary royalty, licensing or other agreements may not be available to us on acceptable terms. Any adverse results associated with third-party intellectual property claims could negatively impact our business.

Exchange rate fluctuations and foreign exchange hedging arrangements could result in significant foreign currency gains and losses and impact our business results.

Conducting business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar subjects us to fluctuations in currency exchange rates that could have a negative impact on financial results. We earn revenues and incur expenses in foreign currencies as part of our operations outside of the U.S. As a result, fluctuations in currency exchange rates may significantly increase the amount of U.S. dollars required for foreign currency expenses or significantly decrease the U.S. dollars received from foreign currency revenues. We also have exposure to currency translation risk because, generally, the results of our business outside of the U.S. are reported in local currency and then translated to U.S. dollars for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. As a result, changes between the foreign exchange rates and the U.S. dollar will affect the recorded amounts of our foreign assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and could have a negative impact on financial results. Our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations will grow if the relative contribution of our operations outside the U.S. increases.

To attempt to mitigate foreign currency exposure, we may enter into foreign exchange hedging agreements with financial institutions to reduce certain of our exposures to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. However, these hedging agreements may not eliminate foreign currency risk entirely and involve costs and risks of their own in the form of transaction costs, credit requirements and counterparty risk.

If the insurance that we or our owners carry does not sufficiently cover damage or other potential losses or liabilities to third parties involving properties that we manage, franchise or own, our profits could be reduced.

We operate in certain areas where the risk of natural disaster or other catastrophic losses vary, and the occasional incidence of such an event could cause substantial damage to us, our owners or the surrounding area. We carry, and we require our owners to carry, insurance from solvent insurance carriers that we believe is adequate for foreseeable first- and third-party losses and with terms and conditions that are reasonable and customary. Nevertheless, market forces beyond our control could limit the scope of the insurance coverage that we and our owners can obtain or which may otherwise restrict our or our owners’ ability to buy insurance coverage at reasonable rates. In the event of a substantial loss, the insurance coverage that we and/or our owners carry may not be sufficient to pay the full value of our financial obligations, our liabilities or the replacement cost of any lost investment or property. Because certain types of losses are uncertain, they can be uninsurable or prohibitively expensive. In addition, there are other risks that may fall outside the general coverage terms and limits of our policies.

 

31


Table of Contents

In some cases, these factors could result in certain losses being completely uninsured. As a result, we could lose some or all of the capital we have invested in a property, as well as the anticipated future revenues, profits, management fees or franchise fees from the property.

Terrorism insurance may not be available at all or at commercially reasonable rates.

Following the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in New York City and the Washington, D.C. area, Congress passed the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, which established the Terrorism Insurance Program to provide insurance capacity for terrorist acts. On December 26, 2007, the Terrorism Insurance Program was extended by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 through December 31, 2014, or TRIPRA. We carry, and we require our owners and our franchisees to carry, insurance from solvent insurance carriers to respond to both first-party and third-party liability losses related to terrorism. We purchase our first-party property damage and business interruption insurance from a stand-alone market in place of and to supplement insurance from government run pools. If TRIPRA is not extended or renewed upon its expiration in 2014, premiums for terrorism insurance coverage will likely increase and/or the terms of such insurance may be materially amended to increase stated exclusions or to otherwise effectively decrease the scope of coverage available, perhaps to the point where it is effectively unavailable.

Terrorist attacks and military conflicts may adversely affect the hospitality industry.

The terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001 underscore the possibility that large public facilities or economically important assets could become the target of terrorist attacks in the future. In particular, properties that are well-known or are located in concentrated business sectors in major cities may be subject to the risk of terrorist attacks.

The occurrence or the possibility of terrorist attacks or military conflicts could:

 

    cause damage to one or more of our properties that may not be fully covered by insurance to the value of the damages;

 

    cause all or portions of affected properties to be shut down for prolonged periods, resulting in a loss of income;

 

    generally reduce travel to affected areas for tourism and business or adversely affect the willingness of customers to stay in or avail themselves of the services of the affected properties;

 

    expose us to a risk of monetary claims arising out of death, injury or damage to property caused by any such attacks; and

 

    result in higher costs for security and insurance premiums or diminish the availability of insurance coverage for losses related to terrorist attacks, particularly for properties in target areas, all of which could adversely affect our results.

Certain of our buildings are also highly profitable properties to our business. In addition to the impacts noted above, the occurrence of a terrorist attack with respect to one of these properties could directly and materially adversely affect our results of operations. Furthermore, the loss of any of our well-known buildings could indirectly impact the value of our brands, which would in turn adversely impact our business prospects.

Changes in U.S. federal, state and local or foreign tax law, interpretations of existing tax law, or adverse determinations by tax authorities, could increase our tax burden or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to taxation at the federal, state or provincial and local levels in the U.S. and various other countries and jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rate could be affected by changes in the composition of

 

32


Table of Contents

earnings in jurisdictions with differing tax rates, changes in statutory rates and other legislative changes, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in determinations regarding the jurisdictions in which we are subject to tax. From time to time, the U.S. federal, state and local and foreign governments make substantive changes to tax rules and their application, which could result in materially higher corporate taxes than would be incurred under existing tax law and could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We record tax expense based in part on our estimates of expected future tax rates, reserves for uncertain tax positions in multiple tax jurisdictions, and valuation allowances related to certain net deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards.

We are subject to ongoing and periodic tax audits and disputes in various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. In particular, our consolidated U.S. federal income tax returns for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and October 24, 2007 are under audit by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and the IRS has proposed adjustments to increase our taxable income based on several assertions involving intercompany loans, our Hilton HHonors guest loyalty and reward program and our foreign-currency denominated loans issued by one of our subsidiaries. In total, the proposed adjustments sought by the IRS would result in U.S. federal tax owed of approximately $695 million, excluding interest and penalties and potential state income taxes. We disagree with the IRS’s position on each of the assertions and intend to vigorously contest them. See Note 18: “Income Taxes” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information. An unfavorable outcome from any tax audit could result in higher tax costs, penalties and interest, thereby adversely impacting our financial condition or results of operations.

Changes to accounting rules or regulations may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

New accounting rules or regulations and varying interpretations of existing accounting rules or regulations have occurred and may occur in the future. A change in accounting rules or regulations may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective, and future changes to accounting rules or regulations or the questioning of current accounting practices may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For example, in 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued a revised exposure draft outlining proposed changes to current lease accounting in FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 840, Leases . The proposed accounting standards update, if ultimately adopted in its current form, could result in significant changes to current accounting, including the capitalization of leases on the balance sheet that currently are recorded off balance sheet as operating leases. While this change would not impact the cash flow related to our leased hotels and other leased assets, it could adversely impact our balance sheet and could therefore impact our ability to raise financing from banks or other sources.

Changes to estimates or projections used to assess the fair value of our assets, or operating results that are lower than our current estimates at certain locations, may cause us to incur impairment charges that could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our total assets include goodwill, intangible assets with an indefinite life, other intangible assets with finite useful lives, and substantial amounts of long-lived assets, principally property and equipment, including hotel properties. We evaluate our goodwill and trademarks for impairment on an annual basis or at other times during the year if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value is below the carrying value. We evaluate intangible assets with finite useful lives and long-lived assets for impairment when circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Our evaluation of impairment requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions including projections of future results. After performing our evaluation for impairment, including an analysis to determine the recoverability of long-lived assets, we will record an impairment loss when the carrying value of the underlying asset, asset group or reporting unit exceeds its fair value. If the estimates or assumptions used in our evaluation of impairment change, we may be required to

 

33


Table of Contents

record additional impairment losses on certain of these assets. If these impairment losses are significant, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

Governmental regulation may adversely affect the operation of our properties.

In many jurisdictions, the hotel industry is subject to extensive foreign or U.S. federal, state and local governmental regulations, including those relating to the service of alcoholic beverages, the preparation and sale of food and those relating to building and zoning requirements. We are also subject to licensing and regulation by foreign or U.S. state and local departments relating to health, sanitation, fire and safety standards, and to laws governing their relationships with employees, including minimum wage requirements, overtime, working conditions and citizenship requirements. We or our third-party owners may be required to expend funds to meet foreign or U.S. federal, state and local regulations in connection with the continued operation or remodeling of certain of our properties. The failure to meet the requirements of applicable regulations and licensing requirements, or publicity resulting from actual or alleged failures, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Foreign or U.S. environmental laws and regulations may cause us to incur substantial costs or subject us to potential liabilities.

We are subject to certain compliance costs and potential liabilities under various foreign and U.S. federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern actions including air emissions, the use, storage and disposal of hazardous and toxic substances, and wastewater disposal. Our failure to comply with such laws, including any required permits or licenses, could result in substantial fines or possible revocation of our authority to conduct some of our operations. We could also be liable under such laws for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances at our currently or formerly owned, leased or operated real property (including managed and franchised properties) or at third-party locations in connection with our waste disposal operations, regardless of whether or not we knew of, or caused, the presence or release of such substances. From time to time, we may be required to remediate such substances or remove, abate or manage asbestos, mold, radon gas, lead or other hazardous conditions at our properties. The presence or release of such toxic or hazardous substances could result in third-party claims for personal injury, property or natural resource damages, business interruption or other losses. Such claims and the need to investigate, remediate, or otherwise address hazardous, toxic or unsafe conditions could adversely affect our operations, the value of any affected real property, or our ability to sell, lease or assign our rights in any such property, or could otherwise harm our business or reputation. Environmental, health and safety requirements have also become increasingly stringent, and our costs may increase as a result. For example, Congress, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, and some states are considering or have undertaken actions to regulate and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. New or revised laws and regulations or new interpretations of existing laws and regulations, such as those related to climate change, could affect the operation of our properties or result in significant additional expense and operating restrictions on us. The potential for changes in the frequency, duration and severity of extreme weather events that may be a result of climate change could lead to significant property damage at our hotels and other assets, impact our ability to obtain insurance coverage in areas that are most vulnerable to such events, such as the coastal resort areas where we operate, and have a negative effect on revenues.

The cost of compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and similar legislation outside of the U.S. may be substantial.

We are subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act, or ADA, and similar legislation in certain jurisdictions outside of the U.S. Under the ADA all public accommodations are required to meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. These regulations apply to accommodations first occupied after January 26, 1993, and older structures that undergo material renovations. The regulations also mandate certain operational requirements that hotel operators must observe. The failure of a property to comply

 

34


Table of Contents

with the ADA could result in injunctive relief, fines, an award of damages to private litigants or mandated capital expenditures to remedy such noncompliance. Any imposition of injunctive relief, fines, damage awards or capital expenditures could adversely affect the ability of an owner or franchisee to make payments under the applicable management or franchise agreement or negatively impact the reputation of our brands. In November 2010, we entered into a settlement with the U.S. Department of Justice related to compliance with the ADA. Under the terms of the settlement, we must: ensure compliance with ADA regulations at our owned and joint venture properties built after January 26, 1993; require managed or franchised hotels that enter into a new management or franchise agreement, experience a change in ownership, or renew or extend a franchise agreement, to conduct a survey of its facilities and to certify that the hotel complies with the ADA; ensure that new hotels constructed in our system are compliant with ADA regulations; provide ADA training to our team members; improve the accessibility of our websites and reservations system for individuals with disabilities; appoint a national ADA compliance officer; and appoint an ADA contact on-site at each hotel. If we fail to comply with the requirements of the ADA and our related consent decree, we could be subject to fines, penalties, injunctive action, reputational harm, and other business impacts which could materially and negatively affect our performance and results of operations.

Casinos featured on certain of our properties are subject to gaming laws and noncompliance could result in the revocation of the gaming licenses.

Several of our properties feature casinos, most of which are operated by third-parties. Factors affecting the economic performance of a casino property include:

 

    location, including proximity to or easy access from major population centers;

 

    appearance;

 

    local, regional or national economic conditions, which may limit the amount of disposable income that potential patrons may have for gambling;

 

    the existence or construction of competing casinos;

 

    dependence on tourism; and

 

    governmental regulation.

Jurisdictions in which our properties containing casinos are located, including Nevada, New Jersey, Puerto Rico and Egypt have laws and regulations governing the conduct of casino gaming. These jurisdictions generally require that the operator of a casino must be found suitable and be registered. Once issued, a registration remains in force until revoked. The law defines the grounds for registration, as well as revocation or suspension of such registration. The loss of a gaming license for any reason would have a material adverse effect on the value of a casino property and could reduce fee income associated with such operations and consequently negatively impact our business results.

We are subject to risks from litigation filed by or against us.

Legal or governmental proceedings brought by or on behalf of franchisees, third-party owners of managed properties, employees or customers may adversely affect our financial results. In recent years, a number of hospitality companies have been subject to lawsuits, including class action lawsuits, alleging violations of federal laws and regulations regarding workplace and employment matters, consumer protection claims and other commercial matters. A number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial damages by the defendants. Similar lawsuits have been and may be instituted against us from time to time, and we may incur substantial damages and expenses resulting from lawsuits of this type, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. At any given time, we may be engaged in lawsuits involving third-party owners of our hotels. Similarly, we may from time to time institute legal proceedings on behalf of ourselves or others, the ultimate outcome of which could cause us to incur substantial damages and expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

35


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness and other contractual obligations could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and pay our debts and could divert our cash flow from operations for debt payments.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2013, after giving effect to the transactions described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” our total indebtedness would have been approximately $             billion, including $             million of non-recourse debt, and our contractual debt maturities of our long-term debt and non-recourse debt for the three months ending December 31, 2013 and the years ending December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively, would be $             million, $             million, $             million and $             million. Our substantial debt and other contractual obligations could have important consequences, including:

 

    requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and pursue future business opportunities;

 

    increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments;

 

    exposing us to increased interest expense, as our degree of leverage may cause the interest rates of any future indebtedness (whether fixed or floating rate interest) to be higher than they would be otherwise;

 

    exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our indebtedness is at variable rates of interest;

 

    making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default that accelerates our obligation to repay indebtedness;

 

    restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

    limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, satisfaction of debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

    limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be better positioned to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.

We are a holding company and substantially all of our consolidated assets are owned by, and most of our business is conducted through, our subsidiaries. Revenues from these subsidiaries are our primary source of funds for debt payments and operating expenses. If our subsidiaries are restricted from making distributions to us, that may impair our ability to meet our debt service obligations or otherwise fund our operations. Moreover, there may be restrictions on payments by subsidiaries to their parent companies under applicable laws, including laws that require companies to maintain minimum amounts of capital and to make payments to stockholders only from profits. As a result, although a subsidiary of ours may have cash, we may not be able to obtain that cash to satisfy our obligation to service our outstanding debt or fund our operations.

 

36


Table of Contents

Certain of our debt agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.

The indenture that governs our senior notes, the credit agreement that will govern our new senior secured credit facilities and the agreements that will govern our new commercial mortgage-backed securities loan and the mortgage loan secured by our Waldorf Astoria New York property, will impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions will limit our ability and/or the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

 

    pay dividends (including to us) and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock;

 

    make certain investments;

 

    incur certain liens;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate;

 

    enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the issuers;

 

    designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

    transfer or sell assets.

In addition, if, on the last day of any period of four consecutive quarters on or after the date to be specified in the new credit agreement, the aggregate principal amount of revolving credit loans, swing line loans and/or letters of credit (excluding up to $50 million of letters of credit and certain other letters of credit that have been cash collateralized or back-stopped) that are issued and/or outstanding is greater than 25% of the revolving credit facility, the new credit agreement will require us to maintain a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio not to exceed 7.9 to 1.0. Our subsidiaries’ mortgage-backed loans also require them to maintain certain debt service coverage ratios and minimum net worth requirements.

As a result of these restrictions, we will be limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above as well as other terms of our other indebtedness and/or the terms of any future indebtedness from time to time could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms or are unable to refinance these borrowings, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are not within our control.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements may restrict us from effecting any of these alternatives.

 

37


Table of Contents

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantially more debt and enter into other transactions, which could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the credit agreements and indentures that govern substantially all of our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and entering into certain types of other transactions, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. Additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also do not prevent us from incurring obligations, such as trade payables, that do not constitute indebtedness as defined under our debt instruments. To the extent new debt is added to our current debt levels, the substantial leverage risks described in the preceding two risk factors would increase.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our Sponsor and its affiliates control us and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, our Sponsor and its affiliates will beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock. Moreover, under our bylaws and the stockholders’ agreement with our Sponsor and its affiliates that will be in effect by the completion of this offering, for so long as our existing owners and their affiliates retain significant ownership of us, we will agree to nominate to our board individuals designated by our Sponsor, whom we refer to as the “Sponsor Directors.” Even when our Sponsor and its affiliates cease to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as our Sponsor continues to own a significant percentage of our stock our Sponsor will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, our Sponsor will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers. In particular, for so long as our Sponsor continues to own a significant percentage of our stock, our Sponsor will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of our company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

Our Sponsor and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in real estate generally and in the hospitality industry in particular. In the ordinary course of their business activities, our Sponsor and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. For example, our Sponsor owns interests in Extended Stay America, Inc. and La Quinta Hotels, and certain other investments in the hotel industry that compete directly or indirectly with us. In addition, affiliates of our Sponsor directly and indirectly own hotels that we manage or franchise, and they may in the future enter into other transactions with us, including hotel or timeshare development projects, that could result in their having interests that could conflict with ours. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of our Sponsor, any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Our Sponsor also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, Blackstone may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

 

38


Table of Contents

Upon the listing of our shares on the NYSE, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After completion of this offering, affiliates of our Sponsor will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power in the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. For example, controlled companies, within one year of the date of the listing of their common stock:

 

    are not required to have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

    are not required to have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

    are not required to have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we do not expect a majority of the directors on our board will be independent upon closing this offering. In addition, although we will have a fully independent audit committee and have independent director representation on our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees upon closing this offering, we do not expect that our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and related rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on

 

39


Table of Contents

Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm is required to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K. The process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time consuming, costly, and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

There may not be an active trading market for shares of our common stock, which may cause shares of our common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our common stock. It is possible that after this offering an active trading market will not develop or continue or, if developed, that any market will be sustained which would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be determined by agreement among us, the selling stockholder and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our common stock will trade in the public market after this offering.

The market price of shares of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our common stock in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in or individual scandals, and in response the market price of shares of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

 

40


Table of Contents

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by our new senior secured credit facility and our new senior notes and first priority senior secured notes and may be limited by covenants of other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book deficit per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share of common stock that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. In addition, you will pay more for your shares of common stock than the amounts paid by our existing owners. Assuming an offering price of $         per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $         per share of common stock. See “Dilution.”

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After this offering we will have approximately          million shares of common stock authorized but unissued. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering authorizes us to issue these shares of common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We have reserved 80,000,000 shares for issuance under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “Management—Omnibus Incentive Plan.” Any common stock that we issue, including under our Omnibus Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

If we or our existing investors sell additional shares of our common stock after this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline.

The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of              shares of our common stock outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, the              shares sold in this offering (or              shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

The remaining outstanding              shares of common stock held by our existing owners after this offering (or              shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be subject to certain restrictions on resale. We, our officers, directors and holders of certain of our outstanding shares of

 

41


Table of Contents

common stock immediately prior to this offering, including our Sponsor, that collectively will own                  shares following this offering, will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain customary exceptions, restrict the sale of the shares of our common stock held by them for 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in the case of an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in their sole discretion, release all or any portion of the shares of common stock subject to lock-up agreements. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of these lock-up agreements. In addition, members of Hilton Global Holdings LLC, including Blackstone, who receive, in the aggregate, approximately              shares of our common stock from Hilton Global Holdings LLC (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase shares in full) (             shares of which are subject to the lock-up agreement described above) will be prohibited from transferring such shares for six months beginning on the date of receipt of such shares. One third of the shares they receive (approximately              shares or approximately              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) may be transferred between 6 and 12 months following the date of receipt and an additional one third of the shares they receive (approximately              additional shares, or approximately              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) may be transferred between 13 and 18 months after the date of receipt. The transfer restrictions applicable to such holders will lapse after 18 months after the date of receipt. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Arrangements.”

Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, all of such              shares,              or              shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, will be eligible for resale in a public market, subject, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144. We expect that our Sponsor will be considered an affiliate 180 days after this offering based on their expected share ownership (consisting of              shares, excluding shares held by a debt-focused investment vehicle now managed by Blackstone that has elected to receive cash in lieu of shares representing less than 1% of our common stock), as well as their board nomination rights. Certain other of our stockholders may also be considered affiliates at that time. However, commencing 180 days following this offering, the holders of these shares of common stock will have the right, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, to require us to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act, and they will have the right to participate in future registrations of securities by us. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock issued pursuant to our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover 80,000,000 shares of our common stock.

As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities.

 

42


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that may make the merger or acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things:

 

    although we do not have a stockholder rights plan, and would either submit any such plan to stockholders for ratification or cause such plan to expire within a year, these provisions would allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock in connection with a stockholder rights plan or otherwise, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

 

    these provisions prohibit stockholder action by written consent from and after the date on which the parties to our stockholders agreement cease to beneficially own at least 40% of the total voting power of all then outstanding shares of our capital stock unless such action is recommended by all directors then in office;

 

    these provisions provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 80% or more of all the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and

 

    these provisions establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, which may impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

 

43


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe these factors include but are not limited to those described under “Risk Factors.” These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law.

TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS

Hilton Hotels & Resorts™, Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts™, Conrad Hotels & Resorts ® , DoubleTree by Hilton ® , Embassy Suites Hotels ® , Hilton Garden Inn ® , Hampton Inn ® , Homewood Suites by Hilton ® , Home2 Suites by Hilton ® , Hilton Grand Vacations ® , Hilton Grand Vacations Club ® , The Hilton Club ® , Hilton HHonors™, eforea ® , OnQ ® , LightStay ® , the Hilton Hawaiian Village ® , Requests Upon Arrival™ and other trademarks, trade names, and service marks of Hilton and our brands appearing in this prospectus are the property of Hilton and our affiliates.

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, and trade names. All trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Within this prospectus, we reference information and statistics regarding various industries and sectors. We have obtained this information and statistics from various independent third-party sources, including independent industry publications, reports by market research firms and other independent sources. STR and PKF-HR are the primary sources for third-party market data and industry statistics and forecasts, respectively, included in this prospectus. STR does not guarantee the performance of any company about which it collects and provides data. Nothing in the STR or PKF-HR data should be construed as advice. Some data and other information are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys and independent sources. We believe that these external sources and estimates are reliable, but have not independently verified them.

 

44


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering and available cash to repay approximately $         million of term loan borrowings outstanding under our new senior secured credit facilities. As of November 8, 2013, we had $7.5 billion of term loan borrowings outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities which will mature on October 25, 2020. The currently outstanding term loan borrowings were used, together with other borrowings and cash on hand, to repay in full all $13.4 billion of our legacy senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans. See “Summary—Refinancing Transactions.” The term loan borrowings bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the administrative agent’s prime lending rate, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (3) the LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the Reuters LIBOR rate for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The margin for the term loans is 2.00%, in the case of base rate loans, and 3.00%, in the case of LIBOR rate loans, subject to one step-down of 0.25% upon the achievement of a first lien net leverage ratio of less than or equal to 3.85 to 1.00 and subject to an additional step-down of 0.25% following a qualifying initial public offering, subject to a base rate floor of 2.00%, and a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” To the extent we raise more proceeds in this offering than currently estimated, we will repay additional term loans borrowings or use such proceeds for other general corporate purposes. To the extent we raise less proceeds in this offering than currently estimated, we will reduce the amount of term loans borrowings that will be repaid. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters currently serve as lenders and/or agents under our term loan borrowings and would be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the proceeds of this offering that are used to repay such term loan borrowings. See “Underwriting—Relationships.”

Except in relation to the payment to be made to us by the selling stockholder that is described in “Principal and Selling Stockholders,” we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

45


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries.

We did not declare or pay any dividends on our common stock in 2012, 2011 or in the first nine months of 2013.

 

46


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2013 on:

 

    an actual basis; and

 

    an as adjusted basis to reflect:

 

    the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

    the application of net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if this offering and the application of the net proceeds of this offering had occurred on September 30, 2013; and

 

    other transactions described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” included in this prospectus.

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents are not components of our total capitalization. You should read this table together with the information contained in this prospectus, including “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and our historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2013  
             Actual                As Adjusted (1)     
    

(in millions, except share and

per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 724        $                

Restricted cash and cash equivalents (2)

     502       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,226        $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt and non-recourse debt:

     

Long-term debt, including current maturities

   $ 14,279        $     

Non-recourse timeshare debt, including current maturities (3)

     388       

Non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of consolidated variable interest entities, including current maturities

     318       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     14,985       

Equity:

     

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000 shares authorized and 100 shares issued and outstanding, actual; and 30,000,000,000 shares authorized and              shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

          

Additional paid-in capital

     8,452       

Accumulated deficit

     (5,357)      

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (417)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     2,679       

Noncontrolling interests

     (126)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     2,553       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $  17,538        $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.
(2)   The majority of our restricted cash and cash equivalents balances relates to cash collateral on our self-insurance programs and escrowed cash from our timeshare operations.
(3)   Includes Timeshare Facility and Securitized Timeshare Debt.

 

47


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in shares of our common stock in this offering, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the net tangible book deficit per share of common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book deficit per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by existing owners.

Pro forma net tangible book deficit represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, after giving effect to the adjustments presented in the Financing Transactions included in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” but before giving effect to this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of September 30, 2013 was approximately $        , or $         per share of common stock.

After giving effect to our sale of the shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint range described on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, our net pro forma tangible book deficit as of September 30, 2013 would have been $        , or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book deficit of $         per share of common stock to our existing owners and an immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value of $         per share of common stock to investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of common stock basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of common stock as of September 30, 2013

   $                  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of common stock attributable to investors in this offering

   $       
  

 

 

    

Net tangible book deficit per share of common stock after giving effect to this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share of common stock to investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of our common stock would decrease our pro forma net tangible book deficit after giving effect to this offering by $         million, or by $         per share of our common stock, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would result in equal changes in the opposite direction.

 

48


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2013, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing owners and by new investors. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing owners paid. The table below assumes an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, for shares purchased in this offering and excludes underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares of Common
Stock
Purchased
    Total
Consideration
    Average
Price
Per
Share of
Common

Stock
 
    

Number

    Percent      Amount      Percent    
     (Dollar amounts in millions,
except per share amounts)
 

Existing owners

                       $                                  $             

Investors in this offering

               $                     $    
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price of $         per share would increase total consideration paid by investors in this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would result in equal changes in the opposite direction.

The dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our net tangible book deficit following the consummation of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

49


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared to reflect (1) the issuance of              shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and (2) the Refinancing Transactions, the Hilton HHonors point sales and the use of proceeds from the foregoing (collectively, the “Financing Transactions”), in our historical consolidated financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 is presented on a pro forma adjusted basis to give effect to this offering and the Financing Transactions. The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 are presented on a pro forma adjusted basis to give effect to this offering and the Financing Transactions, and to give effect to the stock split that we intend to effectuate immediately prior to closing this offering, whereby each issued and outstanding share of our common stock will be converted into              shares, as if they had been completed on January 1, 2012.

The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, accounting judgments and currently available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. The notes to the unaudited pro forma statements provide a detailed discussion of how such adjustments were derived and presented in the unaudited pro forma financial information. The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with “Summary—Refinancing Transactions,” “Capitalization,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of our financial position or results of operations had the transactions actually occurred on the dates indicated, nor is such unaudited pro forma financial information necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. A number of factors may affect our results. See “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

50


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of September 30, 2013

(in millions)

            Pro Forma Adjustments (1)        
   Historical      Financing
Transactions
    Common
Stock
Offering
    Pro
Forma
 

ASSETS

         

Current Assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 724        $   (242) (a)    $   (j)    $                

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     502          (91) (a)     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     813           

Inventories

     386           

Deferred income tax assets

     75           

Current portion of financing receivables, net

     94           

Current portion of securitized financing receivables, net

     27           

Prepaid expenses

     156           

Other

     40           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,817          (333)            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, Investments, and Other Assets:

         

Property and equipment, net

     9,071           

Financing receivables, net

     623           

Securitized financing receivables, net

     202           

Investments in affiliates

     268           

Goodwill

     6,205           

Brands

     5,012           

Management and franchise contracts, net

     1,467           

Other intangible assets, net

     723           

Deferred income tax assets

     103           

Other

     238          249  (b)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, investments, and other assets

     23,912          249             
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $   26,729        $ (84)      $      $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

         

Current Liabilities:

         

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other

   $ 1,940        $ (21) (b)    $   (i)    $     

Current maturities of long-term debt

     356          (352) (b)     

Current maturities of non-recourse debt

     53           

Income taxes payable

     61          125  (c)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,410          (248)            

Long-term debt

     13,923          (672) (b)        (j)   

Non-recourse debt

     653          300  (d)     

Deferred income tax liabilities

     5,040          (43) (c)     

Liability for guest loyalty program

     546           

Other (2)

     1,604          446  (b)(e)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     24,176          (217)            

Equity:

         

Common stock

                 (j)   

Additional paid-in capital

     8,452              (i)(j)   

Accumulated deficit

     (5,357)         133  (f)        (i)   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (417)          
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Hilton stockholder’s equity

     2,679          133             

Noncontrolling interests

     (126)          
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     2,553          133             
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 26,729        $ (84)      $         —      $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   For details of the adjustments referenced, see Note 4: “Pro Forma Adjustments.”
(2) Pro forma adjustments to other liabilities include deferred revenue of $650 million related to our Hilton HHonors point sales. See Note 4: “Pro Forma Adjustments” adjustment (e) and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Recent Events” for further discussion of this transaction.

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

51


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013

(in millions, except share data)

 

            Pro Forma Adjustments (1)        
     Historical      Financing
Transactions
    Common
Stock
Offering
    Pro Forma  

Revenues

         

Owned and leased hotels

   $   2,982        $        $        $                

Management and franchise fees and other

     868           

Timeshare

     809           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,659                     

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     2,433           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     7,092                     

Expenses

         

Owned and leased hotels

     2,327           

Timeshare

     545           

Depreciation and amortization

     455           

General, administrative, and other

     319           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,646                     

Other expenses from managed and franchised properties

     2,433           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     6,079                     

Operating income

     1,013                     

Interest income

              

Interest expense

     (401)         (124) (g)        (j)   

Equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

     11           

Loss on foreign currency transactions

     (43)          

Other gain, net

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     590          (124)            

Income tax expense

     (192)         48  (h)        (j)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     398          (76)       

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (9)          
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 389        $ (76)      $        $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

         

Basic and diluted

          $                        
         

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic and diluted

              (k) 
         

 

 

 

 

(1)   For details of the adjustments referenced, see Note 4: “Pro Forma Adjustments.”

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(in millions, except share data)

 

            Pro Forma
Adjustments (1)
       
     Historical      Financing
Transactions
    Common
Stock
Offering
    Pro Forma  

Revenues

         

Owned and leased hotels

   $   3,979        $        $                $                

Management and franchise fees and other

     1,088           

Timeshare

     1,085           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     6,152                     

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     3,124           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     9,276                     

Expenses

         

Owned and leased hotels

     3,230           

Timeshare

     758           

Depreciation and amortization

     550           

Impairment losses

     54           

General, administrative, and other

     460           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,052                     

Other expenses from managed and franchised properties

     3,124           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     8,176                     

Operating income

     1,100                     

Interest income

     15           

Interest expense

     (569)         (158) (g)        (j)   

Equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates

     (11)          

Gain on foreign currency transactions

     23           

Other gain, net

     15           
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     573          (158)            

Income tax expense

     (214)         61  (h)        (j)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     359          (97)       

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (7)          
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 352        $ (97)      $        $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

         

Basic and diluted

          $                        
         

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic and diluted

              (k) 
         

 

 

 

 

(1)   For details of the adjustments referenced, see Note 4: “Pro Forma Adjustments.”

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Note 1: Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma financial information is based on our historical financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, and has been prepared to reflect this offering and the Financing Transactions.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 is presented on a pro forma adjusted basis to give effect to this offering and the Financing Transactions. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 are presented on a pro forma adjusted basis to give effect to this offering and the Financing Transactions as if they had been completed on January 1, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, accounting judgments and currently available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. These adjustments are included only to the extent they are directly attributable to this offering and the Financing Transactions and the appropriate information is known and factually supportable. We continue to evaluate the accounting impact of the Financing Transactions and believe that substantially all of the existing long-term debt (and related current maturities) to be repaid as a part of the Financing Transactions will be considered extinguished. Accordingly, the pro forma financial information reflects all of the repaid debt being accounted for as an extinguishment of debt. We believe that any portion of the repaid debt that may be required to be subject to modification of debt accounting guidance will not have a material effect on the pro forma financial information. Pro forma adjustments reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations are expected to have a continuing effect on us. As a result, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations exclude gains and losses related to the Financing Transactions that will not have a continuing effect on us, although these items are reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Note 2: Financing Transactions

Prior to consummating this offering, we closed or expect to close various debt refinancing and related transactions. These Financing Transactions, which are discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus, include the following:

 

    entry into a new $1 billion senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), with no expected borrowings upon the completion of the Financing Transactions;

 

    entry into a new $7.6 billion senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan”), of which $100 million was voluntarily prepaid in November 2013;

 

    the issuance of $1.5 billion of our 5.625% senior notes due 2021;

 

    entry into a new $3.5 billion commercial mortgage-backed securities loan (the “CMBS Loan”) secured by 23 of our U.S. owned real estate assets;

 

    entry into a new $525 million mortgage loan (the “Waldorf Astoria Loan”) secured by our Waldorf Astoria New York property;

 

    additional borrowings of $300 million under our Timeshare Facility;

 

    entry into four interest rate swaps with a notional value of $1.45 billion, which swap floating three-month LIBOR on the Term Loan to a fixed rate of 1.87%;

 

    sales of Hilton HHonors points for cash proceeds of $650 million, classified as deferred revenue at the date of receipt; and

 

    the repayment of our senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans and the redemption of our unsecured notes due 2031 with available cash and proceeds from the transactions described above.

For more information regarding these transactions, see “Summary—Refinancing Transactions,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Recent Events” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

54


Table of Contents

Note 3: The Common Stock Offering

We estimate that the gross proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $         million and that proceeds to us net of underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses will be approximately $         million. Net proceeds of this offering and available cash will be used to repay approximately $         million of the Term Loan.

Note 4: Pro Forma Adjustments

Adjustments included under the heading “Pro Forma Adjustments—Financing Transactions” represent the following:

 

  a. To adjust cash for the transactions discussed below, as follows:
     (in millions)  

Cash paid to repay debt principal (1) (2)

     $ (14,066)   

Cash paid for interest on repaid debt (3)

     (39)   

Cash paid for debt issuance costs

     (265)   

Cash received from new debt issuances

     13,387    

Cash received from Hilton HHonors point sales

     650    
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to cash (4)

     $    (333)   
  

 

 

 

 

  (1)   The long-term debt balance of our senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans include $18 million and $27 million, respectively, of yield adjustments related to prior debt modifications. Thus, the principal balance of our debt to be repaid in cash is presented net of this amount. These yield adjustments, totaling $45 million, will be released concurrent with the repayment of the debt. This release is not considered to have a continuing effect on us and, therefore, it is not reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations.
  (2)   Includes the voluntary prepayment of $100 million on the Term Loan made in November 2013.
  (3)   Includes our accrued balance of $21 million and $18 million of additional interest we are required to pay, concurrent with the principal repayment of our senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans.
  (4)   The above adjustments result in changes to cash and cash equivalents of $242 million and to restricted cash and cash equivalents of $91 million.

 

  b. To adjust for the completion of the Financing Transactions and the repayment of our senior mortgage loans, secured mezzanine loans and unsecured notes due 2031, as follows:

 

     Long-term
Debt
 
     (in millions)  

Repayment of existing debt:

  

Senior mortgage loans

   $ (7,010)   

Secured mezzanine loans (1)

     (6,905)   

Unsecured notes due 2031 (2)

     (96)   
  

 

 

 

Total repayment of existing debt (3)

     (14,011)   
  

 

 

 

Issuance of new debt:

  

Term Loan (4)

     7,462   

Senior Notes

     1,500    

CMBS Loan

     3,500    

Waldorf Astoria Loan

     525    
  

 

 

 

Total issuance of new debt

     12,987    
  

 

 

 

Net effect of refinancing on long-term debt, including current maturities

   $ (1,024)   
  

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Includes an unscheduled, voluntary debt repayment of $450 million on the secured mezzanine loans in October 2013, prior to the issuance of new debt.
  (2)   Repayment of these 8% unsecured notes was completed on November 25, 2013.
  (3)   Includes current maturities of long-term debt of $352 million.
  (4)   Long-term debt for the Term Loan is net of the original issue discount of $38 million and the $100 million voluntary prepayment made in November 2013.

 

55


Table of Contents

The Financing Transactions also reflect:

 

    the release of debt issuance costs of $16 million related to the existing debt payoff and the addition of debt issuance costs of $265 million related to the new debt issued. The net increase to the debt issuance costs, which are classified as other assets in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet, was $249 million;

 

    the payment of current accrued interest of $21 million related to the existing debt payoff, which was reflected in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet. This release is not considered to have a continuing effect on us and, therefore, it is not reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations; and

 

    the release of $204 million of interest, which was reflected in other liabilities in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet, that related to our senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans. The interest expense was recognized using the interest method and has exceeded the cash paid due to the fact that the terms of the senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans require annual increases in the interest rate. Since we have assumed all extensions of the senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans, which were at our option, our accrual of interest under the interest method contemplated these increases in interest expense over the fully extended life of the debt, resulting in an accrual of interest expected to be paid over the term of the debt based on increased cash payments of interest in subsequent periods. Upon consummation of the Financing Transactions, such payments will no longer be required and the accrual for these amounts will be reversed. Refer to adjustment (c) for the associated adjustment to deferred tax liabilities. This release is not considered to have a continuing effect on us and, therefore, it is not reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

  c. To adjust for the tax effects of the gains and losses referenced in adjustment (f) and the Hilton HHonors point sales referenced in adjustment (e), using the statutory tax rate of 38.4% referenced in adjustment (h), as follows:

 

     (in millions)  

Income taxes payable:

  

Unamortized portion of yield adjustments of debt principal

   $ 17    

Interest not accrued (1)

     (7)   

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     (29)   

Hilton HHonors point sales

     144    
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to income taxes payable

   $ 125    
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

  

Other liabilities - interest accrued under the interest method

   $ 78    

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     23    

Hilton HHonors point sales

     (144)   
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to deferred tax liabilities

   $ (43)   
  

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Represents interest we are required to pay, concurrent with the principal repayment of our senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans.

 

56


Table of Contents
  d. To adjust for additional borrowings of $300 million under our Timeshare Facility.

 

  e. To adjust for proceeds of $650 million presented as deferred revenue as a result of the Hilton HHonors point sales. Refer to adjustment (c) for related tax adjustments.

 

  f. To adjust accumulated deficit for amounts related to the senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans that do not have a continuing effect on us, as follows:

 

     (in millions)  

Unamortized portion of yield adjustments of debt principal, net of taxes of $17 million

   $ 28    

Other liabilities - interest accrued under the interest method, net of taxes of $78 million

     126    

Interest not accrued, net of taxes of $(7) million (1)

     (11)   

Unamortized debt issuance costs, net of taxes of $(6) million

     (10)   
  

 

 

 

Net adjustment to accumulated deficit

   $  133     
  

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Represents interest we are required to pay, concurrent with the principal repayment of our senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans.

 

  g. To adjust interest expense for the repayment of the existing indebtedness and additional borrowings discussed above, as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
     (in millions)  

Repayment of existing debt:

     

Interest expense

   $  (337)       $  (461)   

Amortization expense of debt issuance costs

     (7)         (9)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (344)         (470)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Issuance of new debt:

     

Interest expense (1)(2) (3) (4)

     431          579    

Amortization expense of debt issuance costs and discounts (1)

     37          49    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     468          628    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net adjustment to interest expense

   $ 124        $ 158    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Includes interest expense and amortization expense of the debt issuance costs of the Timeshare Facility as if the facility was in place on January 1, 2012. Also, includes interest expense and amortization expense related to the Securitized Timeshare Debt, which was issued in August 2013, as if it were issued on January 1, 2012. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness” for further discussion of the transaction.
  (2) Includes commitment fees on the unused Revolving Credit Facility commitments.
  (3) We applied the interest rates that were prevailing during the periods presented for our variable interest rate debt totaling approximately $8 billion, which excludes $1.45 billion of the Term Loan, for which a variable to fixed interest rate swap has been executed.
  (4)   A 0.125 percent change to interest rates on our variable rate debt would result in an increase in interest expense of approximately $7 million and $10 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

  h. To adjust income tax expense for the changes in the expense items noted above in adjustment (g). The statutory tax rate of 38.4% is a blended U.S. federal and state income tax rate.

 

57


Table of Contents

Adjustments included under the heading “Pro Forma Adjustments—Common Stock Offering” represent the following:

 

  i. Certain members of our senior management team were offered the opportunity to participate in an executive compensation plan (the “Promote plan”). The Promote plan provides for the grant of a Tier I liability award, or an alternative cash payment in lieu thereof, and a Tier II equity award, representing Class B Units in BH Hotels Holdco, LLC (our “Ultimate Parent”). The awards vest based on service and performance conditions. For further discussion of the Promote plan, including the assumptions used in estimating fair value of the awards, refer to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere within this prospectus.

In connection with this offering, the Tier I liability awards that remain outstanding at the time of the offering will vest as of the pricing date of this offering and will be paid in cash no later than 30 days following the pricing of this offering. Additionally, the Tier II equity awards that remain outstanding at the time of the pricing of the offering will be exchanged for restricted stock in the Company of equivalent economic value, which will be received from the Ultimate Parent, and will vest as follows:

 

    40% of each award will vest as of the pricing date with respect to this offering;

 

    40% of each award will vest on the first anniversary of the pricing date with respect to this offering, contingent upon continued employment through that date; and

 

    20% of each award will vest on the date that our Sponsor and its affiliates cease to own 50% or more of the shares of the Company, contingent upon continued employment through that date.

Upon the effective date of this offering, we expect to record incremental compensation expense of approximately $         million as a result of modifying the vesting conditions of the Tier I liability award, as well as the exchange of the Tier II awards for restricted shares. The adjustment is reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet as an increase to accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other of $         million reflecting cash due within 30 days to settle the Tier I awards, a $         million increase to additional paid-in capital and an increase to accumulated deficit of $         million.

Further, we do not anticipate that there will be a material, recurring effect on the amount of future compensation expense as a result of modifying the terms of the awards which solely vest upon achieving the service conditions, including the additional compensation expense of approximately $         million that we expect to record from the pricing date of this offering through the first anniversary of that date. Accordingly, we have made no adjustment to our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for any incremental compensation expense resulting from the modification of these awards. No compensation expense will be recognized for the 20% of restricted stock that will vest on the date that our Sponsor and its affiliates cease to own 50% or more of the shares of the Company, as this performance condition has been determined to be not probable of occurring for accounting purposes.

 

  j. We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering of $         million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use proceeds from this offering and $         million of available cash and cash equivalents to repay $         million of our Term Loan. Associated with the repayment of our Term Loan, we will release $         million of deferred financing costs and $         million of original issue discount. The estimated reduction in interest expense as a result of the repayment and associated tax benefits are reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations. The reduction of deferred financing costs and original issue discount are reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as a reduction of other assets and an increase in long-term debt, respectively, offset by an increase to accumulated deficit of $         million.

 

58


Table of Contents
  k. Unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding is calculated assuming all shares of common stock issued by us in the initial public offering were outstanding for the entire period, as the proceeds from the sale of such shares will be used to repay indebtedness also being reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations, and each issued and outstanding share of our existing common stock was converted into              shares as of the beginning of each period.

 

59


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 from Hilton Worldwide, Inc.’s audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the selected statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2013 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared our unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, have included all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

You should read the selected consolidated financial data below together with the consolidated financial statements including the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness,” and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
    (in millions)  

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenues

             

Owned and leased hotels

  $    2,982       $    2,931       $    3,979       $    3,898       $    3,667       $    3,540       $    4,301    

Management and franchise fees and other

    868         807         1,088         1,014         901         807         901    

Timeshare

    809         822         1,085         944         863         832         920    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    4,659         4,560         6,152         5,856         5,431         5,179         6,122    

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

    2,433         2,378         3,124         2,927         2,637         2,397         2,753    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    7,092         6,938         9,276         8,783         8,068         7,576         8,875    

Expenses

             

Owned and leased hotels

    2,327         2,401         3,230         3,213         3,009         2,904         3,328    

Timeshare

    545         568         758         668         634         644         682    

Depreciation and amortization

    455         394         550         564         574         587         598    

Impairment losses

    —         33         54         20         24         475         5,611    

General, administrative and other

    319         327         460         416         637         423         416    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    3,646         3,723         5,052         4,881         4,878         5,033         10,635    

Other expenses from managed and franchised properties

    2,433         2,378         3,124         2,927         2,637         2,394         2,746    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    6,079         6,101         8,176         7,808         7,515         7,427         13,381    

Operating income (loss)

    1,013         837         1,100         975         553         149         (4,506)   

Net income (loss) attributable to Hilton stockholder

    389         291         352         253         128         (532)        (5,663)   

 

60


Table of Contents
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
          (in millions)  

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 724      $ 755      $ 781      $ 796      $ 738      $ 397   

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

    502        550        658        619        394        691   

Total assets

     26,729         27,066         27,312         27,750         29,140         30,639   

Long-term debt (1)

    14,279        15,575        16,311        16,995        21,125        21,157   

Non-recourse timeshare debt (1) (2)

    388                                      

Non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of consolidated variable interest entities (1)

    318        420        481        541        574        565   

Total equity (deficit)

    2,553        2,155        1,702        1,544        (1,470     (1,253

 

(1)   Includes current maturities.
(2)   Includes Timeshare Facility and Securitized Timeshare Debt.

 

61


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Summary—Summary Historical Financial Data,” “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Our Business

Hilton Worldwide is one of the largest and fastest growing hospitality companies in the world, with 4,080 hotels, resorts and timeshare properties comprising 671,926 rooms in 90 countries and territories. In the nearly 100 years since our founding, we have defined the hospitality industry and established a portfolio of 10 world-class brands. Our flagship full-service Hilton Hotels & Resorts brand is the most recognized hotel brand in the world. Our premier brand portfolio also includes our luxury hotel brands, Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts and Conrad Hotels & Resorts, our full-service hotel brands, DoubleTree by Hilton and Embassy Suites Hotels, our focused-service hotel brands, Hilton Garden Inn, Hampton Inn, Homewood Suites by Hilton and Home2 Suites by Hilton, and our timeshare brand, Hilton Grand Vacations. We own or lease interests in 156 hotels, many of which are located in global gateway cities, including iconic properties such as The Waldorf Astoria New York, the Hilton Hawaiian Village, and the London Hilton on Park Lane. More than 311,000 team members proudly serve in our properties and corporate offices around the world, and we have approximately 39 million members in our award-winning customer loyalty program, Hilton HHonors.

Segments and Regions

Management analyzes our operations and business by both operating segments and geographic regions. Our operations consist of three reportable segments that are based on similar products or services: management and franchise, ownership, and timeshare. The management and franchise segment provides services, which include hotel management and licensing of our brands to franchisees, as well as property management at timeshare properties. This segment generates its revenue from management and franchise fees charged to hotel owners, including our owned and leased hotels, and to homeowners’ associations at timeshare properties. As a manager of hotels and timeshare resorts, we typically are responsible for supervising or operating the property in exchange for management fees, which, at hotels, are based on a percentage of the hotel’s gross revenue, operating profits, cash flows, or a combination thereof, and, at timeshare properties, are fixed amounts stated in the management agreements. As a franchisor of hotels, we charge franchise fees, which generally are based on a percentage of room revenue, and in some instances, may also include a percentage of food and beverage and other revenues in exchange for the use of one of our brand names and related commercial services, such as our reservation system, marketing, and information technology services. The ownership segment derives earnings from providing hotel room rentals, food and beverage sales, and other services at our owned and leased hotels. The timeshare segment consists of multi-unit vacation ownership properties. This segment generates revenue by marketing and selling timeshare interests owned by Hilton and third parties, providing consumer financing, and resort operations.

Geographically, management conducts business through three distinct geographic regions: the Americas; Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia Pacific. The Americas region includes North America, South America, and Central America, including all Caribbean nations. Although the U.S. is included in the Americas, it is often analyzed separately and apart from the Americas geographic region and, as such, it is presented separately within the analysis herein. The EMEA region includes Europe, which represents the western-most peninsula of Eurasia stretching from Ireland in the west to Russia in the east, and the Middle East

 

62


Table of Contents

and Africa (“MEA”), which represents the Middle East region and all African nations, including the Indian Ocean island nations. Europe and MEA are often analyzed separately by management and, as such, are presented separately within the analysis herein. The Asia Pacific region includes the eastern and southeastern nations of Asia, as well as India, Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific island nations.

As of September 30, 2013, approximately 78 percent of our system-wide hotel rooms were located in the U.S. We expect that the percentage of our hotels outside the U.S. will continue to increase in future years as hotels in our pipeline open.

System Growth and Pipeline

In recent years, we have made significant progress on our strategic priorities including the expansion of our global footprint, particularly in our management and franchise business, and as of September 30, 2013, we had the largest rooms pipeline in the lodging industry according to data provided by STR. From June 30, 2007 through September 30, 2013, we added a net 1,182 managed and franchised hotels to our system and 172,748 rooms, of which 29.1 percent of the rooms were located outside the U.S.

To support our growth strategy, we also continue to expand our development pipeline. As of September 30, 2013, we had a total of 1,069 hotels in our development pipeline, representing 185,699 rooms under construction or approved for development throughout 71 countries. As of September 30, 2013, 97,520 rooms, representing 52.5 percent of our development pipeline, are under construction. Of the 185,699 rooms in the pipeline, 111,642 rooms, representing 60.1 percent of the pipeline, were located outside the U.S. Over 99% of the hotels in our pipeline and under construction as of September 30, 2013 are within our management and franchise segment. As of September 30, 2013, only one development project was within our ownership segment. We do not consider such project, or any development project relating to properties under our management and franchise segment, to be material to us.

Our management and franchise contracts are designed to expand our business with limited or no capital investment. The capital required to build and maintain hotels that we manage or franchise, is typically provided by the owner of the respective hotel with minimal or no capital required by us as the manager or franchisor. Additionally, prior to approving the addition of new hotels to our management and franchise development pipeline, we evaluate the economic viability of the hotel based on the geographic location, the credit quality of the third-party owner, and other factors. As a result, by increasing the number of management and franchise agreements with third-party owners we expect to achieve a higher overall return on invested capital.

Recent Events

In October 2013, we sold Hilton HHonors points to American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. (“Amex”), and Citibank, N.A. (“Citi”), for $400 million and $250 million, respectively, in cash. We used the net proceeds of the HHonors points sales to reduce outstanding indebtedness. Amex and Citi and their respective designees may use the points in connection with Hilton HHonors co-branded credit cards and for promotions, rewards and incentive programs or other certain activities as they may establish or engage in from time to time.

Principal Components and Factors Affecting our Results of Operations

Revenues

Principal Components

We primarily derive our revenues from the following sources:

 

    Owned and leased hotels.  Represents revenues derived from hotel operations, including room rentals and food and beverage sales and other ancillary services.

Revenues from room rentals, food and beverage sales, and other ancillary services are primarily derived from two categories of customers: transient and group. Transient guests are individual travelers

 

63


Table of Contents

who are traveling for business or leisure. Our group guests are traveling for group events that reserve rooms for meetings, conferences, or social functions sponsored by associations, corporate, social, military, educational, religious or other organizations. Group business usually includes a block of room accommodations as well as other ancillary services, such as catering and banquet services. A majority of our food and beverage sales and other ancillary services are provided to customers who are also occupying rooms at our hotel properties. As a result, key drivers of operations, such as occupancy, generally affect all components of our owned and leased hotel revenues consistently.

 

    Management and franchise fees and other.  Represents revenues derived from fees earned from hotels and timeshare properties managed by us, franchise fees received in connection with the franchising of our brands, and other revenue generated by the incidental support of hotel operations for owned, leased, managed, and franchised properties, and other rental income.

 

    Terms of our management agreements vary, but our fees generally consist of a base fee, which is generally a percentage of each hotel’s gross revenue, and in some cases an incentive fee, which is based on gross operating profits, cash flow or a combination thereof. Management fees from timeshare properties are generally a fixed amount as stated in the management agreement. Outside of the U.S., our fees are often more dependent on hotel profitability measures, either through a single management fee structure where the entire fee is based on a profitability measure, or because our two-tier fee structure is more heavily weighted toward the incentive fee than the base fee. Additionally, we receive one-time upfront fees upon execution of certain management contracts. In general, the hotel owner pays all operating and other expenses and reimburses our out-of-pocket expenses. The initial terms of our management agreements for full service hotels typically are 20 years. Extensions are negotiated and vary, but typically are more prevalent in full-service hotels. These extensions typically are either for five or ten years and can be exercised once or twice at our or the other party’s option or by mutual agreement. Some of our management agreements provide early termination rights to hotel owners upon certain events, including the failure to meet certain financial or performance criteria. Performance test measures typically are based upon the hotel’s performance individually and/or in comparison to specified hotels.

 

    Under our franchise agreements, franchisees pay us franchise fees which consist of an initial application and initiation fees for new hotels entering the system and monthly royalty fees, generally calculated as a percentage of room revenue. Royalty fees for our full-service brands may also include a percentage of gross food and beverage revenues and other revenues, where applicable. In addition to the franchise application and royalty fees, franchisees also generally pay a monthly program fee based on a percentage of the total gross room revenue that covers the cost of advertising and marketing programs; internet, technology and reservation system expenses; and quality assurance program costs. Our franchise agreements typically have initial terms of approximately 20 years for new construction and approximately 10 to 20 years for properties that are converted from other brands. At the expiration of the initial term, we may relicense the hotel to the franchisee, at our or the other party’s option or by mutual agreement, for an additional term ranging from 10 to 15 years. We have the right to terminate a franchise agreement upon specified events of default, including nonpayment of fees or noncompliance with brand standards. If a franchise agreement is terminated by us because of a franchisee’s default, the franchisee is contractually required to pay us liquidated damages.

 

    Timeshare. Represents revenues derived from the sale and financing of timeshare units and revenues from enrollments and other fees, rentals of timeshare units, food and beverage sales and other ancillary services at our timeshare properties and fees which we refer to as resort operations. Additionally, in recent years, we began a transformation of our timeshare business to a capital light model in which third-party timeshare owners and developers provide capital for development while we act as sales and marketing agent and property manager. Through these transactions, we receive a sales and marketing commission and branding fees on sales of timeshare intervals, recurring fees to operate the homeowners’ associations and revenues from resort operations.

 

64


Table of Contents
    Other revenues from managed and franchised properties.  These revenues represent the payroll and its related costs for hotels that we manage where the hotel employees are legally our responsibility, as well as certain other operating costs of the managed and franchised hotels’ operations, marketing expenses, and other expenses associated with our brands and shared services that are contractually either reimbursed to us by the hotel owners or paid from fees collected in advance from these hotels. The corresponding expenses are presented as other expenses from managed and franchised properties in our consolidated statements of operations resulting in no impact to operating income or net income.

Factors Affecting our Revenues

The following factors affect the revenues we derive from our operations. For other factors affecting our revenues, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.”

 

    Consumer demand and global economic conditions . Consumer demand for our products and services is closely linked to the performance of the general economy and is sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels. Declines in consumer demand due to adverse general economic conditions, risks affecting or reducing travel patterns, lower consumer confidence and adverse political conditions can lower the revenues and profitability of our owned operations and the amount of management and franchise fee revenues we are able to generate from our managed and franchised properties. Also, declines in hotel profitability during an economic downturn directly impact the incentive portion of our management fees, which is based on hotel profit measures. Our timeshare segment is also linked to cycles in the general economy and consumer discretionary spending. As a result, changes in consumer demand and general business cycles can subject and have subjected our revenues to significant volatility. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.”

Our results of operations have steadily improved as the global economy continues to improve following the global recession in recent years. Our comparable system-wide RevPAR increased 20.9% from the year ended December 31, 2009 to the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

 

    Agreements with third-party owners and franchisees and relationships with developers . We depend on our long-term management and franchise agreements with third-party owners and franchisees for a significant portion of our management and franchise fee revenues. The success and sustainability of our management and franchise business depends on our ability to perform under our management and franchise agreements and maintain good relationships with third-party owners and franchisees. Our relationships with these third parties also generate new relationships with developers and opportunities for property development that can support our growth. We believe that we have good relationships with our third-party owners, franchisees and developers and are committed to the continued growth and development of these relationships. These relationships exist with a diverse group of owners, franchisees and developers and are not significantly concentrated with any particular third party. Additionally, in recent years we have entered into sales and marketing agreements to sell timeshare units on behalf of third-party developers. Our supply of third-party developed timeshare intervals was approximately 65,000, or 78% of our total supply, as of September 30, 2013. We expect sales and marketing agreements with third-party developers and resort operations to comprise a growing percentage of our timeshare revenue and revenues derived from the sale and financing of timeshare units developed by us to comprise a smaller percentage of our timeshare revenue in future periods, consistent with our strategy to focus our business on the management aspects and deploy less of our capital to asset construction.

Expenses

Principal Components

We primarily incur the following expenses:

 

   

Owned and leased hotels.  Owned and leased hotel expenses reflect the operating expenses of our consolidated owned and leased hotels, including room expense, food and beverage costs, other support

 

65


Table of Contents
 

costs and property expenses. Room expense includes compensation costs for housekeeping, laundry and front desk staff and supply costs for guest room amenities and laundry. Food and beverage costs include costs for wait and kitchen staff and food and beverage products. Other support expenses consist of costs associated with property-level management, utilities, sales and marketing, operating hotel spas, telephones, parking and other guest recreation, entertainment and services. Property expenses include property taxes, repairs and maintenance, rent and insurance.

 

    Timeshare . Timeshare expenses include the cost of inventory sold during the period, sales and marketing expenses, resort operations expenses, bad debt expense on financing of timeshare units, and other overhead expenses associated with our timeshare business.

 

    Depreciation and amortization.  These are non-cash expenses that primarily consist of depreciation of fixed assets such as buildings, furniture, fixtures and equipment at our consolidated owned and leased hotels, as well as certain corporate assets. Amortization expense primarily consists of amortization of management agreement acquisition costs and franchise and brand intangibles, which are amortized over their estimated useful lives.

 

    General, administrative, and other expenses.  General, administrative, and other expenses consist primarily of compensation expense for our corporate staff and personnel supporting our business segments (including divisional offices that support our management and franchising segments), professional fees (including consulting, audit and legal fees), travel and entertainment expenses, bad debt expenses, contractual performance obligations and office administrative and related expenses. Expenses incurred by our supply management business, laundry facilities and other ancillary businesses are also included in general, administrative and other expenses.

 

    Impairment losses. We hold goodwill, amortizing and non-amortizing intangible assets, long-lived assets and equity method investments. We evaluate these assets for impairment as further discussed in “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” These evaluations have, in the past, resulted in impairment losses for certain of these assets based on the specific facts and circumstances surrounding those assets and our estimates of the fair value of those assets. Based on economic conditions or other factors at a property-specific or company-wide level, we may be required to take additional impairment losses to reflect further declines in our asset and/or investment values.

 

    Other expenses from managed and franchised properties.  These expenses represent the payroll and its related costs for hotels that we manage where the hotel employees are legally our responsibility, as well as certain other operating costs of the managed and franchised hotels’ operations, marketing expenses, and other expenses associated with our brands and shared services that are contractually either reimbursed to us by the hotel owners or paid from fees collected in advance from these hotels. The corresponding revenues are presented as other revenues from managed and franchised properties in our consolidated statements of operations resulting in no impact to operating income or net income.

Factors Affecting our Costs and Expenses

The following are several principal factors that affect the costs and expenses we incur in the course of our operations. For other factors affecting our costs and expenses, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.”

 

   

Fixed nature of expenses.  Many of the expenses associated with managing, franchising, and owning hotels and timeshare resorts are relatively fixed. These expenses include personnel costs, rent, property taxes, insurance and utilities, as well as sales and marketing expenses for our timeshare segment. If we are unable to decrease these costs significantly or rapidly when demand for our hotels and other properties decreases, the resulting decline in our revenues can have an adverse effect on our net cash flow, margins and profits. This effect can be especially pronounced during periods of economic contraction or slow economic growth. Economic downturns generally affect the results of our ownership segment more significantly than the results of our management and franchise segment due

 

66


Table of Contents
 

to the high fixed costs associated with operating an owned or leased hotel. The effectiveness of any cost-cutting efforts is limited by the fixed-cost nature of our business. As a result, we may not be able to offset further revenue reductions through cost cutting. Employees at some of our owned hotels are parties to collective bargaining agreements that may also limit our ability to make timely staffing or labor changes in response to declining revenues. In addition, any of our efforts to reduce costs, or to defer or cancel capital improvements, could adversely affect the economic value of our hotels and brands. We have taken steps to reduce our fixed costs to levels we feel are appropriate to maximize profitability and respond to market conditions without jeopardizing the overall customer experience or the value of our hotels or brands. Also, a significant portion of our costs to support our timeshare business relates to direct sales and marketing of these units. In periods of decreased demand for timeshare units, we may be unable to reduce our sales and marketing expenses quickly enough to prevent a deterioration of our profit margins on our timeshare business.

 

    Changes in depreciation and amortization expense.  Changes in depreciation expenses may be driven by renovations of existing hotels, acquisition or development of new hotels or the disposition of existing hotels through sale or closure. As we place new assets into service, we will be required to record additional depreciation expense on those assets. Additionally, we capitalize costs associated with certain software development projects, and as those projects are completed and placed into service, amortization expense will increase.

Other Items

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations

Significant portions of our operations are conducted in functional currencies other than our reporting currency, which is the U.S. dollar, and we have assets and liabilities denominated in a variety of foreign currencies. As a result, we are required to translate those results, assets and liabilities from the functional currency into U.S. dollars at market-based exchange rates for each reporting period. When comparing our results of operations between periods, there may be material portions of the changes in our revenues or expenses that are derived from fluctuations in exchange rates experienced between those periods.

Seasonality

The lodging industry is seasonal in nature. However, the periods during which our hotels experience higher or lower levels of demand vary from property to property and depend upon location, type of property, and competitive mix within the specific location. Based on historical results, we generally expect our revenue to be lower during the first calendar quarter of each year than during each of the three subsequent quarters, with the fourth quarter producing the strongest revenues of the year.

Key Business and Financial Metrics Used by Management

Comparable Hotels

We define our comparable hotels as those that: (i) were active and operating in our system for at least one full calendar year as of the end of the current period, and were open as of January 1st of the previous year; (ii) have not undergone a change in brand or ownership during the current or comparable periods reported; and (iii) have not sustained substantial property damage, business interruption, undergone large-scale capital projects, or for which comparable results are not available.

 

    Of the 4,039 hotels in our system as of September 30, 2013, 3,571 have been classified as comparable hotels for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Our non-comparable hotels include 16 properties, or less than one percent of the total hotels in our system, that have been removed from the comparable group during the last twelve months because they have sustained substantial property damage, business interruption, undergone large-scale capital projects or comparable results were not available.

 

67


Table of Contents
    Of the 3,926, 3,806 and 3,671 hotels in our system as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, 3,484, 3,401, and 3,164 have been classified as comparable hotels for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Occupancy

Occupancy represents the total number of rooms sold divided by the total number of rooms available at a hotel or group of hotels. Occupancy measures the utilization of our hotels’ available capacity. Management uses occupancy to gauge demand at a specific hotel or group of hotels in a given period. Occupancy levels also help us determine achievable Average Daily Rate (“ADR”) levels as demand for hotel rooms increases or decreases.

Average Daily Rate (“ADR”)

ADR represents hotel room revenue divided by total number of rooms sold in a given period. ADR measures average room price attained by a hotel, and ADR trends provide useful information concerning the pricing environment and the nature of the customer base of a hotel or group of hotels. ADR is a commonly used performance measure in the industry, and we use ADR to assess pricing levels that we are able to generate by type of customer, as changes in rates have a different effect on overall revenues and incremental profitability than changes in occupancy, as described above.

Revenue per Available Room (“RevPAR”)

We calculate RevPAR by dividing hotel room revenue by room nights available to guests for the period. We consider RevPAR to be a meaningful indicator of our performance as it provides a metric correlated to two primary and key drivers of operations at our hotels: occupancy and ADR. RevPAR is also a useful indicator in measuring performance over comparable periods for comparable hotels.

References to RevPAR and ADR throughout this report are presented on a currency neutral (all periods using the same exchange rates) and comparable basis, unless otherwise noted.

Earnings before Interest Expense, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) and Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA, presented herein, is a non-GAAP financial measure that reflects net income attributable to Hilton stockholder, excluding interest expense, a provision for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. We consider EBITDA to be a useful measure of operating performance, due to the significance of our long-lived assets and level of indebtedness.

Adjusted EBITDA, presented herein, is calculated as EBITDA, as previously defined, further adjusted to exclude gains, losses and expenses in connection with (i) asset dispositions for both consolidated and unconsolidated investments; (ii) foreign currency transactions; (iii) debt restructurings/retirements; (iv) non-cash impairment charges; (v) furniture, fixtures and equipment, or FF&E, replacement reserves required under certain lease agreements; (vi) reorganization costs; (vii) share-based and certain other compensation expenses; (viii) severance, relocation and other expenses; and (ix) other items.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or other measures of financial performance or liquidity derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors about us and our financial condition and results of operations for the following reasons: (i) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are

 

68


Table of Contents

among the measures used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions; and (ii) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a common performance measure to compare results or estimate valuations across companies in our industry.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for profit (loss), cash flow or other methods of analyzing our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our indebtedness;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the impact on earnings or changes resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our future operations;

 

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

 

    other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

Results of Operations

Our business has steadily improved in recent years, resulting in higher RevPAR on a year-over-year basis since 2010. We have experienced occupancy increases in all segments of our business and we have been able to increase rates in market segments where demand has outpaced supply. The following table presents hotel operating statistics for our system-wide comparable hotels:

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2013
    Variance
2013 vs. 2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Variance
2012 vs. 2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Variance
2011 vs. 2010
 

Occupancy

     73.5     1.4 % pts      71.1     1.9 % pts      69.7     2.1 % pts 

ADR

   $  136.24        3.4   $  131.35        2.9   $  130.15        2.8

RevPAR

   $ 100.19        5.3   $ 93.38        5.7   $ 90.70        5.9

We anticipate that if worldwide gross domestic product continues to exhibit growth, we will continue to experience increases in demand for lodging accommodations. Because this continued increase in demand is not expected to be met with a corresponding significant increase in hotel room supply in the near term, particularly in the U.S., we expect to see continued improvement in our operational and financial metrics. While we expect operating results at existing properties to improve and our business to continue to grow based on our business strengths and strategies that have and will continue to maximize our performance, our ability to do so is dependent in part on increases in discretionary spending and continued stabilization and recovery in the global

 

69


Table of Contents

economic environment. We also anticipate growth in our management and franchise fee business, driven both by improvements in performance at our existing hotels and by increases in the number of hotels in our system based on our management and franchise property development pipeline. However, should hotel developers experience difficulty in securing on-going financing for hotel projects or a decline in demand for any other reason, our pipeline may be adversely affected, resulting in delays in the opening of new hotels or decreases in the number of future properties that we could potentially manage or franchise.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 Compared with Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we experienced system-wide improvement at our comparable hotels in occupancy, ADR and RevPAR, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Despite challenges in specific markets, we were able to increase rates in markets where demand outpaced supply resulting in a 3.4 percent increase in system-wide ADR. System-wide occupancy increased 1.4 percentage points and the combination of improved occupancy and ADR drove a system-wide RevPAR increase of 5.3 percent.

Our Asia Pacific region had a RevPAR increase of 6.3 percent due to an increase in occupancy of 5.0 percentage points. In the Americas region, which includes the U.S., RevPAR increased 5.4 percent due to an increase in ADR of 3.7 percent.

Our hotels in the MEA region experienced a RevPAR increase of 10.2 percent, due to an increase in ADR of 14.9 percent. The majority of this improvement occurred during the first half of 2013. Our European hotels experienced a RevPAR increase of 3.7 percent due to increased occupancy of 2.9 percentage points. There continues to be political unrest and macroeconomic uncertainty in certain portions of the EMEA region that may have an effect on our hotel revenues.

 

70


Table of Contents

Our overall operating performance during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 improved when compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012, driven by improvements in both system-wide occupancy and ADR. Our results for the periods are as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Increase / (Decrease)  
     2013      2012      $ change      % change  
     (in millions)                

Revenues

           

Owned and leased hotels

   $  2,982        $  2,931        $       51          1.7   

Management and franchise fees and other

     868          807          61          7.6   

Timeshare

     809          822          (13)         (1.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     4,659          4,560          99          2.2   

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     2,433          2,378          55          2.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues

     7,092          6,938          154          2.2   

Expenses

           

Owned and leased hotels

     2,327          2,401          (74)         (3.1

Timeshare

     545          568          (23)         (4.0

Depreciation and amortization

     455          394          61          15.5   

Impairment losses

     —          33          (33)         NM (1)  

General, administrative, and other

     319          327          (8)         (2.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     3,646          3,723          (77)         (2.1

Other expenses from managed and franchised properties

     2,433          2,378          55          2.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total expenses

     6,079          6,101          (22)         (0.4

Operating income

     1,013          837          176          21.0   

Interest income

             11          (6)         (54.5

Interest expense

     (401)         (423)         22          (5.2

Equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

     11                  10          NM (1)  

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     (43)         27          (70)         NM (1)  

Other gain, net

                     (3)         (37.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income before income taxes

     590          461          129          28.0   

Income tax expense

     (192)         (166)         (26)         15.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income

     398          295          103          34.9   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (9)         (4)         (5)         NM (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 389        $ 291        $ 98          33.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

 

71


Table of Contents
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2013
    Variance
2013 vs. 2012
 

Comparable Hotel Statistics

   

Owned and leased hotels

   

Occupancy

    76.6     0.9 % pts 

ADR

  $  188.01        3.2

RevPAR

  $ 144.06        4.5

Managed and franchised hotels

   

Occupancy

    73.3     1.4 % pts 

ADR

  $ 130.75        3.4

RevPAR

  $ 95.78        5.4

System-wide

   

Occupancy

    73.5     1.4 % pts 

ADR

  $ 136.24        3.4

RevPAR

  $ 100.19        5.3

Revenues

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Percent
Change
 
          2013                  2012            2013 vs. 2012  
    (in millions)         

Owned and leased hotels

  $ 2,982       $ 2,931         1.7   

Management and franchise fees and other

    868         807         7.6   

Timeshare

    809         822         (1.6
 

 

 

    

 

 

    
  $  4,659       $  4,560         2.2   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenues as presented in this section excludes other revenues from managed and franchised properties of $2,433 million and $2,378 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Owned and leased hotels

The overall improved performance at our owned and leased hotels primarily was a result of improvement in RevPAR of 4.5 percent, respectively, at our comparable owned and leased hotels.

As of September 30, 2013, we had 35 consolidated owned and leased hotels located in the U.S., comprising 24,050 rooms. Revenues at our U.S. owned and leased hotels totaled $1,520 million and $1,411 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase of $109 million, or 7.7 percent, was primarily driven by an increase in RevPAR at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels of 7.0 percent, which was due to increases in ADR and occupancy of 4.9 percent and 1.6 percentage points, respectively. The increase in our U.S. owned and leased hotel revenue was primarily driven by group business, as room revenue from group travel at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels increased 7.7 percent, due to a combination of increases in group ADR of 3.9 percent and group occupied rooms of 3.7 percent. Room revenue from transient guests at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels also increased 3.4 percent, primarily due to an increase in transient ADR of 3.3 percent.

As of September 30, 2013, we had 89 consolidated owned and leased hotels located outside of the U.S., comprising 25,775 rooms. Revenues from our international (non-U.S.) owned and leased hotels totaled $1,462 million and $1,520 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease of $58 million, or 3.8 percent, was primarily due to a combination of an unfavorable movement in foreign currency rates and the sales and lease terminations of hotels after September 30, 2012, which contributed to $49 million and $27 million of the decrease, respectively. These decreases were partially offset by the increase in RevPAR at our international comparable owned and leased hotels of 1.6 percent, which was primarily due to an increase in ADR of 1.2 percent.

 

72


Table of Contents

Management and franchise fees and other

Management and franchise fee revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 totaled $827 million and $768 million, respectively. The increase of $59 million, or 7.7 percent, in our management and franchise fee business reflects increases in RevPAR of 6.2 percent and 5.2 percent at our comparable managed and franchised properties, respectively. The increases in RevPAR for managed and franchised hotels were driven by both increased occupancy and ADR.

The addition of new hotels to our managed and franchised system also contributed to the growth in revenue. From September 30, 2012 to September 30, 2013 we added 47 managed properties on a net basis, contributing an additional 9,447 rooms to our system, as well as 112 franchised properties on a net basis, providing an additional 16,813 rooms to our system. As new hotels are established in our system, we expect the fees received from such hotels to increase as they are part of our system for full periods.

Other revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 were relatively unchanged at $41 million and $39 million, respectively.

Timeshare

The decrease in timeshare revenue was due to a decrease of approximately $90 million in real estate sales, due to lower sales volumes from our developed properties, which we expect to continue as we further develop our capital light timeshare business. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of $56 million in sales commissions and fees earned on projects developed by third parties, primarily due to two properties comprising 1,033 units commencing sales during or after the nine months ended September 30, 2012. There was also an increase of approximately $17 million of financing revenues and other revenues generated primarily from our resort operations.

Operating Expenses

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Percent
Change
 
     2013      2012      2013 vs. 2012  
     (in millions)         

Owned and leased hotels

   $  2,327       $  2,401         (3.1

Timeshare

     545         568         (4.0

Fluctuations in operating expenses at our owned and leased hotels can be related to various factors, including changes in occupancy levels, labor costs, utilities, taxes and insurance costs. The change in the number of occupied room nights directly affects certain variable expenses, which include payroll, supplies and other operating expenses.

U.S. owned and leased hotel expenses totaled $1,046 million and $1,021 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase of $25 million, or 2.4 percent, was due to increased occupancy levels, which resulted in an increase in variable operating expenses, including labor and utility costs.

International owned and leased hotel expenses decreased $99 million, or 7.2 percent, to $1,281 million from $1,380 million. Foreign currency movements contributed $38 million of the decrease, as international owned and leased hotel expenses, on a currency neutral basis, decreased $61 million. The decrease in currency neutral expenses was primarily due to expenses incurred in the prior year at properties which we no longer own or lease subsequent to September 30, 2012, as well as cost mitigation strategies and operational efficiencies employed at all of our owned and leased properties. Occupancy at our comparable international owned and leased hotels was relatively consistent period over period.

 

73


Table of Contents

Timeshare expense decreased $23 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to lower sales volume at our developed properties resulting in lower cost of sales, offset by an increase in sales and marketing expenses of $20 million most significantly related to the shift towards our capital light timeshare business. This is consistent with the slight decrease in timeshare revenue during the same periods.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Percent
Change
 
       2013          2012        2013 vs. 2012  
     (in millions)         

Depreciation and amortization

   $  455       $  394         15.5   

Depreciation expense increased $28 million primarily due to $264 million in capital expenditures for property and equipment between September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013, resulting in additional depreciation expense on certain owned and leased assets in 2013. Amortization expense increased $33 million primarily due to capitalized software costs that were placed into service during the fourth quarter of 2012.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Percent
Change
 
       2013          2012        2013 vs. 2012  
     (in millions)         

Impairment losses

   $    —       $    33         NM (1)  

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

During the first nine months of 2012, certain specific markets and properties faced operating and competitive challenges. Such challenges caused a decline in market value of certain corporate buildings and in the expected future results of certain owned and leased properties, which caused us to evaluate the carrying values of these affected properties for impairment. As a result of this evaluation, we recognized impairment losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 of $33 million.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Percent
Change
 
       2013          2012        2013 vs. 2012  
     (in millions)         

General, administrative, and other

   $  319       $  327         (2.4

General and administrative expenses consist of our corporate operations, compensation and related expenses, including share-based compensation, and other operating costs.

General and administrative expenses were $282 million and $288 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease of $6 million was primarily a result of legal and other operating costs incurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 that were not incurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The decrease also included a decrease in share-based compensation expense, predominately due to the acceleration of certain payments under our share-based compensation plan during the first quarter of 2012, which resulted in an additional $9 million of expense in that period. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in employee severance costs of $18 million. Additionally, there was an acceleration of prior service credit of $13 million on our pension plan in the United Kingdom during the first quarter of 2012, which resulted in a reduction to general and administrative expenses during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Other expenses were relatively unchanged at $37 million and $39 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

74


Table of Contents

Non-operating Income and Expenses

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Percent
Change
 
       2013          2012        2013 vs. 2012  
     (in millions)         

Interest expense

   $  401       $  423         (5.2

Interest expense decreased $22 million as a result of reductions in our debt balances. We repaid $389 million of our unsecured notes during the fourth quarter of 2012, and we made unscheduled, voluntary debt payments of $1 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt was approximately 3.2 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to 3.1 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Percent
Change
 
       2013          2012        2013 vs. 2012  
     (in millions)         

Equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

   $      11       $     1         NM (1)  

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

The $10 million increase in equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates was primarily due to improved performance of our unconsolidated affiliates, as well as the sale of our interest in an unconsolidated affiliate in June 2012 that generated a loss of $2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recognized $4 million of impairment losses on our equity investments, while there were no impairment losses on our equity method investments during the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Percent
Change
 
       2013         2012        2013 vs. 2012  
     (in millions)         

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

   $   (43   $      27         NM (1)  

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

The net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions primarily relates to changes in foreign currency rates relating to short-term cross-currency intercompany loans.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Percent
Change
 
       2013          2012        2013 vs. 2012  
     (in millions)         

Other gain, net

   $      5       $      8         (37.5

The other gain, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was primarily related to a capital lease restructuring by one of our consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”) during the period. The revised terms reduced the future minimum lease payments, resulting in a reduction of the capital lease obligation and a residual amount, which was recorded in other gain, net.

 

75


Table of Contents

The other gain, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily related to the pre-tax gain of $5 million resulting from the sale of our interest in an investment in affiliate accounted for under the equity method.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Percent
Change
 
       2013         2012       2013 vs. 2012  
     (in millions)        

Income tax expense

   $     (192   $     (166     15.7   

The effective income tax rate is determined by the level and composition of pre-tax income which is subject to federal, foreign, state, and local income taxes. The lower effective tax rate, as compared to our statutory tax rate, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, was largely affected by a net decrease of $35 million in unrecognized tax benefits.

Segment Results

We evaluate our business segment operating performance using segment Adjusted EBITDA, as described in Note 15: “Business Segments” in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Refer to those financial statements for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net income attributable to Hilton stockholder. For a discussion of our definition of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, how management uses it to manage our business and material limitations on its usefulness, refer to “—Key Business and Financial Metrics Used by Management.” The following table sets forth revenues and Adjusted EBITDA by segment, reconciled to consolidated amounts, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Percent
Change
 
     2013      2012      2013 vs. 2012  
     (in millions)         

Revenues:

        

Ownership (1)

   $  3,003        $ 2,951          1.8   

Management and franchise (2)

     938          877          7.0   

Timeshare

     809          822          (1.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Segment revenues

     4,750          4,650          2.2   

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     2,433          2,378          2.3   

Other revenues (3)

     48          46          4.3   

Intersegment fees elimination (1)(2)(3)

     (139)         (136)         2.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 7,092        $ 6,938          2.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Adjusted EBITDA

        

Ownership (1)(4)

   $ 672        $ 566          18.7   

Management and franchise (2)

     938          877          7.0   

Timeshare

     205          198          3.5   

Corporate and other (3)

     (208)         (207)         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,607        $ 1,434          12.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)   Includes charges to our timeshare segment by our ownership segment for rental fees and fees for other amenities, which are eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements. These charges totaled $19 million and $17 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. While the net impact is zero, our measure of segment Adjusted EBITDA includes these fees as a benefit to the ownership segment and a cost to the timeshare segment.

 

76


Table of Contents
(2)   Includes management, royalty, and intellectual property fees of $71 million and $70 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These fees are charged to consolidated owned and leased properties and are eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements. Also, includes a licensing fee of $40 million and $39 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which is charged to our timeshare segment by our management and franchise segment and is eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements.
(3)   Includes charges to consolidated owned and leased properties for laundry services of $7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These charges are earned by our “Other” category and therefore are eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements.
(4)   Includes Adjusted EBITDA from unconsolidated affiliates.

Ownership

Ownership segment revenues increased $52 million primarily due to an improvement in RevPAR of 4.5 percent at our comparable owned and leased hotels. Refer to “Revenues—Owned and leased hotels” within this section for further discussion on the increase in revenues from our comparable owned and leased hotels. Our ownership segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased $106 million primarily as a result of the increase in ownership segment revenues of $52 million and the decrease in segment operating expenses of $50 million. Refer to “Operating Expenses—Owned and leased hotels” within this section for further discussion on the decrease in operating expenses.

Management and franchise

Management and franchise segment revenues increased $61 million primarily as a result of increases in RevPAR of 6.2 percent and 5.2 percent at our comparable managed and franchised properties, respectively, and the net addition of hotels added to our managed and franchised system. Refer to “Revenues—Management and franchise fees and other” within this section for further discussion on the increase in revenues from our comparable managed and franchised properties. Our management and franchise segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased as a result of the increase in management and franchise segment revenues.

Timeshare

Refer to “Revenues—Timeshare” within this section for a discussion of the decrease in revenues from our timeshare segment. Our timeshare segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased $7 million as a result of the $23 million decrease in timeshare operating expense, offset by the $13 million decrease in timeshare revenue. Refer to “Operating Expenses—Timeshare” within this section for a discussion of the decrease in operating expenses from our timeshare segment.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2011

For 2012, the growth in hotel room demand continued from 2011 and 2010, as we experienced system-wide improvement in occupancy, ADR, and RevPAR, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Despite challenges in specific markets, we were able to increase rates in markets where demand outpaced supply resulting in a 2.9 percent increase in system-wide ADR in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. System-wide occupancy increased 1.9 percentage points in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011; and, the combination of improved occupancy and ADR drove a system-wide RevPAR increase of 5.7 percent in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

The system-wide increase in occupancy was led by our Asia Pacific region, which had an increase of 4.8 percentage points, and was lagged by our European hotels, which had a growth in occupancy of 1.3 percentage points. Our European hotels experienced a 2.5 percent increase in RevPAR in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, partially attributable to the 2012 Summer Olympics held in

 

77


Table of Contents

London. While political unrest in portions of the Middle East continued throughout 2012, the Middle East and Africa experienced a 2.8 percent increase in RevPAR in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2012, we had ten hotels in Japan, five of which were included in our ownership segment. Additionally, Hilton Grand Vacations had eight sales centers and offices in Japan. None of our hotels or offices in Japan were damaged in the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami. Our Japanese operations stabilized during the third quarter of 2011 and, from that time on, our Japanese hotels have experienced continued improvement in RevPAR, which increased 14.9 percent in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 and supported the increase in RevPAR of 8.7 percent in our Asia Pacific region between periods. The Asia Pacific region experienced the largest increase in RevPAR of all our regions from 2011.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Increase / (Decrease)  
     2012      2011      $ change      % change  
     (in millions)                

Revenues

           

Owned and leased hotels

   $  3,979        $  3,898        $       81          2.1   

Management and franchise fees and other

     1,088          1,014          74          7.3   

Timeshare

     1,085          944          141          14.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     6,152          5,856          296          5.1   

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     3,124          2,927          197          6.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues

     9,276          8,783          493          5.6   

Expenses

           

Owned and leased hotels

     3,230          3,213          17          0.5   

Timeshare

     758          668          90          13.5   

Depreciation and amortization

     550          564          (14)         (2.5

Impairment losses

     54          20          34          NM (1)  

General, administrative, and other

     460          416          44          10.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     5,052          4,881          171          3.5   

Other expenses from managed and franchised properties

     3,124          2,927          197          6.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total expenses

     8,176          7,808          368          4.7   

Operating income

     1,100          975          125          12.8   

Interest income

     15          11                  36.4   

Interest expense

     (569)         (643)         74          (11.5

Equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates

     (11)         (145)         134          (92.4

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     23          (21)         44          NM (1)  

Other gain, net

     15          19          (4)         (21.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income before income taxes

     573          196          377          NM (1)  

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (214)         59          (273)         NM (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income

     359          255          104          40.8   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (7)         (2)         (5)         NM (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 352        $ 253        $ 99          39.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

 

78


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Variance
2012 vs. 2011
 

Comparable Hotel Statistics

    

Owned and leased hotels

    

Occupancy

     74.5     2.3 %pts 

ADR

   $ 183.29        1.0

RevPAR

   $ 136.55        4.2

Managed and franchised hotels

    

Occupancy

     70.8     1.9 %pts 

ADR

   $ 126.17        3.0

RevPAR

   $ 89.34        5.8

System-wide

    

Occupancy

     71.1     1.9 %pts 

ADR

   $  131.35        2.9

RevPAR

   $ 93.38        5.7

Revenues

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)         

Owned and leased hotels

   $  3,979       $  3,898         2.1   

Management and franchise fees and other

     1,088         1,014         7.3   

Timeshare

     1,085         944         14.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 6,152       $ 5,856         5.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenues as presented in this section, excludes other revenues from managed and franchised properties of $3,124 million and $2,927 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Owned and leased hotels

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the improved performance of our owned and leased hotels primarily was a result of improvement in RevPAR of 4.2 percent at our comparable owned and leased hotels.

As of December 31, 2012, we had 35 consolidated owned and leased hotels located in the U.S., comprising 24,054 rooms. Revenue at our U.S. owned and leased hotels for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $1,922 million and $1,822 million, respectively. The increase of $100 million, or 5.5 percent, was primarily driven by an increase in RevPAR of 5.1 percent, which was due to increases in ADR and occupancy at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels of 1.5 percent and 2.7 percentage points, respectively.

Room revenue from transient guests at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels increased 10.4 percent, due to increases in transient ADR of 2.9 percent and transient occupancy of 7.3 percent. The increased transient room revenue was in part offset by decreases in room revenue from group travel at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels of 3.0 percent during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in group room revenue at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels was primarily due to one large group at one hotel driving significant group room revenue in 2011 that did not recur in 2012. Excluding this one hotel from the prior year results, our group room revenue at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels increased 2.0 percent.

 

79


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012, we had 94 consolidated owned and leased hotels located outside of the U.S., comprising 26,565 rooms. Revenue from our international owned and leased hotels totaled $2,057 million and $2,076 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The revenue decrease of $19 million, or 0.9 percent, was primarily due to an unfavorable movement in foreign currency rates of $76 million. On a currency neutral basis, international owned and leased hotel revenue increased $57 million, or 2.9 percent. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in RevPAR of 3.4 percent, which was due to an increase in occupancy at our comparable international owned and leased hotels of 1.9 percentage points, while ADR remained relatively consistent period over period. The increase was also due to recovery in Japan as operations stabilized in the third quarter of 2011 after the natural disasters negatively impacted revenues for the first half of 2011. This recovery, on a currency neutral basis, resulted in an increase in RevPAR at our comparable Japanese owned and leased hotels of 18.2 percent, which was driven by an increase in occupancy and ADR of 10.5 percentage points and 2.1 percent, respectively.

Management and franchise fees and other

Management and franchise fee revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $1,032 million and $965 million, respectively. The increase of $67 million, or 6.9 percent, in our management and franchise business reflects increases in RevPAR of 4.9 percent and 6.2 percent at our comparable managed and franchised properties, respectively. The increases in RevPAR for both comparable periods for managed and franchised hotels were primarily driven by increased occupancy and rates charged to guests.

The addition of new hotels to our managed and franchised system also contributed to the growth in revenue. We added 13 managed properties on a net basis, contributing an additional 4,265 rooms to our system, as well as 107 franchised properties on a net basis, providing an additional 14,007 rooms to our system. As new hotels are established in our system, we expect the fees received from such hotels to increase as they are part of our system for full periods.

Other revenues increased $7 million, or 14.3 percent, between periods, totaling $56 million and $49 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Timeshare

Timeshare revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1,085 million, an increase of $141 million, or 14.9 percent, from $944 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $66 million increase in revenue from the sale of timeshare units developed by us, as well as an increase of $46 million in sales commissions and fees earned on projects developed by third parties. Additionally, our revenue from resorts operations and financing and other revenues both increased $9 million.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)         

Owned and leased hotels

   $  3,230       $  3,213         0.5   

Timeshare

     758         668         13.5   

U.S. owned and leased hotel expense totaled $1,370 million and $1,345 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The increase of $25 million, or 1.9 percent, was partially due to increased occupancy of 2.7 percentage points at our comparable U.S. owned and leased hotels, which resulted in an increase in labor and utility costs. The increase was also due to increases to sales and marketing expenses, insurance expenses, and property taxes at our U.S. owned and leased hotels.

 

80


Table of Contents

International owned and leased hotel expense decreased $8 million, or 0.4 percent, to $1,860 million from $1,868 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. However, there were foreign currency movements of $66 million between the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, which decreased owned and leased hotel expenses. International owned and leased hotel expenses, on a currency neutral basis, increased $58 million. The increase in currency neutral expense was primarily due to increased occupancy of 1.9 percentage points at our comparable international owned and leased hotels, which resulted in an increase in variable operating expenses and energy costs. The increase was also due to increases in rent expenses, certain of which have a variable component based on hotel revenues or profitability, as well as repair and maintenance expenses, insurance expenses, and property taxes at our international owned and leased hotels.

Timeshare expense increased $90 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to increased sales, marketing, general, and administrative costs associated with the increase in timeshare revenue during the same period.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)         

Depreciation and amortization

   $  550       $  564         (2.5

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Depreciation expense, including amortization of assets recorded under capital leases, decreased $33 million primarily due to capital lease amendments which resulted in extending asset useful lives in the second half of 2011, as well as 2011 impairments, which resulted in lower depreciable asset bases for 2012. These instances led to lower depreciation expense on the same assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Amortization expense increased $19 million primarily due to capitalized software that was placed in service during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)         

Impairment losses

   $    54       $    20         NM (1)  

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, certain specific markets and properties, particularly in Europe, continued to face operating and competitive challenges. Such challenges caused a decline in market value of certain corporate buildings in the current year and in expected future results for certain owned and leased properties, which caused us to evaluate the carrying values of these affected properties for impairment. During 2012, we recognized impairment losses of $42 million related to our owned and leased hotels, $11 million of impairment losses related to certain corporate office facilities, and $1 million of impairment losses related to one cost method investment. During 2011, we recognized impairment losses of $17 million related to our owned and leased hotels and $3 million on timeshare properties.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)         

General, administrative, and other expense

   $  460       $  416         10.6   

General and administrative expenses consist of our corporate operations, compensation and related expenses, including share-based compensation, and other operating costs.

 

81


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $398 million and $377 million, respectively. In 2011, we recorded a one-time $20 million insurance recovery related to a prior year legal settlement. Excluding this recovery, general and administrative expenses increased $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase includes a $31 million increase in share-based compensation expense due to the acceleration of certain payments under our share-based compensation plan. These increases were offset by decreases in employee retirement costs from the acceleration of a $13 million prior service credit relating to the freeze of our U.K. Pension Plan agreed to in March 2012, reorganization costs of $16 million that were recorded in 2011, and other operating costs.

Other expenses were $62 million and $39 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. This increase of $23 million was due to an increase of $16 million in various operating expenses incurred for the incidental support of hotel operations and an increase of $3 million for guarantee payments.

Non-operating Income and Expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)         

Interest expense

   $  569       $  643         (11.5

Interest expense decreased $74 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in interest expense was attributable to debt payments during the fourth quarter 2011, which resulted in lower 2012 debt principal balances to which interest was applied.

The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt was approximately 3.4 percent and 3.7 percent for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)         

Equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates

   $    11       $  145         (92.4

The $134 million decrease in the loss from prior year was primarily due to other-than-temporary impairments on our equity investments of $19 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to other-than-temporary impairments of $141 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulting from declines in certain joint ventures current and expected future operating results.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Percent
Change
 
     2012      2011     2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)        

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

   $    23       $   (21     NM (1)  

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

The net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions primarily relates to changes in foreign currency rates relating to short-term cross-currency intercompany loans.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)         

Other gain, net

   $    15       $    19         (21.1

 

82


Table of Contents

The other gain, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily related to a pre-tax gain of $5 million resulting from the sale of our interest in an investment in affiliate accounted for under the equity method, as well as a $6 million gain due to the resolution of certain contingencies relating to historical asset sales.

The other gain, net for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to a gain of $16 million on the sale of our former headquarters building in Beverly Hills, California, as well a gain of $13 million related to the restructuring of a capital lease. These gains were offset by a loss of $10 million related to the sale of our interest in a hotel development joint venture.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2012     2011      2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)         

Income tax benefit (expense)

   $  (214   $     59         NM (1)  

 

(1) Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

Our income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily a result of $201 million related to our U.S. federal income tax provision. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our income tax expense, which was primarily related to $69 million and $50 million in U.S. federal and foreign income tax provision, respectively, was offset by a release of $182 million in valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets related to U.S. federal foreign tax credits resulting in an overall tax benefit. Based on our consideration of all positive and negative evidence available, we believe that it is more likely than not we will be able to realize our U.S. federal foreign tax credits.

 

83


Table of Contents

Segment Results

We evaluate our business segment operating performance using segment revenue and segment Adjusted EBITDA, as described in Note 22: “Business Segments” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Refer to those financial statements for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net income attributable to Hilton stockholder. For a discussion of our definition of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, how we use it and material limitation on its usefulness, refer to “—Key Business and Financial Metrics Used by Management.” The following table sets forth revenues and Adjusted EBITDA by segment, reconciled to consolidated amounts, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2012      2011      2012 vs. 2011  
     (in millions)         

Revenues

        

Ownership

   $  4,006        $  3,926          2.0   

Management and franchise

     1,180          1,095          7.8   

Timeshare

     1,085          944          14.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Segment revenues

     6,271          5,965          5.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     3,124          2,927          6.7   

Other

     66          58          13.8   

Intersegment fees elimination (1)(2)(3)

     (185)         (167)         10.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 9,276        $ 8,783          5.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Adjusted EBITDA:

        

Ownership (1)(4)

   $ 793        $ 725          9.4   

Management and franchise (2)

     1,180          1,095          7.8   

Timeshare

     252          207          21.7   

Corporate and other (3)

     (269)         (274)         (1.8)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 1,956        $ 1,753          11.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)   Includes charges to our timeshare segment by our ownership segment for rental fees and fees for other amenities, which are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. These charges totaled $24 million and $27 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. While the net impact is zero, our measure of segment Adjusted EBITDA includes these fees as a benefit to ownership Adjusted EBITDA and a cost to the timeshare segment. Additionally, includes various other intercompany charges of $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements.
(2)   Includes management, royalty, and intellectual property fees of $96 million and $88 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These fees are charged to consolidated owned and leased properties and are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. Also, includes a licensing fee of $52 million and $43 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, charged to our timeshare segment by our management and franchise segment and eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. While the net impact is zero, our measure of segment Adjusted EBITDA includes these fees as a benefit to management and franchise Adjusted EBITDA and a cost to the ownership and timeshare segments.
(3)   Includes charges to consolidated owned and leased properties for laundry services of $10 million and $9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These charges are earned by our “Other” category and therefore are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements.
(4)   Includes unconsolidated affiliate Adjusted EBITDA.

 

84


Table of Contents

Ownership

Ownership segment revenues increased primarily due to an improvement in RevPAR of 4.2 percent at our comparable owned and leased hotels. Refer to “Revenues—Owned and leased hotels” within this section for further discussion on the increase in revenues from our comparable owned and leased hotels. Our ownership segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased primarily as a result of the increase in ownership segment revenues of $80 million offset by an increase in operating expenses of $17 million at our owned and leased hotels. Refer to “Operating Expenses—Owned and leased hotels” within this section for further discussion on the increase in operating expenses at our owned and leased hotels.

Management and franchise

Management and franchise segment revenues increased primarily as a result of increases in RevPAR of 4.9 percent and 6.2 percent at our comparable managed and franchised properties, respectively, and the net addition of hotels added to our managed and franchised system. Refer to “Revenues—Management and franchise fees and other” within this section for further discussion on the increase in revenues from our comparable managed and franchised properties. Our management and franchise segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased as a result of the increase in management and franchise segment revenues.

Timeshare

Refer to “Revenues—Timeshare” within this section for a discussion of the increase in revenues from our timeshare segment. Our timeshare segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased as a result of the $141 million increase in timeshare revenue, offset by a $90 million increase in timeshare operating expenses. Refer to “Operating Expenses—Timeshare” within this section for a discussion of the increase in operating expenses from our timeshare segment.

 

85


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2010

In 2011, we continued to experience the recovery in hotel room demand that began in 2010, as we had system-wide improvement in occupancy, ADR, and RevPAR during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. System-wide occupancy increased 2.1 percentage points, in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, although certain geographic regions had lower growth or occupancy, which was driven by unrest in the Middle East and the tsunami in Japan. Despite challenges in specific markets, we were able to increase rates in markets where demand outpaced supply. System-wide ADR increased 2.8 percent, on a currency neutral basis, in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting an improvement in pricing power and stronger year-over-year revenue from business travel. The combination of improved occupancy and ADR drove a system-wide RevPAR increase of 5.9 percent, on a currency neutral basis, in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Increase / (Decrease)  
     2011      2010      $ change      % change  
     (in millions)                

Revenues

           

Owned and leased hotels

   $  3,898        $  3,667        $     231          6.3   

Management and franchise fees and other

     1,014          901          113          12.5   

Timeshare

     944          863          81          9.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     5,856          5,431          425          7.8   

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     2,927          2,637          290          11.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues

     8,783          8,068          715          8.9   

Expenses

           

Owned and leased hotels

     3,213          3,009          204          6.8   

Timeshare

     668          634          34          5.4   

Depreciation and amortization

     564          574          (10)         (1.7)   

Impairment losses

     20          24          (4)         (16.7)   

General, administrative, and other

     416          637          (221)         (34.7)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     4,881          4,878                  0.1   

Other expenses from managed and franchised properties

     2,927          2,637          290          11.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total expenses

     7,808          7,515          293          3.9   

Operating income

     975          553          422          76.3   

Interest income

     11                          22.2   

Interest expense

     (643)         (946)         303          (32.0)   

Equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates

     (145)         (12)         (133)         NM (1)  

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     (21)         18          (39)         NM (1)  

Gain on debt restructuring

     —          789          (789)         NM (1)  

Other gain, net

     19                  11          NM (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Income before income taxes

     196          419          (223)         (53.2)   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     59          (308)         367          NM (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income

     255          111          144          NM (1)  

Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (2)         17          (19)         NM (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 253        $ 128        $ 125          97.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

 

86


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
    Variance
2011 vs. 2010
 

Comparable Hotel Statistics

    

Owned and leased hotels

    

Occupancy

     73.7     0.1 %pts 

ADR

   $  186.56        4.1

RevPAR

   $ 137.41        4.3

Managed and franchised hotels

    

Occupancy

     69.4     2.3 %pts 

ADR

   $ 124.11        2.7

RevPAR

   $ 86.09        6.3

System-wide

    

Occupancy

     69.7     2.1 %pts 

ADR

   $ 130.15        2.8

RevPAR

   $ 90.70        5.9

Revenues

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Owned and leased hotels

   $  3,898       $  3,667         6.3   

Management and franchise fees and other

     1,014         901         12.5   

Timeshare

     944         863         9.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 5,856       $ 5,431         7.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenues as presented in this section, excludes other revenues from managed and franchised properties of $2,927 million and $2,637 million during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Owned and leased hotels

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the improved performance of our owned and leased hotels primarily was a result of an increase in RevPAR of 4.3 percent at our comparable owned and leased hotels and an additional $35 million in revenue from the Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista, which we acquired in August 2010.

As of December 31, 2011, we had 35 consolidated owned and leased hotels located in the U.S., comprising 24,044 rooms. Revenue at our U.S. owned and leased hotels for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $1,822 million and $1,707 million, respectively. The increase of $115 million, or 6.7 percent, was primarily driven by an increase in RevPAR of 5.1 percent, which was due to an increase in ADR at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels of 5.1 percent, while occupancy remained consistent.

Room revenue from group travel at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels increased 8.1 percent, due to increases in group ADR and group occupancy of 4.4 percent and 3.6 percent, respectively. Room revenue from transient guests at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels increased 3.3 percent, due to an increase in transient ADR of 6.0 percent, offset by a decrease in transient occupancy of 2.5 percent.

As of December 31, 2011, we had 94 consolidated owned and leased hotels located outside of the U.S., comprising 26,578 rooms. Revenue from our international owned and leased hotels totaled $2,076 million and $1,960 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The revenue increase of $116 million, or 5.9 percent, was primarily due to a favorable movement in foreign currency rates of

 

87


Table of Contents

$82 million. On a currency neutral basis, international owned and leased hotel revenue increased $34 million, or 1.7 percent. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in RevPAR of 3.6 percent, which was due to an increase in ADR at our comparable international owned and leased hotels of 3.3 percent, while occupancy remained relatively flat.

Management and franchise fees and other

Management and franchise fee revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $965 million and $851 million, respectively. The increase of $114 million, or 13.4 percent, in our management and franchise business reflects increases in RevPAR of 4.9 percent and 6.8 percent at our comparable managed and franchised properties, respectively. The increases in RevPAR for both comparable periods for managed and franchised hotels were primarily driven by global economic recovery. Additionally, we recognized $24 million of termination fees during 2011, primarily related to the early termination of two management contracts.

The addition of new hotels to our managed and franchised system also contributed to the growth in revenue. We added 32 managed properties on a net basis, contributing an additional 8,122 rooms to our system, as well as 103 franchised properties on a net basis, providing an additional 15,431 rooms to our system. As new hotels are established in our system, we expect the fees received from such hotels to increase as they are part of our system for full periods.

Other revenues decreased $1 million, or 2.0 percent, between periods, totaling $49 million and $50 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Timeshare

Timeshare revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $944 million, an increase of $81 million, or 9.4 percent, from $863 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $28 million in sales and marketing fee revenue from selling timeshare properties developed by third parties and a $23 million increase in revenue from the sale of timeshare units developed by us. Our revenue from resort operations and financing and other revenues also increased $19 million and $7 million, respectively.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Owned and leased hotels

   $  3,213       $  3,009         6.8   

Timeshare

     668         634         5.4   

U.S. owned and leased hotel expense totaled $1,345 million and $1,256 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. As occupancy was relatively unchanged between the years, the increase of $89 million, or 7.1 percent, was primarily due to increases in wages and benefits, energy costs, as well as an increase in food and beverage expenses at our U.S. comparable owned and leased hotels, which correlates with the increase in food and beverage revenue at those hotels.

International owned and leased hotel expense increased $115 million, or 6.6 percent, from $1,753 million to $1,868 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The primary driver of this increase was foreign currency movements of $70 million between the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. International owned and leased hotel expenses, on a currency neutral basis, increased $45 million. As occupancy remained relatively consistent, the increase in currency neutral expense was primarily due to increases in wages and benefits at our international owned and leased hotels.

 

88


Table of Contents

Timeshare expense increased $34 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to increased sales, marketing, general, and administrative costs as well as increased timeshare cost of sales.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Depreciation and amortization

   $  564       $  574         (1.7

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, due to certain furniture, fixtures, and equipment being fully depreciated in 2011.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Impairment losses

   $    20       $    24         (16.7

While the performance of our owned and leased portfolio generally improved during 2011, certain segments and markets continued to face challenges. Such challenges caused a decline in 2011 results and expected future results for certain owned and leased properties, which caused us to evaluate the carrying values of specific owned and leased properties. During 2011, we recognized impairment on various property and equipment, including $17 million related to our owned and leased hotels and $3 million on timeshare properties. During 2010, we recognized impairment of $23 million related to our owned and leased hotels and $1 million on timeshare properties.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

General, administrative, and other expenses

   $  416       $  637         (34.7

General and administrative expenses consist of our corporate operations, compensation and related expenses, including share-based compensation, and other operating costs.

General and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $377 million and $578 million, respectively. In 2011, we recorded a one-time $20 million insurance recovery related to a prior year legal settlement. In 2010, we recorded $150 million of expense related to a legal settlement. Excluding this recovery and legal settlement, general and administrative expenses decreased $31 million. The decrease was primarily due to higher share-based compensation expense in 2010 of $37 million, resulting from the modification of our share-based compensation plan, offset by increases in various other general and administrative costs.

Other expenses were $39 million and $59 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. This decrease of $20 million, or 33.9 percent, was due to a decrease of $9 million in guarantee payments related to management contracts and a net decrease of $11 million in various operating expenses incurred for the incidental support of hotel operations.

 

89


Table of Contents

Non-operating Income and Expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Interest expense

   $  643       $  946         (32.0

Interest expense decreased $303 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in our long-term debt that occurred as a result of the restructuring (the “Debt Restructuring”) of our senior mortgage loan and our secured mezzanine loans (collectively, the “Secured Debt”) in April 2010. The Debt Restructuring resulted in a $4.0 billion overall reduction in our indebtedness. Additionally, the decrease is the result of a reduction in the long-term debt balance due to principal payments of $726 million made during the year ended December 31, 2011 and the expiration of our interest rate swaps at the end of 2010. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in the interest rate spreads on certain portions of the Secured Debt in conjunction with the Debt Restructuring. The increases in the interest rate spreads were partially offset by a decrease in the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) between periods (see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”) and the reduction of the principal of third-party debt.

The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt was approximately 3.7 percent and 4.9 percent for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates

   $  145       $    12         NM (1)  

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

The increase in the loss from prior year was primarily due to other-than-temporary impairments on our equity investments of $141 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to other than temporary impairments of $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In connection with the economic downturn and recent valuations received for our equity method investments, which indicate a lack of recoverability to the fair values assigned during our acquisition in October 2007, we determined that we had an other-than-temporary impairment on 20 and three of our equity method investments during 2011 and 2010, respectively. These impairments resulted from declines in certain hotel joint ventures current and expected future operating results. The amount of the impairment was based on the excess of carrying amount of the assets over the fair value as calculated using discounted operating cash flows.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011     2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

   $   (21   $    18         NM (1)  

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

 

90


Table of Contents

The net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions primarily relates to changes in foreign currency rates relating to short-term cross-currency intercompany loans. Additionally, the gain in 2010 partially resulted from the settlement of our portfolio of Euro (“EUR”) and Australian dollar (“AUD”) foreign currency options with a notional value of approximately EUR 540 million and AUD 374 million, as well as the settlement of our remaining undesignated foreign currency options, for a gain of $20 million.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Gain on debt restructuring

   $     —       $   789          NM (1)  

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

The gain on debt restructuring of $789 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 relates to the Debt Restructuring, of which $4 million of unamortized deferred financing costs were expensed and $39 million of fees were incurred as part of the overall transaction and were required to be expensed in accordance with the accounting guidance for debt modifications and extinguishments. See the table below for a reconciliation of the $789 million gain:

 

     (in millions)  

Gain on excess of carrying amount over reacquisition price of certain debt

   $   910    

Less: write-off of existing deferred financing costs

     (4)   

Less: fees incurred as part of Debt Restructuring

     (39)   

Loss on excess of reacquisition price over carrying value of debt extinguished by an affiliate on behalf of the Company

     (78)   
  

 

 

 
   $ 789    
  

 

 

 

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Other gain, net

   $     19       $       8          NM (1)  

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

The other gain, net for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to a gain of $16 million on the sale of our former headquarters building in Beverly Hills, California, as well a gain of $13 million related to the restructuring of a capital lease. These gains were offset by a loss of $10 million related to the sale of our interest in a hotel development joint venture.

The other gain, net for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily related to a gain of $11 million related to the discounted acquisition of senior unsecured debt in December 2010.

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Income tax benefit (expense)

   $     59       $  (308)         NM (1)  

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our income tax expense, which was primarily related to $69 million and $50 million in U.S. federal and foreign income tax provision, respectively, was offset by a release of

 

91


Table of Contents

$182 million in valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets related to U.S. federal foreign tax credits resulting in an overall tax benefit. Based on our consideration of all positive and negative evidence available, we believe that it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize our U.S. federal foreign tax credits. Our income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily a result of $147 million related to our U.S. federal income tax provision and $185 million in provision for uncertain tax positions.

Segment Results

We evaluate our business segment operating performance using segment revenue and segment Adjusted EBITDA, as described in Note 22: “Business Segments” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Refer to those financial statements for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net income attributable to Hilton stockholder. For a discussion of our definition of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, how we use it and material limitation on its usefulness, refer to “—Key Business and Financial Metrics Used by Management.” The following table sets forth revenues and Adjusted EBITDA by segment, reconciled to consolidated amounts, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Year ended December 31,      Percent
Change
 
     2011      2010      2011 vs. 2010  
     (in millions)         

Revenues

        

Ownership

   $  3,926        $  3,684          6.6    

Management and franchise

     1,095          933          17.4    

Timeshare

     944          863          9.4    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Segment revenues

     5,965          5,480          8.9    

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     2,927          2,637          11.0    

Other

     58          59          (1.7)   

Intersegment fees elimination (1)(2)(3)

     (167)         (108)         54.6    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 8,783        $ 8,068          8.9    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Adjusted EBITDA:

        

Ownership (1)(4)

   $ 725        $ 688          5.4    

Management and franchise (2)

     1,095          927          18.1    

Timeshare

     207          212          (2.4)   

Corporate and other (3)

     (274)         (263)         4.2    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 1,753        $ 1,564          12.1    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)   Includes charges to our timeshare segment by our ownership segment for rental fees and fees for other amenities, which are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. These charges totaled $27 million and $17 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. While the net impact is zero, our measure of segment Adjusted EBITDA includes these fees as a benefit to ownership Adjusted EBITDA and a cost to the timeshare segment.
(2)   Includes management, royalty, and intellectual property fees of $88 million and $82 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These fees are charged to consolidated owned and leased properties and are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. Effective January 1, 2011, management and franchise began charging a licensing fee to our timeshare segment, which is also eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. This fee was $43 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. While the net impact is zero, our measure of segment Adjusted EBITDA includes these fees as a benefit to management and franchise Adjusted EBITDA and a cost to the ownership and timeshare segments.

 

92


Table of Contents
(3)   Includes charges to consolidated owned and leased properties for services provided by our wholly-owned laundry business of $9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. These charges are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements.
(4)   Includes unconsolidated affiliate Adjusted EBITDA.

Ownership

Ownership segment revenues increased primarily due to an improvement in RevPAR of 4.3 percent at our comparable owned and leased hotels. Refer to “Revenues—Owned and leased hotels” within this section for further discussion on the increase in revenues from our comparable owned and leased hotels. Our ownership segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased primarily as a result of the increase in ownership segment revenues of $242 million offset by an increase in operating expenses of $204 million at our owned and leased hotels. Refer to “Operating Expenses—Owned and leased hotels” within this section for further discussion on the increase in operating expenses at our owned and leased hotels.

Management and franchise

Management and franchise segment revenues increased primarily as a result of increases in RevPAR of 4.9 percent and 6.8 percent at our comparable managed and franchised properties, respectively, $24 million in termination fees recognized in 2011 and the net addition of hotels added to our managed and franchised system. Refer to “Revenues—Management and franchise fees and other” within this section for further discussion on the increase in revenues from our comparable managed and franchised properties and the termination fees recognized in 2011. Our management and franchise segment’s Adjusted EBITDA increased as a result of the increase in management and franchise segment revenues.

Timeshare

Refer to “Revenues—Timeshare” within this section for a discussion of the increase in revenues from our timeshare segment. Our timeshare segment’s Adjusted EBITDA remained relatively flat as a result of the $81 million increase in revenues from our timeshare segment being offset by a $34 million increase in timeshare operating expenses. Refer to “Operating Expenses—Timeshare” within this section for a discussion of the increase in operating expenses from our timeshare segment. The increase in revenues from our timeshare segment was further offset by a $43 million licensing fee charged to our timeshare segment by our management and franchise segment, which was effective on January 1, 2011.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

As of September 30, 2013, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $1,226 million, including both restricted and unrestricted cash balances. Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaled $724 million as of September 30, 2013. Our restricted cash and cash equivalents totaled $502 million as of September 30, 2013. The majority of our restricted cash and cash equivalents balances related to cash collateral on our self-insurance programs and escrowed cash from our timeshare operations.

Our known short-term liquidity requirements primarily consist of funds necessary to pay for operating expenses and other expenditures, including corporate expenses, payroll and related benefits, legal costs, operating costs associated with the management of hotels, interest and scheduled principal payments on our outstanding indebtedness, contract acquisition costs and capital expenditures for renovations and maintenance at our owned hotels. Our long-term liquidity requirements primarily consist of funds necessary to pay for scheduled debt maturities, capital improvements at our owned and leased hotels, purchase commitments, costs associated with potential acquisitions and corporate capital expenditures.

 

93


Table of Contents

We finance our business activities primarily with existing cash and cash generated from our operations. We believe that this cash will be adequate to meet anticipated requirements for operating expenses and other expenditures, including corporate expenses, payroll and related benefits, legal costs and purchase commitments for the foreseeable future. The objectives of our cash management policy are to maintain the availability of liquidity and minimize operational costs. Further, we have an investment policy that is focused on the preservation of capital and maximizing the return on new and existing investments across all three of our business segments.

The following table summarizes our net cash flows and key metrics related to our liquidity:

 

    As of and for the nine months
ended September 30,
    Percent
Change
 
        2013             2012         2013 vs. 2012  
    (in millions)        

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $    1,024      $    750        36.5   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (252     (413     (39.0

Net cash used in financing activities

    (789     (236     NM (1)  

Working capital surplus (2)

    407        821        (50.4

 

    As of and for the year ended
December 31,
    Percent Change  
    2012     2011     2010     2012 vs. 2011     2011 vs. 2010  
    (in millions)              

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $  1,110      $  1,167      $ 833        (4.9     40.1   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (558     (463     (68     20.5        NM (1)  

Net cash used in financing activities

    (576     (714     (703     (19.3     1.6   

Working capital surplus (2)

    478        826         1,093        (42.1     (24.4

 

(1)   Fluctuation in terms of percentage change is not meaningful.
(2)   Total current assets less total current liabilities.

Our ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 1.17, 1.20, and 1.37 as of September 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Operating Activities

Cash flow from operating activities is primarily generated from management and franchise revenues, operating income from our owned and leased hotels and resorts and sales of timeshare units. In a recessionary market, we may experience significant declines in travel and, thus, declines in demand for our hotel and resort rooms and timeshare units. A decline in demand could have a material impact on our cash flow from operating activities.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,024 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $750 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The $274 million increase was primarily due to an increase in operating income of $176 million and an improvement in our working capital surplus.

The net $57 million decrease in cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, was primarily due to changes in various working capital components and an increase in the change in restricted cash and cash equivalents of $65 million, which were partially offset by an increase in operating income of $125 million.

The net $334 million increase in cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, was primarily due to an increase in operating income of $422 million, changes in various working capital components, and a decrease in the change in restricted cash and cash equivalents of $39 million.

 

94


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $252 million, compared to $413 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The $161 million decrease in cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to a decrease in capital expenditures for property and equipment of $169 million and a decrease in software capitalization costs of $25 million. The decrease in capital expenditures was a result of the completion of renovations at a number of properties in 2012. The decrease in software capitalization costs was a result of corporate software projects that were completed in 2012. These decreases were offset by an increase in acquisitions of $30 million, primarily due to the acquisition of a parcel of land that we previously held under a long-term ground lease for $28 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, we capitalized labor costs relating to our investing activities, including capital expenditures and software development, of $10 million in both periods.

The $95 million increase in net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, was primarily attributable to an increase in capital expenditures for property and equipment of $44 million, a decrease in proceeds from asset dispositions of $80 million, and a decrease in contract acquisition costs of $22 million. The majority of the increase in capital expenditures related to improvements at existing hotel properties. The decrease in proceeds from asset dispositions was a result of proceeds of $8 million related to the sale of our interest in an investment accounted for under the equity method in 2012, compared to proceeds of $23 million and $65 million, respectively, from the sales of our interest in a hotel development joint venture and our former corporate headquarters office building in 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we capitalized labor costs relating to our investing activities, including capital expenditures and software development, of $14 million for both years.

The $395 million increase in net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, was primarily due to increases in capital expenditures for property and equipment of $241 million, contract acquisition costs of $47 million, and software capitalization costs of $73 million, offset by decreases in acquisition costs of $204 million, proceeds from asset dispositions of $88 million, and proceeds from the settlement of our foreign currency exchange derivative portfolio of $324 million. The majority of the increase in capital expenditures related to improvements at existing hotel properties. The decrease in acquisition costs was a result of the purchase of the Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista for a cash payment of $216 million in 2010, compared to acquisition costs of $12 million for the purchase of the remaining ownership interest in two hotels in 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we capitalized labor costs relating to our investing activities, including capital expenditures and software development, of $14 million and $3 million, respectively. The increase in the capitalization of labor was due to increased capital expenditures and increased software capitalization costs in 2011 compared to 2010.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $789 million, compared to $236 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The $553 million increase in cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to an increase in net repayments of debt of $638 million primarily due to an increase in unscheduled, voluntary debt repayments.

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012, decreased $138 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, due to an increase in borrowings of $56 million, primarily related to our consolidated VIEs and a change in restricted cash and cash equivalents that increased cash available for financing activities by $212 million. The change in restricted cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to a decrease of $174 million in our prefunded cash reserves, which was a result of using the reserves for capital expenditures. These increases in cash provided by financing activities were partially offset by an increase in our debt repayments of $128 million, which primarily related to an increase in non-recourse debt repayments related to our consolidated VIEs of $90 million.

 

95


Table of Contents

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $714 million compared to net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2010 of $703 million, an increase of $11 million. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we had financing activities that resulted in $185 million of net cash used in financing activities that did not recur during the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to $111 million in net cash used in our debt restructuring that occurred in April 2010 (see Note 13: “Debt” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion) and the acquisition of noncontrolling interests in two hotels for $107 million, offset by $33 million in contributions from noncontrolling interests.

The remaining increase in net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily a result of $448 million in additional repayment of debt offset by a smaller change in our restricted cash and cash equivalents of $224 million, both associated with requirements arising from our debt restructuring that occurred in April 2010.

Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures primarily include expenditures related to the renovation of existing owned and leased properties and our corporate facilities, as well as software capitalization costs related to various systems initiatives for the benefit of our hotel owners and our overall corporate operations. As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding commitments under construction contracts of approximately $65 million for capital expenditures at certain owned and leased properties, including our consolidated VIEs. If cancellation of a contract occurred, our commitment would be any costs incurred up to the cancellation date, in addition to any costs associated with the discharge of the contract.

Debt

As of September 30, 2013, our total indebtedness, excluding $309 million of our share of debt of our investments in affiliates, was approximately $15.0 billion, including $706 million of non-recourse debt. For further information on our total indebtedness, refer to Note 8: “Debt” in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In October 2013, prior to the Refinancing Transactions, we made an unscheduled, voluntary debt repayment of $450 million on our secured mezzanine loans.

Substantially all of our consolidated assets in which we hold an ownership interest are encumbered or have been pledged as collateral for our Secured Debt. Our debt contains certain restrictions on us incurring any additional indebtedness relating to secured assets, including the prohibition of us incurring indebtedness in the form of borrowed money and/or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments without prior approval from our creditors. Further, as a condition to permitting certain events under the Secured Debt, such as a release of certain assets as collateral for the loan or change of control of the Company, we must satisfy certain debt yield tests. We were able to satisfy all of the debt yield tests as of our most recent testing date.

As a result of our investment strategy, combined with our discipline for managing costs, we have increased our cash flow from operations from $833 million in 2010 to over $1.1 billion in 2012. As a result, we have taken steps to reduce our long-term debt by almost $2.4 billion between December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2013. The reduction in long-term debt has reduced our interest expense from approximately $946 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $569 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Debt Refinancing

In October 2013, we completed a refinancing of our existing indebtedness, which consisted of the issuance of the following:

 

    $1.0 billion senior secured revolving credit facility (with no amounts drawn at closing);

 

    $7.6 billion senior secured term loan facility, of which $100 million was voluntarily prepaid in November 2013;

 

96


Table of Contents
    $1.5 billion of 5.625% senior notes due in 2021;

 

    $3.5 billion commercial mortgage-backed securities loan secured by 23 of our U.S. owned real estate assets; and

 

    $525 million mortgage loan secured by our Waldorf Astoria New York property.

We also entered into four interest rate swaps totaling $1.45 billion which swap floating three-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 1.87 percent. We used the net proceeds of these transactions, additional borrowings of $300 million under our Timeshare Facility, cash proceeds from the Hilton HHonors point sales and available cash to repay our outstanding Secured Debt and plan to redeem our other unsecured notes due 2031 at a price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of $96 million plus accrued interest. As of September 30, 2013, after giving pro forma effect to the debt refinancing, our long-term debt, including current maturities, would have been $13,255 million and our non-recourse debt, including current maturities would have been $1,006 million. Additionally, the contractual maturities of our long-term debt and non-recourse debt as of September 30, 2013 would have been as follows:

 

Year    (in millions)  

2013 (remaining)

   $ 40    

2014

     126    

2015

     149    

2016

     698    

2017

     171    

Thereafter

     13,115    
  

 

 

 
     14,299    

Less: Discount

     (38)   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt and non-recourse debt

   $  14,261    
  

 

 

 

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Payments Due By Period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More
than

5 years
 
     (in millions)  

Debt

              

Recourse (1)(3)

   $  18,019       $ 971       $ 16,273       $ 82       $ 693   

Non-recourse (2)(3)

     49         5         29                 15   

Mortgage notes

     134         32                 102           

Capital lease obligations (3)

              

Recourse

     194         8         27         13         146   

Non-recourse (2)

     593         34         76         78         405   

Operating leases

     3,528         265         492         456         2,315   

Contract acquisition costs

     49         24         23         2           

Purchase commitments

     92         23         46         23           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 22,658       $  1,362       $  16,966       $     756       $  3,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   The Secured Debt has five one-year extensions solely at our option that effectively extends the maturity date to November 12, 2015. We have assumed all extensions herein, including an extension fee equal to 50 basis points.

 

97


Table of Contents
(2)   Non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations are related to our consolidated VIEs.
(3)   Includes principal as well as interest payments. We have assumed a constant 30-day LIBOR rate of 0.21 percent as of December 31, 2012 for our Secured Debt.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2012 was $469 million. These amounts are excluded from the table above because they are uncertain and subject to the findings of the taxing authorities in the jurisdictions in which we are subject to tax. It is possible that the amount of the liability for unrecognized tax benefits could change during the next twelve months. Refer to Note 18: “Income Taxes” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our liability for unrecognized tax benefits.

In addition to the purchase commitments in the table above, in the normal course of business we enter into purchase commitments for which we are reimbursed by the owners of our managed and franchised hotels. These obligations have minimal or no impact on our net income and cash flow.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Our off-balance sheet arrangements as of September 30, 2013 included guarantees of $27 million for debt and obligations of third parties and performance guarantees with possible cash outlays totaling approximately $189 million, of which we have accrued for estimated probable exposure of up to $61 million as of September 30, 2013. Further, we had outstanding construction contract commitments of approximately $65 million for capital expenditures at certain owned and leased properties as of September 30, 2013. Additionally, during 2010, in conjunction with a lawsuit settlement, our owner entered into service contracts with the plaintiff. As part of the settlement, we entered into a guarantee with the plaintiff to pay any shortfall that our owner does not fund related to those service contracts. The remaining potential exposure under this guarantee as of September 30, 2013 was approximately $50 million. See Note 16: “Commitments and Contingencies” in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods and the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 2: “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the following accounting policies are critical because they involve a higher degree of judgment, and the estimates required to be made were based on assumptions that are inherently uncertain. As a result, these accounting policies could materially affect our financial position, results of operations, and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates and judgments based on historical experiences and various other factors that are believed to reflect the current circumstances. While we believe our estimates, assumptions and judgments are reasonable, they are based on information presently available. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates due to changes in judgments, assumptions and conditions as a result of unforeseen events or otherwise, which could have a material impact on financial position or results of operations.

Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and estimates with the audit committee of the board of directors.

Property and Equipment and Intangible Assets with Finite Lives

We evaluate the carrying value of our property and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives by comparing the expected undiscounted future cash flows to the net book value of the assets if we determine there are indicators of potential impairment. If it is determined that the expected undiscounted future cash flows are

 

98


Table of Contents

less than the net book value of the assets, the excess of the net book value over the estimated fair value is recorded in our consolidated statements of operations as impairment losses.

As part of the process described above, we exercise judgment to:

 

    determine if there are indicators of impairment present. Factors we consider when making this determination include assessing the overall impact of trends in the hospitality industry and the general economy, historical experience, capital costs, and other asset-specific information;

 

    determine the projected undiscounted future cash flows when indicators of impairment are present. Judgment is required when developing projections of future revenues and expenses based on estimated growth rates over the expected useful life of the asset group. These estimated growth rates are based on historical operating results, as well as various internal projections and external sources; and

 

    determine the asset fair value when required. In determining the fair value, we often use internally-developed discounted cash flow models. Assumptions used in the discounted cash flow models include estimating cash flows, which may require us to adjust for specific market conditions, as well as capitalization rates, which are based on location, property or asset type, market-specific dynamics, and overall economic performance. The discount rate takes into account our weighted average cost of capital according to our capital structure and other market specific considerations.

We had $9,071 million of property and equipment, net and $2,190 million of intangible assets with finite lives as of September 30, 2013. Changes in estimates and assumptions used in our impairment testing of property and equipment could result in future impairment losses, which could be material.

In conjunction with our regular assessment of impairment, we did not identify any property and equipment with indicators of impairment for which a 10% reduction in our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows would result in additional impairment losses.

Investments in Affiliates

We evaluate our investments in affiliates for impairment when there are indicators that the fair value of our investment may be less than our carrying value. We record an impairment loss when we determine there has been an “other-than-temporary” decline in the investment’s fair value. If an identified event or change in circumstances requires an evaluation to determine if the value of an investment may have an other-than-temporary decline, we assess the fair value of the investment based on the accepted valuation methods, which include discounted cash flows, estimates of sales proceeds, and external appraisals. If an investment’s fair value is below its carrying value and the decline is considered to be other-than-temporary, we will recognize an impairment loss in equity in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated affiliates for equity method investments or impairment losses for cost method investments in our consolidated statements of operations.

Our investments in affiliates consist primarily of our interests in entities that own and/or operate hotels. As such, the factors we consider when determining if there are indicators of potential impairment are similar to property and equipment discussed above. If there are indicators of potential impairment, we estimate the fair value of our equity method and cost method investments by internally developed discounted cash flow models. The principal factors used in our discounted cash flow models that require judgment are the same as the items discussed in property and equipment above.

We had $268 million of investments in affiliates as of September 30, 2013. Changes in the estimates and assumptions used in our investments in affiliates impairment testing can result in additional impairment expense, which can materially change our consolidated financial statements.

In conjunction with our regular assessment of impairment, we did not identify any investments in affiliates with indicators of impairment for which a 10% change in our projected future operating cash flows, capitalization rates and discount rates used to determine fair value would result in impairment losses.

 

99


Table of Contents

Goodwill

We review the carrying value of our goodwill by comparing the carrying value of our reporting units to their fair value. Our reporting units are the same as our operating segments as described in Note 22: “Business Segments” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We perform this evaluation annually or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist. In any given year we may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If we cannot determine qualitatively that the fair value is in excess of the carrying value, or we decide to bypass the qualitative assessment, we proceed to the two-step quantitative process. In the first step, we evaluate the fair value of our reporting units quantitatively. When determining fair value, we utilize discounted future cash flow models, as well as market conditions relative to the operations of our reporting units. Under the discounted cash flow approach, we utilize various assumptions that require judgment, including projections of revenues and expenses based on estimated long-term growth rates, and discount rates based on weighted average cost of capital. Our estimates of long-term growth and costs are based on historical data, as well as various internal projections and external sources. The weighted average cost of capital is estimated based on each reporting units’ cost of debt and equity and a selected capital structure. The selected capital structure for each reporting unit is based on consideration of capital structures of comparable publicly traded companies operating in the business of that reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, then the second step must be performed. In the second step, we estimate the implied fair value of goodwill, which is determined by taking the fair value of the reporting unit and allocating it to all of its assets and liabilities (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination.

We had $6,205 million of goodwill as of September 30, 2013. Changes in the estimates and assumptions used in our goodwill impairment testing could result in future impairment losses, which could be material. A 10% change in our estimates of projected future operating cash flows, discount rates, and terminal growth rates used in our discounted cash flow calculations of the fair values of reporting units would not result in an impairment of any of our reporting units.

Brands

We evaluate our brand intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or at other times during the year if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the brand is below the carrying value. When determining fair value, we utilize discounted future cash flow models for hotels in which we have an ownership interest or a management or franchise contract. Under the discounted cash flow approach, we utilize various assumptions that require judgment, including projections of revenues and expenses based on estimated long-term growth rates and discount rates based on weighted average cost of capital. Our estimates of long-term growth and costs are based on historical data, as well as various internal estimates that are developed. If a brand’s estimated current fair value is less than its respective carrying value, the excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recorded in our consolidated statements of operations within impairment losses.

We had $5,012 million brand intangible assets as of September 30, 2013. Changes in the estimates and assumptions used in our brands impairment testing, most notably revenue growth rates and discount rates, could result in future impairment losses, which could be material. A 10% change in our estimates of projected future operating cash flows used in our discounted cash flow calculations of the fair values of our brands would not result in an impairment of any of the brand intangible assets.

Hilton HHonors

Hilton HHonors defers revenue received from participating hotels and program partners in an amount equal to the estimated cost per point of the future redemption obligation. We engage outside actuaries to assist in determining the fair value of the future award redemption obligation using statistical formulas that project future point redemptions based on factors that require judgment, including an estimate of “breakage” (points that will

 

100


Table of Contents

never be redeemed), an estimate of the points that will eventually be redeemed, and the cost of the points to be redeemed. The cost of the points to be redeemed includes further estimates of available room nights, occupancy rates, room rates, and any devaluation or appreciation of points based on changes in reward prices or changes in points earned per stay.

We had $822 million of guest loyalty liability as of September 30, 2013. Changes in the estimates used in developing our breakage rate could result in a material change to our loyalty liability. Currently, a 10% decrease to the breakage estimate used in determining future award redemption obligations would increase our loyalty liability by approximately $29 million.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is related to the receivables generated by our financing of timeshare interval sales, which are secured by the underlying timeshare properties. We determine our timeshare notes receivable to be past due based on the contractual terms of the individual mortgage loans. We use a technique referred to as static pool analysis as the basis for determining our general reserve requirements on our timeshare notes receivable. The adequacy of the related allowance is determined by management through analysis of several factors requiring judgment, such as current economic conditions and industry trends, as well as the specific risk characteristics of the portfolio, including assumed default rates.

We had $94 million of allowance for loan losses as of September 30, 2013. Changes in the estimates used in developing our default rates could result in a material change to our allowance. Currently, a 10% increase to our default rates used in the allowance calculation would increase our allowance for loan losses by approximately $34 million.

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates. We regularly review our deferred tax assets to assess their potential realization and establish a valuation allowance for portions of such assets that we believe will not be ultimately realized. In performing this review, we make estimates and assumptions regarding projected future taxable income, the expected timing of reversals of existing temporary differences and the implementation of tax planning strategies. A change in these assumptions may increase or decrease our valuation allowance resulting in an increase or decrease in our effective tax rate, which could materially affect our consolidated financial statements.

We use a prescribed more-likely-than-not recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return if there is uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. Assumptions and estimates are used to determine the more-likely-than-not designation. Changes to these assumptions and estimates can lead to an additional income tax expense (benefit), which can materially change our consolidated financial statements.

Legal Contingencies

We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, the outcomes of which are subject to significant uncertainty. An estimated loss from a loss contingency should be accrued by a charge to income if it is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required when we evaluate, among other factors, the degree of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss. Changes in these factors could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

 

101


Table of Contents

Consolidations

We use judgment evaluating whether we have a controlling financial interest in our partnership and other investments, including the assessment of the importance of rights and privileges of the partners based on voting rights, as well as financial interests that are not controllable through voting interests. If the entity is considered to be a VIE, we use judgment determining whether we are the primary beneficiary, and then consolidate those VIEs for which we have determined we are the primary beneficiary. If the entity in which we hold an interest does not meet the definition of a VIE, we evaluate whether we have a controlling financial interest through our voting interests in the entity. We consolidate entities when we own more than 50 percent of the voting shares of a company or have a controlling general partner interest of a partnership, assuming the absence of other factors determining control, including the ability of minority owners to participate in or block certain decisions. Changes to judgments used in evaluating our partnership and other investments could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

Share-based Compensation

Certain members of our senior management team were offered the opportunity to participate in an executive compensation plan (the “Promote plan”). The Promote plan provides for the grant of a Tier I liability award, or an alternative cash payment in lieu thereof, and a Tier II equity award, representing Class B Units in BH Hotels Holdco, LLC (our “Ultimate Parent”). The awards vest based on service and performance conditions. Compensation expense associated with the Promote plan is recognized in general, administrative, and other expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. No compensation expense has been recognized to date related to the awards containing performance conditions. We estimate fair value of the Tier II equity awards using a lattice-based binomial model that requires the use of subjective assumptions, including share price volatility, the expected life of the award, risk free interest rate, and expected dividend yield. In developing our assumptions we take into account the following:

 

    As a result of our status as a private company for the last several years, we do not have sufficient history to estimate the volatility of our common share price. Our expected volatility is based on selected reasonably similar publicly traded companies for which historical information is available. We plan to continue to use the guideline peer group volatility information until the historical volatility of our common shares is relevant to measure expected volatility for future award grants;

 

    We estimate the average expected life of the awards based on the projected liquidity event;

 

    We determine the risk free interest rate by reference to implied yield available from United States Treasury securities with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the grant date; and

 

    Our dividend yield is based on our historical dividends paid. We have not historically paid dividends and have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock.

For further discussion of the Promote plan, including the assumptions used in estimating fair value of the awards, refer to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere within this prospectus.

The following table presents the grant dates, the number of units granted and the estimated value for the Tier II equity awards granted to employees that were outstanding as of September 30, 2013:

 

Date of Grant

   Number of
Units Granted
     Estimated Fair
Value per
Class B Unit at
Grant Date
     Total Estimated
Value of
Class B Units at
Grant Date

(in millions)
 

December 3, 2010

     210,059,544       $ 1.16       $ 244   

June 27, 2011

     5,176,830       $ 1.15       $ 6   

March 3, 2013

     8,628,050       $ 1.33       $ 11   

 

102


Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, the Tier I liability awards that remain outstanding at the time of the pricing of the offering will vest as of the pricing date of this offering and will be paid in cash no later than 30 days following the pricing of this offering. Additionally, the Tier II equity awards that remain outstanding at the time of the pricing of the offering will be exchanged for restricted stock in the Company of equivalent economic value that will vest as follows:

 

    40% of each award will vest as of the pricing date with respect to this offering;

 

    40% of each award will vest on the first anniversary of the pricing date with respect to this offering, contingent upon continued employment through that date; and

 

    20% of each award will vest on the date that our Sponsor and its affiliates cease to own 50% or more of the shares of the Company, contingent upon continued employment through that date.

Upon the pricing date with respect to this offering, based on an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus, we expect to record incremental compensation expense of approximately $                 million as a result of modifying the vesting conditions of the Tier I liability award, as well as the exchange of the Tier II awards for restricted shares. The incremental compensation expense is a result of accelerating the recognition of the remaining amount of the Tier I liability award as of the effective date, the recognition of compensation expense for the full value of the restricted stock that will vest as of the effective date of this offering, and recognition of the proportionate value of the restricted stock that will vest on the first anniversary of the pricing date with respect to this offering based upon the portion of each employees’ requisite service that has been provided as of the effective date. The amount of compensation expense to be recognized for each of the awards will be based on the fair value of the awards as of the date of the initial public offering. Additionally, we expect to record additional compensation expense of approximately $                 million through the first anniversary of the pricing date with respect to this offering for the restricted stock awards that will vest on that date, representing the remaining vesting of these awards. No compensation expense will be recognized for the restricted stock that will vest on the date that our Sponsor and its affiliates cease to own 50% or more of the shares of the Company, as this performance condition has been determined to be not probable of occurring for accounting purposes.

The method applied to determine the fair value of the restricted stock awards will be substantially the same as that of the Tier II equity awards. The following table sets forth the value of the 2013 Tier II equity awards at grant date and at the time of the offering based on the mid-point of the anticipated price range of $             to $             per share.

 

Date of Grant

   Estimated Fair
Value of
Class B Units at
Grant Date
(in millions)
     Assumed
Value at
Initial Public
Offering

(in millions)

March 3, 2013

   $ 11      

The increase in value between the value at the grant date and the value at the initial public offering is a result of improved operating results and reducing our outstanding indebtedness, including through the Refinancing Transactions.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk primarily from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, which may impact future income, cash flows, and fair value of the Company, depending on changes to interest rates and/or foreign exchange rates. In certain situations, we may seek to reduce cash flow volatility associated with changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates by entering into financial arrangements intended to provide a hedge against a portion of the risks associated with such volatility. We continue to have exposure to such risks to the extent they are not hedged. We enter into derivative financial arrangements to the extent they meet the objective described above, and we do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

 

103


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk on our floating rate debt. Interest rates on our floating rate debt discussed below are based on 30-day LIBOR, so we are most vulnerable to changes in this rate. The 30-day LIBOR rate decreased from 0.28 percent per annum as of December 31, 2011, to 0.21 percent per annum as of December 31, 2012. Changes in interest rates also affect the fair value of our fixed rate debt and our fixed rate financing receivables.

Under the terms of our Secured Debt, we are required to hedge interest rate risk using derivative instruments with an aggregate notional amount equal to the principal amount of the Secured Debt. As of December 31, 2012, we held ten interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $15.2 billion that caps the floating portion of the interest rate on our Secured Debt at 6.5 percent. The caps were executed in August 2012 to replace the previous portfolio of interest rate caps that expired in November 2012 and expire in November 2013. We have elected not to designate any of the ten interest rate caps as effective hedging instruments. The fair values of our interest rate caps were immaterial to our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a loss of $1 million in other gain, net in our consolidated statement of operations, which represented the premiums paid on these interest rate caps. No other gain or loss related to the ten undesignated interest rate caps in our current portfolio or previous portfolio that expired in November 2012 were recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 as changes in the fair values of our interest rate caps were immaterial.

The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities and the total fair value as of December 31, 2012 for our financial instruments that are materially affected by interest rate risks (in millions, excluding average interest rates):

 

     Maturities by Period      Carrying
Value
    Fair
Value
 
     2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Thereafter       

Fixed rate timeshare financing receivables

   $ 131       $ 113       $ 113       $  115       $  115       $  397       $ 984      $ 987   

Average interest rate (1)

                       12.27  

Fixed rate debt (2)

   $ 33       $       $       $ 102       $ 53       $ 96       $ 284      $ 297   

Average interest rate (1)

                       7.02  

Floating rate Secured Debt

   $  357       $  383       $  14,468       $       $       $       $  15,208      $  15,571   

Average interest rate (1)

                       3.36  

 

(1)   Average interest rate as of December 31, 2012.
(2)   Excludes capital lease obligations.

Refer to our Note 16: “Fair Value Measurements” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of the fair value measurements of our financial assets and liabilities.

 

104


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We conduct business in various foreign currencies and are exposed to earnings and cash flow volatility associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. This exposure is primarily related to our international assets and liabilities, whose value could change materially in reference to our U.S. dollar (USD) reporting currency. The most significant impact of changes to foreign currency values include certain intercompany loans not deemed to be permanently invested and to transactions for management and franchise fee revenues earned in foreign currencies.

Our most significant foreign currency exposure relates to fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate between USD and the British Pound Sterling (GBP) and Euro (EUR). Historically, we used foreign exchange currency option agreements to hedge our exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates on certain of our foreign investments. Under the terms of these currency option contracts, we paid a premium to a counterparty for the right to sell a specified amount of foreign currency at a specified strike rate at the maturity date of the option. During 2010, we settled our remaining foreign currency options, and we have not held any foreign currency options since that time.

 

105


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

Global Hotel Industry

The global hotel industry generated approximately $384 billion of room revenues during 2012, with approximately 157,000 hotels and 14.6 million hotel rooms as of September 2013, according to STR data. Since 2001, global hotel revenues have increased at a CAGR of 4.9%. While the top 10 hotel companies in the U.S. control 58% of U.S. hotel rooms, the industry is significantly more fragmented in markets outside the U.S., where no company controls more than 5% of global hotel rooms.

The following chart sets forth the number of rooms and relative market share for the top 10 global and U.S. hotel companies.

 

Top 10 Global Hotel Companies

   Rooms
(thousands)
     % of
Global
    

Top 10 U.S. Hotel Companies

   Rooms
(thousands)
     % of
U.S.
 

Hilton Worldwide

     666         5    Hilton Worldwide      517         10

Intercontinental Hotels Group

     658         5    Marriott International      506         10

Marriott International

     652         4    Wyndham Worldwide      448         9

Wyndham Worldwide

     629         4    Choice Hotels International      396         8

Choice Hotels International

     502         3    Intercontinental Hotels Group      371         8

Accor Company

     438         3    Best Western Company      162         3

Starwood Hotels & Resorts

     340         2    Starwood Hotels & Resorts      155         3

Best Western Company

     315         2    G6 Hospitality      106         2

Carlson Hospitality Company

     167         1    Hyatt      95         2

Hyatt

     141         1    LQ Management LLC      83         2
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Top 10

     4,508         31 %      Top 10      2,839         58 %  
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Other

     10,097         69    Other      2,088         42
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Global Total

     14,605          U.S. Total      4,927      
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Source: STR Global Census, October 2013 (adjusted to September 2013), other than Hilton Worldwide room information which is based on internal room counts and excludes timeshare properties.

Hotel market performance generally is measured by three metrics: (1) average daily rate (“ADR”); (2) occupancy; and (3) revenue per available room (“RevPAR”). ADR represents hotel room revenue divided by total number of rooms sold in a given period, measuring average room price attained by a hotel. Occupancy represents the total number of rooms sold divided by the total number of rooms available at a hotel or group of hotels, measuring the utilization of hotels’ available capacity. RevPAR is calculated by dividing hotel room revenue by room nights available to guests for the period. Because RevPAR combines two key drivers of operations at hotels, ADR and occupancy, it is commonly used to measure performance over comparable periods.

According to STR data, during the past three years, global hotel demand has grown at a CAGR of 5.3%, whereas global hotel supply has grown at a CAGR of just 1.6%, which has driven positive RevPAR growth during the period. We believe this supply-demand imbalance provides a favorable operating environment for existing hotels, and this trend should continue for the next several years.

Hotel industry fundamentals can vary by region, largely driven by economic trends. Globally, according to STR data, the hotel industry has been in a period of recovery over the past three years despite headwinds in Europe and parts of the Middle East and Africa. In the Americas, RevPAR has increased at a CAGR of 6.9% over the past three years and demand has returned to pre-economic crisis levels. The Asia Pacific region also has experienced high RevPAR growth during the last three years, primarily fueled by China and to a lesser degree Southeast Asia. Weaker economic conditions in Europe dampened RevPAR growth, but recent trends show improvement. The Middle East and Africa region recovered in 2012 with strong growth in key countries,

 

106


Table of Contents

such as Egypt, the United Arab Emirates, and Saudi Arabia, but concerns remain over political unrest in this region. Third-party forecasts indicate that global GDP growth should improve from approximately 2% in 2013 to greater than 3% annually over the next three years. We believe that stronger global economic growth should in turn drive stronger hotel demand and RevPAR growth.

U.S. Hotel Industry

The U.S. has a greater share of global hotel revenues than any other country, with $115 billion in room revenues during 2012, according to STR data. As of September 2013, the U.S. hotel sector comprised approximately 53,000 hotels with 4.9 million hotel rooms, of which 69% were affiliated with a brand. Over the past 25 years, the sector revenue has grown at a CAGR of 4.8%.

According to data provided by STR, U.S. hotel demand has improved with the economic recovery in recent years, experiencing a CAGR of 4.9% over the last three years, while hotel supply growth has experienced a CAGR of 0.9%. This recent demand growth has exceeded the 25-year CAGR of 1.8%, while supply growth has trended lower than the 25-year CAGR of 2.0%. According to PKF-HR, room supply is expected to grow at relatively low rates of 0.8% and 1.1% in 2013 and 2014 respectively, while demand is expected to continue to outpace supply growth, growing at 2.4% and 3.1% in 2013 and 2014, respectively. This imbalance of low supply and high demand growth is expected by analysts to continue at least through 2015, which should drive strong RevPAR growth.

The following graph illustrates historical and projected U.S. supply, demand and RevPAR growth. The trends are derived from historical data provided by STR and projections provided by PKF-HR. Forecasts for RevPAR remain positive for the next several years as the hotel industry is expected to continue to benefit from a supply and demand imbalance, with RevPAR in the U.S. projected to grow at a CAGR of 7% over the next three years, according to PKF-HR, compared to a CAGR of 2% from 2005 to 2012 according to STR data.

Historical and Projected U.S. Supply, Demand and RevPAR Growth

 

LOGO

Sources: STR (2005-2012), PKF-HR (2013-2015).

 

107


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Hilton Worldwide is one of the largest and fastest growing hospitality companies in the world, with 4,080 hotels, resorts and timeshare properties comprising 671,926 rooms in 90 countries and territories. In the nearly 100 years since our founding, we have defined the hospitality industry and established a portfolio of 10 world-class brands. Our flagship full-service Hilton Hotels & Resorts brand is the most recognized hotel brand in the world. Our premier brand portfolio also includes our luxury hotel brands, Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts and Conrad Hotels & Resorts, our full-service hotel brands, DoubleTree by Hilton and Embassy Suites Hotels, our focused-service hotel brands, Hilton Garden Inn, Hampton Inn, Homewood Suites by Hilton and Home2 Suites by Hilton, and our timeshare brand, Hilton Grand Vacations. We own or lease interests in 156 hotels, many of which are located in global gateway cities, including iconic properties such as The Waldorf Astoria New York, the Hilton Hawaiian Village, and the London Hilton on Park Lane. More than 311,000 team members proudly serve in our properties and corporate offices around the world, and we have approximately 39 million members in our award-winning customer loyalty program, Hilton HHonors.

We operate our business through three segments: (1) management and franchise; (2) ownership; and (3) timeshare. These complementary business segments enable us to capitalize on our strong brands, global market presence and significant operational scale. Through our management and franchise segment, which consists of 3,883 hotels with 603,271 rooms, we manage hotels, resorts and timeshare properties owned by third parties and we license our brands to franchisees. Our management and franchise segment generates high margins and long-term recurring cash flow, and has grown by 40% in terms of number of rooms since June 30, 2007, representing 98% of our overall room growth, with virtually no capital investment by us. Our ownership segment consists of 156 hotels with 62,251 rooms that we own or lease. Through our timeshare segment, which consists of 41 properties comprising 6,404 units, we market and sell timeshare intervals, operate timeshare resorts and a timeshare membership club and provide consumer financing.

In October 2007 we were acquired by affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. and assembled a new management team led by Christopher J. Nassetta, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Under our new leadership, we have transformed our business, creating a globally aligned organization and establishing a performance-driven culture. As part of our transformation, we focused on both top- and bottom-line operating performance, strengthening and expanding our brands and commercial services platform, and enhancing our growth rate, particularly in markets outside the U.S. where our brands historically had been underrepresented.

As a result of the transformation of our business, despite the sharp downturn in our industry, between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we have:

 

    increased the number of open rooms in our system by 36%, or 176,248 rooms, which represents the highest growth rate of any major lodging company;

 

    grown the number of rooms in our development pipeline by 60% to an industry-leading 185,699 rooms, over 99% of which are within our higher-margin, capital light management and franchise segment;

 

    increased our total number of rooms under construction by 133%, to an industry-leading 97,520 rooms, over 99% of which are within our management and franchise segment;

 

    increased the geographic diversity of our pipeline, with rooms in the development pipeline outside the U.S. increasing from less than 20% to more than 60%, and rooms under construction outside the U.S. increasing from less than 15% to nearly 80%;

 

    significantly enhanced our presence in key segments, brands and geographies; for example:

 

    in the luxury segment, the number of hotels in our system and in our development pipeline is more than triple the number of luxury hotels in our system as of June 2007;

 

    the number of DoubleTree by Hilton hotels has grown 97% since December 31, 2007, with 77% of the growth coming through conversions from other hotel brands;

 

108


Table of Contents
    our number of hotels in Europe outside of our Hilton Hotels & Resorts and Conrad Hotels & Resorts brands (primarily DoubleTree by Hilton, Hampton Inn and Hilton Garden Inn) has increased from 9 open hotels to 215 hotels open or in our development pipeline;

 

    our number of hotels in Greater China has grown from 6 open hotels to 171 open and pipeline hotels; and

 

    our Home2 Suites by Hilton brand, which was launched in 2011 with the opening of its first hotel, now has 22 hotels open and another 95 in our development pipeline;

 

    increased our management and franchise segment’s Adjusted EBITDA by 25% from the year ended December 31, 2007 to the year ended December 31, 2012 and grown the proportion of our aggregate segment Adjusted EBITDA contributed by our management and franchise segment from 47% to 53%;

 

    increased the average global revenue per available room, or RevPAR, premium for all brands globally by approximately two percentage points to 15% on a trailing twelve month basis;

 

    expanded membership in our Hilton HHonors program by 88% since December 31, 2007;

 

    significantly outperformed our competitors in the timeshare segment, with annual interval sales increasing over 40% since the year ended December 31, 2007 and segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of timeshare revenue increasing 435 basis points since the year ended December 31, 2010, while beginning a transformation of the business to a more capital-efficient model; for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, 50% of our sales of timeshare intervals were developed by third parties versus 0% for the year ended December 31, 2009; and

 

    significantly improved profitability, increasing our Adjusted EBITDA by an annual average of 12% from the year ended December 31, 2010 through the year ended December 31, 2012, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, increasing our Adjusted EBITDA by 12% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder increased by 68% on average from the year ended December 31, 2010 through the year ended December 31, 2012, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 net income attributable to Hilton stockholder increased 34% as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

See “Summary—Summary Historical Financial Data” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income attributable to Hilton stockholder to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

109


Table of Contents

We believe this transformation positions us to continue to increase our share of the expanding global lodging industry, which continues to exhibit strong fundamentals and significant long-term growth prospects supported by increasing global travel and tourism. Our business has grown during times of economic expansion as well as during global economic downturns. For example, during the period between January 1, 2000 and September 30, 2013, we increased the total number of hotel rooms in our system every year, achieving total growth of 122% and a CAGR of 6%. We expect our global existing room supply and rooms under construction will enable us to build on our leading market position. As illustrated in the table below, our percentage of global rooms under construction of 18.5% significantly exceeds our percentage of the existing global hotel supply of 4.6%, according to data provided by STR.

 

     Hilton Worldwide Rooms
Supply
    Hilton Worldwide Rooms
Under Construction
 

Market

   % of 
Total
    Industry
Rank
    % of
Total
    Industry
Rank
 

Americas

     8.7     #1        20.7     #2   

Europe

     1.4     #6        22.5     #1   

Middle East and Africa

     2.7     #4        21.8     #1   

Asia Pacific

     1.2     #8        15.5     #1   

Global

     4.6     #1        18.5     #1   

 

Source: STR Global Census, October 2013 (adjusted to September 2013) and STR Global New Development Pipeline (September 2013).

The transformation of our business since 2007 has enabled us to increase the number of hotels and timeshare units in our system at a more rapid rate than any other major lodging company. The following table illustrates our global room supply by business segment.

 

LOGO

 

110


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Value Proposition

 

LOGO  

•    Our value proposition starts with our award-winning brands and industry-leading commercial services platform

 

•    This leads to satisfied customers, including nearly 39 million HHonors loyalty members

 

•    As a result, we are able to drive premium performance to the hotels in our system

 

•    These hotel operating premiums drive strong financial returns, which benefit our hotel owners

 

•    Satisfied existing and new owners continue to invest in growing our brands, making us a global leader in hotel supply and pipeline

 

•    We believe the reinforcing nature of these activities will allow us to outperform the competition

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths provide the foundation for our position as a leading global hospitality company.

 

    World-Class Hospitality Brands. Our globally recognized, world-class brands have defined the hospitality industry. Our flagship Hilton Hotels & Resorts brand often serves as an introduction to our wider range of brands that are designed to accommodate any customer’s needs anywhere in the world. Our brands have achieved an average global RevPAR index premium of 15% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, based on STR data. This means that our brands achieve on average 15% more revenue per room than competitive properties in similar markets. The global RevPAR index premium is the average RevPAR index premium of our comparable hotels (as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business and Financial Metrics Used by Management—Comparable Hotels” on page 67, but excluding hotels that do not receive competitive set information from STR or do not participate with STR). The owner or manager of each Hilton comparable hotel exercises its discretion in identifying the competitive set of properties for such hotel, considering factors such as physical proximity, competition for similar customers, product features, services and amenities, quality and average daily rate, as well as STR rules regarding competitive set makeup. Accordingly, while the hotel brands included in the competitive set for any given Hilton comparable hotel depend heavily on market-specific conditions, the competitive sets for Hilton comparable hotels frequently include properties branded with the competing brands identified for the relevant Hilton comparable hotel listed under “Selected Competitors” on page 116. STR provides us with the relevant data for competitive sets that we submit for each of our comparable hotels, which we utilize to compute the RevPAR index for our comparable hotels. The demonstrated strength of our brands makes us a preferred partner for hotel owners, who have invested tens of billions of dollars since December 31, 2007 in the development and improvement of our branded hotels.

 

   

Leading Global Presence and Scale. We are one of the largest hospitality companies in the world with 4,080 properties and 671,926 rooms in 90 countries and territories. We have hotels in key gateway cities such as New York, London, Dubai, Johannesburg, Tokyo, Shanghai and Sydney and 351 hotels located at or near airports around the world. Our global presence allows us to serve our loyal customers throughout the world and to introduce our award-winning brands to customers in new markets. These world-class brands facilitate system growth by providing hotel owners with a variety of options to

 

111


Table of Contents
 

address each market’s specific needs. In addition, the diversity of our operations reduces our exposure to business cycles, individual market disruptions and other risks. Our robust commercial services platform allows us to take advantage of our scale to more effectively deliver products and services that drive customer preference and enhance commercial performance on a global basis.

 

    Large and Growing Loyal Customer Base. Serving our customers is our first priority. By continually adapting to customer preferences and providing our customers with superior experiences, we have improved our overall customer satisfaction ratings four of the last five years. We earned 32 first place awards in the J.D. Power North America Guest Satisfaction rankings since 1999, more than any multi-brand lodging company. Our hotels accommodated more than 127 million customer visits during the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, with members of our Hilton HHonors loyalty program contributing approximately 50% of the nearly 172 million resulting room nights. Hilton HHonors unites all our brands, encourages customer loyalty and allows us to provide tailored promotions, messaging and customer experiences. We have grown the membership in our Hilton HHonors program by approximately 88% from approximately 21 million as of December 31, 2007 to nearly 39 million as of September 30, 2013.

 

    Significant Embedded Growth. All of our segments are expected to grow through improvement in same-store performance driven by strong anticipated industry fundamentals. PKF-HR predicts that the lodging industry RevPAR in the U.S., where 78% of our system rooms are located, will grow 7.2% in 2014 and 8.1% in 2015. Our management and franchise segment also is expected to grow through new room additions, as upon completion, our industry-leading development pipeline would result in a 28% increase in our room count with minimal capital investment from us. In addition, our franchise revenues should grow over time as franchise agreements renew at our published license rates, which are higher than our current effective rates. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, our weighted average effective license rate across our brands was 4.5% of room revenue, an increase of 13% since 2007, and our weighted average published license rate was 5.4% as of September 30, 2013. We also expect our incentive management fees, which are linked to hotel profitability measures, to increase as a result of the expected improvements in industry fundamentals. In our ownership segment, we believe we will benefit from strong growth in bottom-line earnings as industry fundamentals continue to improve as a result of this segment’s operating leverage, and our large hotels with significant meeting space should benefit from recent improvements in group demand, which we expect will exhibit strong growth as the current stage of the lodging cycle advances. Finally, our timeshare business has over five years of projected interval supply at our current sales pace in the form of existing owned inventory and executed capital light projects, which should enable us to continue to grow our earnings from the segment with lower levels of capital investment from us.

 

    Strong Cash Flow Generation . We generate significant cash flow from operating activities with an increasing percentage from our growing capital light management and franchise and timeshare segments. During the five-year period ended December 31, 2012, we generated an aggregate of $3.6 billion in cash flow from operating activities. We increased our cash flow from operating activities from $219 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012. We believe that our focus on cash flow generation, the relatively low investment required to grow our management and franchise and timeshare segments, and our disciplined approach to capital allocation position us to maximize opportunities for profitability and growth while continuing to reduce our indebtedness over time.

 

   

Iconic Hotels with Significant Underlying Real Estate Value. Our diverse global portfolio of owned and leased hotels includes a number of iconic properties in major gateway cities such as New York City, London, San Francisco, Chicago, São Paolo, Sydney and Tokyo. The portfolio also includes iconic hotels with significant embedded asset value, including: The Waldorf Astoria New York, a landmark luxury hotel with 1,413 rooms encompassing an entire city block in the heart of midtown Manhattan near Grand Central Terminal; the Hilton Hawaiian Village, a full-service beach resort with 2,860 rooms that sits on approximately 22 oceanfront acres along Waikiki Beach on the island of Oahu;

 

112


Table of Contents
 

and the London Hilton on Park Lane, a 453-room hotel overlooking Hyde Park in the exclusive Mayfair district of London. Our ten owned hotels with the highest Adjusted EBITDA contributed 54% of our ownership segment’s Adjusted EBITDA during the year ended December 31, 2012, which highlights the quality of our key flagship properties. In addition, we believe the iconic nature of many of these properties creates significant value for our entire system of properties by reinforcing the world-class nature of our brands. We continually focus on increasing the value and enhancing the market position of our owned and leased hotels and have invested $1.8 billion in these properties between December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2013. Over time, we believe we can unlock significant incremental value through opportunistically exiting assets or executing on adaptive reuse plans for all or a portion of certain hotels as retail, residential or timeshare uses.

 

    Market-Leading and Innovative Timeshare Platform. Our timeshare business complements our other segments and provides an alternative hospitality product that serves an attractive customer base. Our timeshare customers are among our most loyal hotel customers, with estimated spend in our hotel system increasing approximately 40% after the purchase of their timeshare interests. Historically, we have concentrated our timeshare efforts in four key markets: Florida, Hawaii, New York City and Las Vegas, which has helped us to increase annual sales of timeshare intervals by more than 40% since 2007 while yielding strong profit margins during a time when our competitors generally experienced declines in both sales and profit margins. As a result of this strong operating performance and the returns we were able to drive on our own timeshare developments, in 2010 we began a transformation of our timeshare business to a capital light model in which third-party timeshare owners and developers provide capital for development while we act as sales and marketing agent and property manager. Through these transactions, we receive a sales and marketing commission and branding fees on sales of timeshare intervals, recurring fees to operate the homeowners’ associations and revenues from resort operations. We also earn recurring fees in connection with the points-based membership programs we operate that provide for exclusive exchange, leisure travel and reservation services, and through fees related to the servicing of consumer loans. We have increased the sales of intervals developed by third parties from zero in 2009 to 50% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013, which has dramatically reduced the capital requirements of our timeshare segment while continuing to drive strong earnings and cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we incurred $56 million and $70 million, respectively, of capital expenditures for timeshare inventory, compared to an average of $405 million annually during 2007 and 2008.

 

    Performance-Driven Culture. We are an organization of people serving people, thus it is imperative that we attract and retain best-in-class talent to serve our various stakeholders. We have a performance-driven culture that begins with an intense alignment around our mission, vision, values and key strategic priorities. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Christopher J. Nassetta, has nearly 30 years of experience in the hotel industry, previously serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of Host Hotels & Resorts, Inc., where he was named Institutional Investor ’s 2007 REIT CEO of the Year. He and the balance of our executive management team have been instrumental in transforming our organization and installing a culture that develops leaders at all levels of the organization who are focused on delivering exceptional service to our customers every day. We rely on our over 311,000 team members to execute our strategy and continue to enhance our products and services to ensure that we remain at the forefront of performance and innovation in the lodging industry.

Our Business and Growth Strategy

The following are key elements of our strategy to become the preeminent global hospitality company—the first choice of guests, team members and owners alike:

 

   

Expand our Global Footprint . We intend to build on our leading position in the U.S. and expand our global footprint. In February 2006, we reacquired Hilton International Co., which had operated as a separate company since 1964, and in so doing, reacquired its international Hilton branding rights. Reuniting Hilton’s U.S. and international operations has provided us with the platform to grow our

 

113


Table of Contents
 

business and brands globally. As a result of the reacquisition and focus on global expansion, we currently rank number one or number two in every major region of the world by rooms under construction, based on STR data. We aim to increase the relative contribution of our international operations, which accounted for only 27% of our revenues during the year ended December 31, 2012. Of our new rooms under construction, 78% are located outside of the U.S. We plan to continue to expand our global footprint by introducing the right brands with the right product positioning in targeted markets and allocating business development resources effectively to drive new unit growth in every region of the world.

 

    Grow our Fee-Based Businesses. We intend to grow our higher margin, fee-based businesses. We expect to increase the contribution of our management and franchise segment, which already accounts for more than half of our aggregate segment Adjusted EBITDA, through new third-party hotel development and the conversion of existing hotels to our brands. The number of rooms in our management and franchise segment grew by 40% from June 30, 2007 to September 30, 2013 and substantially all of our current development pipeline of 185,699 rooms consists of hotels in this segment. Upon completion, this pipeline of new, third-party owned hotels would result in a 31% increase in our management and franchise room count with minimal capital investment from us. In addition, we aim to increase the average effective franchise fees we receive over time by renewing and entering into new franchise agreements at our current published franchise fee rates.

 

    Continue to Increase the Capital Efficiency of our Timeshare Business. Traditionally, timeshare operators have funded 100% of the investment necessary to acquire land and construct timeshare properties. In 2010, we began sourcing timeshare intervals through sales and marketing agreements with third-party developers. These agreements enable us to generate fees from the sales and marketing of the timeshare intervals and club memberships and from the management of the timeshare properties without requiring us to fund acquisition and construction costs. Our supply of third-party developed timeshare intervals has increased to nearly 65,000 as of September 2013, compared to no supply in 2009, and the percentage of sales of timeshare intervals developed by third parties has already increased to 50% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013. We will continue to seek opportunities to grow our timeshare business through this capital light model.

 

    Optimize the Performance of our Owned and Leased Hotels. In addition to utilizing our commercial services platform to enhance the revenue performance of our owned and leased assets, we have focused on maximizing the cost efficiency of the portfolio by implementing labor management practices and systems and reducing fixed costs to drive profitability. Through our disciplined approach to asset management, we have developed and executed on strategic plans for each of our hotels and have invested $1.8 billion in our portfolio since December 31, 2007 to enhance the market position of each property. We expect to continue to enhance the performance of our hotels by improving operating efficiencies, and believe there is an opportunity to drive further improvements in operating margins and Adjusted EBITDA. The Adjusted EBITDA of our owned and leased portfolio for 2012 was still below 2008 levels. Further, at certain of our hotels, we are developing plans for the adaptive reuse of all or a portion of the property to residential, retail or timeshare uses. Finally, we expect to create value over time by opportunistically selling assets and restructuring or exiting leases.

 

   

Strengthen our Brands and Commercial Services Platform. We intend to enhance our world-class brands through superior brand management by continuing to develop products and services that drive increased RevPAR premiums. We will continue to refine our luxury brands to deliver modern products and service standards that are relevant to today’s luxury traveler. We will continue to position our full-service operating model and product standards to meet evolving customer needs and drive financial results that support incremental owner investment in our hotels. In our focused-service brands, we will continue to position for growth in the U.S., and tailor our products as appropriate to meet the needs of customers and developers outside the U.S. We will continue to innovate and enhance our commercial services platform to ensure we have the most formidable sales, pricing, marketing and distribution platform in the industry to drive premium commercial performance to our entire system of hotels. We

 

114


Table of Contents
 

also will continue to invest in our Hilton HHonors customer loyalty program to ensure it remains relevant to our customers and drives customer loyalty and value to our hotel owners.

The Hilton Legacy

Our history dates to 1919, when Conrad Hilton purchased his first hotel in Cisco, Texas. During ensuing decades we expanded our hotel portfolio and established a track record of innovation in our industry, including the first in-room televisions, the first airport hotel and the first centralized reservation system for a hospitality company. Key events in our history are illustrated in the following timeline:

 

LOGO

We are guided by a common vision, mission and values:

 

Vision:

  To fill the earth with the light and warmth of hospitality.

Mission:

  To be the preeminent global hospitality company—the first choice of guests, team members and owners alike.

Values:

 

H ospitality—We are passionate about delivering exceptional guest experiences.

I ntegrity—We do the right thing, all the time.

L eadership—We are leaders in our industry and in our communities.

T eamwork—We are team players in everything we do.

O wnership—We are the owners of our actions and decisions.

N ow—We operate with a sense of urgency and discipline.

 

115


Table of Contents

Our Brand Portfolio

The goal of each of our brands is to deliver exceptional customer experiences and superior operating performance. Across our brands, we have improved our overall customer satisfaction ratings over the last five years, which we believe will develop increased customer loyalty to our brands. According to data from STR, all of our brands command premiums in their respective system-wide RevPAR indices, meaning they achieve higher revenue per available room than competitive properties in their respective markets.

 

        September 30, 2013      

Brand (1)

  Segment   Countries/
Territories
    Hotels     Rooms     Percentage of
Total Rooms
   

Selected Competitors (2)

LOGO   Luxury     10        24        10,335        1.5   Ritz Carlton, Four Seasons, Peninsula, St. Regis, Mandarin Oriental
LOGO   Luxury     17        23        7,877        1.2   Park Hyatt, Sofitel, Intercontinental, JW Marriott, Fairmont
LOGO   Upper Upscale     79        554        196,225        29.2   Marriott, Sheraton, Hyatt, Radisson Blu, Renaissance, Westin, Sofitel, Swissotel, Moevenpick
LOGO   Upscale     31        361        90,409        13.5   Sheraton, Marriott, Crowne Plaza, Wyndham, Radisson, Moevenpick, Hotel Nikko, Holiday Inn, Renaissance
LOGO   Upper Upscale     5        214        51,217        7.6  

Renaissance, Sheraton, Hyatt,

Residence Inn by Marriott

LOGO   Upscale     19        575        79,135        11.8   Courtyard by Marriott, Holiday Inn, Hyatt Place, Novotel, Aloft, Four Points by Sheraton
LOGO   Upper Midscale     15        1,929        189,681        28.2   Fairfield Inn by Marriott, Holiday Inn Express, Comfort Inn, Quality Inn, La Quinta Inns, Wyngate by Wyndham
LOGO   Upscale     3        329        36,237        5.4   Residence Inn by Marriott, Hyatt House, Staybridge Suites, Candlewood Suites
LOGO   Upper Midscale     1        22        2,423        0.4   Candlewood Suites, AmericInn, Towne Place Suites
LOGO   Timeshare     3        41        6,404        1.0   Marriott Vacation Club, Starwood Vacation Ownership, Hyatt Residence Club, Wyndham Vacations Resorts

 

(1) The table above excludes 8 unbranded hotels with 1,983 rooms, representing approximately 0.2% of total rooms.
(2) The table excludes lesser known regional competitors.

Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts : What began as an iconic hotel in New York City is today a portfolio of 24 luxury hotels and resorts. In landmark destinations around the world, Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts reflect their locations, each providing the inspirational environments and personalized attention that are the source of unforgettable moments. Properties typically include elegant spa and wellness facilities, high-end restaurants, golf courses (at resort properties), 24-hour room service, fitness and business centers, meeting, wedding and banquet facilities and special event and concierge services. We continue to extend the brand’s reach

 

116


Table of Contents

through the development of new properties in some of the world’s most sought after destinations, including recently opened hotels in Berlin, Shanghai and Panama City and hotels under construction in Beijing and Dubai. Between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we added 19 Waldorf Astoria hotels and 6,569 rooms to our system. There were 13 hotels with 2,592 rooms in the Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts development pipeline as of September 30, 2013.

Conrad Hotels & Resorts : Conrad is a global luxury brand of properties offering guests personalized experiences with sophisticated, locally inspired surroundings and an intuitive service model based on customization and control, as demonstrated by the Conrad Concierge mobile application that enables guest control of on-property amenities and services. Properties typically include convenient and relaxing spa and wellness facilities, enticing restaurants, comprehensive room service, fitness and business centers, multi-purpose meeting facilities and special event and concierge services. With a strong global footprint, Conrad Hotels & Resorts has recently opened hotels in Beijing, Seoul and New York City and plans to add a significant number of new hotels to its portfolio in key gateway cities and resort destinations around the world, such as Hong Kong, Tokyo and Bali. Between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we added 6 Conrad hotels and 1,860 rooms to our system. There were 12 hotels with 3,238 rooms in the Conrad Hotels & Resorts development pipeline as of September 30, 2013.

Hilton Hotels & Resorts : Hilton is our global flagship brand and ranks number one for global brand awareness in the hospitality industry, with 554 hotels and resorts in 79 countries and territories across six continents. The brand primarily serves business and leisure upper-upscale travelers and meeting groups. Hilton hotels are full-service hotels that typically include meeting, wedding and banquet facilities and special event services, restaurants and lounges, food and beverage services, swimming pools, gift shops, retail facilities and other services. The brand was awarded the Harris Poll EquiTrend Brand of the Year – Full Service Hotel for 2010 and 2011. Between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we added 46 Hilton hotels and 18,478 rooms to our system. There were 147 hotels with 48,499 rooms in the Hilton Hotels & Resorts development pipeline as of September 30, 2013.

DoubleTree by Hilton : DoubleTree by Hilton is an upscale, full-service hotel designed to provide true comfort to today’s business and leisure travelers. DoubleTree is united by the brand’s CARE (Creating a Rewarding Experience) culture and a warm chocolate chip cookie served at check-in. DoubleTree’s diverse portfolio includes historic icons, small contemporary hotels, resorts and large urban hotels. The brand is growing quickly around the world, both with new-build properties and via conversions of existing properties into DoubleTree hotels. Between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we added 182 DoubleTree by Hilton hotels and 44,132 rooms to our system. There were 137 hotels with 34,921 rooms in the DoubleTree by Hilton development pipeline as of September 30, 2013.

Embassy Suites Hotels : Embassy Suites are our upper upscale, all-suite hotels that feature two-room guest suites with a separate living room and dining/work area, a complimentary cooked-to-order breakfast and complimentary evening receptions every night. Embassy Suites’ bundled pricing ensures that guests receive value at a single price. Whether traveling for business, with family, with a group, or for leisure, our guests return again and again to experience the consistently award-winning customer service provided at Embassy Suites. Between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we added 28 Embassy Suites Hotels and 5,329 rooms to our system. There were 27 hotels with 5,321 rooms in the Embassy Suites Hotels development pipeline as of September 30, 2013.

Hilton Garden Inn : Hilton Garden Inn is our award-winning, upscale hotel brand that strives to ensure today’s busy travelers have what they need to be productive on the road. From the Serta Perfect Sleeper bed, to complimentary Internet access, to a comfortable lobby pavilion, Hilton Garden Inn is the brand guests can count on to support them on their journeys. Hilton Garden Inn has received numerous awards, including being ranked by J.D. Power for Highest in Guest Satisfaction in its segment nine out of the past twelve years. Between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we added 249 Hilton Garden Inn hotels and 34,162 rooms to our system. There were 192 hotels with 30,295 rooms in the Hilton Garden Inn development pipeline as of September 30, 2013.

 

117


Table of Contents

Hampton : Hampton Inn hotels are our moderately priced upper midscale hotels with limited food and beverage facilities. The Hampton brand also includes Hampton Inn & Suites hotels, which offer both traditional hotel room accommodations and apartment style suites within one property. Across our over 1,900 Hampton locations around the world, guests receive free hot breakfast and free high-speed Internet access, all for a great price and all supported by the Hampton satisfaction guarantee. Hampton’s numerous recognitions include #1 in Entrepreneur Magazine’ s 2013, 2012 and 2011 Franchise 500 ; Travel Weekly Readers’ Choice Awards Survey—Best Mid-Priced Hotel; Hospitality Sales & Marketing Association International Gold and Bronze Adrian Awards; and J.D. Power 2012 Customer Service Champion Award. Between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we added 500 Hampton hotels and 48,222 rooms to our system. There were 339 hotels with 38,299 rooms in the Hampton development pipeline as of September 30, 2013.

Homewood Suites by Hilton : Homewood Suites by Hilton are our upscale, extended-stay hotels that feature residential style accommodations including business centers, swimming pools, convenience stores and limited meeting facilities. The brand provides the touches, familiarity and comforts of home so that extended-stay travelers can feel at home on the road. Homewood Suites by Hilton is consistently ranked above the competition by guests, thanks to an appealing combination of bundled services and award-winning quality. J.D. Power ranked Homewood Suites by Hilton highest in “Guest Satisfaction among Upper Extended Stay Hotels” in 2013 and highest in segment in 10 out of the last 13 years. Between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we added 128 Homewood Suites by Hilton hotels and 14,142 rooms to our system. There were 107 hotels with 12,905 rooms in the Homewood Suites by Hilton development pipeline as of September 30, 2013.

Home2 Suites by Hilton : Home2 Suites by Hilton, our newest brand, are upper midscale hotels that provide a modern and savvy option to budget conscious extended-stay travelers. Offering innovative suites with contemporary design and cutting-edge technology, we strive to ensure that our guests are comfortable and productive, whether they are staying a few days or a few months. The hotel offers a complimentary continental breakfast, integrated laundry and exercise facility, recycling and sustainability initiatives and a pet-friendly policy. Home2 Suites by Hilton has grown rapidly since its first hotel opened in 2011, with 22 hotels open, 22 new hotels under construction and 73 additional hotels under development, each as of September 30, 2013. There were 95 hotels with 9,629 rooms in the Home2 Suites by Hilton development pipeline as of September 30, 2013.

Hilton Grand Vacations : Hilton Grand Vacations, or HGV, is our timeshare brand. Ownership of a deeded real estate interest with club membership points provides members with a lifetime of vacation advantages and the comfort and convenience of residential-style resort accommodations in select, renowned vacation destinations. Each club property provides a distinctive setting, while signature elements remain consistent, such as high-quality guest service, spacious units and extensive on-property amenities. HGV’s developed timeshare properties are relatively concentrated in Florida, Nevada, Hawaii and New York, with additional properties available to Club Members at affiliated resorts in the U.S. and internationally. Between June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2013, we have added 8 HGV properties and 2,630 units to our system.

Commercial Services Platform

Our commercial services platform utilizes our global scale and formidable sales, pricing and marketing infrastructure to maximize commercial performance at our hotels, delivering RevPAR index premiums, higher customer loyalty and enhanced financial returns in a cost efficient manner.

 

   

Hilton HHonors is our award-winning guest loyalty program that supports our portfolio of 10 brands and our entire system of hotels and timeshare properties. The program generates significant repeat business by rewarding guests with points for each stay at any of our more than 4,000 hotels worldwide, which are then redeemable for free hotel nights and other rewards. Members also can earn points with over 125 partners, including airlines, rail and car rental companies, credit card providers and others. The program provides targeted marketing, promotions and customized guest experiences to nearly 39 million members. Our HHonors members represented approximately 50% of our system-wide

 

118


Table of Contents
 

occupancy and contributed hotel-level revenues of over $9 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Affiliation with our loyalty programs encourages members to allocate more of their travel spending to our hotels. The percentage of travel spending we capture from loyalty members increases as they move up the tiers of our program. Our HHonors members on average spend four times as much money in our system of hotels than our non-HHonors members. The program is funded by contributions from eligible revenues generated by HHonors members and collected by us from hotels in our system. These funds are applied to reimburse hotels and partners for HHonors points redemptions and to pay for program administrative expenses and marketing initiatives that support the program. The HHonors program has won many awards, including the 2013 Frequent Business Traveler’s GlobeRunner Award for Best Hotel Chain/Group Loyalty Program.

 

    Hilton Worldwide Sales provides our portfolio of branded hotels with the advantages of scale, access, experience and regional expertise to more effectively compete for corporate, group and leisure travel business. The team includes over 700 sales professionals who conduct business in over 40 languages from 36 offices on 6 continents. These teams combine to sell directly to our customers, as well as through relationships with corporations, associations and other organizations. We also actively engage the third-party distribution market, where we continue to expand our relationships with leading online travel agencies, travel management companies and global distribution systems.

 

    Hilton Reservations and Customer Care (HRCC ) provides over-the-phone reservations and customer service, serving our guests 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. HRCC is operated by over 3,000 team members with capabilities in over 10 languages. HRCC provides consistently high levels of customer satisfaction while handling over 30 million customer contacts annually.

 

    Global Online Services operates our online and mobile channels. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, Global Online Services generated over $6 billion in gross bookings, and with new websites and additional local language capability, we continue to ensure our online channels provide a compelling and easy customer experience. Hilton’s mobile applications allow guests to book on-the-go, as well as take advantage of services such as eCheck-In and customized rooms via Requests Upon Arrival. As a result, the total online channel is growing rapidly and is our fastest growing reservations channel in revenue terms. In 2013, a study by Compete, Inc. designated Hilton as #1 in online hotel bookings market share in the U.S.

 

    Revenue Management provides tools to assist our hotels in optimizing room rates through the lowest cost distribution channels. Our global revenue management team works together with hotels that have their own on-property revenue management resources. For hotels without dedicated resources, Revenue Management provides a suite of fee-for-service offerings that can handle all of a hotel’s revenue management activities.

 

    Information Technology provides integrated solutions that support seamless online and in-person customer experiences. Our global central reservation system provides a single source of inventory and rates, ensuring that all reservation channels share the same information. Our guest profile management system ensures that team members have the information necessary to deliver superior customer experiences. Our proprietary OnQ property management system links our brands and hotels together to enhance customer service, as well as maximizes operational efficiencies. These three core elements of our information technology system are interlinked and deployed across our portfolio, providing us and our hotel owners a unified, integrated view of the business.

 

    Hilton Supply Management (HSM) offers procurement solutions for our portfolio of hotels and third-party customers. This global program connects leading suppliers across all hospitality categories including food and beverage, operating supplies, furniture and equipment, and works to secure competitive pricing and timely delivery. In addition, HSM also provides project management services for new hotels and renovations. HSM creates value by ensuring supply chain stability, reducing costs and driving incremental revenue by providing services to third parties and franchisees.

 

119


Table of Contents

Our Businesses

We operate our business across three segments: (1) management and franchise; (2) ownership; and (3) timeshare. For more information regarding our segments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 22: “Business Segments” in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Management and Franchise

Through our management and franchise segment we manage hotels and timeshare properties and license our brands to franchisees. This segment generates its revenue primarily from fees charged to hotel owners and to homeowners’ associations at timeshare properties.

Hotel and Timeshare Management

Our core management services consist of operating hotels under management agreements for the benefit of third parties, who either own or lease the hotels. Under our standard management agreement, we operate a hotel for the benefit of its owner, which either owns or leases the hotel and the associated personal property. Terms of our management agreements vary, but our fees generally consist of a base management fee based on a percentage of each hotel’s gross revenue, and we also may earn an incentive fee based on gross operating profits, cash flow, or a combination thereof. In general, the owner pays all operating and other expenses and reimburses our out-of-pocket expenses. In turn, our managerial discretion typically is subject to approval by the owner in certain major areas, including the approval of annual operating and capital expenditure budgets. As of September 30, 2013, we managed 489 hotels with 140,187 rooms, excluding our owned and leased hotels.

The initial terms of our management agreements for full service hotels typically are 20 years. In certain cases where we have entered into a franchise agreement as well as a management agreement, we classify these hotels as managed hotels in our portfolio. Extension options for our management agreements are negotiated and vary, but typically are more prevalent in full-service hotels. These extensions typically are either for five or ten years and can be exercised once or twice at our or the other party’s option or by mutual agreement.

Some of our management agreements provide early termination rights to hotel owners upon certain events, including the failure to meet certain financial or performance criteria. Performance test measures typically are based upon the hotel’s performance individually and/or in comparison to specified competitive hotels. We often have a cure right by paying an amount equal to the performance shortfall over a specified period, although in some cases our cure rights are limited.

In addition to the third-party owned hotels we manage, we provide management services for 41 timeshare properties owned by homeowners associations and 156 owned, leased and joint venture hotels, from which we recognize management fee revenues.

Franchising

We franchise our brand names, trade and service marks and operating systems to hotel owners under franchise agreements. We do not directly participate in the day-to-day management or operation of franchised hotels. We conduct periodic inspections to ensure that brand standards are maintained and consult with franchisees concerning certain aspects of hotel operations. We approve the location for new construction of franchised hotels, as well as certain aspects of development. In some cases, we provide franchisees with product improvement plans that must be completed in accordance with brand standards to remain in the brand system. As of September 30, 2013, there were 3,394 franchised hotels with 463,084 rooms.

Each franchisee pays us a franchise application fee. Franchisees also pay a royalty fee, generally based on a percentage of the hotel’s total gross room revenue (and a percentage of food and beverage revenue in some

 

120


Table of Contents

brands). In addition to the franchise application fee and royalty fee, franchisees generally pay a monthly program fee based on a percentage of the total gross room revenue that covers the costs of advertising and marketing programs; internet, technology and reservation systems expenses; and quality assurance program costs. Franchisees also are responsible for various other fees and charges, including payments for participation in our Hilton HHonors reward program, training, consultation and procurement of certain goods and services.

Our franchise agreements typically have initial terms of approximately 20 years for new construction and approximately 10 to 20 years for properties that are converted from other brands. At the expiration of the initial term, we may relicense the hotel to the franchisee, at our or the other party’s option or by mutual agreement, for an additional term ranging from 10 to 15 years. We have the right to terminate a franchise agreement upon specified events of default, including nonpayment of fees or noncompliance with brand standards. If a franchise agreement is terminated by us because of a franchisee’s default, the franchisee is contractually required to pay us liquidated damages.

Ownership

We are among the largest hotel owners in the world based upon the number of rooms at our owned, joint venture and leased hotels. Our diverse global portfolio of owned and leased properties includes a number of leading hotels in major gateway cities such as New York, London, San Francisco, Chicago, São Paolo, Sydney and Tokyo. The portfolio includes iconic hotels with significant underlying real estate value, including The Waldorf Astoria New York, the Hilton Hawaiian Village and the London Hilton on Park Lane. Real estate investment was a critical component of the growth of our business in our early years. Our real estate holdings grew over time through new construction, purchases or leases of hotels, investments in joint ventures, and the acquisition of other hotel companies. In recent years, we have expanded our hotel system less through real estate investment and more by increasing the number of management and franchise agreements we have with third-party hotel owners.

We utilize our commercial services platform to enhance the revenue performance of our owned and leased hotels. We have focused on maximizing the cost efficiency and profitability of the portfolio by, among other things, implementing new labor management practices and systems and reducing fixed costs. Through our disciplined approach to asset management, we have developed and executed on strategic plans for each of our hotels to enhance the market position of each property, and at many of our hotels we have renovated guest rooms and public spaces and added or enhanced meeting and retail space to improve profitability. At certain of our hotels, we are evaluating options for the adaptive reuse of all or a portion of the property to residential, retail or timeshare uses.

As of September 30, 2013, our hotel ownership segment included a portfolio of 156 owned and leased hotels (62,251 rooms), all of which we manage. We own and invest in real estate in a variety of ways:

 

    Owned Hotels —As of September 30, 2013, we owned 48 hotels (27,046 rooms) that we own outright or through consolidated joint ventures. For some of these properties, we lease the underlying land. Under these ground leases, we typically own the buildings and leasehold improvements and all furniture and equipment located on the leased land; we are responsible for repairs, maintenance, operating expenses, and lease rentals; and we retain nearly complete managerial discretion over operations.

 

    Joint Venture Hotels —As of September 30, 2013, we had 32 hotels (12,426 rooms) in which we have a partial, non-controlling financial interest through one or more entities that own or lease the properties. We manage these hotels on behalf of the joint ventures that own them.

 

    Leased Hotels —As of September 30, 2013, we leased 76 hotels (22,779 rooms) that we lease directly or through consolidated joint ventures. We have nearly complete control over the management and operation of our leased hotels, but significant alterations to the physical structures of the hotels may require the consent of our landlords. Leases may require the payment of fixed rent payments, variable rent payments based on a percentage of revenue or income, or both.

 

121


Table of Contents

Timeshare

Our timeshare segment generates revenue from three primary sources:

 

    Timeshare Sales —We market and sell timeshare interests owned by Hilton and third parties.

 

    Resort Operations —We manage the HGV Club, receiving enrollment fees, annual dues and transaction fees from member exchanges for other vacation products. We generate rental revenue from unit rentals of unsold inventory and inventory made available due to ownership exchanges under our HGV Club program. We also earn revenue from the management of retail and spa outlets at our timeshare properties.

 

    Financing —We provide consumer financing, which includes interest income generated from the origination of consumer loans to customers to finance their purchase of timeshare intervals and revenue from servicing the loans on our timeshare properties.

HGV’s primary product is generally a fee-simple timeshare interest deeded in perpetuity. This ownership interest is an interest in real estate equivalent to annual usage rights for approximately one week at the timeshare resort where the timeshare interval was purchased. Each purchaser is automatically enrolled in the HGV Club, giving the purchaser an annual allotment of Club Points that allow the purchaser to exchange his or her annual usage rights for a number of options, including: a priority reservation period to stay at his or her home resort where his or her timeshare interval is deeded, stays at any resort in the HGV system, reservations for experiential travel such as cruises, conversion to Hilton HHonors points for stays at our hotels and other options, including stays at more than 5,000 resorts included in the RCI timeshare vacation exchange network. In addition, we operate the Hilton Club, which is currently limited to the Hilton Club located in New York City, but whose members also enjoy exchange benefits with the HGV Club. As of September 30, 2013, HGV managed a global system of 41 resorts and the HGV Club and the Hilton Club had more than 200,000 members in total.

Starting in 2010, we began sourcing timeshare intervals through sales and marketing agreements with third-party developers. This allows us to sell timeshare units on behalf of third-party developers in exchange for sales, marketing and branding fees on interval sales, and to earn fees from resort operations and the servicing of consumer loans.

Properties

As of September 30, 2013, we managed, franchised, owned or leased 4,080 properties, totaling 671,926 rooms in 90 countries and territories, including:

 

    3,883 managed and franchised hotels (603,271 rooms), all of which are owned by third parties, that include

 

    3,394 franchised hotels (463,084 rooms) that are operated by third parties, and

 

    489 managed hotels (140,187 rooms), all of which we operate under management agreements with third parties;

 

    156 owned and leased hotels (62,251 rooms), all of which we manage, that include

 

    48 hotels owned by us (27,046 rooms), including through three consolidated joint ventures,

 

    32 hotels owned or leased by unconsolidated joint ventures (12,426 rooms), and

 

    76 hotels leased by us (22,779 rooms), including through three consolidated joint ventures; and

 

    41 timeshare properties (6,404 units), all of which we manage.

Our properties are supported by a number of corporate offices, including our four regional headquarters in McLean, Virginia (Americas), which also serves as our corporate headquarters, Watford, England (Europe), Dubai (Middle East & Africa) and Singapore (Asia Pacific).

 

122


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2013, our system included the following properties and rooms, by type, brand and region:

 

     Owned / Leased (1)      Managed      Franchised      Total  
     Hotels      Rooms      Hotels      Rooms      Hotels      Rooms      Hotels      Rooms  

Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts

                       

U.S.

     2         1,601         13         5,816                         15         7,417   

Americas (excluding U.S.)

                     1         248         1         984         2         1,232   

Europe

     1         370         3         672                         4         1,042   

MEA

                     2         384                         2         384   

Asia Pacific

                     1         260                         1         260   

Conrad Hotels & Resorts

                       

U.S.

                     4         1,335                         4         1,335   

Americas (excluding U.S.)

                                     1         294         1         294   

Europe

     2         778         1         154                         3         932   

MEA

     1         617         2         641                         3         1,258   

Asia Pacific

                     11         3,422         1         636         12         4,058   

Hilton Hotels & Resorts

                       

U.S.

     23         21,096         43         25,235         181         53,877         247         100,208   

Americas (excluding U.S.)

     3         1,836         21         7,339         19         5,791         43         14,966   

Europe

     74         19,008         56         15,798         21         5,309         151         40,115   

MEA

     6         2,279         43         13,411         1         410         50         16,100   

Asia Pacific

     8         3,957         48         18,059         7         2,820         63         24,836   

DoubleTree by Hilton

                       

U.S.

     12         4,456         28         8,204         235         58,254         275         70,914   

Americas (excluding U.S.)

                     3         637         8         1,217         11         1,854   

Europe

                     10         3,335         36         5,914         46         9,249   

MEA

                     2         299         3         431         5         730   

Asia Pacific

                     22         6,697         2         965         24         7,662   

Embassy Suites Hotels

                       

U.S.

     18         4,561         39         10,450         150         34,463         207         49,474   

Americas (excluding U.S.)

                     2         473         5         1,270         7         1,743   

Hilton Garden Inn

                       

U.S.

     2         290         5         635         509         68,998         516         69,923   

Americas (excluding U.S.)

                     5         685         23         3,575         28         4,260   

Europe

                     15         2,620         12         1,751         27         4,371   

MEA

                     1         180                         1         180   

Asia Pacific

                     3         401                         3         401   

Hampton Inn

                       

U.S.

     1         130         52         6,556         1,796         172,707         1,849         179,393   

Americas (excluding U.S.)

                     5         594         53         6,642         58         7,236   

Europe

                     4         492         17         2,488         21         2,980   

Asia Pacific

                                     1         72         1         72   

Homewood Suites by Hilton

                       

U.S.

                     38         4,342         280         30,725         318         35,067   

Americas (excluding U.S.)

                     1         102         10         1,068         11         1,170   

Home2 Suites by Hilton

                       

U.S.

                                     22         2,423         22         2,423   

Other

     3         1,272         5         711                         8         1,983   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lodging

     156         62,251         489         140,187         3,394         463,084         4,039         665,522   

Hilton Grand Vacations

                     41         6,404                         41         6,404   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     156         62,251         530         146,591         3,394         463,084         4,080         671,926   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes hotels owned or leased by entities in which we own a non-controlling interest.

 

123


Table of Contents

Owned or Controlled Hotels

As of September 30, 2013, we owned a majority or controlling financial interest in the following 48 hotels, representing 27,046 rooms.

 

Property

   Location    Rooms    Ownership  

Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts

        

The Waldorf Astoria New York

   New York, NY, USA    1,413      100

Hilton Hotels & Resorts

        

Hilton Hawaiian Village Beach Resort & Spa

   Honolulu, HI, USA    2,860      100

Hilton New York

   New York, NY, USA    1,981      100

Hilton San Francisco Union Square

   San Francisco, CA, USA    1,908      100

Hilton New Orleans Riverside

   New Orleans, LA, USA    1,622      100

Hilton Chicago

   Chicago, IL, USA    1,544      100

Hilton Waikoloa Village

   Waikoloa, HI, USA    1,241      100

Caribe Hilton

   San Juan, Puerto Rico    915      100

Hilton Chicago O’Hare Airport

   Chicago, IL, USA    860      100

Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista

   Orlando, FL, USA    814      100

Hilton Boston Logan Airport

   Boston, MA, USA    599      100

Hilton Sydney

   Sydney, Australia    579      100

Pointe Hilton Squaw Peak Resort

   Phoenix, AZ, USA    563      100

Hilton Miami Airport

   Miami, FL, USA    508      100

Hilton Atlanta Airport

   Atlanta, GA, USA    507      100

Hilton São Paulo Morumbi

   São Paulo, Brazil    503      100

Hilton McLean Tysons Corner

   McLean, VA, USA    458      100

Hilton Seattle Airport & Conference Center

   Seattle, WA, USA    396      100

Hilton Oakland Airport

   Oakland, CA, USA    359      100

Hilton Paris Orly Airport

   Paris, France    340      100

Hilton Durban

   Durban, South Africa    327      100

Hilton New Orleans Airport

   Kenner, LA, USA    317      100

Hilton Short Hills

   Short Hills, NJ, USA    304      100

Hilton Amsterdam Airport Schiphol

   Schiphol, Netherlands    277      100

Hilton Blackpool

   Blackpool, United Kingdom    274      100

Hilton Rotterdam

   Rotterdam, Netherlands    254      100

Hilton Suites Chicago/Oak Brook

   Oakbrook Terrace, IL, USA    211      100

Hilton Belfast

   Belfast, United Kingdom    198      100

Hilton London Islington

   London, United Kingdom    184      100

Hilton Edinburgh Grosvenor

   Edinburgh, United Kingdom    184      100

Hilton Coylumbridge

   Coylumbridge, United Kingdom    175      100

Hilton Bath City

   Bath, United Kingdom    173      100

Hilton Nuremberg

   Nuremberg, Germany    152      100

Hilton Milton Keynes

   Milton Keynes, United Kingdom    138      100

Hilton Templepatrick Hotel & Country Club

   Templepatrick, United Kingdom    129      100

Hilton Sheffield

   Sheffield, United Kingdom    128      100

Hilton Portsmouth (1)

   Portsmouth, United Kingdom    119      100

DoubleTree by Hilton

        

DoubleTree Hotel Crystal City—National Airport

   Arlington, VA, USA    631      100

DoubleTree Hotel San Jose

   San Jose, CA, USA    505      100

DoubleTree Hotel Ontario Airport

   Ontario, CA, USA    482      67

DoubleTree Spokane-City Center

   Spokane, WA, USA    375      10

Fess Parker’s DoubleTree Resort Santa Barbara

   Santa Barbara, CA, USA    360      50

Embassy Suites Hotels

        

Embassy Suites Washington D.C.

   Washington, D.C., USA    318      100

Embassy Suites Austin—Downtown/Town Lake

   Austin, TX, USA    259      100

Embassy Suites Phoenix—Airport at 24th Street

   Phoenix, AZ, USA    182      100

Hilton Garden Inn

        

Hilton Garden Inn LAX/El Segundo

   El Segundo, CA, USA    162      100

Hilton Garden Inn Chicago/Oak Brook

   Oakbrook Terrace, IL, USA    128      100

Hampton Inn

        

Hampton Inn & Suites Memphis—Shady Grove

   Memphis, TN, USA    130      100

 

(1)   On October 3, 2013, we entered into an agreement to sell this property with an expected closing date in the fourth quarter of 2013.

 

124


Table of Contents

Joint Venture Hotels

As of September 30, 2013, we had a minority or noncontrolling financial interest in and operated 32 properties, representing 12,426 rooms. We have a right of first refusal to purchase additional equity interests in certain of these joint ventures. We manage each of the partially owned hotels for the entity owning the hotel.

 

Property

   Location    Rooms      Ownership  

Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts

        

The Waldorf Astoria Chicago

   Chicago, IL, USA      188         15

Conrad Hotels & Resorts

        

Conrad Cairo

   Cairo, Egypt      617         10

Conrad Istanbul

   Istanbul, Turkey      587         25

Conrad Dublin

   Dublin, Ireland      191         25

Hilton Hotels & Resorts

        

Hilton Orlando—Orange County Convention Center

   Orlando, FL      1,417         20

Hilton San Diego Bayfront

   San Diego, CA, USA      1,190         25

Hilton Tokyo Bay

   Urayasu-shi, Japan      818         24

Hilton Berlin

   Berlin, Germany      601         40

Capital Hilton

   Washington, D.C., USA      544         25

Hilton Nagoya

   Nagoya, Japan      448         24

Hilton La Jolla Torrey Pines

   La Jolla, CA, USA      394         25

Hilton Mauritius Resort & Spa

   Flic-en-Flac, Mauritius      193         20

Hilton Imperial Dubrovnik

   Dubrovnik, Croatia      147         18

DoubleTree by Hilton

        

DoubleTree Las Vegas Airport

   Las Vegas, NV, USA      190         50

DoubleTree Guest Suites Austin

   Austin, TX, USA      188         10

DoubleTree Hotel Missoula/Edgewater

   Missoula, MT, USA      171         50

Embassy Suites Hotels

        

Embassy Suites Atlanta—at Centennial Olympic Park

   Atlanta, GA, USA      321         36

Embassy Suites Alexandria—Old Town

   Alexandria, VA, USA      288         50

Embassy Suites Parsippany

   Parsippany, NJ, USA      274         50

Embassy Suites Kansas City—Plaza

   Kansas City, MO, USA      266         50

Embassy Suites Chicago—Lombard/Oak Brook

   Lombard, IL, USA      262         50

Embassy Suites Secaucus—Meadowlands

   Secaucus, NJ, USA      261         50

Embassy Suites San Antonio—International Airport

   San Antonio, TX, USA      261         50

Embassy Suites Austin—Central

   Austin, TX, USA      260         50

Embassy Suites Baltimore—at BWI Airport

   Linthicum, MD, USA      251         10

Embassy Suites Sacramento—Riverfront Promenade

   Sacramento, CA, USA      242         25

Embassy Suites Atlanta—Perimeter Center

   Atlanta, GA, USA      241         50

Embassy Suites San Rafael—Marin County

   San Rafael, CA, USA      235         50

Embassy Suites Raleigh—Crabtree

   Raleigh, NC, USA      225         50

Embassy Suites San Antonio—NW I-10

   San Antonio, TX, USA      216         50

Embassy Suites Kansas City—Overland Park

   Overland Park, KS, USA      199         50

Other

        

Myrtle Beach Kingston Plantation (condo management company)

   Myrtle Beach, SC, USA      740         50

 

125


Table of Contents

Leased Hotels

As of September 30, 2013, we leased the following 76 hotels, representing 22,779 rooms.

 

Property

   Location    Rooms  

Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts

     

Waldorf Astoria Rome Cavalieri

   Rome, Italy      370   

Hilton Hotels & Resorts

     

Hilton Tokyo (1)

   (Shinjuku-ku) Tokyo, Japan      812   

Hilton Ramses

   Cairo, Egypt      771   

Hilton London Kensington

   London, United Kingdom      601   

Hilton Vienna

   Vienna, Austria      579   

Hilton Tel Aviv

   Tel Aviv, Israel      560   

Hilton Osaka (1)

   Osaka, Japan      525   

Hilton Istanbul

   Istanbul, Turkey      499   

Hilton Salt Lake City

   Salt Lake City, UT, USA      499   

Hilton Munich Park

   Munich, Germany      484   

Hilton Munich City

   Munich, Germany      480   

London Hilton on Park Lane

   London, United Kingdom      453   

Hilton Diagonal Mar Barcelona

   Barcelona, Spain      433   

Hilton Mainz

   Mainz, Germany      431   

Hilton Trinidad & Conference Centre

   Port of Spain, Trinidad      418   

Hilton London Heathrow Airport

   London, United Kingdom      398   

Hilton Izmir

   Izmir, Turkey      380   

Hilton London Docklands Riverside

   London, United Kingdom      378   

Hilton Addis Ababa

   Addis Ababa, Ethiopia      372   

Hilton Vienna Danube

   Vienna, Austria      367   

Hilton Frankfurt

   Frankfurt, Germany      342   

Hilton Brighton Metropole

   Brighton, United Kingdom      340   

Hilton Sandton

   Sandton, South Africa      329   

Hilton Brisbane

   Brisbane, Australia      319   

Hilton Glasgow

   Glasgow, United Kingdom      319   

Hilton Milan

   Milan, Italy      319   

Hilton Ankara

   Ankara, Turkey      315   

Hilton Adana

   Adana, Turkey      308   

Hilton Waldorf

   London, United Kingdom      298   

Hilton Cologne

   Cologne, Germany      296   

Hilton Slussen

   Stockholm, Sweden      289   

Hilton Nairobi (1)

   Nairobi, Kenya      287   

Hilton Madrid Airport

   Madrid, Spain      284   

Hilton Parmelia Perth

   Parmelia Perth, Australia      284   

Hilton London Canary Wharf

   London, United Kingdom      282   

Hilton Amsterdam

   Amsterdam, Netherlands      271   

Hilton Newcastle Gateshead

   Newcastle Upon Tyne, United Kingdom      254   

Hilton Bonn

   Bonn, Germany      252   

Hilton London Tower Bridge

   London, United Kingdom      245   

Hilton London Stansted Airport

   Stansted, United Kingdom      239   

Hilton Manchester Airport

   Manchester, United Kingdom      230   

Hilton Vienna Plaza

   Vienna, Austria      222   

Hilton Basel

   Basel, Switzerland      220   

Hilton Bracknell

   Bracknell, United Kingdom      215   

Hilton Antwerp

   Antwerp, Belgium      210   

 

126


Table of Contents

Property

   Location    Rooms  

Hilton Reading

   Reading, United Kingdom      210   

Hilton Leeds City

   Leeds, United Kingdom      208   

Hilton Watford

   Watford, United Kingdom      200   

Hilton Mersin

   Mersin, Turkey      186   

Hilton Warwick/Stratford-upon-Avon

   Warwick, United Kingdom      181   

Hilton Leicester

   Leicester, United Kingdom      179   

Hilton Innsbruck

   Innsbruck, Austria      176   

Hilton Nottingham

   Nottingham, United Kingdom      176   

Hilton Odawara Resort & Spa

   Odawara City, Japan      172   

Hilton St. Anne’s Manor, Bracknell

   Wokingham, United Kingdom      170   

Hilton Croydon

   Croydon, United Kingdom      168   

Hilton London Green Park

   London, United Kingdom      163   

Hilton Cobham

   Cobham, United Kingdom      158   

Hilton Paris La Defense

   Paris, France      153   

Hilton East Midlands

   Derby, United Kingdom      152   

Hilton Maidstone

   Maidstone, United Kingdom      146   

Hilton Avisford Park, Arundel

   Arundel, United Kingdom      140   

Hilton Northampton

   Northampton, United Kingdom      139   

Hilton London Hyde Park

   London, United Kingdom      132   

Hilton York

   York, United Kingdom      131   

Hilton Mainz City

   Mainz, Germany      127   

Hilton Bradford (2)

   Bradford, United Kingdom      121   

Hilton ParkSA Istanbul

   Istanbul, Turkey      117   

Hilton Puckrup Hall, Tewkesbury

   Tewkesbury, United Kingdom      112   

Hilton Glasgow Grosvenor

   Glasgow, United Kingdom      97   

DoubleTree by Hilton

     

DoubleTree Hotel Seattle Airport

   Seattle, WA, USA      850   

DoubleTree Hotel San Diego-Mission Valley

   San Diego, CA, USA      300   

DoubleTree Hotel Sonoma Wine Country

   Rohnert Park, CA, USA      245   

DoubleTree Hotel Durango

   Durango, CO, USA      159   

Other

     

Scandic Hotel Sergel Plaza

   Stockholm, Sweden      403   

The Trafalgar London

   London, United Kingdom      129   

 

(1)   We own a majority or controlling financial interest, but less than a 100% interest, in entities that lease these properties.
(2)   On October 7, 2013, we purchased this property from the lessor.

Other Properties

Other non-operating real estate holdings include a centralized operations center and a centralized data center, both located in Memphis, Tennessee; and a Hilton Reservations and Customer Care office in Carrollton, Texas.

Corporate Headquarters and Regional Offices

Our corporate headquarters are located at 7930 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102. These offices consist of approximately 160,596 square feet of leased space. The lease for this property initially expires on December 31, 2019, with options to renew and increase the rentable square feet.

Additionally, we lease the following properties to support our operations:

 

    European Regional office in Watford, United Kingdom;

 

    Asia Pacific Regional office in Singapore;

 

127


Table of Contents
    Middle East and Africa Regional office in Dubai, United Arab Emirates;

 

    Hilton HHonors and other commercial services office in Addison, Texas;

 

    Hilton Grand Vacations headquarters in Orlando, Florida; and

 

    Timeshare sales offices in Honolulu, Hawaii, Las Vegas, Nevada, New York, New York, Orlando, Florida, Tumon Bay, Guam and Tokyo, Japan.

We believe that our existing office properties are in good condition and are sufficient and suitable for the conduct of our business. In the event we need to expand our operations, we believe that suitable space will be available on commercially reasonable terms.

Corporate Responsibility

We are committed to responsible global citizenship. We also believe being a good corporate citizen is a smart business practice and creates long-term value for our stockholders, team members, hotel owners, customers and operating communities. Through our corporate responsibility platform, Travel with Purpose, we focus on four areas where we can have the greatest impact: creating opportunities for current and future team members; strengthening our local operating communities; celebrating cultures and global connections; and living sustainably through the measurement, analysis and improvement of our use of natural resources. We engage in a number of programs and partnerships that complement our global footprint and provide financial, volunteer and in-kind support to organizations and issues that are committed to our focus areas. Our commitment to responsible global citizenship includes:

 

    becoming one of the first global, multi-brand hospitality companies to make sustainability performance a brand standard through the creation of LightStay, our proprietary sustainability measurement tool;

 

    saving an estimated $253 million in the four years since establishing our sustainability goals in 2008. Our efficiency projects across our participating hotels have delivered a 12% reduction of energy use; a 13% reduction of carbon output; a 25% reduction of waste output; and a 10% reduction of water use. In 2012 we exceeded both the waste and water reduction targets we set in 2008;

 

    being one of the first multi-brand hospitality companies to receive ISO 9001 certification for Quality Management Systems and ISO 14001 certification for Environmental Management Systems across our entire hotel portfolio;

 

    signing the ECPAT Tourism Child-Protection Code of Conduct in 2011. Our efforts included training more than 1,000 general managers and hotel team members on child trafficking awareness and prevention and supporting public education efforts;

 

    launching our Global Team Member Volunteer Program in 2012, which has resulted in team members volunteering over 136,000 hours of service to their communities;

 

    creating our Travel with Purpose Action Grants program in 2013, an initiative that offers small grants to local community partners in the areas of sustainability awareness, youth education and life skills training and human rights; and

 

    pledging to hire 10,000 U.S. military veterans over the next five years as part of Operation: Opportunity , a new program we established in 2013 to help veterans and their families with job opportunities and career development in the hospitality sector. This program complements our global commitment to youth employment and creating opportunities for young people in the hospitality sector.

Competition

We encounter active and robust competition as a hotel, residential, resort and timeshare manager, franchisor and developer. Competition in the hotel and lodging industry generally is based on the attractiveness of the facility, location, level of service, quality of accommodations, amenities, food and beverage options and outlets,

 

128


Table of Contents

public spaces and other guest services, consistency of service, room rate, brand reputation and the ability to earn and redeem loyalty program points through a global system. Our properties and brands compete with other hotels, resorts, motels and inns in their respective geographic markets or customer segments, including facilities owned by local interests, individuals, national and international chains, institutions, investment and pension funds and real estate investment trusts, or REITs. We believe that our position as a multi-branded owner, operator, manager and franchisor of hotels makes us one of the largest and most geographically diverse lodging companies in the world.

Our principal competitors include other branded and independent hotel operating companies, national and international hotel brands and ownership companies, including hotel REITs. While local and independent brand competitors vary, on a global scale our primary competitors are firms such as Accor S.A., Carlson Rezidor Group, Fairmont Raffles Hotels International, Hong Kong and Shanghai Hotels, Limited, Hyatt Hotels Corporation, Intercontinental Hotel Group, Marriott International, Mövenpick Hotels and Resorts, Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide and Wyndham Worldwide Corporation.

In the timeshare business, we compete with other hotel and resort timeshare operators for sales of timeshare intervals based principally on location, quality of accommodations, price, financing terms, quality of service, terms of property use and opportunity for timeshare owners to exchange into time at other timeshare properties or other travel rewards. In addition, we compete based on brand name recognition and reputation, as well as with national and independent timeshare resale companies and owners reselling existing timeshare intervals, which could reduce demand or prices for sales of new timeshare intervals. Our competitors in the timeshare space include Hyatt Residence Club, Marriott Vacations Worldwide Corp., Starwood Vacation Ownership and Wyndham Vacation Resorts.

Seasonality

The hospitality industry is seasonal in nature. The periods during which our lodging properties experience higher revenues vary from property to property, depending principally upon location and the customer-base served. We generally expect our revenues to be lower in the first quarter of each year than in each of the three subsequent quarters, with the fourth quarter being the highest.

Cyclicality

The hospitality industry is cyclical and demand generally follows, on a lagged basis, key macroeconomic indicators. There is a history of increases and decreases in demand for hotel rooms, in occupancy levels and in room rates realized by owners of hotels through economic cycles. The combination of changes in economic conditions and in the supply of hotel rooms can result in significant volatility in results for owners and managers of hotel properties. The costs of running a hotel tend to be more fixed than variable. As a result, in an environment of declining revenues the rate of decline in earnings can be higher than the rate of decline in revenues. The vacation ownership business also is cyclical as the demand for vacation ownership units is affected by the availability and cost of financing for purchases of vacation ownership units, as well as general economic conditions and the relative health of the housing market.

Intellectual Property

In the highly competitive hospitality industry in which we operate, trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos are very important to the success of our business. We have a significant number of trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos and pending registrations and expend significant resources each year on surveillance, registration and protection of our trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos, which we believe have become synonymous in the hospitality industry with a reputation for excellence in service and authentic hospitality.

 

129


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

Our business is subject to various foreign and U.S. federal and state laws and regulations, including: laws and regulations that govern the offer and sale of franchises, many of which impose substantive requirements on franchise agreements and require that certain materials be registered before franchises can be offered or sold in a particular state; and extensive state and federal laws and regulation relating to our timeshare business, primarily relating to the sale and marketing of timeshare intervals.

In addition, a number of states regulate the activities of hospitality properties and restaurants, including the sale of liquor at such properties, by requiring licensing, registration, disclosure statements and compliance with specific standards of conduct. Operators of hospitality properties also are subject to laws governing their relationship with employees, including minimum wage requirements, overtime, working conditions and work permit requirements. Compliance with, or changes in, these laws could reduce the revenue and profitability of our properties and could otherwise adversely affect our operations.

We also manage and own hotels with casino gaming operations as part of or adjacent to the hotels. However, with the exception of casinos at certain of our properties in Puerto Rico and one property in Egypt, third parties manage and operate the casinos. We hold and maintain the casino gaming license and manage the casinos located in Puerto Rico and Egypt and employ third-party compliance consultants and service providers. As a result, our business operations at these facilities are subject to the licensing and regulatory control of the local regulatory agency responsible for gaming licenses and operations in those jurisdictions.

Finally, as an international owner, operator and franchisor of hospitality properties in 90 countries and territories, we also are subject to the local laws and regulations in each country in which we operate, including employment laws and practices, privacy laws, tax laws, which may provide for tax rates that exceed those of the United States and which may provide that our foreign earnings are subject to withholding requirements or other restrictions, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements or monetary policy and other potentially adverse tax consequences.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to certain requirements and potential liabilities under various foreign and U.S. federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and incur costs in complying with such requirements. These laws and regulations govern actions including air emissions, the use, storage and disposal of hazardous and toxic substances, and wastewater disposal. In addition to investigation and remediation liabilities that could arise under such laws, we may also face personal injury, property damage, fines or other claims by third parties concerning environmental compliance or contamination. In addition to our hotel accommodations, we operate a number of laundry facilities located in certain areas where we have multiple properties. We use and store hazardous and toxic substances, such as cleaning materials, pool chemicals, heating oil and fuel for back-up generators at some of our facilities, and we generate certain wastes in connection with our operations. Some of our properties include older buildings, and some may have, or may historically have had, dry-cleaning facilities and underground storage tanks for heating oil and back-up generators. We have from time to time been responsible for investigating and remediating contamination at some of our facilities, such as contamination that has been discovered when we have removed underground storage tanks, and we could be held responsible for any contamination resulting from the disposal of wastes that we generate, including at locations where such wastes have been sent for disposal. In some cases, we may be entitled to indemnification from the party that caused the contamination, or pursuant to our management or franchise agreements, but there can be no assurance that we would be able to recover all or any costs we incur in addressing such problems. From time to time, we may also be required to manage, abate, remove or contain mold, lead, asbestos-containing materials, radon gas or other hazardous conditions found in or on our properties. We have implemented an on-going operations and maintenance plan at each of our owned and operated properties that seeks to identify and remediate these conditions as appropriate. Although we have incurred, and expect that we will continue to incur, costs relating to

 

130


Table of Contents

the investigation, identification and remediation of hazardous materials known or discovered to exist at our properties, those costs have not had, and are not expected to have, a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.

Insurance

We maintain insurance coverage for general liability, property including business interruption, terrorism, workers’ compensation and other risks with respect to our business for all of our owned hotels. Most of our insurance policies are written with self-insured retentions or deductibles that are common in the insurance market for similar risks. These policies provide coverage for claim amounts that exceed our self-insured retentions or deductibles. Our insurance provides coverage related to any claims or losses arising out of the design, development and operation of our hotels.

U.S. hotels that we manage are permitted to participate in our insurance programs by mutual agreement with our hotel owners or, if not participating, must purchase insurance programs consistent with our requirements. U.S. franchised hotels are not permitted to participate in our insurance programs but rather must purchase insurance programs consistent with our requirements. Non-U.S. managed and franchised hotels are required to participate in certain of our insurance programs. All other insurance programs purchased by hotel owners must meet our requirements. In addition, our management and franchise agreements typically include provisions requiring the owner of the hotel property to indemnify us against losses arising from the design, development and operation of our hotels.

Employees

Our talent management strategy is driven by the simple principle of hiring the best person for each job and giving them the opportunity to do great work and to grow in their career. As of September 30, 2013, approximately 151,000 people were employed at our managed, owned, leased, timeshare and corporate locations in 90 countries and territories around the world. There are an additional estimated 160,000 individuals working at our franchised locations that we do not employ or supervise.

Approximately 27% of our employees globally (or 30% of our employees in the United States) are covered by various collective bargaining agreements generally addressing pay rates, working hours, other terms and conditions of employment, certain employee benefits and orderly settlement of labor disputes.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business, some of which include claims for substantial sums, including proceedings involving tort and other general liability claims, employee claims, consumer protection claims and claims related to our management of certain hotel properties. Most occurrences involving liability, claims of negligence and employees are covered by insurance with solvent insurance carriers. For those matters not covered by insurance, which include commercial matters, we recognize a liability when we believe the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. The ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be predicted with certainty. We believe we have adequate reserves against such matters. We currently believe that the ultimate outcome of such lawsuits and proceedings will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. However, depending on the amount and timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations in a particular period.

 

131


Table of Contents

In re On-Line Travel Company (OTC)/Hotel Booking Antitrust Litigation

We are a defendant in a federal multi-district litigation, currently pending in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas, which consolidates 30 previously separate actions originally filed in federal courts between August 2012 and February 2013. The consolidated amended complaint alleges that approximately a dozen hotel and online travel company defendants engaged in an anti-competitive scheme to fix the prices of hotel rooms in violation of federal and state antitrust and consumer protection laws. The defendants have filed a joint motion to dismiss the amended complaint on the basis that, among other things, the plaintiffs have failed to demonstrate facts sufficient to support their allegations of an industry-wide conspiracy. We dispute the allegations and will defend our interests vigorously. We currently do not believe the ultimate outcome of this litigation will have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

 

132


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus. We expect that the director nominee listed below will be elected to our board of directors as an additional independent director prior to the completion of this offering.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Christopher J. Nassetta

     51       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jonathan D. Gray

     43       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Michael S. Chae

     45       Director

Tyler S. Henritze

     33       Director

Judith A. McHale

     66       Director

John G. Schreiber

     67       Director

Elizabeth A. Smith

     50       Director Nominee

Douglas M. Steenland

     62       Director

William J. Stein

     51       Director

Kristin A. Campbell

     52       Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Ian R. Carter

     52       Executive Vice President and President, Development, Architecture and Construction

Jeffrey A. Diskin

     52       Executive Vice President, Commercial Services

James E. Holthouser

     54       Executive Vice President, Global Brands

Kevin J. Jacobs

     41       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Matthew W. Schuyler

     48       Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

Mark D. Wang

     56       Executive Vice President, Global Sales and President, Hilton Grand Vacations

Christopher J. Nassetta joined Hilton Worldwide as President and Chief Executive Officer in December 2007 and has served as a director of Hilton Worldwide since that time. Previously, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Host Hotels and Resorts, Inc., a position he held from May 2000 until October 2007. He joined Host in 1995 as Executive Vice President and was elected Chief Operating Officer in 1997. Before joining Host, Mr. Nassetta co-founded Bailey Capital Corporation, a real estate investment and advisory firm, in 1991. Prior to this, he spent seven years at The Oliver Carr Company, a commercial real estate company, where he ultimately served as Chief Development Officer. Mr. Nassetta is an Advisory Board member for the McIntire School of Commerce at the University of Virginia and is Vice Chairman of the Corporate Fund for The John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts. He is a member of Federal City Council, a member of the Steering Committee of Partners for a New Beginning, and is on the boards of the International Youth Foundation, the Wolf Trap Foundation for the Performing Arts, the Economic Club of Washington, D.C. and CoStar Group, Inc. He is also a member and a past Chairman of The Real Estate Roundtable, an Executive Committee member of the World Travel & Tourism Council and has served in various positions at the Arlington Free Clinic. Mr. Nassetta graduated from the McIntire School of Commerce at the University of Virginia with a degree in Finance.

Jonathan D. Gray has served as a director of Hilton Worldwide since 2007. Mr. Gray has served as Blackstone’s global head of real estate since January 2012 and a member of the board of directors of Blackstone since February 2012. He also sits on Blackstone’s management and executive committees. Prior to being named global head of real estate at Blackstone, Mr. Gray served as a senior managing director and co-head of real estate from January 2005 to December 2011. Since joining Blackstone in 1992, Mr. Gray has helped build the largest private equity real estate platform in the world with $69 billion in investor capital under management as of September 30, 2013. Mr. Gray received a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School, as well as a B.A. in English from the College of Arts and Sciences at the University of Pennsylvania, where he graduated magna cum

 

133


Table of Contents

laude and was elected to Phi Beta Kappa. He currently serves as a board member of the Pension Real Estate Association and Trinity School and is Chairman of the Board of Harlem Village Academies. Mr. Gray and his wife, Mindy, recently established the Basser Research Center at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine focused on the prevention and treatment of certain genetically caused breast and ovarian cancers.

Michael S. Chae has served as a director of Hilton Worldwide since 2007. Mr. Chae has been a senior managing director of Blackstone since January 2005 and serves as head of international private equity at Blackstone. Since joining Blackstone, Mr. Chae has been involved in numerous private equity investments for Blackstone globally. Before joining Blackstone, he worked at The Carlyle Group, L.P. and prior to that, with Dillon, Read & Co. He serves as a member of the Board of Trustees of the Lawrenceville School. Mr. Chae graduated from Harvard College, and received an M.Phil. from Cambridge University and a J.D. from Yale Law School.

Tyler S. Henritze has served as a director of Hilton Worldwide since 2013. Mr. Henritze has been a senior managing director in the real estate group at Blackstone since January 2013 and currently focuses on investment opportunities in the lodging sector. Prior to being named a senior managing director at Blackstone, Mr. Henritze served as a managing director from January 2011 to December 2012 and as principal from January 2009 to December 2010. Since joining Blackstone in 2004, Mr. Henritze has been involved in over $50 billion of real estate investments across all property types. He played a key role in acquisitions including Motel 6, Duke Realty Office Portfolio, Valad Property Group, Extended Stay Hotels, Equity Office Properties Trust, CarrAmerica Realty, La Quinta and Wyndham International. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Henritze worked at Merrill Lynch in the real estate investment banking group and was involved in a variety of debt, equity and M&A transactions. Mr. Henritze received a B.S. in Commerce from The McIntire School at the University of Virginia, where he graduated with distinction. He is a member of the IREFAC Council of the American Hotel and Lodging Association and is active with City Year NY, serving on its investment community board.

Judith A. McHale has served as a director of Hilton Worldwide since 2013. Ms. McHale has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cane Investments, LLC since August 2011. From May 2009 to July 2011, Ms. McHale served as Under Secretary of State for Public Diplomacy and Public Affairs for the U.S. Department of State. From 2006 to March 2009, Ms. McHale served as a Managing Partner in the formation of GEF/Africa Growth Fund. Prior to that, Ms. McHale served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Discovery Communications. Ms. McHale currently serves on the board of directors of Ralph Lauren Corporation and SeaWorld Entertainment, Inc. Ms. McHale graduated from the University of Nottingham in England and Fordham University School of Law.

John G. Schreiber has served as a director of Hilton Worldwide since 2007. Mr. Schreiber has served as the President of Centaur Capital Partners since April 1991 and a Partner and Co-Founder of Blackstone Real Estate Advisors (BREA) since October 1992. As Co-Chairman of the BREA Investment Committee, Mr. Schreiber has overseen all Blackstone real estate investments since 1992. During the past 20 years, Blackstone has invested over $40 billion of equity in a wide variety of real estate transactions. Previously, Mr. Schreiber served as Chairman and CEO of JMB Urban Development Co. and Executive Vice President of JMB Realty Corp. During his twenty-year career at JMB, Mr. Schreiber was responsible for over $10 billion of firm and client real estate investments and had overall responsibility for the firm’s shopping center development activities. Mr. Schreiber is a past board member of Urban Shopping Centers, Inc., Host Hotels & Resorts, Inc., The Rouse Company, AMLI Residential Properties Trust and General Growth Properties and he currently serves on the board of JMB Realty Corp., Brixmor Property Group and Blackstone Mortgage Trust and is a director/trustee to the mutual funds managed by T. Rowe Price Associates. Mr. Schreiber graduated from Loyola University of Chicago and received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Elizabeth A. Smith is a nominee to our board of directors. Ms. Smith has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Bloomin’ Brands, Inc. since January 2012 and has served as its Chief Executive Officer and a Director since November 2009. From September 2007 to October 2009, Ms. Smith was President of Avon

 

134


Table of Contents

Products, Inc., a global beauty products company, and was responsible for its worldwide product-to-market processes, infrastructure and systems, including Global Brand Marketing, Global Sales, Global Supply Chain and Global Information Technology. In January 2005, Ms. Smith joined Avon Products, Inc. as President, Global Brand, and was given the additional role of leading Avon North America in August 2005. From September 1990 to November 2004, Ms. Smith worked in various capacities at Kraft Foods Inc. and from November 2004 to December 2008, served as a director of Carter’s, Inc. Ms. Smith is a member of the board of directors and audit committee member of Staples, Inc. Ms. Smith holds a bachelor’s degree, Phi Beta Kappa, from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Douglas M. Steenland has served as a director of Hilton Worldwide since 2009. Mr. Steenland worked for Northwest Airlines Corporation from September 1991 to October 2008, serving as Chief Executive Officer from April 2004 to October 2008 and as President from February 2001 to April 2004. During his tenure at Northwest Airlines, he also served as Executive Vice President, Chief Corporate Officer and Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Mr. Steenland was Chief Executive Officer of Northwest Airlines at the time it filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in 2005 following a period of rising fuel prices and other challenges and oversaw its emergence from bankruptcy in 2007. Mr. Steenland retired from Northwest Airlines upon its merger with Delta Air Lines, Inc. Prior to his time at Northwest Airlines, Mr. Steenland was a senior partner at a Washington, D.C. law firm that is now part of DLA Piper. Mr. Steenland is currently a director of American International Group, Inc., where he serves on the finance and risk management committee and the regulatory, compliance and public policy committee; Chrysler Group LLC, where he serves on the audit committee; Digital River, Inc., where he serves on the compensation committee; and Travelport Limited, where he serves on the compensation and audit committees and International Lease Finance Corporation, where he serves as a member of the board. In the past five years, Mr. Steenland has also served as a director of Delta Airlines, Inc. and Northwest Airlines Corporation. Mr. Steenland received a B.A. from Calvin College and is a graduate from The George Washington University Law School.

William J. Stein has served as a director of Hilton Worldwide since 2007. Mr. Stein has been a senior managing director of Blackstone since January 2006 and serves as global head of asset management in Blackstone’s real estate group. Since joining Blackstone in 1997, Mr. Stein has been involved in the direct asset management and asset management oversight of Blackstone’s global real estate assets. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Stein was a Vice President at Heitman Real Estate Advisors and JMB Realty Corp. Mr. Stein received a B.B.A. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

Kristin A. Campbell joined Hilton Worldwide as Executive Vice President and General Counsel in June 2011. She is responsible for leading Hilton Worldwide’s global legal, compliance and government relations functions. Prior to Hilton Worldwide, Ms. Campbell was Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Staples, Inc., an international office products company from May 2007 to June 2011. Before joining Staples, Inc. in 1993, Ms. Campbell worked at the law firms Goodwin Procter LLP and Rackemann, Sawyer & Brewster. Ms. Campbell graduated summa cum laude from Arizona State University and received a J.D. from Cornell University Law School.

Ian R. Carter has served as Executive Vice President and President, Development, Architecture and Construction for Hilton Worldwide since October 2012 and previously oversaw Operations since August 2009 for Hilton Worldwide. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Hilton International Co. prior to its re-acquisition by Hilton Worldwide in February 2006. Prior to joining Hilton International in January 2005, Mr. Carter served as Officer and President of Black & Decker Corporation, Middle East, Africa and Asia. Prior to Black & Decker, Mr. Carter spent more than a decade with General Electric Plastics, ultimately serving as President of General Electric Specialty Chemical. Mr. Carter serves as a non-Executive Director on the Board of Burberry Group plc, where he serves as chairman of the compensation committee, and is a Patron of Hospitality in Action and Chairman of the Hilton in the Community Foundation. He is also Chairman of the International Tourism Partnership. He serves on the board of the International Business Leaders Forum and the board of advisors of Boston University School of Hospitality Administration, serves as a Commissioner of the California

 

135


Table of Contents

Travel and Tourism Commission and is a fellow of the Institute of Hospitality. Mr. Carter is a graduate of the University of West London, School of Business and Management, and received an honorary doctorate from the university.

Jeffrey A. Diskin has served as Executive Vice President of Commercial Services at Hilton Worldwide since November 2012 and oversees Customer Marketing, Revenue Management, E-Commerce and Online Service divisions globally, including our Hilton HHonors guest loyalty program. From March 2009 to November 2012, Mr. Diskin was Senior Vice President of Global Customer Marketing, and prior to that role he was Senior Vice President, Brand Management. Mr. Diskin first joined Hilton in 1988 and has held numerous marketing and management positions since that time, including roles where he was responsible for developing the company’s customer marketing websites and online strategies to overseeing our Hilton and luxury brands. He was also President and Chief Operating Officer of the Hilton HHonors Worldwide subsidiary from March 1997 to June 2004. Before joining Hilton, Mr. Diskin worked for MPI, a subsidiary of United Airlines, specializing in loyalty program design and implementation. Mr. Diskin is Chairman of the Room Key board, and was previously a board director for Doubletree Hotel Systems, Inc., Hilton Inns, Inc. and Promus Hotels Inc. He was elected president of the Frequent Traveler Marketing Association, and has been a recipient of three annual Best in Show awards from Hospitality Sales and Marketing Association International.

James E. Holthouser has served as Hilton Worldwide’s Executive Vice President of Global Brands since November 2012. In this role, he serves as our global leader for brand management and customer marketing. Mr. Holthouser also oversees the Product Management group and the Global Brands Strategy group. The Product Management group is responsible for the development and management of products for Food & Beverage, Meetings & Events, Spa, Fitness, Guest Technology and Sustainability. The Global Brands Strategy group is responsible for developing strategies for all brand and product groups across the enterprise. With more than 20 years of experience in the lodging, restaurant and gaming industries, Mr. Holthouser has held a series of senior management positions within Hilton Worldwide in the branding, franchising and marketing arenas. Most recently, he was Global Head of Full Service Brands and Global Head of Embassy Suites Hotels from June 2009 to November 2012, overseeing all aspects of brand management. From October 2005 to June 2009, Mr. Holthouser was Senior Vice President of Brand Management for Embassy Suites. From February 1999 to October 2005, Mr. Holthouser served as Senior Vice President of Brand Management for Homewood Suites by Hilton. His career with the company began in 1989 in Market Research for Promus. Mr. Holthouser received his M.A. in Economics and Political Science from the University of Louisville and his international M.B.A. from the American Graduate School of International Management. He received undergraduate degrees from the University of Louisville in Political Science and Foreign Languages.

Kevin J. Jacobs serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Hilton Worldwide and is responsible for the oversight of all of our global finance, information technology and real estate functions. He joined Hilton Worldwide as Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy in June 2008, was elected Treasurer in May 2009, became Executive Vice President and Chief of Staff in September 2012 and assumed his current role in August 2013. Previously, from July 2007 to June 2008 he was Senior Vice President, Mergers & Acquisitions and Treasurer of Fairmont Raffles Hotels International. Prior to joining Fairmont Raffles, Mr. Jacobs spent seven years with Host Hotels & Resorts, Inc., most recently as Vice President, Corporate Finance & Investor Relations. Prior to joining Host, Mr. Jacobs held various roles in the Hospitality Consulting practice of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the Hospitality Valuation Group at Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. Mr. Jacobs is a member of the Advisory Board of the Center for Hospitality Research at Cornell University and a member of the Hotel Development Council of the Urban Land Institute. He is a graduate of the Cornell University School of Hotel Administration.

Matthew W. Schuyler has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since June 2009 and leads the company’s global human resources organization. Mr. Schuyler was previously Chief Human Resources Officer at Capital One Financial Corporation from April 2002 to June 2009. Prior to Capital One, Mr. Schuyler served as Vice President of Human Resources with Cisco Systems, Inc. and as a

 

136


Table of Contents

Partner with PricewaterhouseCoopers in the Global Human Resources Group. He serves on the board of the Make-A-Wish Foundation of America, where he serves as chairman of the compensation committee, and is a member of the Penn State University Business School Board of Visitors and Penn State’s College of Information Sciences and Technology Advisory Board. Mr. Schuyler holds a B.S. from Penn State University and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan.

Mark D. Wang has served as Executive Vice President and President, Hilton Grand Vacations since March 2008 and head of Hilton Worldwide Global Sales since November 2012. In his Global Sales role, Mr. Wang is responsible for sales operations worldwide including hotel sales, distribution, reservations and customer care. He also oversees our global timeshare operations for Hilton Grand Vacations. Mr. Wang first joined Hilton in 1999 as Managing Director for Hawaii and Asia Pacific and has held a series of senior management positions within Hilton Grand Vacations. Before joining Hilton, Mr. Wang spent nearly 20 years in sales and marketing roles serving as President & Chief Operating Officer of Pahio Resorts, President of Aloha Resorts International and Founder of Grand Ownership Resorts. Mr. Wang serves on the Board of Directors of the American Resort Development Association.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Our Corporate Governance

We have structured our corporate governance in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. Notable features of our corporate governance include:

 

    Blackstone has advised us that, when it ceases to own a majority of our common stock, it will ensure that its employees will no longer constitute a majority of our board of directors;

 

    our board of directors is not classified and each of our directors is subject to re-election annually;

 

    under our bylaws and our corporate governance guidelines, directors (other than directors designated pursuant to our stockholders agreement) who fail to receive a majority of the votes cast in uncontested elections will be required to submit their resignation to our board of directors;

 

    we will have a fully independent audit committee and independent director representation on our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees immediately at the time of the offering, and our independent directors will meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors;

 

    we anticipate that at least one of our directors will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC;

 

    we do not have a stockholder rights plan, and if our board of directors were ever to adopt a stockholder rights plan in the future without prior stockholder approval, our board of directors would either submit the plan to stockholders for ratification or cause the rights plan to expire within one year; and

 

    we will implement a range of other corporate governance best practices, including placing limits on the number of directorships held by our directors to prevent “overboarding” and implementing a robust director education program.

Composition of the Board of Directors after this Offering

Upon completion of this offering, our charter and bylaws will provide that our board of directors will consist of such number of directors as may from time to time be fixed by our board of directors. So long as our existing owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 5% of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date of such meeting, we will agree to nominate individuals designated by Blackstone for election as directors as specified in our stockholders’ agreement and Blackstone must consent to any change to the number of our directors. Each director will serve

 

137


Table of Contents

until our next annual meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies or until the director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. For a description of Blackstone’s right to require us to nominate its designees to our board of directors, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.”

Background and Experience of Directors

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. In particular, the members of our board of directors considered the following important characteristics, among others:

 

    Mr. Nassetta—we considered his experience as an executive in the hospitality industry, his extensive financial background and experience with real estate investments. Furthermore, we also considered how his additional role as our President and Chief Executive Officer would bring management perspective to board deliberations and provide valuable information about the status of our day-to-day operations.

 

    Mr. Gray—we considered his affiliation with Blackstone, his significant experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, particularly in the real estate industry, his experience in working with the management of various other companies owned by Blackstone’s funds, his experience with real estate investing and his extensive financial background.

 

    Mr. Chae—we considered his affiliation with Blackstone, his significant experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, his experience in working with the management of various other companies owned by Blackstone’s funds and his extensive financial background.

 

    Mr. Henritze—we considered his affiliation with Blackstone, his significant experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, particularly in the real estate industry, his experience in working with the management of various other companies owned by Blackstone’s funds, his experience with real estate investing and his extensive financial background.

 

    Ms. McHale—we considered her extensive business and management expertise, including her experience as an executive officer and director of several public companies, as well as her prior service as a high-ranking official in the U.S. Department of State.

 

    Mr. Schreiber—we considered his affiliation with Blackstone, his significant experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, particularly in the real estate industry, his experience in working with the management of various other companies owned by Blackstone’s funds, his experience with real estate investing and his extensive financial background.

 

    Ms. Smith—we considered her deep experience in strategy, marketing and sales, as well as significant experience in corporate finance and financial reporting developed in her executive level roles where her responsibilities have included direct financial oversight of multinational companies with multiple business units.

 

    Mr. Steenland—we considered his experience in managing large, complex, international institutions generally and his experience as an executive in the travel and hospitality industries in particular.

 

    Mr. Stein—we considered his 16-year tenure with Blackstone involving the direct asset management and asset management oversight of Blackstone’s global real estate assets, his extensive financial background and experience as an asset manager focusing on real estate and hospitality investments.

 

138


Table of Contents

Controlled Company Exception

After the completion of this offering, affiliates of Blackstone who are party to the stockholders’ agreement will continue to beneficially own shares representing more than 50% of the voting power of our shares eligible to vote in the election of directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of corporate governance standards. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (3) that our board of directors have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. For at least some period following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, although we will have a fully independent audit committee and have independent director representation on our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees upon closing this offering, immediately following this offering we do not expect the majority of our directors will be independent or that our compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee will be comprised entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, although we may transition to fully independent compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees prior to the time we cease to be a “controlled company,” for such period of time you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary or desirable.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our audit committee will consist of Mr. Steenland, Ms. McHale and Ms. Smith, with Mr. Steenland serving as chair. Mr. Steenland, Ms. McHale and Ms. Smith qualify as independent directors under governance standards and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. The audit committee has oversight responsibilities regarding:

 

    the adequacy and integrity of our financial statements and our financial reporting and disclosure practices;

 

    the soundness of our system of internal controls regarding finance and accounting compliance;

 

    the annual independent audit of our consolidated financial statements;

 

    the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence;

 

    the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements in connection with the foregoing; and

 

    compliance with our Code of Conduct.

The audit committee shall also prepare the report of the committee required by the rules and regulations of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement.

 

139


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Schreiber, Ms. McHale and Mr. Stein, with Mr. Schreiber serving as chair. The compensation committee is authorized to discharge the board’s responsibilities relating to:

 

    the establishment, maintenance and administration of compensation and benefit policies designed to attract, motivate and retain personnel with the requisite skills and abilities to contribute to the long term success of the Company;

 

    the goals, objectives and compensation of our President and Chief Executive Officer, including evaluating the performance of the President and Chief Executive Officer in light of those goals;

 

    the compensation of our other executives and non-management directors;

 

    our compliance with the compensation rules, regulations and guidelines promulgated by the NYSE, the SEC and other law, as applicable; and

 

    the issuance of an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our annual proxy statement, once required.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Stein, Ms. Smith and Mr. Steenland, with Mr. Stein serving as chair. The nominating and corporate governance committee is authorized to:

 

    advise the board concerning the appropriate composition of the board and its committees;

 

    identify individuals qualified to become board members;

 

    recommend to the board the persons to be nominated by the board for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders;

 

    recommend to the board the members of the board to serve on the various committees of the board;

 

    develop and recommend to the board a set of corporate governance guidelines and assist the board in complying with them; and

 

    oversee the evaluation of the board, the board’s committees, and management.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Director Compensation

None of our directors other than Mr. Steenland received compensation for the year ended December 31, 2012. For 2012, Mr. Steenland received a quarterly stipend of $31,250 for serving on our board of directors and as chairman of our audit committee. Our employee directors and Sponsor-affiliated directors receive no additional compensation for serving on the board of directors or committees thereof. Following this offering, each outside director (other than the directors employed by our Sponsor) will be entitled to annual compensation as follows:

 

    Cash retainer of $80,000, payable quarterly;

 

    Additional cash retainer payable quarterly for serving on committees or as the chairperson of a committee as follows:

 

140


Table of Contents
    Each member (other than the chairperson) of the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee receives $7,500 annually for each committee on which he or she serves; and

 

    The chairperson of the audit committee receives $25,000 annually and the chairperson of each of the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee receives an additional $20,000 annually; and

 

    Equity award of $130,000 payable annually in restricted stock units, which vest over three years in equal annual installments from the date of grant.

Our directors will not be paid any fees for attending meetings, however, our directors will be reimbursed for reasonable travel and related expenses associated with attendance at board or committee meetings. In addition, our independent directors will be reimbursed for reasonable personal hotel costs when they stay at Company-branded hotels.

We have also adopted a stock ownership policy effective upon the consummation of this offering. Each of our non-employee directors will be required to own stock in an amount equal to five times his or her annual cash retainer, provided that a non-employee director who is employed by a stockholder of the Company that meets the ownership requirements for a non-employee director shall be exempt from such requirement. For purposes of this requirement, a director’s holdings include shares held directly or indirectly, individually or jointly, shares underlying vested options and shares held under a deferral or similar plan. Non-employee directors are expected to meet this ownership requirement within five years of the later of (x) the date on which we make our first broad-based equity incentive grants following this offering or (y) the date he or she first becomes subject to the stock ownership policy.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Section Overview

Our executive compensation program is designed to attract and retain individuals with the skills and qualifications to manage and lead the Company effectively. The overarching goal of our programs is to motivate our leaders to contribute to the achievement of our financial goals and to focus on long-term value creation for our stockholders.

Our named executive officers, or NEOs, for 2012 were:

 

Name

  

Position

Christopher J. Nassetta

   President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Thomas C. Kennedy

   Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) (1)

Ian R. Carter

   Executive Vice President and President, Development, Architecture & Construction

Mark D. Wang

   Executive Vice President, Global Sales and President, Hilton Grand Vacations (HGV)

Kristin A. Campbell

   Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Paul J. Brown

   Former Executive Vice President and President, Global Brands and Commercial Services (2)

 

(1) Mr. Kennedy served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from September 15, 2008 until his resignation from these positions effective August 8, 2013. Mr. Kennedy agreed to provide services to the Company following his resignation until the earlier of December 31, 2013 or the date he commences employment with a new employer. On August 8, 2013, Kevin J. Jacobs, previously our Executive Vice President and Chief of Staff, became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

 

141


Table of Contents
(2) Mr. Brown served as our Executive Vice President and President, Global Brands and Commercial Services from November 13, 2008 until his resignation from this position effective November 1, 2012. Mr. Brown provided services to the Company as a Special Advisor to the CEO through April 30, 2013.

Executive Summary

Compensation Philosophy and Approach . At Hilton Worldwide, we expect our executive team to possess and demonstrate strong leadership and management capabilities. To reward and retain our leaders, including our NEOs, we have designed a total compensation approach that rewards both short-term and long-term success.

Compensation Objectives . Our compensation program for executives is designed to support the following objectives:

 

    foster a strong relationship between stockholder value and executive compensation by having a significant portion of compensation composed of equity-based incentive awards;

 

    provide annual and long-term incentive awards that emphasize performance-based compensation contingent upon achieving corporate and individual performance goals; and

 

    provide overall levels of compensation that are competitive to attract, retain and motivate highly-qualified executives to continue to enhance long-term equity value.

Program Design . Our executive compensation program has three main components: (1) base salary; (2) annual cash incentive compensation; and (3) long-term incentive awards. Each component is designed to be consistent with the Company’s compensation philosophy.

To align pay with the interests of our stockholders, we strive to create competitive compensation packages for all employees that cultivate long-term growth without taking unnecessary risks. We believe that a combination of both short-term and long-term compensation creates an optimal pay-for-performance environment. We motivate and reward NEOs for successfully executing our business strategy. The compensation program for our NEOs has been designed to emphasize variable pay over fixed pay, which directly ties to our objectives to retain valuable talent, yet also create a motivated work environment that rewards long-term achievements.

Pay for Performance . In structuring our executive compensation packages, the compensation committee of our board of directors considers how each element of compensation promotes retention and motivates performance. We believe that, to attract and retain senior executives, we must provide them with a competitive level of predictable compensation that rewards their continued service. We also believe that performance-based compensation plays the most significant role in aligning management’s interests with those of our stockholders. For this reason, performance-based compensation constitutes a substantial portion of the overall compensation for our senior executives. Our compensation packages are designed to promote hospitality, integrity, leadership, teamwork, ownership and initiative by team members whose performance and responsibilities directly impact our results of operations.

As we transition from being privately held to publicly traded, we intend to critically evaluate our executive compensation program annually, or more frequently as circumstances require, to maintain a competitive environment for talent and to ensure that our incentive programs are achieving their desired results. Consistent with prior practice, we do not intend to adhere to rigid formulas or react to short-term changes in business performance in determining the amount and mix of compensation elements. We expect to continue to emphasize pay-for-performance and long-term incentive compensation when designing our executive officers’ compensation.

 

142


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements . As discussed in more detail below, we previously entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Nassetta, Kennedy, Carter and Brown to attract and retain these executives. These agreements generally have similar provisions that define the nature of each NEO’s employment, compensation and benefits provided in connection with his initial employment (such as initial base salary and/or other personal benefits or perquisites), compensation and benefits upon termination and restrictive covenants relating to intellectual property, confidential information and competitive business activities. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and 2012 Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Employment Agreements.” The compensation committee believes that employment agreements will no longer be necessary to attract members of our executive team following the offering, and therefore, the Company and Messrs. Nassetta and Carter have agreed to terminate these employment agreements in connection with this offering, such terminations to be effective on the earlier of the pricing of this offering or December 30, 2013. Due to the changing marketplace in which we compete for talent, the compensation committee intends to regularly review this practice to help ensure that we remain competitive in our industry.

Our Annual Compensation-Setting Process

Role of Our Compensation Committee . The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing key aspects of the executive compensation program, including executive salaries, goals and payouts under the annual cash incentive plan, the size and structure of equity awards and any executive perquisites or other benefits. The compensation committee is responsible for determining the compensation of the CEO and reviews and recommends compensation of other executive officers for the board of directors to approve. At the beginning of each performance cycle, the compensation committee approves financial goals designed to align executive pay with company performance and stockholder interests, provide competitive pay opportunities dependent on performance, retain talent, create optimal stockholder value and mitigate material risk.

Role of Management . The compensation committee approves all compensation decisions with respect to our NEOs. In setting executive compensation for 2012, our CEO and our Chief Human Resources Officer (CHRO) worked closely with the compensation committee in managing the executive compensation program and attended meetings of the compensation committee. Because of his daily involvement with the executive team, the CEO made recommendations to the compensation committee regarding compensation for the executive officers other than himself.

Role of the Compensation Consultant . The compensation committee has the authority to engage its own advisors to assist in carrying out its responsibilities. In May 2012, after completing a thorough review process, the compensation committee selected Exequity, LLP, or Exequity, as its independent compensation consultant to assist the compensation committee in providing analytical data and establishing and implementing our executive and director compensation strategy in the short- and long-term. Following their selection, Exequity has advised us in selecting our current Peer Group (as described below), provides us with compensation data for the Peer Group and has advised on best practices when developing executive pay programs and policies. Exequity reports to and is instructed in its duties by the compensation committee and carries out its responsibilities in coordination with the Human Resources department. Exequity performs no other services for the Company.

Use of Comparative Market Data. We aim to compensate our executive officers competitively in the market for executive talent. When determining final target pay levels, the compensation committee reviews and considers individual factors, such as the knowledge, experience and capabilities of each executive.

Historically, in order to gain a general understanding of current compensation practices, the compensation committee has analyzed pay of executives serving in similar positions at peer companies with whom we compete for hiring and retaining executive talent. The external market data reviewed for 2012 included peer group proxy data, several broad industry-comparative compensation surveys that included many of the companies contained in the Peer Group as defined below, and data provided by peer group companies that participate in Equilar’s Annual Top 25 Survey.

 

143


Table of Contents

Following the retention of Exequity in May 2012, the compensation committee, with the assistance of Exequity, selected a group of peer companies, which we refer to as our “Peer Group.” Exequity provided the compensation committee with annual (base salary and annual incentive) and long-term (equity and long-term cash incentive) compensation for the Peer Group.

The metrics used for selecting the Peer Group included the industry, annual revenue, EBITDA, market capitalization, brand recognition, global presence and number of employees. Other factors considered were performance measures such as revenue growth, net income growth, earnings per share growth, return on equity and total stockholder return.

The Peer Group currently consists of the following companies:

 

Avis Budget Group, Inc.

  

McDonald’s Corporation

Darden Restaurants, Inc.

  

MGM Resorts International

FedEx Corporation

  

Nike, Inc.

General Mills, Inc.

  

Starbucks Corporation

Hyatt Hotels Corporation

  

Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc.

Host Hotels & Resorts, Inc.

  

United Continental Holdings, Inc.

Kellogg Company

  

The Walt Disney Company

Las Vegas Sands Corp.

  

Wyndham Worldwide Corporation

Marriott International, Inc.

  

Wynn Resorts, Limited

The compensation committee generally reviewed the compensation data regarding the Peer Group and determined not to make any changes to the NEO’s 2012 compensation. Going forward, the compensation committee does not intend to set compensation using a formula based solely on the Peer Group compensation data but instead intends to continue to use the Peer Group compensation data to generally inform the compensation committee regarding competitive pay levels with a focus on the median level for each pay component.

Compensation Elements

The compensation committee recognizes the need to develop a compensation program that responds to the executive talent market in such a way that we can attract individuals of the highest caliber. To accomplish this, the compensation committee considers the competitive landscape in determining the mix of compensation elements, the level of compensation and other specific terms of compensation packages. We seek to attract and retain executives by offering the opportunity to earn a competitive compensation package.

When designing and establishing NEO pay for the year ended December 31, 2012, the compensation committee worked with management, specifically our CEO and CHRO, to design a program that rewarded performance without encouraging excessive risk-taking to achieve such performance. We directed our corporate goals toward executing on our business strategy to achieve strong financial performance and company growth in 2012 and aligned incentives accordingly.

Base Salary

We believe it is important to provide a competitive fixed level of pay to attract and retain experienced and successful executives. In determining the amount of base salary that each NEO receives, we look to the executive’s current compensation, time in position, any change in the executive’s position or responsibilities, including complexity and scope and the relation of his or her position to those of other executives within the Company and in similar positions at peer companies. Base salaries are reviewed annually or at other times when appropriate and may be increased from time to time pursuant to such review, but other than with respect to Mr. Wang, have not been adjusted since each of the NEOs’ commencement of employment. Mr. Wang’s base salary was adjusted by $13,000 in April 2012 in connection with the elimination of his auto allowance.

 

144


Table of Contents

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation

Our annual cash incentive program rewards NEOs for their contributions towards specific annual, short-term financial and operational goals and is designed to motivate executive officers to focus on company-wide priorities and reward them for individual results and achievements with respect to their business units or function.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our annual cash incentive compensation plan compensated and rewarded successful achievement of both short-term financial and non-financial goals that were closely aligned with the long-term goals of the Company. The 2012 annual incentive program was based on a combination of (1) financial performance and (2) individual performance.

The financial component of our NEOs’ annual bonus opportunity, other than for Mr. Wang, was based on the Company’s consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (calculated as set forth in the section entitled “Summary—Summary Historical Financial Data”). Due to Mr. Wang’s role as President of HGV, 20% of the financial component for his annual bonus opportunity was based on the Company’s consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and 80% of the financial component was based on our timeshare segment’s Adjusted EBITDA (calculated as set forth in “Summary—Summary Historical Financial Data”).

The individual performance component was measured by (A) the performance of the consolidated business unit(s) that the executive oversaw and (B), as to our NEOs other than Mr. Nassetta, the executive’s achievement of individual competency goals. The financial component composed 50% of the total award opportunity, and the individual performance component composed 50% of the total award opportunity, with 80% (100% in the case of Mr. Nassetta) of the individual performance component based on the achievement of performance objectives tied to the consolidated business unit(s) that the executive oversaw and 20% of the individual performance component based on the executive’s achievement of individual competency goals.

Each NEO’s target annual bonus is expressed as a percentage of his or her base salary and ranges from 60% to 100% of base salary. The annual incentive target bonus opportunities and corresponding minimum and maximum bonus as a percentage of each executive’s base salary are approved annually by the compensation committee. The annual incentive target bonus opportunities were established in 2008, or, if later, the NEO’s commencement of employment, and have not been adjusted since that time. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the NEOs’ target and maximum bonus opportunity as a percentage of such executive’s base salary were as follows:

 

Name

   Target      Maximum  

Christopher J. Nassetta

     100.0%         200.0

Thomas C. Kennedy

     75.0%         112.5

Ian R. Carter

     60.0%         90.0

Mark D. Wang

     75.0%         112.5

Kristin A. Campbell

     75.0%         112.5

Paul J. Brown

     75.0%         112.5

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the financial component of the bonus would be paid at 100% of target if the Company’s consolidated Adjusted EBITDA was $1,903 million (and with respect to the 40% of Mr. Wang’s total bonus opportunity subject to the performance of HGV, if our timeshare segment’s Adjusted EBITDA was $236 million). Participants were eligible to receive a threshold payout percentage, defined as 50% of the target bonus with respect to the financial component, if actual performance was 90% of target and were eligible to receive the maximum payout percentage, defined as 150% (200% with respect to Mr. Nassetta) of the target bonus with respect to the financial component, if actual performance met or exceeded 110% of target. For actual performance between the specified threshold, target and maximum levels, the resulting payout percentage would be adjusted on a linear basis.

 

145


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company’s actual consolidated Adjusted EBITDA achieved was $1,956 million, or 103% of target, resulting in a payout percentage of 114% of target (128% for Mr. Nassetta) with respect to the company-wide financial component. The actual timeshare segment Adjusted EBITDA achieved was $252 million, or 107% of target, resulting in a payout percentage of 135% of target with respect to 40% of Mr. Wang’s total bonus opportunity.

The remaining 50% portion of each NEO’s annual cash incentive award, other than for Mr. Nassetta, was determined based on individual performance where 80% of the individual performance component was based on the achievement of performance objectives tied to the consolidated business unit(s) that the executive oversaw and 20% of the individual performance component was based on the executive’s achievement of qualitative individual competency goals.

In establishing the individual performance goals, Mr. Nassetta works with senior management to establish business priorities at the beginning of each performance year. These business priorities are used to create the individual performance objectives for our annual cash incentive program for each of the NEOs. The compensation committee then reviews and approves the individual performance objectives recommended for each NEO.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the personal objectives of each NEO were generally focused on the core duties of his or her position. Each personal objective was given a specific weighting based on the scope, importance and overall time burden of the task. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the individual performance objectives (and the weightings assigned to each individual performance objective) for each of the NEOs were as follows:

 

    For Mr. Nassetta, the individual performance component of his annual compensation award was reviewed and approved by the compensation committee and was based on the Company’s overall performance as well as a compilation of all of his direct reports’ objectives and success rates, each of which accounted for 12.5% of his individual performance component. The compensation committee considered the performance of our overarching business units, which include: Global Brands and Commercial Services; Operations and Development; Hilton Grand Vacations; Architecture, Design and Construction and Real Estate; Finance; Corporate Communications; Human Resources; and Legal.

 

    For Mr. Kennedy, in addition to the qualitative individual competency goals which account for 20% of the individual performance component, the compensation committee considered his preparation for the Company’s public offering and status as a public company (16%); his implementation of global financial management information systems (16%); his success defining an optimal corporate structure (16%); his efforts improving productivity and reducing operating costs (12%); his expansion and standardization of a captive procurement organization (10%); and cost effectiveness (10%).

 

    For Mr. Carter, in addition to the qualitative individual competency goals of 20%, the compensation committee considered the Company’s operating margins (10%) and market share (8%); customer satisfaction (6%); his cost effectiveness (10%) and operational initiatives (10%); hotel openings (10%); hotel construction starts (10%); hotel development approvals (10%); and other development initiatives (6%).

 

    For Mr. Wang, in addition to the qualitative individual competency goals of 20%, the compensation committee considered approved deals with a capital efficient structure (20%); efforts increasing industry-leading margins (20%) and maximizing synergy with Hilton Worldwide (14%); contributing to HGV member loyalty (6%); sales cost effectiveness (10%); and HGV cost effectiveness (10%).

 

    For Ms. Campbell, in addition to the qualitative individual competency goals of 20%, the compensation committee considered her contribution to corporate governance policies, practices and structure (20%); efforts supporting the client base (20%), team member engagement (20%) and cost management (10%); and contribution to the Company’s business plan (10%).

 

146


Table of Contents
    For Mr. Brown, in addition to the qualitative individual competency goals of 20%, the compensation committee considered his contribution to market share (8%); customer satisfaction (8%); IT initiatives (10%); development approvals (8%); implementation of sales and marketing initiatives (10%); other key initiatives (20%); organizational synergies (8%); and cost effectiveness (8%).

Shortly after the completion of the year ended December 31, 2012, the compensation committee, with the help of the CEO, conducted a rigorous evaluation of each NEO’s accomplishments in relation to the personal objectives set at the beginning of the year.

Actual annual cash incentive awards were calculated by multiplying each NEO’s base salary by his or her target bonus potential, which was then adjusted by an achievement factor based on the combined achievement of the financial component and the individual performance objectives. Each of the NEOs earned annual cash incentive awards for the year ended December 31, 2012 as follows, which are included in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan” column of the “Summary Compensation Table”:

 

Name

   2012 Year-
End Base
Salary
     Target Bonus
as a
Percentage of
Base Salary
    Target Bonus
Potential
     Combined
Achievement
Factor as a
Percent of
Target
    2012 Amount
Earned under
Annual Cash
Incentive
Program*
 

Christopher J. Nassetta

   $  850,000         100   $  850,000         127   $  1,077,375   

Thomas C. Kennedy

     650,000         75     487,500         117     572,569   

Ian R. Carter

     690,000         60     414,000         119     493,488   

Mark D. Wang (1)

     513,000         75     375,000         108     405,600   

Kristin A. Campbell (2)

     500,000         75     375,000         114     427,613   

Paul J. Brown

     600,000         75     450,000         110     497,025   

 

* Amounts may not total due to rounding.
(1) The compensation committee determined it was appropriate to award Mr. Wang an additional bonus of $94,400 in recognition of his increased duties and responsibilities overseeing Global Sales beginning October 2012. This additional discretionary bonus awarded to Mr. Wang is reported in the “Bonus” column of the “Summary Compensation Table.” Mr. Wang’s bonus was calculated based on his $500,000 salary at the beginning of the year.
(2) Ms. Campbell was guaranteed a bonus pursuant to her terms of employment of no less than $500,000 with respect to the year ended December 31, 2012. Therefore, Ms. Campbell received an additional bonus amount equal to $72,387, which reflects the guaranteed portion of her bonus in excess of the amount earned under the annual cash incentive program. This additional amount is reported in the “Bonus” column of the “Summary Compensation Table.”

Long-Term Incentive Awards

Like the annual cash incentive compensation described above, long-term incentive awards are a key component of our executive compensation program.

Each NEO has been granted long-term incentive awards that provide our executives an incentive to remain in the Company’s service and align executives’ interests with those of our equity holders and the investors in our parent company, BH Hotels Holdco LLC, which we refer to as BH Hotels or our Ultimate Parent. We believe this helps motivate performance and attracts and fosters the retention of senior executives.

Because we have been privately held, the long-term incentive compensation awarded to our NEOs primarily consisted of the opportunity to make investments in the capital interests (called A-2 Units) of our Ultimate Parent, as discussed below and the grant of awards under a “Tier I” long-term equity-based incentive program that generally provides for the payment of cash amounts to selected participants based on the value of our

 

147


Table of Contents

Ultimate Parent’s equity over an extended period of time. In addition, our NEOs had the opportunity to receive Class B Units in our Ultimate Parent, which we sometimes refer to as “Tier II” awards. The principal terms of each of these grants are summarized immediately below and in “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and 2012 Grants of Plan-Based Awards—Equity Awards.”

Tier I Awards . In December 2010, we offered certain members of our senior management team, including the NEOs employed at that time, the opportunity to participate in an equity-based incentive plan. These “Tier I” awards provided participants the opportunity to share in a portion of our Ultimate Parent’s equity value up to a specified amount based on the achievement of specified service and performance conditions. The maximum value available to be distributed in respect of all Tier I awards was approximately $230 million or 2.75% of the equity value of the Company (capped at a total equity value of $8.352 billion). The Tier I awards generally are payable in cash by us on the date that our Sponsor ceases to own 50% or more of the Class A Units in our Ultimate Parent (the “Acceleration Date”), so long as the participant is employed on that date. If, prior to the date on which a Tier I award becomes payable, a participant’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by the participant for good reason or as a result of disability or death, a portion of the award vests based on length of service (20% per year, with the vesting of a portion of the Tier I award payable to Mr. Nassetta measured from the date on which he commenced employment with the Company). The entire Tier I award is payable by us on an Acceleration Date or, if the Acceleration Date did not occur by April 2013, the program is structured to pay installments of a maximum aggregate value of $50 million per year (depending on the overall percentage of Tier I awards owned by participants) over three years, with the remaining value payable upon an Acceleration Date. Because none of our long-term incentive arrangements had resulted in any cash payments to our team between the end of 2007 and 2012, the compensation committee decided in the first quarter of 2012 to accelerate the installment payments. During the first quarter of 2012, the first installment payments for the Tier I awards were accelerated for our participating NEOs (other than Mr. Nassetta). In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2012, the second and third installment payments for the Tier I awards were accelerated and paid for our participating NEOs (other than Mr. Nassetta). With respect to Mr. Nassetta’s Tier I award, during the fourth quarter of 2012, our compensation committee determined to accelerate the payment of his remaining installment payments and Mr. Nassetta also received payment of an additional portion of such award as contemplated by the terms and conditions thereof. As a result of these payments as of December 31, 2012, the maximum potential remaining payment under the Tier I award was approximately $64.7 million across all Tier I recipients, including our NEOs. The amounts paid to each of the NEOs for their Tier I awards are reflected in the “2012 Option Exercises and Stock Vested” table below, and the remaining value of each NEO’s Tier I award is reflected in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2012 Fiscal Year End” table below. Notwithstanding the foregoing summary, in connection with this offering, we expect to accelerate the vesting of all Tier I awards that remain outstanding at the time of the pricing of the offering and pay the remaining value in respect of such awards in cash no later than 30 days following the pricing of this offering.

Tier II (Class B Units) . The Tier II units (Class B Units) of our Ultimate Parent are profits interests having economic characteristics similar to stock appreciation rights. Therefore, the Class B Units only have value to the extent there is an appreciation in the value of our business from and after the applicable date of grant. All of the Class B Units are exit-vesting units and will vest on the date when our Sponsor ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the Class A Units, subject to the NEO’s continued employment with the Company on such date. In addition, if the executive’s employment is terminated without cause, as a result of a constructive termination or as a result of disability or death (each as defined in the management subscription agreement for the Class B Units), then 20% of the Class B Units will be deemed to have vested ratably in equal, annual installments over five years, beginning on April 8, 2011 (or June 27, 2011 with respect to Ms. Campbell). For example, if the executive is terminated without cause on April 8, 2014, then 80% of the executive’s Class B Units will vest. As a further example, if a termination without cause occurs on or after April 8, 2015, then 100% of the Class B Units will vest. If the NEO’s employment is terminated voluntarily by the NEO, other than as a result of a constructive termination, no unvested Class B Units will vest and, if the executive is terminated for cause, all Class B Units, whether vested or unvested, will be forfeited. The Class B Units awarded to our NEOs and outstanding as of fiscal year end are included in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2012 Fiscal Year End” table below.

 

148


Table of Contents

The number of Class B Units granted to each NEO was determined based on each NEO’s position, role and responsibilities within the organization as well as the overall market practice for privately held portfolio companies of private equity firms. No equity awards of Class B Units were made to the NEOs during the year ended December 31, 2012. The table below sets forth the total number of Class B Units previously granted to our NEOs.

 

Name

   Class B
Units

Granted (#)
 

Christopher J. Nassetta

     81,028,782   

Thomas C. Kennedy

     13,804,880   

Ian R. Carter

     21,432,076   

Mark D. Wang

     8,628,050   

Kristin A. Campbell

     5,176,830   

Paul J. Brown (1)

     17,256,100   

 

(1) In connection with his resignation, Mr. Brown forfeited all of his Class B Units.

Class A Units . In addition to the Tier I awards and the Class B Units described above, Messrs. Nassetta, Kennedy, Carter, Wang and Brown also purchased for cash at fair market value Class A-2 Units in Parent, and Mr. Nassetta received a grant of 5,000,000 restricted equity units in our Ultimate Parent in connection with the commencement of his employment. On December 31, 2012, the restricted equity units vested and were converted into Class A-2 Units. The Class A-2 Units are equity interests, have economic characteristics that are similar to those of shares of common stock in a corporation and have no vesting schedule. As described below, the Class A-2 Units will be exchanged for vested shares of our common stock in connection with this offering.

Notwithstanding the foregoing summary, in connection with this offering, we expect to accelerate the vesting of the Class B Units held by all Class B Unit holders, including our NEOs, such that (1) 40% will vest as of the pricing date with respect to this offering, (2) 40% will vest on the first anniversary of the pricing date with respect to this offering, contingent upon continued employment through that date, and (3) 20% will vest on the date that our Sponsor and its affiliates cease to own 50% or more of the shares of the Company, contingent upon continued employment through that date. In addition, if the executive’s employment is terminated without cause, as a result of a constructive termination or as a result of disability or death, all remaining unvested Class B Units will vest.

In connection with this offering, we also expect that our executive officers (including our NEOs) will surrender their (1) Class A-2 Units and vested Class B Units and receive in exchange vested shares of our common stock and (2) unvested Class B Units and receive in exchange unvested shares of our restricted stock. The number of vested shares of common stock and shares of restricted stock delivered to these equity holders of our Ultimate Parent will be determined in a manner intended to replicate the respective economic value associated with the Class A-2 Units and the Class B Units, as applicable, based upon the valuation derived from the initial public offering price. The shares of our restricted stock delivered upon the surrender of the unvested Class B Units will be subject to the same vesting terms as described in the immediately preceding paragraph above. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Share-based Compensation” for additional information concerning the accounting treatment.

More specifically, outstanding shares of our common stock held by Hilton Global Holdings LLC will be distributed to our Ultimate Parent, which will then effect the above-described exchange based on the valuation derived from the initial public offering price in this offering. Accordingly, no new shares will be issued by us in connection with such exchange. The following table sets forth the assumed number and value of vested shares of our common stock and unvested shares of our restricted stock that each of our NEOs will receive in exchange for their Class A-2 Units, vested Class B Units and unvested Class B Units, in each case based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

149


Table of Contents

Name

   Common Stock Received
in Exchange for

Class A-2 Units
     Common Stock Received
in Exchange for

Vested Class B Units
     Unvested Restricted Stock
Received in Exchange for

Unvested Class B Units
 
     (#)      ($)      (#)      ($)      (#)      ($)  

Christopher J. Nassetta

                 

Thomas C. Kennedy (1)

                                               

Ian R. Carter

                 

Mark D. Wang

                 

Kristin A. Campbell

                 

Paul J. Brown (2)

                                               

 

(1)   In connection with Mr. Kennedy’s separation, we agreed to pay for the cancellation of his Class B Units and repurchased his equity investment in Class A Units as further described below under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control—Thomas C. Kennedy Separation Agreement.”

 

(2)   In connection with Mr. Brown’s separation, he forfeited his Class B Units and we agreed to repurchase his equity investment in Class A Units as further described below under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control—Paul J. Brown Separation Agreement.”

Perquisites and Other Benefits

Our team members, including the NEOs, are eligible for specified benefits, such as group health, dental and disability insurance and basic life insurance premiums. These benefits are intended to provide competitive and adequate protection in case of sickness, disability or death, and the NEOs participate in these plans on the same basis as all other team members.

We provide specified perquisites to our NEOs when determined to be necessary and appropriate, particularly in connection with enabling the executives and their families to transition from previous positions, which may require relocation. In addition, we provide our NEOs with the opportunity for an annual physical examination service and pay for personal hotel costs when they stay at Company-branded hotels. We also provide Mr. Nassetta with a life insurance benefit for his family and the associated taxes and Mr. Carter with tuition reimbursement and tax preparation services. In addition, given our wide geographic footprint, Mr. Nassetta has use of the Company aircraft for both business and personal travel. The value of these perquisites and other personal benefits are reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column to the “Summary Compensation Table” and the accompanying footnote. We believe that these benefits are competitive in our industry and consistent with our overall compensation program. The cost of these benefits is a small percentage of the overall compensation package, and the compensation committee believes that they allow the executives to work more efficiently.

Retirement Benefits

The Company maintains a tax-qualified 401(k) plan, under which the Company matches each team member’s contributions up to 3% dollar-for-dollar and $0.50 for every $1 for the next 2% contributed. In addition to the 401(k) plan, the Company also offers the NEOs and other senior management the opportunity to supplement their retirement and other tax-deferred savings through Hilton Worldwide’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, or EDCP. Those that are eligible to participate in the EDCP may elect to defer up to 100% of both their annual salary and bonus. The Company currently provides no contribution or match to the EDCP. Additional information about the EDCP is reflected in “—2012 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation” below.

Pension Benefits

In addition to our 401(k) plan and EDCP, one of our NEOs, Mr. Carter, participated in two of our defined benefit pension plans, the Hilton U.K. Pension Plan (the “U.K. Pension Plan”) and the Hilton U.K. Hotels Employer-Finance Retirement Benefit Plan (the “Supplemental U.K. Pension Plan”) between 2005 and 2009.

 

150


Table of Contents

Mr. Carter’s benefit under the U.K. Pension Plan was closed to further accrual in 2009, and the Supplemental U.K. Pension Plan was frozen to all participants in 2009. See the “Pension Benefits” table and accompanying narrative below for a description of these defined-benefit pension plans.

Severance Benefits

The compensation committee believes that with carefully structured severance benefits, the NEOs are better able to perform their duties with respect to any potential proposed corporate transaction without concern for the impact of the transaction on their individual employment. In addition, the compensation committee believes that the interests of our stockholders are better protected and enhanced by providing greater certainty regarding executive pay obligations in the context of planning and negotiating any potential corporate transactions.

The employment agreements with Messrs. Nassetta, Kennedy, Carter and Brown provide for severance benefits in connection with a termination of employment under certain specified qualifying termination events. The severance benefits under these agreements are contingent upon the affected executive’s execution of a general release of claims and compliance with specified post-termination restrictive covenants. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” which describes the payments that each of these NEOs may be entitled to under these agreements.

The Company also provides severance benefits under a broad-based protection plan (the “Severance Plan”). We believe the Severance Plan is necessary to attract and retain the talent necessary for our long-term success. We view the Severance Plan as a recruitment and retention device that helps secure the continued employment and dedication of team members, including when we are considering strategic alternatives. The Severance Plan provides severance benefits to eligible team members who are not entitled to severance pay under the terms of another agreement (i.e., an employment agreement) and who are involuntarily terminated by us without “cause” or as a result of a “constructive termination,” each as defined in the Severance Plan and each a “qualifying termination.” The severance benefits under the Severance Plan are contingent upon the executive experiencing a qualifying termination (and as such, in the case of a change of control, are “double trigger” arrangements) and are further contingent upon and non-revocation of a release of claims against us, and continued compliance with agreed upon restrictive covenants. Ms. Campbell and Mr. Wang are each entitled to severance under the Severance Plan, however, in connection with her hiring, the Company agreed to increase the amount of Ms. Campbell’s cash severance upon a qualifying termination. In addition, with respect to Ms. Campbell, a “constructive termination” has substantially the same meaning as that under the employment agreements for our other NEOs. See “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control,” which describes the payments to which each of the NEOs may be entitled under the Severance Plan. In connection with this offering, we approved the terms of a new severance plan, which is described below under “Committee Actions Taken in 2013—Severance Plan.”

Where there is a termination from the Company or reduction in the executive’s role in connection with a change in control, the Company does not provide for tax gross-ups on any benefits but limits the payments and benefits to avoid adverse tax consequences to the Company. Specifically, each of these payments and benefits is subject to a cut-back, so that the amount payable will not be provided to the extent it would result in the loss of a tax deduction by the Company or imposition of excise taxes under the “golden parachute” excess parachute payment provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition to the Severance Plan and the terms of the employment agreements, any compensation and benefits to be made in connection with a separation are determined at the discretion of the compensation committee and may be based on the executive, his or her position, nature of the potential separation and such executive’s compliance with specified post-termination restrictive covenants. In connection with their resignations, the compensation committee determined that, in consideration for entering into a general release of claims and each serving as a Special Advisor, it was appropriate to enter into a separation agreement with each of Messrs. Brown and Kennedy, which agreements are described under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

 

151


Table of Contents

Tax and Accounting Considerations

The compensation committee recognizes the tax and regulatory factors that can influence the structure of executive compensation programs. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code will limit the Company’s federal income tax deduction for compensation in excess of $1 million paid to NEOs except for the Chief Financial Officer. However, performance-based compensation can be excluded from the limitation as long as specified requirements are met.

Following this offering, we expect to be able to claim the benefit of a special exemption rule that applies to compensation paid (or compensation in respect of equity awards such as stock options or restricted stock granted) during a specified transition period. This transition period may extend until the first annual stockholders meeting that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which this offering occurs, unless the transition period is terminated earlier under the Section 162(m) post-offering transition rules. At such time as we are subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m), we expect that the compensation committee will take the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m) into account in its compensation decisions; however, the compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that are not exempt under Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract or retain talent.

The compensation committee also intends to regularly consider the accounting implications of our future equity-based awards, including the variable accounting treatment of the performance share units under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation .

The compensation committee is also cognizant of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, the limitations of which in the case of the Company primarily relate to the deferral and payment of benefits under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. The compensation committee continues to consider the impact of the changes to Section 409A and in general, the evolving tax and regulatory landscape in which its compensation decisions are made.

Committee Actions Taken in 2013

New Chief Financial Officer

On August 8, 2013, Kevin J. Jacobs, previously our Executive Vice President and Chief of Staff, was appointed as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of our Company. It is expected that the compensation committee will increase Mr. Jacobs’s base salary and annual bonus target and grant Mr. Jacobs a long-term incentive award commensurate with his new role. Consistent with our overall approach to our compensation programs following this offering, we do not intend to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Jacobs. Mr. Jacobs will be eligible to participate in our broad-based severance plan.

Actions Taken in Connection with This Offering

Following this offering, as the Company transitions from being privately held to being publicly traded, we intend to critically evaluate our executive compensation program annually, or more frequently as circumstances require, to maintain a competitive environment for talent and ensure that our incentive programs are achieving their desired results. In 2013, the Company spent considerable time reviewing and preparing a compensation framework to align our pay practices with stockholders, the marketplace, and government requirements. After reviewing best practices and the approach taken by our peer companies and industry competitors, the compensation committee has agreed upon a general framework for our ongoing executive compensation programs.

New Long-Term Incentive Program

In connection with and prior to this offering, we expect that our Board of Directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, an Omnibus Incentive Plan. Following this offering, we will award our executives equity-based awards and we expect all such equity-based awards to be granted under the Omnibus Incentive

 

152


Table of Contents

Plan. For long-term awards, the compensation committee agreed that long-term incentive awards will be granted based on annual market data assessments of pay components for each NEO relative to their respective role. We expect the awards will consist of performance shares, restricted stock and stock options. See “—Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

Ownership Guidelines

In connection with this offering, we have adopted an executive stock ownership program for our NEOs and other executives that will take effect following this offering. Each of our NEOs is expected to own shares of our common stock in the following amounts within five years of the later of (x) the date on which we make our first broad-based equity incentive grants following this offering or (y) the date he or she first becomes subject to the stock ownership policy:

 

Chief Executive Officer

   5 times base salary

All other executive officers

   3 times base salary

Under this requirement, executives may not dispose of any shares of the Company they acquire, including, but not limited to, any shares of vested restricted stock, any shares underlying vested restricted stock units, net of taxes, or any shares acquired upon the exercise of any stock options, net of taxes and payment of any exercise price, in each case, received from grants made under the new Omnibus Incentive Plan until the ownership requirements are satisfied; provided, however, that this restriction does not apply to any shares of the Company received by executives in exchange for Class A or Class B Units in BH Hotels Holdco LLC.

Clawback Policy

In connection with this offering, we have adopted a clawback policy that will take effect immediately for incentive compensation plans put into place following this offering. Consistent with the Company’s core values, the compensation committee determined that it may be appropriate to recover annual and/or long-term incentive compensation in specified situations. If the compensation committee determines that incentive compensation of its current and former officers subject to reporting under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or any other employee designated by the compensation committee, was overpaid, in whole or in part, as a result of a restatement of the reported financial results of the Company or any of its segments due to material non-compliance with financial reporting requirements (unless due to a change in accounting policy or applicable law) caused or contributed by such employee’s fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence, the compensation committee will review the incentive compensation paid, granted, vested or accrued based on the prior inaccurate results. If the compensation committee determines to seek recovery for the overpayment, the Company has the right to demand that the employee pay the Company for, or forfeit, any overpayment paid or awarded during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare any restatement of its financial statements. To the extent the employee refuses to pay the overpayment, the Company has the right to sue for repayment and enforce the employee’s obligation to make payment through the reduction or cancellation of outstanding and future incentive compensation.

Severance Plan

In connection with this offering, the Company has approved the terms of a new, broad-based severance benefits plan (the “New Severance Plan”), which will replace all executive level severance arrangements, including those described under “Compensation Elements—Severance Benefits.”

Under the terms of the New Severance Plan, if an eligible team member’s employment is terminated by us without “cause,” or if the eligible team member terminates his or her employment for “good reason” (each, a “qualifying termination”), then subject to the eligible team member’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims against us, and continued compliance with restrictive covenants related to post-employment non-solicitation and non-compete covenants for one year following termination, and indefinite covenants covering

 

153


Table of Contents

confidentiality and non-disparagement, he or she will be eligible to receive a severance payment amount determined based on the team member’s position and then-current base salary and target bonus. Under the terms of the New Severance Plan, our NEOs will be eligible to receive a severance payment amount equal to 2.99 times, in the case of Mr. Nassetta, and 2.0 times, in the case of our other NEOs, the sum of his or her annual base salary and annual target bonus at the time of termination, paid in a lump sum. In addition to cash severance payments, upon a qualifying termination, the NEO will also be entitled to continued medical, dental and, to the extent provided to the team member immediately prior to a qualifying termination, basic life insurance for up to one year following termination, and outplacement services, as needed, for one year following termination.

The NEOs will also be entitled to the same level of severance benefits upon a qualifying termination in connection with a change in control except that severance benefits may be reduced if doing so would result in the executive realizing a better after-tax result following the imposition of any applicable parachute-tax provisions in the Internal Revenue Code Section 4999.

 

154


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to each of our NEOs for services rendered in all capacities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Name and Principal

Position

  Salary (1)     Bonus     Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (6)
    All Other
Compensation (7)
    Total  

Christopher J. Nassetta

  $  850,000      $      $   —      $   —      $  1,077,375      $   —      $ 114,330      $  2,041,705   

(President & Chief Executive Officer)

               

Thomas C. Kennedy (2)

    650,000                             572,569               17,285        1,239,854   

(Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer)

               

Ian R. Carter

    690,000                             493,488        82,700        239,452        1,505,640   

(Executive Vice President and President, Development, Architecture & Construction)

               

Mark D. Wang

    508,500        94,400 (3)                     405,600               14,577        1,023,077   

(Executive Vice President, Global Sales and President, Hilton Grand Vacations)

               

Kristin A. Campbell

    500,000        72,387 (4)                     427,613               12,742        1,012,742   

(Executive Vice President and General Counsel)

               

Paul J. Brown (5)

    600,000                             497,025                8,748,268        9,845,293   

(Former Executive Vice President and President, Global Brands and Commercial Services)

               

 

(1)   Amounts in this column reflect the salary earned during the fiscal year, whether paid or deferred under the Company’s employee benefit plans.
(2)   Mr. Kennedy served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from September 2008 until his resignation effective August 8, 2013. Mr. Kennedy agreed to provide services to the Company following his resignation until the earlier of December 31, 2013 or the date he commences employment with a new employer. In connection with his resignation, Mr. Kennedy forfeited all of his remaining Tier I award and all of his Class B Units. On August 8, 2013, Kevin J. Jacobs became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
(3)   Amount reported represents the discretionary bonus paid to Mr. Wang. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.”
(4)   Amount reported represents the guaranteed portion of Ms. Campbell’s bonus in excess of the amount earned under the annual cash incentive program. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.”
(5)   Mr. Brown served as our Executive Vice President and President, Global Head of Brands and Commercial Services from November 2008 until his resignation effective November 1, 2012. Mr. Brown provided services to the Company as a Special Advisor to the CEO through April 30, 2013. In connection with his resignation, Mr. Brown forfeited all of his remaining Tier I award and all of his Class B Units.
(6)

Amounts reported represent the aggregate increase in the actuarial present value of Mr. Carter’s accumulated benefit under the defined-benefit pension plans during the year ended December 31, 2012. See the “Pension Benefits” table and the accompanying narrative below. The present value is calculated by the Trustee of the U.K. Pension Plan and represents the

 

155


Table of Contents
  present value of the retirement pension due based on assumptions described below. This value is the sum that would be payable should Mr. Carter choose to transfer his benefits from the U.K. Pension Plan in full as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The key financial assumptions used in the calculation of the present value included discount rates of 4.5% and 4.55% for 2012 and 2011, respectively, CPI inflation of 1.15% and 1.75% for 2012 and 2011, respectively and pension inflation of 1.2% and 1.45% for 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(7)   All other compensation for 2012 includes:

 

Name

  Company
401(k)
Match
    Personal Use
of Company
Aircraft (a)
    Reimbursements
for Taxes
Incurred for
Specified
Perquisites (b)
    Severance
Benefits (c)
    Other (d)     Total  

Christopher J. Nassetta

  $ 9,800      $  11,277      $  41,567      $      $ 51,686      $ 114,330   

Thomas C. Kennedy

     10,000                             7,285        17,285   

Ian R. Carter

                                 239,452        239,452   

Mark D. Wang

    9,800                             4,777        14,577   

Kristin A. Campbell

    10,000                             2,742        12,742   

Paul J. Brown

    9,800                       8,737,957        511         8,748,268   

 

  (a)   Amounts reported reflect the incremental costs associated with guests accompanying Mr. Nassetta on the Company aircraft during the year ended December 31, 2012. For purposes of the Summary Compensation Table, we value the incremental cost associated with these accompanying guests by using a method that takes into account the variable costs. Since the aircraft is used primarily for business travel, the calculation does not include the fixed costs that do not change based on usage, such as crew salaries, hangar storage costs and cost of maintenance not related to trips.
  (b)   Reflects for Mr. Nassetta, $9,645 of employer-paid taxes owed with respect to personal use of the Company aircraft, $26,968 of employer-paid taxes owed with respect to Mr. Nassetta’s personal use of Company-branded hotels and $4,954 of employer-paid taxes owed in connection with his employer-paid executive life insurance policy.
  (c)   Reflects amounts paid or accrued during the year ended December 31, 2012 pursuant to the terms of Mr. Brown’s separation agreement as follows: an $8.5 million separation payment paid to Mr. Brown on November 13, 2012, $55,000 of which represents the gain on his Class A Units in our Ultimate Parent repurchased by the Company in 2012, $50,000 paid for executive consulting services, $40,000 accrued with respect to a lump sum payment to be paid as soon as practicable following the Separation Date (as defined in the separation agreement) representing the portion of the monthly premiums for group health coverage for Mr. Brown and his family paid by the Company, multiplied by 24, $80,769 for all accrued but unused vacation time through the Separation Date and $12,188 paid for reimbursement of legal fees incurred in connection with his separation agreement.
  (d)   For Mr. Nassetta, this amount includes $40,962 employer-paid expenses incurred at Company-branded hotels while on personal travel, the cost of his executive physical and premiums for life insurance policies.

For Mr. Kennedy, this amount includes employer-paid expenses incurred at Company-branded hotels while on personal travel and premiums for a life insurance policy.

For Mr. Carter, this amount includes a $207,000 payment for a retirement benefit pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, $30,000 for tuition reimbursement pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, tax preparation services, reimbursement for the cost of his executive physical and premiums for a life insurance policy.

For Mr. Wang, this amount represents the employer-paid auto-allowance, which he received through April 2012, and premiums for a life insurance policy.

For Ms. Campbell, this amount represents a one-time payment for her 2011 relocation to McLean, Virginia and premiums for a life insurance policy.

For Mr. Brown, this amount represents the employer-paid life insurance premium.

 

156


Table of Contents

2012 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth information concerning grants of plan-based awards to the NEOs during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

     Estimated Possible Payouts under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (1)
 

Name

       Threshold              Target              Maximum      

Christopher J. Nassetta

   $     26,563       $     850,000       $     1,700,000   

Thomas C. Kennedy

     12,188         487,500         731,250   

Ian R. Carter

     6,210         414,000         621,000   

Mark D. Wang

     5,771         375,000         562,500   

Kristin A. Campbell (2)

     9,375         375,000         562,500   

Paul J. Brown

     9,000         450,000         675,000   

 

(1)   Reflects the possible payouts of cash incentive compensation under the 2012 Annual Incentive Program. Amounts reported in the “Threshold” column assumes that there is no payout under the financial component of the annual cash incentive program and that the NEO only earns the minimum payout for the one individual performance objective that has been assigned the lowest weighting. The actual amounts paid are described in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the “Summary Compensation Table.”
(2)   Ms. Campbell was guaranteed a bonus for the year ended December 31, 2012 of no less than $500,000. Since Ms. Campbell’s bonus payout under the annual cash incentive program was less than $500,000, Ms. Campbell received an additional bonus amount which represented the guaranteed portion of her bonus in excess of the amount earned under the annual cash incentive program. This additional amount is reported in the “Bonus” column of the “Summary Compensation Table.”

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and 2012 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

Employment Agreements

Upon their commencement of employment, some of our NEOs entered into employment agreements, each of which contain substantially similar terms. Each of the employment agreements provides for a five-year initial employment term that extends automatically for additional one-year periods unless either we or the executive elects not to extend the term. Under the employment agreements, each executive is eligible to receive a minimum base salary, as set forth in the applicable agreement, and annual cash incentive compensation based on the achievement of specified financial and individual goals as defined by the compensation committee each year. If these goals are achieved, each executive may receive a cash bonus based on a target percentage of his or her base salary as described below. Each NEO is also entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements made available to other executive officers generally.

Following are the material individual provisions of the NEOs’ employment agreements, except with respect to potential payments and other benefits upon specified terminations, which are summarized below in “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Mr. Nassetta’s Employment Agreement. Mr. Nassetta’s employment agreement dated as of January 4, 2011 provides that he is to serve as Hilton Worldwide’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and is eligible to receive a base salary of $850,000, subject to periodic adjustments as may be approved by the Board. Mr. Nassetta is also eligible to receive a target bonus of 100% of his annual base salary at the end of the fiscal year if targets established by the Board are achieved, 50% of his base salary if minimum performance objectives are achieved and 200% of his base salary if high performance objectives are achieved. Mr. Nassetta’s agreement also provides for the reasonable payment of premiums for his existing life insurance policy and provides that Mr. Nassetta may use the Company airplane for business and personal travel. In connection with this offering, Mr. Nassetta agreed to terminate his employment agreement, such termination to be effective on the earlier of the pricing of this offering or December 30, 2013.

 

157


Table of Contents

Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement. Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement dated as of September 15, 2008 provides that he was to serve as Hilton Worldwide’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and was eligible to receive a base salary of $650,000, subject to periodic adjustments as approved by our Board. Mr. Kennedy was also eligible to receive a target bonus of 75% of his annual base salary at the end of the fiscal year if performance objectives and targets established by the Board were achieved.

Mr. Kennedy resigned as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer as of August 8, 2013, but will continue his employment as a Special Advisor to the CEO through December 31, 2013.

Mr. Carter’s Employment Agreement. Mr. Carter’s employment agreement dated as of January 1, 2010, provides that he is to serve as Hilton Worldwide’s President, Global Operations, or a commensurate role, and is eligible to receive a base salary of $690,000, subject to periodic adjustments as may be approved by our Board. Mr. Carter is also eligible to receive a target bonus of 60% of his base salary if targets established by the Board are achieved and 90% of his base salary if high performance objectives are achieved. Mr. Carter’s agreement did not provide a threshold award percentage if minimum performance objectives were achieved. In connection with this offering, Mr. Carter agreed to terminate his employment agreement, such termination to be effective on the earlier of the pricing of this offering or December 30, 2013.

Mr. Brown’s Employment Agreement. Mr. Brown’s employment agreement dated November 13, 2008 provided that he was to serve as Hilton Worldwide’s Executive Vice President and President, Global Brands and Commercial Services and was eligible to receive a base salary of $600,000, subject to periodic adjustments as may be approved by our Board. Mr. Brown was also eligible to receive a target bonus of 75% of his annual base salary at the end of the fiscal year if targets established by the Board were achieved.

Mr. Brown resigned as Executive Vice President and President, Global Brands and Commercial Services as of November 1, 2012, but continued his employment through April 30, 2013. On October 31, 2012, we entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Brown. The material terms of the separation agreement are summarized below under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

In addition, each employment agreement, other than that for Mr. Carter, provides for the following:

 

    Reimbursement by us for specified expenses, such as business travel; and

 

    Reimbursements at Company-branded hotels for the executive and his family.

Each employment agreement provides for reimbursement by us on a “grossed up” basis for all taxes incurred in connection with certain specific benefits and payments provided by the respective agreements.

Each employment agreement may be terminated by us with or without “cause,” or by the executive as a result of “constructive termination,” each as defined in the respective employment agreement. We refer to a termination without “cause” or by the executive as a result of “constructive termination” collectively as a “qualifying termination.”

The employment agreements define “cause” generally as willful misconduct in connection an executive’s role with our Company. The employment agreements define “constructive termination” generally as a diminution of the material conditions of the executive’s employment with the company including pay, responsibilities and place of employment.

Each of the employment agreements also contains restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant on confidentiality of information and covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customers of the Company and its affiliates at all times during the executive’s employment, and for one year after any termination of his employment. If a termination occurs after our Sponsor and its affiliated funds cease to beneficially own 25% of the voting power of the Company, however, the entire non-competition covenant lapses.

 

158


Table of Contents

Equity Awards

As a condition to receiving the Class B Units, each NEO was required to enter into a subscription agreement with our Ultimate Parent to become a party to our Ultimate Parent’s limited liability company agreement as well as an equity holders agreement. These agreements generally govern the NEOs’ rights with respect to their Class B Units.

The Class B Units are profits interests having economic characteristics similar to stock appreciation rights and represent the right to share in any increase in the equity value of our Ultimate Parent. Therefore, the Class B Units only have value to the extent there is an appreciation in the value of our business from and after the applicable date of grant. All of the Class B Units are exit-vesting units and have the vesting terms described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Long-Term Incentive Awards” above and in “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

In addition to the Class B Units, in November 2010, our Ultimate Parent offered some members of our senior management team, including the NEOs (other than Ms. Campbell who joined the Company in 2011), the opportunity to participate in a Tier I award. The Tier I awards have such vesting terms described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Long-Term Incentive Awards” above. As discussed above, the installment payments for the Tier I awards were accelerated in the year ended December 31, 2012. There was no incremental fair value recognized in connection with these accelerations, and therefore no amounts are reflected in the “Summary Compensation Table” or the “2012 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table above. The amounts paid to each of the participating NEOs for their Tier I awards are reflected in the “2012 Option Exercises and Stock Vested” table below.

The subscription agreements also contain restrictive covenants that are substantially similar to the restrictive covenants contained in the employment agreements with the NEOs, including an indefinite covenant on confidentiality of information and covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customers of the Company and its affiliates at all times during the executive’s employment, and for one year after any termination of his or her employment. If a termination occurs after our Sponsor ceases to beneficially 25% of the voting power of the Company, however, the non-competition lapses.

As described above, in connection with this offering,

 

    we expect to accelerate the vesting of all Tier I awards which remain outstanding at the time of the pricing of the offering, and pay the remaining value in respect of such awards in cash no later than 30 days following the pricing of this offering;

 

    we expect to accelerate the vesting of Class B Units held by all Class B Unit holders, including our NEOs, such that (1) 40% will vest as of the pricing date with respect to this offering, (2) 40% will vest on the first anniversary of the pricing date with respect to this offering, contingent upon continued employment through that date, and (3) 20% will vest on the date that our Sponsor and its affiliates cease to own 50% or more of the shares of the Company, contingent upon continued employment through that date; and

 

    we expect our executive officers (including our NEOs) to surrender their Class A-2 Units and Class B Units and receive in exchange a combination of vested shares of common stock and unvested shares of restricted common stock.

 

159


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2012 Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards made to our NEOs as of December 31, 2012.

 

    Grant
Date
     Number of
Shares of
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares of
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
    Stock Awards  

Name

         Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That Have
Not Vested
     Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market Value of
Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That Have

Not Vested
 
     (#)     ($)     (#)      ($)  

Christopher J. Nassetta

    12/03/2010         81,028,782 (1)(4)       36,608,804                  
    12/03/2010                18,710,074 (3)                 

Thomas C. Kennedy

    12/03/2010         13,804,880 (1)       6,237,045 (2)       
    12/03/2010           3,187,363 (3)       

Ian R. Carter

    12/03/2010         21,432,076 (1)       9,683,012 (2)                 
    12/03/2010                4,948,381 (3)                 

Mark D. Wang

    12/03/2010         8,628,050 (1)       3,898,153 (2)                 
    12/03/2010                1,992,102 (3)                 

Kristin A. Campbell

    06/27/2011         5,176,830 (1)       2,338,892 (2)                 

Paul J. Brown (5)

                                    

 

(1)   Reflects the number of Class B Units, all of which vest on the date when our Sponsor ceases to beneficially own 50% or more of the Class A Units in our Ultimate Parent, subject to the NEO’s continued employment on such date. In addition, if the executive’s employment is terminated without cause, as a result of a constructive termination or as a result of disability or death (each as defined in the management subscription agreement for the Class B Units), then the executive will vest in a percentage of Class B Units based on a vesting schedule where 20% of the Class B Units will be deemed to have vested ratably in equal, annual installments over five years, beginning on April 8, 2011 (or June 27, 2011 with respect to Ms. Campbell). As described above, in connection with this offering, we expect to accelerate the vesting of Class B Units held by all Class B Unit holders, including our NEOs, such that (1) 40% will vest as of the pricing date with respect to this offering, (2) 40% will vest on the first anniversary of the pricing date with respect to this offering, contingent upon continued employment through that date, and (3) 20% will vest on the date that our Sponsor and its affiliates cease to own 50% or more of the shares of the Company, contingent upon continued employment through that date. Additional terms of the Class B Units are described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Long-Term Incentive Program” above and “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.
(2)   Based on the appreciation in the value of our business from and after the date of grant through December 31, 2012.
(3)   Reflects the remaining value of each NEO’s Tier I award. The Tier I awards originally granted were represented as a percentage of the total dollar amount available to be awarded and were not expressed as a number of units. The amount in the table reflects the cash value to be realized on vesting. Vesting of the outstanding Tier I awards occurs on the date that our Sponsor ceases to own 50% or more of the Class A Units in our Ultimate Parent. In connection with this offering, we expect to accelerate the vesting of all Tier I awards that remain outstanding at the time of the pricing of this offering and pay the remaining value in respect of such awards in cash no later than 30 days following the pricing of this offering.
(4) For estate planning purposes, 24,400,000 Class B Units were transferred to a limited liability company. A revocable living trust, of which Mr. Nassetta is the trustee and a beneficiary, serves as the managing member of such limited liability company. 99% of the economic interests in the limited liability company are held by a family trust for the benefit of Mr. Nassetta’s children and the remaining 1% is held by the aforementioned living trust.
(5)   In connection with his resignation, Mr. Brown forfeited all of his Class B Units and his outstanding Tier I awards.

 

160


Table of Contents

2012 Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table provides information regarding the number of Tier I Units held by our NEOs that vested during 2012.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards (1)  

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise
(#)
     Value Realized
on Exercise

($)
     Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(#)
     Value Realized
on Vesting

($)
 

Christopher J. Nassetta

                     5,000,000         41,617,450   

Thomas C. Kennedy

                             6,000,000   

Ian R. Carter

                             9,315,000   

Mark D. Wang

                             3,750,000   

Kristin A. Campbell

                               

Paul J. Brown

                             2,500,000   

 

(1)   Reflects the amounts paid to the NEOs for their Tier I award installment payments that were accelerated during the year ended December 31, 2012. The amount of Tier I awards originally granted were represented as a percentage of the total dollar amount available to be awarded and were not expressed as a number of units. The amount in the table reflects the cash value realized on vesting. The amount for Mr. Nassetta also reflects the additional portion of his Tier I award paid to him in December 2012 as well as $6.4 million, which was the value realized upon the vesting of the 5,000,000 restricted equity units originally granted in our Ultimate Parent in 2008 pursuant to the terms of Mr. Nassetta’s employment agreement. These restricted equity units vested and were converted into Class A-2 Units of our Ultimate Parent on December 31, 2012.

2012 Pension Benefits

 

Name

  

Plan Name

   Number of
Years
Credited
Service (#)
     Present Value
of
Accumulated
Benefit ($) (1)
     Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year
($)
 

Christopher J. Nassetta

                          

Thomas C. Kennedy

                          

Ian R. Carter

  

Hilton UK Pension Plan (2)

     4         459,739           
   Hilton UK Hotels Employer-Finance Retirement Benefit (3)      3         691,822           

Mark D. Wang

                          

Kristin A. Campbell

                          

Paul J. Brown

                          

 

(1)   The present value is calculated by the Trustee of the U.K. Pension Plan and represents the present value of the retirement pension due based on assumptions described below. This value is the sum that would be payable should Mr. Carter choose to transfer his benefits from the U.K. Pension Plan in full as of December 31, 2012. The key financial assumptions used in the calculation of the present value included discount rates of 4.5% and 4.55% for 2012 and 2011, respectively, CPI inflation of 1.15% and 1.75% for 2012 and 2011, respectively, and pension inflation of 1.2% and 1.45% for 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(2)  

The U.K. Pension Plan is a defined benefit pension plan in the U.K., for which benefit payments are payable monthly from retirement age (age 60 in accordance with the terms of the plan). The pension value is determined based on years of service, final salary of active membership (final salary in the final year of the membership in the plan minus applicable restrictions of earning offsets) in the plan and an accrual ratio. The funds are invested through a trustee, who has full investment discretion. For Mr. Carter, the U.K. Pension Plan has been frozen since 2009, and neither the Company, nor Mr. Carter have contributed to the plan since that time. The purpose of the U.K. Pension Plan is to provide a retirement benefit based on U.K. market

 

161


Table of Contents
  practice. The U.K. Pension Plan does not provide special policies such as granting extra years of credited service, however, it provides tax advantages such as tax relief on employee contributions and a tax-free cash payment at retirement.
(3) The Supplemental U.K. Pension Plan is a supplement to the U.K. Pension Plan and provides an additional retirement benefit to top management of the Company in the U.K. Mr. Carter participated in the Supplemental U.K. Pension Plan from 2006 to 2009, after which the Company ceased contributing to the plan and the plan was frozen. The funds in the Supplemental U.K. Pension Plan have been invested based on Mr. Carter’s elected investment portfolio. The terms of the U.K. Pension Plan provide that the funds be paid in lump sum upon retirement, or age 60 in accordance with the terms of the plan. The annual amount the Company contributed was calculated based on a percentage of Mr. Carter’s base salary above the annual earnings cap under the U.K. Pension Plan. The Supplemental U.K. Pension Plan does not provide any special tax treatment, and payment under this plan is triggered upon Mr. Carter’s retirement.

2012 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

The Company offers to its executives, including all of the NEOs, the opportunity to participate in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (EDCP). The table below provides information as of December 31, 2012, for those NEOs who chose to participate in this plan.

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions in
Last FY (1)
     Registrant
Contributions in
the Last FY
     Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY (2)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/

Distributions
     Aggregate
Balance at Last

FYE
 

Christopher J. Nassetta

   $       $   —       $    12,251       $   —       $  175,853   

Thomas C. Kennedy

                                       

Ian R. Carter

                                       

Mark D. Wang

        93,308                 75,811                 783,521   

Kristin A. Campbell

                                       

Paul J. Brown

                                       

 

(1)   The amount in this column is included in the “Salary” column for 2012 in the “Summary Compensation Table” above.
(2)   Amounts in this column are not reported as compensation for fiscal year 2012 in the “Summary Compensation Table” since they do not reflect above-market or preferential earnings.

Narrative to Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table

Pursuant to our EDCP, specified eligible employees, including our NEOs, may defer up to 100% of either or both their annual salary and bonus. Deferral elections are made by eligible employees in the calendar year preceding the year compensation is otherwise payable. Contributions to the EDCP consist solely of participants’ elective deferral contributions with no matching or other employer contributions. Eligible employees are permitted to make individual investment elections that will determine the rate of return on their deferral amounts under the elective nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Participants may change their investment elections at any time. Deferrals are only deemed to be invested in the investment options selected. Participants have no ownership interest in any of the funds as investment elections are used only as an index for crediting gains or losses to participants’ accounts. The investment options consist of a variety of well-known mutual funds including certain non-publicly traded mutual funds available through variable insurance products. Investment gains or losses in the funds are credited to the participants’ accounts daily, net of investment option related expenses. The EDCP does not provide any above-market returns or preferential earnings to participants, and the deferrals and their earnings are always 100% vested.

 

162


Table of Contents

The table below shows the funds available under the EDCP, and their annual rate of return for the calendar year ended December 31, 2012:

 

Name of Investment Fund

   1-Year Rate of Return
% (as of 12/31/12)
 

Oakmark Equity and Income—Class I Shares

     9.05

MFS Emerging Markets Equity—A Shares

     18.69

(MSF) BlackRock Money Market—Class A

     0.00

Vanguard Intermediate-Term Treasury—Admiral Shares

     2.78

PIMCO Total Return—Admin Class

     10.09

MFS Value—R4 Shares

     16.42

MainStay Large Cap Growth—Class R1

     13.09

Perkins Mid Cap Value—Class T Shares

     10.32

Columbia Acorn—Class Z

     17.93

AllianzGI NFJ Small-Cap Value—Class A

     10.33

Neuberger Berman Genesis—Instl Class

     10.10

American Funds Capital World Growth and Income—R5 Shares

     19.50

American Funds EuroPacific Growth—R5 Shares

     19.57

Henssler Equity—Investor Class

     7.65

Vanguard 500 Index—Admiral Shares

     15.96

Investco Small Cap Discovery—Class A

     16.77

Oppenheimer Real Estate—A Shares

     15.65

Janus Global Technology—Class T Shares

     19.28

Gateway Fund—Class

     4.76

NEOs may elect to receive in-service distributions of such amounts at the time they make their deferral elections. In addition, upon a showing of financial hardship due to death, illness, accident or similar extraordinary or unforeseeable circumstances, an executive may be allowed to access funds in his or her deferred compensation account before he otherwise would have been eligible. The participant must make two payout elections, one in the case of termination and one in the case of retirement. Benefits can generally be received either as a lump sum payment or in installments over a period not to exceed 20 years in the case of retirement, 5 years in the case of termination and 5 years for in-service distributions. In the event of a change in control, 100% of the value of the eligible employee’s deferred compensation account will be distributed.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

The following table describes the potential payments and benefits that would have been payable to our NEOs under existing plans assuming (1) a termination of employment and/or (2) a change in control (CIC) occurred, in each case, on December 31, 2012. The amounts shown in the table do not include payments and benefits to the extent they are provided generally to all salaried employees upon termination of employment and do not discriminate in scope, terms or operation in favor of the NEOs. These include certain accrued rights (such as earned but unpaid salary or bonus), distributions of plan balances under our 401(k) savings plan and distributions of plan balances under the pension plans and the non-qualified deferred compensation plan. For purposes of the table below, a “qualifying termination” for Messrs. Nassetta, Kennedy and Carter has the same meaning as described in “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and 2012 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements” and, for Ms. Campbell and Mr. Wang, has the meaning described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Severance Benefits.” Because the disclosures in the table assume the occurrence of a termination or CIC as of a particular date and under a particular set of circumstances and therefore make a number of important assumptions, the actual amounts to be paid to each of our named executive officers upon a termination or CIC may vary significantly from the amounts included herein. Factors that could affect these amounts include the timing during the year of any such event, the continued availability of benefit policies at similar prices and the type of termination event that occurs (as set forth in the first column in the table below).

 

163


Table of Contents

Name

   Cash
Severance
($) (1)
     Continuation
of Health
Benefits

($) (2)
     Value of
Accelerated

Equity
($) (3)
     Accrued but
Unused
Vacation
($) (4)
     Total
($)
 

Christopher J. Nassetta

              

Qualifying Termination

     850,000         36,883         14,643,521         130,769         15,661,173   

Qualifying Termination after CIC

     850,000         36,883         55,318,878         130,769         56,336,530   

CIC without Termination

                     55,318,878                 55,318,878   

Death or Disability (5)

     850,000         36,883         14,643,521         130,769         15,661,173   

Thomas C. Kennedy

              

Qualifying Termination prior to CIC

     650,000         36,521         2,494,818         87,500         3,268,839   

Qualifying Termination after CIC

     650,000         36,521         9,424,408         87,500         10,198,429   

CIC without Termination

                     9,424,408                 9,424,408   

Death or Disability (5)

     650,000         36,521         2,494,818         87,500         3,268,839   

Ian R. Carter

              

Qualifying Termination prior to CIC

     414,000         36,883         3,873,205         66,346         4,390,434   

Qualifying Termination after CIC

     414,000         36,883         14,631,393         66,346         15,148,622   

CIC without Termination

                     14,631,393                 14,631,393   

Death or Disability (5)

     414,000         36,883         3,873,205         66,346         4,390,434   

Mark D. Wang

              

Qualifying Termination

             33,141         1,559,261         106,546         1,698,948   

Qualifying Termination after CIC

             33,141         5,890,255         106,546         6,029,942   

CIC without Termination

                     5,890,255                 5,890,255   

Death or Disability (5)

             33,141         1,559,261         106,546         1,698,948   

Kristin A. Campbell

              

Qualifying Termination

     2,000,000         26,210         467,778         57,656         2,551,644   

Qualifying Termination after CIC

     2,000,000         26,210         2,338,892         57,656         4,422,758   

CIC without Termination

                     2,338,892                 2,338,892   

Death or Disability (5)

             26,210         467,778         57,656         551,644   

 

(1)   Under his employment agreement, each of Messrs. Nassetta, Kennedy and Carter would have been entitled to receive a cash severance amount consisting of:

 

  (A)   in the case of a qualifying termination, an annual bonus payable at the target percentage of base salary (100% of base salary as to Mr. Kennedy) in effect at the date of termination and pro-rated based on the number of days during the fiscal year that such executive was employed prior to the termination date (the “prorated bonus”); and
  (B)   in the case of a qualifying termination prior to a change in control, Messrs. Kennedy and Carter would have been entitled to receive, in addition to the prorated bonus, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the “Applicable Severance Amount” over (y) the value of the Tier I awards and the Class B Units granted to the named executive officer. The “Applicable Severance Amount” for each executive is an amount equal to 200% (for Mr. Kennedy) or 100% (for Mr. Carter) of the sum of (x) the executive’s base salary, and (y) annual bonus (if any) payable in respect of the fiscal year immediately prior to the termination date.

The amounts reported under “Qualifying Termination” for Mr. Nassetta and “Qualifying Termination prior to CIC” for Messrs. Nassetta, Kennedy and Carter reflect each NEO’s target annual (100% of base salary as to Mr. Kennedy) bonus for the year ended December 31, 2012. In addition, the amounts reported under “Qualifying Termination prior to CIC” for Messrs. Kennedy and Carter, assume, based on the cash value of the outstanding Tier I awards and the market value of the Class B Units as of December 31, 2012, that, if a qualifying termination had occurred on December 31, 2012 and prior to a change in control, the Applicable Severance Amount for each of Messrs. Kennedy and Carter would not have exceeded the value of their respective Tier I awards and the Class B Units and, therefore, that no additional cash severance for such named executive officers would have been paid under their employment agreements.

 

164


Table of Contents

Under the Severance Plan, in connection with a qualifying termination, Mr. Wang would have been entitled to receive a cash severance amount equal to the sum of (x) twelve months of base salary plus (y) an amount equal to the actual bonus paid in respect of the previous fiscal year, provided that the total cash payment is reduced by the value of such executive’s Tier I awards and Class B Units. The amounts reported for Mr. Wang under “Qualifying Termination” and “Qualifying Termination after CIC” assume, based on the cash value of the outstanding Tier I Awards and the market value of the Class B Units as of December 31, 2012, that, if a qualifying termination had occurred on December 31, 2012, the severance benefits payable under the Severance Plan would not have exceeded the value of the Tier I awards and the Class B Units and, therefore, that no additional cash severance would have been paid to Mr. Wang.

Pursuant to the terms of her employment, in connection with a qualifying termination, Ms. Campbell would have been entitled to receive a cash severance amount equal to the sum of (x) two times her then current annualized base salary and (y) two times her most recent annualized bonus payment (or guaranteed annualized minimum if no payment had been made). The amounts reported for Ms. Campbell under “Qualifying Termination” and “Qualifying Termination after CIC” reflect the sum of (x) two times her annualized base salary of $500,000 and (y) two times her guaranteed annualized minimum bonus of $500,000 for fiscal 2012.

If the employment of Messrs. Nassetta, Kennedy or Carter was terminated for death or disability, such executive would have been entitled to receive his prorated bonus. Amounts reported under “Death or Disability” for Messrs. Nassetta, Kennedy and Carter reflect each NEO’s target annual bonus for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

(2)   Reflects the cost of providing the NEO and his or her eligible dependents continued group health insurance for 24 months following the date of termination pursuant to the Company’s historical practice, assuming 2013 rates.
(3)   Upon a change in control in which our Sponsor ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the Class A Units in our Ultimate Parent, the remaining outstanding Tier I awards will become payable and all the Class B Units will vest. Upon a qualifying termination, death or disability, the Class B Units will vest in a percentage of based on a vesting schedule where 20% of the Class B Units will be deemed to have vested ratably in equal, annual installments over five years, beginning on April 8, 2011 (or June 27, 2011 with respect to Ms. Campbell). The amounts reported are based on the cash value of the outstanding Tier I awards and, with respect to the Class B Units, the appreciation in the value of our Ultimate Parent’s equity from and after the applicable date of grant through December 31, 2012.
(4)   Amounts shown represent the following number of accrued but unused vacation days: Mr. Nassetta 40 days; Mr. Kennedy, 35 days; Mr. Carter, 25 days; Mr. Wang, 54 days; Ms. Campbell, 31 days; and Mr. Brown, 35 days.
(5)   In the event of death of an NEO, in addition to amounts reported in the table above, each NEO will receive benefits from third-party payors under our employer-paid premium life insurance plans. All of our team members are eligible for one times regular annual eligible wages at death (up to $1,500,000). In addition, the Company has provided Mr. Nassetta with additional executive life insurance with a $10,500,000 death benefit. Therefore, if such benefits were triggered for the NEOs on December 31, 2012 under our life insurance plans the legally designated beneficiary(ies) of each NEO would have received the following amounts: Mr. Nassetta ($12,000,000); Mr. Kennedy ($1,159,000); Mr. Carter ($1,500,000); Mr. Wang ($839,000); and Ms. Campbell ($500,000).

Paul J. Brown Separation Agreement

On October 31, 2012, we entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Brown, the Company’s former Executive Vice President and President, Global Brands and Commercial Services, with respect to Mr. Brown’s resignation of employment with the Company. Pursuant to the separation agreement, beginning November 1, 2012, Mr. Brown agreed to provide services to the Company as a Special Advisor to the CEO until the earlier of April 30, 2013 or the date he commenced employment with a new employer, such date, referred to as the Brown

 

165


Table of Contents

Separation Date. In consideration for Mr. Brown providing a general release of claims against the Company, we agreed to provide Mr. Brown with the following payments and benefits:

 

    payment of his current base salary rate through April 30, 2013;

 

    his annual bonus in respect of the year ended December 31, 2012 assuming he remained employed as President, Global Brands and Commercial Services through the applicable payment date, which amount was $497,025;

 

    cash separation payments consisting of:

 

    an $8.5 million lump-sum payment payable as soon as practicable following the effective date of the separation agreement;

 

    $2.0 million payment payable as soon as practicable following the earlier of (1) his commencement of employment with a new employer, but no earlier than January 1, 2013, or (2) October 31, 2013 conditional upon adherence to the agreement;

 

    $2.0 million payment payable as soon as practicable following the earlier of (1) the one year anniversary of the commencement of his employment with a new employer, but no earlier than January 1, 2014, or (2) April 30, 2014, conditional upon adherence to the agreement;

 

    $80,769 for all accrued but unused vacation time through the Brown Separation Date;

 

    executive consulting services, which amounted to $50,000;

 

    $12,188 for the cost of legal fees incurred in connection with his separation agreement; and

 

    a lump sum payment of $40,000 to be paid as soon as practicable following the Brown Separation Date representing the portion of the monthly premiums for group health coverage for Mr. Brown and his family paid by the Company, multiplied by 24.

In addition, in connection with his separation, Mr. Brown forfeited his outstanding Tier I award and all of his Class B Units and the Company agreed to repurchase his equity investment in Class A Units of $220,000 for an amount equal to $275,000, less any and all applicable U.S. federal, state and local withholding taxes.

Mr. Brown’s cash separation payments are contingent on his continued compliance with certain restrictive covenants, including an indefinite covenant on confidentiality of information and covenants related to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customers of the Company and its affiliates for one year after the Brown Separation Date.

Thomas C. Kennedy Separation Agreement

On September 24, 2013, we entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Kennedy, our former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, with respect to Mr. Kennedy’s termination of employment with the Company. Pursuant to the separation agreement, beginning August 8, 2013, Mr. Kennedy agreed to continue his employment with the Company as a Special Advisor to the CEO until December 31, 2013 or until he commenced employment with a new employer, such date referred to as the Kennedy Separation Date. In consideration for Mr. Kennedy providing a general release of claims against the Company, we agreed to provide Mr. Kennedy with the following payments and benefits:

 

    his current base salary and continuation of his current benefits through the Kennedy Separation Date;

 

    his annual bonus in respect of the year ended December 31, 2013 assuming he remained employed as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer through the applicable payment date and with any discretionary targets established for Mr. Kennedy fixed at the maximum payout value;

 

    $1,058,500 annually (representing approximately his current base salary and target annual incentive compensation) for a period of three years as soon as practicable following each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Kennedy Separation Date;

 

166


Table of Contents
    a $2,275,000 lump-sum cash severance payment (representing approximately two times his current base salary and target annual incentive compensation) payable as soon as practicable following December 31, 2014;

 

    $87,500 for all accrued but unused vacation through the Kennedy Separation Date;

 

    up to $75,000 for the cost of reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with the separation agreement; and

 

    a lump sum payment of $50,000 to be paid as soon as practicable following the Kennedy Separation Date representing twenty-four months of estimated before tax health care insurance premiums that Mr. Kennedy would incur for group health coverage for him and his family.

In addition, in connection with his separation, the Company agreed to pay Mr. Kennedy a cash payment of $3,187,363 representing his Tier I award and a cash payment of $6,699,938 for the cancellation of his Class B Units. The Company also agreed to repurchase Mr. Kennedy’s equity investment in Class A Units of $1,107,780 for an amount equal to $1,772,448.

The foregoing payments and benefits are contingent on Mr. Kennedy’s continued compliance with certain restrictive covenants, including an indefinite confidentiality of information covenant, a covenant related to non-competition for three years after the Kennedy Separation Date and a covenant related to non-solicitation of employees and customers of the Company and its affiliates for one year after the Kennedy Separation Date.

Omnibus Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and our stockholders expect to approve, the Omnibus Incentive Plan prior to the completion of the offering.

Purpose

The purpose of the Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which to attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby our directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.

Administration

The Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the board of directors (as applicable, the “Committee”). The Committee has the sole and plenary authority to establish the terms and conditions of any award consistent with the provisions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Committee is authorized to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Omnibus Incentive Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or any award granted under, the Omnibus Incentive Plan; establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee deems appropriate for the proper administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan; and to make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it in accordance with the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Omnibus Incentive Plan, all designations, determinations,

 

167


Table of Contents

interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Omnibus Incentive Plan or any award or any documents evidencing awards granted pursuant to the Omnibus Incentive Plan are within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and are final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, us, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any of our stockholders.

Shares Subject to the Omnibus Incentive Plan

The Omnibus Incentive Plan provides that the total number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan is 80,000,000. Of this amount, the maximum number of shares for which incentive stock options may be granted is 80,000,000; the maximum number of shares for which options or stock appreciation right may be granted to any individual participant during any single fiscal year is 5,000,000; the maximum number of shares for which performance compensation awards denominated in shares may be granted to any individual participant in respect of a single fiscal year is 5,000,000 (or if any such awards are settled in cash, the maximum amount may not exceed the fair market value of such shares on the last day of the performance period to which such award relates); the maximum number of shares of common stock granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $1,000,000 in total value; and the maximum amount that may be paid to any individual for a single fiscal year under a performance compensation award denominated in cash is $15,000,000. Except for substitute awards (as described below), in the event any award terminates, lapses, or is settled without the payment of the full number of shares subject to such award, including as a result of net settlement of the award or as a result of the award being settled in cash, the undelivered shares may be granted again under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, unless the shares are surrendered after the termination of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, and only if stockholder approval is not required under the then-applicable rules of the exchange on which the shares of common stock are listed. Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by us or with which we combine (referred to as “substitute awards”), and such substitute awards shall not be counted against the total number of shares that may be issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, except that substitute awards intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” shall count against the limit on incentive stock options described above. No award may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date (as defined therein), but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

Options

The Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided that all stock options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock underlying such stock options on the date an option is granted (other than in the case of options that are substitute awards), and all stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options must be granted pursuant to an award agreement expressly stating that the option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. The maximum term for stock options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the initial date of grant, or with respect to any stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, such shorter period as prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. However, if a non-qualified stock option would expire at a time when trading of shares of common stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), the term will automatically be extended to the 30th day following the end of such period. The purchase price for the shares as to which a stock option is exercised may be paid to us, to the extent permitted by law (1) in cash or its equivalent at the time the stock option is exercised, (2) if there is a public market for the shares at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the stock option and to deliver to us the amount of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate exercise price for the shares being purchased, (3) in shares having a fair market

 

168


Table of Contents

value equal to the aggregate exercise price for the shares being purchased and satisfying any requirements that may be imposed by the Committee, or (4) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including without limitation (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the purchase price, or (B) through a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares needed to pay the exercise price and the minimum amount of statutory withholding liability. Any fractional shares of common stock will be settled in cash.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Generally, each stock appreciation right will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount (in cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares, as determined by the Committee) equal to the product of (1) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of common stock, over (B) the strike price per share, times (2) the numbers of shares of common stock covered by the stock appreciation right. The strike price per share of a stock appreciation right will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but in no event may such amount be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted (other than in the case of stock appreciation rights granted in substitution of previously granted awards). The Committee may in its sole discretion substitute, without the consent of the holder or beneficiary of such stock appreciation rights, stock appreciation rights settled in shares of common stock (or settled in shares or cash in the sole discretion of the Committee) for nonqualified stock options.

Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units

The Committee may grant restricted shares of our common stock or restricted stock units, representing the right to receive, upon the expiration of the applicable restricted period, one share of common stock for each restricted stock unit, or, in its sole discretion of the Committee, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). As to restricted shares of our common stock, subject to the other provisions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the holder will generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such restricted shares of common stock, including without limitation the right to vote such restricted shares of common stock (except, that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to such restricted shares of common stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions other than or in addition to the passage of time, any dividends payable on such restricted shares of common stock will be retained and delivered without interest to the holder of such shares when the restrictions on such shares lapse). To the extent provided in the applicable award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units will be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by us of dividends on shares of common stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of common stock having a value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which will be payable at the same time as the underlying restricted stock units are settled following the release of restrictions on such restricted stock units.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The Committee may issue unrestricted common stock, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, or other awards denominated in shares of common stock (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units), under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, including performance-based awards.

Performance Compensation Awards

The Committee may also designate any award as a “performance compensation award” intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee also has the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any participant and designate such award as a performance compensation

 

169


Table of Contents

award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Committee has sole discretion to select the length of any applicable performance periods, the types of performance compensation awards to be issued, the applicable performance criteria and performance goals, and the kinds and/or levels of performance goals that are to apply. The performance criteria that will be used to establish the performance goals may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and are limited to the following, which may be determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) or on a non-GAAP basis: (1) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); (2) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (3) net revenue or net revenue growth; (4) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (5) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (6) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (7) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, and cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per share basis; (8) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (9) gross or net operating margins; (10) productivity ratios; (11) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (12) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (13) operating efficiency; (14) objective measures of customer satisfaction; (15) working capital targets; (16) measures of economic value added or other ‘value creation’ metrics; (17) inventory control; (18) enterprise value; (19) sales; (20) stockholder return; (21) competitive market metrics; (22) employee retention; (23) timely completion of new product roll-outs; (24) timely opening of new facilities; (25) objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); (26) system-wide revenues; (27) franchise and/or royalty income; (28) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (29) market share; (30) cost of capital, debt leverage year-end cash position or book value; (31) strategic objectives, development of new product lines and related revenue, sales and margin targets; (32) franchise growth and retention, co-branding or international operations; (33) management fee or licensing fee growth; (34) capital expenditures; (35) guest satisfaction; (36) RevPAR (revenue per available room); or (37) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the performance criteria may be stated as a percentage of another performance criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or one or more affiliates as a whole or any of our divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more affiliates or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above performance criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a performance compensation award is granted, the Committee shall, during the first 90 days of a performance period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the performance compensation awards granted to any participant for such performance period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a performance goal for such performance period, based on and to appropriately reflect the following events: (1) asset write-downs; (2) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (3) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (4) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (5) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in our annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (6) acquisitions or divestitures; (7) any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (8) foreign exchange gains and losses; (9) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; and (10) a change in our fiscal year.

Following the completion of a performance period, the Committee will review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the performance goals for the performance period have been achieved and, if so,

 

170


Table of Contents

calculate and certify in writing that amount of the performance compensation awards earned for the period based upon the performance formula. In determining the actual amount of an individual participant’s performance compensation award for a performance period, the Committee has the discretion to reduce or eliminate the amount of the performance compensation award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, the Committee does not have the discretion to (A) grant or provide payment in respect of performance compensation awards for a performance period if the performance goals for such performance period have not been attained; or (B) increase a performance compensation award above the applicable limitations set forth in the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Effect of Certain Events on Omnibus Incentive Plan and Awards

In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of common stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of our shares of common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire our shares of common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a change in control, as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan) that affects the shares of common stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a change in control) affecting us, any affiliate, or the financial statements of us or any affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee must make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including without limitation, any or all of: (i) adjusting any or all of (A) the share limits applicable under the Omnibus Incentive Plan with respect to the number of awards which may be granted hereunder, (B) the number of our shares of common stock or other securities which may be delivered in respect of awards or with respect to which awards may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and (C) the terms of any outstanding award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards or to which outstanding awards relate (with any increase requiring the approval of our board of directors), (2) the exercise price or strike price with respect to any award or (3) any applicable performance measures; (ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of awards, accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, awards or providing for a period of time for participants to exercise outstanding awards prior to the occurrence of such event; and (iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested awards (including any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of common stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right over the aggregate exercise price thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee may cancel any stock option or stock appreciation right for no consideration if the fair market value of the shares subject to such option or stock appreciation right is less than or equal to the aggregate exercise price or strike price of such stock option or stock appreciation right.

Nontransferability of Awards

An award will not be transferable or assignable by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any affiliate. However, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred, including transfers to a participant’s family members, any trust established solely for the benefit of participant or such participant’s family members, any partnership or limited liability company of which participant, or participant and participant’s family members, are the sole member(s), and a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for tax purposes.

 

171


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination

The board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Omnibus Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (1) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Omnibus Incentive Plan or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards, (2) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events), or (3) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award shall not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent. The Committee may also, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively, subject to the consent of the affected participant if any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant with respect to such award; provided, further, that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted in the Omnibus Incentive Plan, (1) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or the strike price of any stock appreciation right, (2) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and replace it with a new option or stock appreciation right (with a lower exercise price or strike price, as the case may be) or other award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the cancelled option or stock appreciation right, and (3) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or quoted.

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents

The Committee in its sole discretion may provide part of an award with dividends or dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, that no dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (1) options or stock appreciation rights or (2) unearned performance compensation awards or other unearned awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned awards and paid within 15 days after such awards are earned and become earned, payable or distributable).

Clawback/Forfeiture

An award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such award if the participant, while employed by or providing services to us or any affiliate or after termination of such employment or service, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement or otherwise has engaged in or engages in other detrimental activity that is in conflict with or adverse to our interests or the interests of any affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may also provide in an award agreement that if the participant otherwise has engaged in or engages in any activity referred to in the preceding sentence, the participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such award, and must repay the gain to us. The Committee may also provide in an award agreement that if the participant receives any amount in excess of what the participant should have received under the terms of the award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), then the participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to us. Without limiting the foregoing, all awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

 

172


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone. This agreement will require us to nominate a number of individuals designated by Blackstone for election as our directors at any meeting of our stockholders, each a “Sponsor Director,” such that, upon the election of each such individual and each other individual nominated by or at the direction of our board of directors or a duly-authorized committee of the board, as a director of our company, the number of Sponsor Directors serving as directors of our company will be equal to: (1) if our existing owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 50% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (2) if our existing owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 40% (but less than 50%) of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (3) if our existing owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 30% (but less than 40%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (4) if our existing owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 20% (but less than 30%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; and (5) if our existing owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 5% (but less than 20%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors. For so long as the stockholders’ agreement remains in effect, Sponsor Directors may be removed only with the consent of Blackstone. In the case of a vacancy on our board created by the removal or resignation of a Sponsor Director, the stockholders’ agreement will require us to nominate an individual designated by our Sponsor for election to fill the vacancy.

The stockholders’ agreement will remain in effect until our Sponsor is no longer entitled to nominate a Sponsor Director pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement, unless our Sponsor requests that it terminate at an earlier date.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement that will provide Blackstone an unlimited number of “demand” registrations and customary “piggyback” registration rights. The registration rights agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

 

173


Table of Contents

Management, Franchise and Timeshare Products and Services

Affiliates of Blackstone directly and indirectly own hotels that we currently manage or franchise, or that we may manage or franchise in the future, and receive fees in connection with those management and franchise agreements. We recognized management and franchise fee revenue of $29 million, $23 million and $16 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 related to these hotels. We recognized reimbursements and reimbursable costs for these hotels, primarily related to payroll and marketing expenses, of $135 million, $101 million, and $93 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had accounts receivable due from these hotels related to these management and franchise fees and reimbursements of $28 million and $19 million, respectively. In addition, in certain cases, we incur costs to acquire management and franchise contracts with hotels owned by affiliates of Blackstone. We incurred acquisition costs of $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 related to these contracts. There were no acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2010 related to these contracts.

We may also enter into timeshare-related arrangements with affiliates of Blackstone which may involve, among other things, our sale of certain owned properties to affiliates of Blackstone for their development into timeshare properties and our selling and marketing related timeshare intervals and providing management and other services to operate the homeowners’ associations, rental programs, resort recreational programs and retail outlets at these properties. In particular, in connection with a timeshare project to be developed, we expect to sell a land parcel, including easement rights and entitlements, to an affiliate of Blackstone for approximately $25 million in cash. The Blackstone affiliate will reimburse us for certain development costs for expenses we incur relating to the planning, design, legal, architectural and other pre-construction activities. The sale of this property will facilitate a fee-for-service transaction whereby the affiliate of Blackstone will develop the timeshare project and HGV will provide development management, sales and marketing, resort operations, club management and other related services for fees.

Products and Services

From time to time, we have purchased products and services from entities affiliated with or owned by Blackstone.

Entities affiliated with Travelport Limited, or Travelport, in which certain affiliates of Blackstone have an interest, provide computerized reservations and ticketing and other services to travel agencies and others in the travel industry. We are party to a hotel reservations sales agreement with Travelport whereby we agree to pay specified fees per hotel booking and to purchase certain advertising services. Our payments for services from Travelport totaled $23 million, $20 million and $19 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Equity Healthcare LLC, or Equity Healthcare, which is owned by Blackstone, provides us certain negotiating, monitoring and other services in connection with our health benefit plans pursuant to an employer health program agreement we have entered into with Equity Healthcare. In consideration for Equity Healthcare’s services, we pay Equity Healthcare fees based on the number of participating employees in our health benefit plans. Our payments to Equity Healthcare totaled $0.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. We did not make any payments to Equity Healthcare during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

Service Contract Guarantees

In 2010, in connection with the settlement of a lawsuit, we entered into a guarantee that requires us to pay any shortfalls under certain service contracts that affiliates of our Sponsor entered into with the plaintiff. The initial maximum exposure under the guarantee was $75 million, which has subsequently been reduced to approximately $50 million as of September 30, 2013 as a result of the plaintiff’s receipt of payments from the counterparties of such service contracts.

 

174


Table of Contents

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, which includes security holders who beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock, including our Sponsor) must promptly disclose to our General Counsel any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is anticipated would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The General Counsel will then promptly communicate that information to our board of directors. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

 

175


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock immediately after this offering by (1) the selling stockholder, (2) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, (3) each of our directors and named executive officers and (4) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

Hilton Global Holdings LLC currently holds all of our issued and outstanding common stock. Immediately prior to this offering, Hilton Global Holdings LLC plans to distribute all of the shares of our common stock held by it, other than the shares it may sell in this offering, to its members in accordance with the terms of its limited liability company agreement. (If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised in full, Hilton Global Holdings LLC will distribute its remaining shares of our common stock to its members.) All shares of our common stock distributed by Hilton Global Holdings LLC will be subject to restrictions on transfer as described in the third paragraph under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Arrangements”. Cash proceeds received by Hilton Global Holdings LLC from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering, net of underwriting discounts and the payment to us described in the next sentence, will be distributed to those members of Hilton Global Holdings LLC that have elected to receive this cash payment in lieu of shares of our common stock that would otherwise have been distributed to such members. For facilitating this liquidity event for certain of its members, Hilton Global Holdings LLC has agreed to make a payment to us in an amount equal to the amount by which proceeds, net of underwriting discounts, received by it exceed     % of the aggregate initial public offering price of the shares sold by it. The members of Hilton Global Holdings LLC that have elected to receive a cash payment are former lenders to us (or their transferees) who received their interests in Hilton Global Holdings LLC as part of our 2010 debt restructuring and include a debt-focused investment vehicle now managed by Blackstone as a result of Blackstone’s 2012 acquisition of Capital Trust, Inc.’s investment management and special servicing business and related fund co-investments that has elected to receive cash in lieu of shares representing represents less than 1% of our common stock and HHotels Mezz Debt Private Limited. No private equity or real estate opportunity fund or co-investment vehicle sponsored or managed by Blackstone has elected to receive any cash in lieu of shares of our common stock.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
   Shares to be Sold
in the Offering
   Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
               Excluding
Exercise of
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
   Including
Exercise of
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
   Excluding
Exercise of Option
to Purchase
Additional Shares
   Including
Exercise of Option
to Purchase
Additional Shares

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number    Percent          Number    Percent    Number    Percent

Selling Stockholder

                       

Hilton Global Holdings LLC (1)

                       

Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

                       

Blackstone (2)

                       

HHotels Mezz Debt Private Limited (3)

                       

Christopher J. Nassetta (4)

                       

Jonathan D. Gray (5)

                       

Michael S. Chae (5)

                       

Tyler S. Henritze (5)

                       

Judith A. McHale

                       

John G. Schreiber (6)

                       

Elizabeth A. Smith

                       

Douglas M. Steenland

                       

William J. Stein (5)

                       

Kevin J. Jacobs

                       

Thomas C. Kennedy

                       

Ian R. Carter

                       

Mark D. Wang

                       

Kristin A. Campbell

                       

Paul J. Brown

                       

Directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (16 persons)

                       

 

*   Represents less than 1%.

 

176


Table of Contents
(1)   The managing member of Hilton Global Holdings LLC is Hilton Hotels Holdings LLC, which following the distribution of shares of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. described above, will cease to own any economic interest in Hilton Global Holdings LLC, but will continue to control such entity. See footnote (2) below for additional details. To the extent the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, any remaining shares of our common stock that are held by the selling stockholder will be distributed on a pro rata basis to those members of the selling stockholder that had elected to receive cash in lieu of shares of our common stock.
(2)   Reflects shares of our common stock directly held by Hilton Hotels Holdings LLC and Blackstone A23 Holdings LLC. Excludes shares of our common stock that may be directly held by the debt-focused investment vehicle that Blackstone acquired from Capital Trust, Inc. in 2012 following this offering. Assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, such debt-focused investment vehicle will hold              shares of our common stock. The sole member of Hilton Hotels Holdings LLC is BH Hotels Holdco LLC (“BH Hotels”). The managing members of each of BH Hotels and Blackstone A23 Holdings LLC are Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI L.P. and Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. is Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C is BMA V L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI L.P. is Blackstone Real Estate Associates VI L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Real Estate Associates VI L.P. is BREA VI L.L.C. The managing member of each of BREA VI L.L.C. and BMA V L.L.C. is Blackstone Holdings III L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Steven A. Schwarzman. Each of such Blackstone entities (other than Hilton Global Holdings LLC to the extent of its direct holdings) and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by Hilton Global Holdings LLC directly or indirectly controlled by it or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. John G. Schreiber may be deemed to share dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the Hilton Global Holdings LLC but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of Mr. Schwarzman and each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(3)   The shares are held directly by HHotels Mezz Debt Private Limited, a Singapore incorporated private limited company (“HHotels”). GIC Real Estate, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GIC RE Inc.”), manages investments held by HHotels. GIC RE Inc. shares such investment powers with GIC Real Estate Private Limited (“GIC RE Pte Ltd”) and GIC Private Limited (“GIC”), both of which are private limited companies incorporated in Singapore. GIC RE Pte Ltd is wholly owned by GIC and is the real estate investment arm of GIC. GIC is wholly owned by the Government of Singapore, and was set up with the sole purpose of managing Singapore’s foreign reserves. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o GIC Real Estate, Inc., 335 Madison Ave, 24th Floor, New York, NY 10017.
(4)   Includes                      shares of common stock held by Harwood Road LLC, a limited liability company. A revocable living trust, of which Mr. Nassetta is the trustee and a beneficiary, serves as the managing member of Harwood Road LLC. 99% of the economic interests in the limited liability company are held by a family trust for the benefit of Mr. Nassetta’s children and the remaining 1% is held by the aforementioned living trust.
(5)   Messrs. Gray, Chae, Henritze and Stein are each employees of Blackstone, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Blackstone.
(6)   Mr. Schreiber is a partner and co-founder of Blackstone Real Estate Advisors, which is affiliated with Blackstone. Mr. Schreiber disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Blackstone.

The foregoing table assumes that the initial public offering price for shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering is $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus. However, as is discussed above with regard to shares of our common stock that will be distributed by Hilton Global Holdings LLC to its members and under “Management—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Elements—Long-Term Equity Awards” with respect to equity interests held by members of our management, the holdings of shares of our common stock by particular existing owners would differ from that presented in the table above if the actual initial public offering price differs from this assumed

 

177


Table of Contents

price. For example, if the initial public offering price per share of common stock in this offering is $            , which is the low-point of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock by Blackstone, Christopher J. Nassetta, Ian R. Carter, Mark D. Wang and Kristin A. Campbell and our directors and executive officers as a group, after this offering, would be             ,             ,             ,              and             , shares, respectively. Conversely, if the initial public offering price per share of common stock in this offering is $            , which is the high-point of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock by Blackstone, Christopher J. Nassetta, Ian R. Carter, Mark D. Wang and Kristin A. Campbell and our directors and executive officers as a group, after this offering, would be             ,             ,             ,              and             , shares, respectively.

 

178


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

The following description is a summary of the material terms of our material indebtedness. In addition, as of September 30, 2013, our consolidated VIEs recorded non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of $318 million.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On October 25, 2013, we entered into a credit agreement with Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender and L/C issuer, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint bookrunner and the other agents and lenders from time to time party thereto.

The credit agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities consisting of:

 

    a $7.6 billion senior secured term loan facility, or term loans, which will mature on October 25, 2020; and

 

    a $1.0 billion senior secured revolving credit facility, or revolving credit facility, $150 million of which is available in the form of letters of credit, which will mature on October 25, 2018.

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Hilton Worldwide Finance LLC, or borrower, is the borrower under the senior secured credit facilities. The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings referred to as the swing line borrowings. In addition, the senior secured credit facilities also provide the borrower with the option to raise incremental credit facilities (including an uncommitted incremental facility that provides the borrower the option to increase the amount available under the term loan facilities and/or the revolving credit facility by an aggregate of up to $1.5 billion, subject to additional increases upon satisfaction of certain leverage-based tests), refinance the loans with debt incurred outside the credit agreement and extend the maturity date of the revolving credit facility and term loans, subject to certain limitations.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the term loans bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the administrative agent’s prime lending rate, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (3) the LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the Reuters LIBOR rate for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The margin for the term loans is 2.00%, in the case of base rate loans, and 3.00%, in the case of LIBOR rate loans, subject to one step-down of 0.25% upon the achievement of a first lien net leverage ratio of less than or equal to 3.85 to 1.00 and subject to one step down of 0.25% following a qualifying initial public offering, subject to a base rate floor of 2.00%, and a LIBOR floor of 1.00%.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility will bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the administrative agent’s prime lending rate, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (3) the LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the Reuters LIBOR rate for the interest period relevant to such borrowing. The margins for the revolving credit facility are 1.50%, in the case of base rate loans, and 2.50%, in the case of LIBOR rate loans, subject to two step-downs of 0.25% upon the achievement of a first lien net leverage ratio of less than or equal to 3.85 to 1.00 and 3.25 to 1.00, respectively, and subject to one step down of 0.25% following a qualifying initial public offering.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, the borrower is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate is 0.50% per annum subject to a step-down to 0.375%, upon

 

179


Table of Contents

achievement of a first lien net leverage ratio less than or equal to 3.85 to 1.00. The borrower is also required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

Prepayments

The senior secured credit facilities require us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

    50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0%, as applicable, subject to attaining certain first lien net leverage ratios) of annual excess cash flow, calculated in accordance with the credit agreement;

 

    100% of the net cash proceeds (including insurance and condemnation proceeds) of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property by the borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, subject to de minimis thresholds, if those net cash proceeds are not reinvested in assets to be used in the borrower’s business or to make certain other permitted investments (a) within 12 months of the receipt of such net cash proceeds or (b) if the borrower commits to reinvest such net cash proceeds within 12 months of the receipt thereof, within 180 days of the date of such commitment (although in connection with any such prepayment, the borrower may also repay other first lien debt to the extent it is so required); and

 

    100% of the net proceeds of any incurrence of debt by the borrower or any of its restricted subsidiaries, other than debt permitted to be incurred or issued under the senior secured credit facilities.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, each lender of term loans will have the right to reject its pro rata share of mandatory prepayments described above, in which case we may retain the amounts so rejected.

The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied pro rata to installments of term loans in direct order of maturity.

The borrower has the ability to voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than prepayment premium on voluntary prepayment of term loans in connection with a repricing transaction on or prior to April 25, 2014 and customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Amortization

The borrower is required to repay installments on the term loans in quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans, with the remaining amount payable on the applicable maturity date with respect to such term loans.

Guarantees

The obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by each of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., Hilton Worldwide Finance Corp., a finance subsidiary that co-issued our senior notes due 2021, any subsidiary of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. that directly or indirectly owns 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the borrower, and, subject to certain exceptions, each of the borrower’s existing and future material domestic wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the credit agreement guarantors). In addition, the senior secured credit facilities will be collateralized by first priority or equivalent security interests in (i) all the capital stock of, or other equity interests in, the borrower and each of the borrower’s and guarantors’ material direct or indirect wholly owned restricted domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of, or other equity interests in, each of the borrower’s or any subsidiary guarantors’ direct wholly owned first-tier restricted foreign subsidiaries, and (ii) certain tangible and intangible assets of the borrower and those of the credit agreement guarantors (subject to certain exceptions and qualifications).

As of the closing date for the senior secured credit facilities, none of our foreign subsidiaries, our non-wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are restricted subsidiaries, our subsidiaries that are prohibited from

 

180


Table of Contents

providing guarantees as a result of the agreements governing our revolving non-recourse timeshare notes credit facility and/or or 2.28% notes backed by a portion of our timeshare financing receivables, or our unrestricted subsidiaries (which consist of our U.S. real estate subsidiaries that hold U.S. owned real estate that secure our new commercial mortgage-backed securities loans and our mortgage loan secured by our Waldorf Astoria New York property) will guarantee the senior secured credit facilities.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The senior secured credit facilities contain a number of significant affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. Such covenants, among other things, will limit or restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of the borrower and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness, make guarantees and enter into hedging arrangements;

 

    create liens on assets;

 

    enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

    engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

    sell assets;

 

    make fundamental changes;

 

    pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;

 

    make investments, loans and advances, including acquisitions;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    make changes in the nature of their business; and

 

    make prepayments of junior debt.

In addition, if, on the last day of any period of four consecutive quarters on or after June 30, 2014, the aggregate principal amount of revolving credit loans, swing line loans and/or letters of credit (excluding up to $50 million of letters of credit and certain other letters of credit that have been cash collateralized or back-stopped) that are issued and/or outstanding is greater than 25% of the revolving credit facility, the new credit agreement will require the borrower to maintain a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio not to exceed 7.9 to 1.0.

During the period in which the borrower’s corporate issuer rating is equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) according to Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or BBB- (or the equivalent) according to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and no default has occurred and is continuing, the restrictions in the senior secured credit facilities regarding incurring additional indebtedness, dividends and distributions or repurchases of capital stock and transactions with affiliates will not apply to the borrower and its restricted subsidiaries during such period.

Our senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the senior secured credit facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

5.625% Senior Notes due 2021

On October 4, 2013, Hilton Worldwide Finance LLC and Hilton Worldwide Finance Corp., as co-issuers, issued $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of their 5.625% Senior Notes due 2021, or senior notes, under an indenture dated as of October 4, 2013. Interest on the senior notes is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on April 15, 2014. The senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. and each of our wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantee any of our indebtedness under our new senior secured credit facilities.

 

181


Table of Contents

We may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 15, 2016, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus an applicable make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest. Beginning on October 15, 2016, we may redeem some or all of the notes at a redemption price of 102.813% of the principal amount of senior notes to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. The redemption price decreases to 101.406% and 100.000% of the principal amount of senior notes to be redeemed on October 15, 2017 and 2018, respectively. In addition, at any time prior to October 15, 2016, we may, at our option, redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior notes with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at the redemption price of 105.625%, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture governing the senior notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit the co-issuers’ ability and the ability of their restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, to:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or certain preferred stock;

 

    pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock;

 

    make certain investments;

 

    incur certain liens;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate;

 

    enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the issuers;

 

    designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

    transfer or sell certain assets.

The indenture governing the senior notes contains change of control triggering event provisions and certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Subject to certain exceptions, the indenture governing senior notes permits us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness.

CMBS Loan

On October 25, 2013, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, German American Capital Corporation, Bank of America, N.A., Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings, LLC and GS Commercial Real Estate LP extended to certain of our U.S. real estate subsidiaries that hold U.S. owned real estate, collectively referred to as the CMBS borrowers, a $3.5 billion commercial mortgage-backed securities loan, or CMBS loan. The CMBS loan is secured by 23 hotels owned by the CMBS borrowers, including the New York Hilton, Hilton Hawaiian Village, Hilton Waikoloa Village and Hilton New Orleans. The CMBS loan has two components: (1) a fixed-rate component in the amount of $2.625 billion and (2) a floating rate component in the amount of $0.875 billion.

Term

The fixed rate component of the CMBS loan has a term of five years.

The floating rate component has an initial term of two years with three extension options of 12 months each. The CMBS borrowers have the right to exercise any extension period so long as no event of default exists, and they purchase an extension of the applicable interest rate hedge agreements described below which caps one-month LIBOR for the principal amount of the CMBS loan at the greater of 6.0% and the rate that, when added to the spread on the floating rate component of the CMBS loan, results in a weighted average debt service coverage ratio together with the fixed rate component of at least 1.25:1.00. In addition, in order to exercise the final

 

182


Table of Contents

extension period, the CMBS borrowers must pay an increase in the spread applicable to the floating rate component of 0.25%.

Interest and Fees

The interest rate payable on the fixed rate component of the CMBS loan is equal to 4.465% per annum.

The interest rate payable on the floating rate component is equal to the sum of (1) one-month LIBOR plus (2) 2.65% per annum. The CMBS borrowers were required to enter into, and pledge as security for the CMBS loan, one or more interest rate hedge agreements in the notional amount of the floating rate component which cap one-month LIBOR at 6.0% for the initial term of the floating rate component.

In addition to paying interest on the CMBS loan, we were also required to pay an origination fee of 1.00% of the CMBS loan at closing.

Amortization

The CMBS loan has no amortization payments.

Prepayments

The CMBS borrowers are permitted to voluntarily prepay all or any portion of the floating rate component without prepayment penalty or premium at any time. In addition, the CMBS borrowers are permitted to prepay (1) up to 50% of the fixed rate component, subject to payment of a yield maintenance premium to the extent repaid during the first 12 payment dates and (2) the remaining 50% of the fixed rate component, subject to payment of a yield maintenance premium to the extent repaid during the first 24 payment dates.

In addition to the above, any prepayments of the CMBS loan, whether in whole in part, will also be subject to (1) the payment of actual LIBOR “breakage” costs incurred by the lenders and (2) the payment of all interest scheduled to accrue through to the end of the applicable interest period.

Mandatory prepayments are required in connection with certain casualties or condemnations of a property.

Once repaid, no further borrowings will be permitted under the CMBS loan.

Guarantee

Certain obligations of the CMBS borrowers with respect to the CMBS loan are guaranteed by certain of our U.S. real estate subsidiaries that hold U.S. owned real estate entities and that are considered unrestricted subsidiaries for purposes of our new senior secured credit facilities and our senior notes, or U.S. owned real estate guarantors. Under the CMBS guarantee, (1) the U.S. owned real estate guarantors have agreed to indemnify CMBS loan lenders for losses with respect to customary “bad-boy” acts of the CMBS borrowers and their affiliates and (2) that the CMBS loan will become fully recourse to such guarantors upon a voluntary or collusive involuntary bankruptcy of the CMBS borrowers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate liability of the U.S. owned real estate guarantors as a result of clause (1) and (2) above is capped at 10% of the then outstanding principal balance of the CMBS loan.

The U.S. owned real estate guarantors are subject to a net worth covenant requiring that they maintain a minimum ongoing net worth of $500.0 million (exclusive of the collateral securing the CMBS loan). If the U.S. owned real estate guarantors fail to meet the net worth requirement, the CMBS borrowers will be required to either provide a replacement guarantee, or cash collateral or a letter of credit in the amount of $175.0 million (subject to a reduction in certain instances).

 

183


Table of Contents

Covenants and Other Matters

The CMBS loan includes certain customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. Such covenants, among other things, will restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of the CMBS borrowers to, among other things: incur additional debt; create liens on assets; transfer, pledge or assign certain equity interests; pay any dividends or make any distributions to its direct or indirect owners if an event of default exists or if the debt yield under the CMBS loan (calculated based on the outstanding balance of the CMBS loan) is below 8.25% for two consecutive quarters; make certain investments, loans and advances; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its assets or to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire all or any substantial part of assets of any other person; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; engage in any business other than the ownership of the properties and business activities ancillary thereto; and amend or modify the CMBS borrowers’ articles or certificate of incorporation, by-laws and certain agreements. The CMBS loan also includes affirmative covenants requiring the CMBS borrowers to, among other things, exist as “special purpose entities”, maintain, while a low debt yield trigger exists, certain reserve funds in respect of furniture, fixtures and equipment, taxes and insurance, and rents due under ground leases (unless such amounts have been paid or are being collected by the property manager), and comply with other customary obligations for commercial mortgage-backed securities loan financings.

In addition, revenues will be required to be deposited into certain segregated accounts, to be used by the property manager to make certain payments relating to the properties securing the CMBS loan. So long as there is no event of default under the loan and the debt yield for the CMBS loan (calculated based on the outstanding principal balance of the CMBS loan) does not fall below 8.25% for two consecutive quarters, then any excess cash in those accounts would be available to the CMBS borrowers for any purpose, including the payment of dividends or distributions to their direct or indirect owners.

Waldorf Astoria Loan

On October 25, 2013, HSBC Bank USA, N.A., DekaBank Deutsche Girozentrale and certain lenders selected by them, as lead arrangers, extended to a subsidiary of ours, or the Waldorf borrower, a mortgage loan secured by the Waldorf Astoria New York property, or Waldorf Astoria loan, in an aggregate principal amount of $525 million. The Waldorf Astoria loan will mature on October 25, 2018.

Interest and Fees

The interest rate payable on the Waldorf Astoria loan is equal to the sum of one-month LIBOR plus 2.15%. The Waldorf borrower is required to enter into, and pledge as security for the Waldorf Astoria loan, an interest rate hedge agreement in the notional amount of the Waldorf Astoria loan which has the effect of capping one-month LIBOR at 4.0% for the first 24 months. Thereafter, the Waldorf borrower is required to renew the interest rate hedge agreement annual, except that each renewal will have the effect of capping one-month LIBOR at the greater of 4.0% and the rate that a results in a debt service coverage ratio that is at least 1.35:1.00.

In addition to paying interest on the Waldorf Astoria loan, we were required to pay an upfront fee of 0.65% of the Waldorf Loan amount at closing of the loan.

Amortization

The Waldorf Astoria loan has no amortization payments.

Prepayments

The Waldorf borrower is permitted to voluntarily prepay amounts outstanding under the Waldorf Astoria loan, subject to (1) if the prepayment is during the first six months following the closing date for the Waldorf Astoria loan, the payment of a spread maintenance amount (generally determined as the spread that would have

 

184


Table of Contents

been received through the end of the six months spread maintenance period) and (2) the payment of accrued interest and any customary “breakage” costs incurred by the lenders. Once repaid, no further borrowings will be permitted under the Waldorf Astoria loan.

Mandatory prepayments will be required in connection with certain casualties or condemnations of the property.

Guarantee

Certain obligations of the Waldorf borrower with respect to the Waldorf Astoria loan will be guaranteed by the U.S. owned real estate guarantors. Under the Waldorf guarantee, (1) the U.S. owned real estate guarantors will agree to indemnify Waldorf Astoria loan lenders for losses with respect to customary “bad-boy” acts of the Waldorf borrower and their affiliates and (2) that the Waldorf Astoria loan will become fully recourse to such guarantors upon a voluntary or collusive involuntary bankruptcy of the Waldorf borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate liability of the U.S. owned real estate guarantors as a result of clause (1) and (2) above will be capped at 15% of the then outstanding principal balance of the Waldorf Astoria loan.

Covenants and Other Matters

The Waldorf Astoria loan includes certain customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. Such covenants, among other things, will restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of the Waldorf borrower to, among other things: incur additional debt (other than certain trade payables); create liens on assets; transfer, pledge or assign certain equity interests; pay any dividends or make any distributions to its direct or indirect owners if an event of default exists or if the debt yield (calculated based on the outstanding amount of the Waldorf Astoria loan) has been less than 7.5% for two consecutive quarters; and make material changes to the organizational documents of the Waldorf borrower that would have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the Waldorf Astoria loan. The Waldorf Astoria loan includes affirmative covenants requiring the Waldorf borrower to, among other things, exist as “special purpose entities”, maintain while a debt yield trigger period exists certain reserve funds in respect of taxes and insurance, ongoing capital expenditures and such other purposes as determined by the agent of the lenders (unless such amounts have been paid or are being collected by the property manager), and comply with other customary obligations for real estate financings.

In addition, revenues are required to be deposited into certain segregated accounts, to be used by the property management to make certain payments relating to the properties securing the Waldorf Astoria loan. So long as there is no event of default under the loan and the debt yield for the loan (calculated based on the outstanding amount of the Waldorf Astoria loan) does not fall below 7.5% for two consecutive quarters, then any excess cash in those accounts would be available to the Waldorf borrower for any purpose, including the payment of dividends or distributions to their direct or indirect owners.

Timeshare Facility

On May 9, 2013, Hilton Grand Vacations Trust I LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a loan agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as paying agent, a commercial paper conduit lender, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch and Bank of America, N.A., as committed lenders, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as administrative agent, pursuant to which the lenders have committed to lend up to $400 million. On October 25, 2013, we entered into an amendment which increased commitments by $50 million to $450 million in aggregate. The loans are secured by timeshare loans secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust on timeshare interests in one or more residential units at timeshare resorts developed by Hilton Resorts Corporation, our wholly owned subsidiary, or HRC, or a subsidiary of HRC. The timeshare loans are required to satisfy certain eligibility criteria. Borrowings under the loan agreement are subject to availability under a borrowing base. The advance rate is generally 90% of the outstanding principal amounts of the eligible timeshare loans.

 

185


Table of Contents

Interest on the loans is payable at a variable interest rate which, in the case of a commercial paper conduit lender, is such lender’s cost of funds in the commercial paper market plus a usage fee or, in the case of any other lender (including a committed lender funding through its backstop funding commitments), one-month LIBOR plus a usage fee, and, in the case of any other lender, is daily one-month LIBOR plus a usage fee. The usage fee is 1.25% per annum, increasing to 1.75% per annum after the end of the commitment term. Interest is payable monthly. The commitment term ends on May 9, 2015, subject to extension in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. All loans will become due and payable 12 months after the end of the commitment term.

The borrower under the loan agreement is a special purpose bankruptcy-remote direct subsidiary of HRC which was established to purchase the timeshare loans on a periodic basis from HRC, and the loans are non-recourse obligations of the borrower. Grand Vacations Services LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, acts as the servicer of the timeshare loans pursuant to a servicing agreement, which contains customary representations, warranties and covenants. The servicer is entitled to receive a monthly fee from the borrower for servicing the timeshare loans. HRC has provided a performance guaranty to the lenders ensuring the performance and obligations (including the payment obligations) of the servicer under the servicing agreement.

The loan agreement contains customary affirmative covenants, including, among other things, maintenance of existence, further assurances and filing financing statements, maintenance of books and records, audit rights, notice of certain events, payment of taxes and compliance with laws and regulations. The loan agreement also contains customary negative covenants that generally limit the borrower’s ability to incur any debt other than as contemplated by the loan agreement, create liens other than under the loan agreement, guarantee obligations of any other person subject to certain exceptions, enter into transactions with affiliates subject to certain exceptions, engage in asset sales, mergers, consolidations or dispositions, pay dividends or make other payments in respect of equity interests after the occurrence of certain events and make certain petitions in bankruptcy against the commercial paper conduit lenders.

The loan agreement also contains certain customary events of default, including a change of control, breach of certain HRC financial covenants and certain timeshare loan performance measures.

Securitized Timeshare Debt

On August 8, 2013, HGV Depositor LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, or Depositor, offered $250 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.28% notes backed by timeshare financing receivables, or asset-backed notes, issued by Hilton Grand Vacations Trust 2013-A, a Delaware statutory trust, or Trust, in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The asset-backed notes were sold pursuant to a note purchase agreement dated August 1, 2013, by and among HRC, the Depositor, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as initial purchasers. The asset-backed notes are backed by a pledge of assets of the Trust, consisting primarily of a pool of timeshare loans secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust on timeshare interests in one or more residential units at timeshare resorts developed by HRC, or a subsidiary of HRC. The asset-backed notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.28% per annum and have a stated maturity of January 25, 2026. The asset-backed notes are non-recourse obligations of the Trust and are payable solely from the pool of timeshare loans and related assets. A portion of the net proceeds from the asset-backed notes were used to pay a portion of the revolving non-recourse timeshare notes credit facility.

The asset-backed notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, which includes customary representations, warranties and covenants. In addition, the amended and restated trust agreement pursuant to which the Trust was established includes customary representations, warranties and covenants. The timeshare loans are serviced by Grand Vacations Services LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, or Servicer, pursuant to a servicing agreement, which contains customary representations, warranties and covenants. The Servicer performs certain servicing and administrative functions with respect to the timeshare loans and is entitled to receive a monthly fee from the Trust for servicing the timeshare loans. HRC has guaranteed the performance of the Servicer’s obligations under the servicing agreement pursuant to a performance guaranty. HRC acts as the administrator of the Trust under an administration agreement, which includes customary representations, warranties and covenants.

 

186


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Under “Description of Capital Stock,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” refer to Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL. Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 30,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 3,000,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. All shares of our common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessment by us. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the public offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the holders of our common stock. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation:

 

    the designation of the series;

 

    the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

 

    whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

    the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

    the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

    the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

187


Table of Contents
    the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Company;

 

    whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Company or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

    restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

    the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium over the market price of the common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Dividends

The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equals the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our board of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairman of our board or the chief executive officer or upon the request of holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our capital stock. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super majority voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change in control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

 

188


Table of Contents

We do not have a stockholder rights plan or any series of preferred stock designated in connection with such a plan, and if our board of directors were ever to adopt a stockholder rights plan in the future without prior stockholder approval, our board of directors would either submit the plan to stockholders for ratification or cause the rights plan to expire within one year.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. For any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws provide for certain procedures with respect to the resignation of any director (other than a director nominated or designated pursuant to our stockholders agreement) who does not receive a majority of the votes cast in an uncontested election. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of our company.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 80% or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that from and after the date on which the parties to our stockholders agreement cease to beneficially own at least 40% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our capital stock any action, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may not be effected by consent in writing by stockholders unless such action is recommended by all directors then in office.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 provides that, subject to certain exceptions specified in the law, a publicly-held Delaware corporation shall not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder. These provisions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers, assets or stock sales or other takeover or change-in-control attempts that are not approved by a company’s board of directors.

 

189


Table of Contents

However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that in the event the parties to our stockholders agreement cease to beneficially own at least 5% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, we will automatically become subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock.

Under certain circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. Accordingly, Section 203 could have an anti-takeover effect with respect to certain transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. The provisions of Section 203 may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. However, Section 203 also could discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of our company. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

 

190


Table of Contents

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf, to the fullest extent permitted by law, of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of our company to our company or our company’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (iii) action asserting a claim against our company or any director or officer of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against our company or any director or officer of our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of Blackstone or any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Blackstone or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

 

191


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Indemnification Agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for shares of our common stock will be Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Listing

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “HLT.”

 

192


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—If we or our existing investors sell additional shares of our common stock after this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline.”

Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of              shares of our common stock outstanding (or              shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Of the outstanding shares, the              shares sold in this offering (or              shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding              shares of common stock held by our existing owners and management after this offering (or              shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be deemed restricted securities under Rule 144 and may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including the exemptions pursuant to Rule 144 which we summarize below.

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock issued pursuant to our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover 80,000,000 shares.

Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement that will provide Blackstone an unlimited number of “demand” registrations and customary “piggyback” registration rights. The registration rights agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act. Securities registered under any such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement that will provide certain former members of Hilton Global Holdings LLC with customary “piggyback” registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock that they receive from Hilton Global Holdings LLC prior to or following the consummation of this offering. The registration rights agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for more information regarding Hilton Global Holdings LLC.

Lock-Up Arrangements

We have agreed, subject to certain customary exceptions described in “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)”, that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly

 

193


Table of Contents

disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. waive, in writing, such an extension.

Our officers, directors, Blackstone and certain other existing owners, including the selling stockholder that collectively will own             shares following this offering, have agreed, subject to certain customary exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. waive, in writing, such an extension. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of these lock-up agreements.

Members of Hilton Global Holdings LLC who receive shares of our common stock from Hilton Global Holdings LLC, including Blackstone, will be prohibited from transferring such shares for six months beginning on the date of receipt of such shares. One third of the shares they receive may be transferred between 6 and 12 months following the date of receipt and one third of the shares they receive may be transferred between 13 and 18 months after the date of receipt. The transfer restrictions applicable to such holders will lapse after 18 months after the date of receipt.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person who is not deemed to be our affiliate for purposes of Rule 144 or to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares of common stock without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares of common stock without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144. In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of (1) 1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding and (2) the average weekly trading volume of the shares of common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

194


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a person (other than a partnership) that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership of the common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) are not subject to withholding, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete Internal Revenue

 

195


Table of Contents

Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Any gain realized on the disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to such holder if it were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are or become a “United States real property holding corporation,” so long as our common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder who holds or held directly, indirectly or constructively (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5% of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in other countries under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

 

196


Table of Contents

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under legislation enacted in 2010, regulations and administrative guidance, a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid after June 30, 2014, and to the gross proceeds from a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2016, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the legislation), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its United States “account” holders (as specifically defined in the legislation) and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity, whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such entity provides a certification that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial United States owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each such substantial United States owner and certain other specified requirements are met. In certain cases, the relevant foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity may qualify for an exemption from, or be deemed to be in compliance with, these rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding this legislation and whether it may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

197


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholder the following respective number of shares of common stock at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                     Incorporated
  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  
  

 

                     Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

    the obligation to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby (other than those shares of common stock covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the shares are purchased;

 

    the representations and warranties made by us and the selling stockholder to the underwriters are true;

 

    there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

    customary closing documents are delivered to the underwriters.

The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we and the selling stockholder will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial offering price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay us and the selling stockholder for the shares.

 

     Per Share    Total
     No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise
   No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise

Public offering price

           

Underwriting discounts and commissions:

           

Paid by Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

           

Paid by the selling stockholder

           

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $         per share to brokers and dealers. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms.

 

198


Table of Contents

The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be approximately $         (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions), including approximately $70,000 in connection with the qualification of the offering with FINRA by counsel to the underwriters.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of              shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be committed, so long as the conditions of the underwriting agreement are satisfied, to purchase a number of additional shares of common stock proportionate to that underwriter’s initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table, and the selling stockholder will be obligated to sell the additional shares of common stock to the underwriters.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and certain of our other existing security holders, including the selling stockholder, have agreed, not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive common stock, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by us or these other persons (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which we or such other persons has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC. We and such other persons have agreed that these restrictions expressly preclude us and such other persons from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of our or such other persons’ common stock if such common stock would be disposed of by someone other than us or such other persons. Prohibited hedging or other transactions includes any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of our or such other persons’ common stock or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such common stock.

The restrictions described in the paragraph above do not apply to:

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exerciseable for, or repayable with common stock (1) by will or intestacy, (2) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (3) to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of a security holder or the immediate family of such security holder, (4) to any immediate family member or other dependent of the security holder, (5) as a distribution to limited partners, members or stockholders of the security holder, (6) to the security holder’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the security holder, (7) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (1) through (6) above, (8) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency, (9) from an executive officer of us or our parent entities upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such executive officer, (10) in connection with transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of this offering acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering provided that in the case of this clause (10) no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, (11) with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and/or (12) by Hilton Global Holdings LLC to any of its members as contemplated by the provisions of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,

 

199


Table of Contents
 

dated April 7, 2010, of Hilton Global Holdings LLC and as contemplated by this prospectus; provided that: (x) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (2) through (7) and (9) above, (i) each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein and (ii) any such transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value, other than with respect to any such transfer or distribution for which the transferor or distributor receives (A) equity interests of such transferee or (B) such transferee’s interests in the transferor; and (y) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (2) through (7), if any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made (i) the security holder shall provide the representatives prior written notice informing them of such filing and (ii) such filing shall disclose that such donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein;

 

    if the security holder is a corporation, the corporation may transfer our capital stock to any wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided, however, that in any such case, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such capital stock subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement and there shall be no further transfer of such capital stock except in accordance with the lock-up agreement, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value;

 

    the sale of the security holder’s shares pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

    the establishment by a security holder of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that no transfers occur under such plan during the lock-up period and no public announcement or filing shall be required or voluntarily made by any person in connection therewith other than general disclosure in our periodic reports to the effect that our directors and officers may enter into such trading plans from time to time; and/or

 

    the delivery of shares of stock by Hilton Global Holdings LLC to holders of and in respect of Class A-2 Units and Class B Units as contemplated by this prospectus.

In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. waive, in writing, such extension.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us, the selling stockholder and the representatives. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives will consider:

 

    the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

    our financial information;

 

    the ability of our management, present stage of development and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

    the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

    the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.

 

200


Table of Contents

Indemnification

We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, liabilities arising from breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

    A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed to cover syndicate short positions.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, certain of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. Such underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. A prospectus in electronic format is being made

 

201


Table of Contents

available on Internet web sites maintained by one or more of the bookrunners of this offering and may be made available on web sites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “HLT.”

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

Stamp Taxes

Purchasers of the shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax advisor with respect to whether you may be required to pay those taxes or charges, as well as any other tax consequences that may arise under the laws of the country of purchase.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they may receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is the administrative agent, collateral agent swing line lender and letter of credit issuer under our $7.6 billion senior secured term loan and $1.0 billion senior secured revolving credit facility. In addition, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. were joint lead arrangers and, together with                     , were joint bookrunners in connection with, and, together with                     ,                     ,                      and                      and affiliates of                     ,                     ,                      and                     , are lenders under, our $7.6 billion senior secured term loan and $1.0 billion senior secured revolving facility. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and                      were joint book-running managers in connection with our offering of $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.625% senior notes due 2021 and, together with                     ,                     ,                     ,                     ,                     ,                     ,                      and                     , an affiliate of Blackstone, were also the initial purchasers of the senior notes. Affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are lenders under our $3.5 billion commercial mortgage-backed securities loan secured by 23 hotels owned by certain of our subsidiaries. An affiliate of                      is the paying agent and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is the administrative agent under the $400 million non-recourse timeshare notes credit facility of one of our subsidiaries; affiliates of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, are also lenders thereunder. In addition, an affiliate of                      is the agent, lender and syndication agent and affiliates of                      and                      are also lenders under our $525 million mortgage loan secured by our Waldorf Astoria New York property. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated were also initial purchasers in connection with the offering by one of our subsidiaries of $250 million aggregate principal amount of 2.28% notes backed by timeshare financing receivables. An affiliate of                      is a counter-party to one of our subsidiaries in four swap transactions entered into on October 25,

 

202


Table of Contents

2013 with a total notional value of $1.45 billion. In addition, as of November 8, 2013, affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and                      hold, directly or indirectly, limited liability company interests in the selling stockholder, the immediate parent company of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., and will receive shares of our common stock or cash from Hilton Global Holdings LLC as a result of this offering. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “—Conflicts of Interest.”

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments including serving as counterparties to certain derivative and hedging arrangements and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  B. to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Subscribers has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus

 

203


Table of Contents

for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter agrees that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire

 

204


Table of Contents

share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each Underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt

 

205


Table of Contents

Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”) as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended (“CISA”), and accordingly the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the securities offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The securities may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended (“CISO”), such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the securities are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

Conflicts of Interest

                    , an underwriter of this offering, is an affiliate of Blackstone, our controlling stockholder. Since Blackstone beneficially owns more than 10% of our outstanding common stock, a “conflict of interest” is deemed to exist under Rule 5121(f)(5)(B) of the Conduct Rules of FINRA. In addition, in connection with the repayment of certain borrowings under our credit facilities, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. is expected to receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering in its capacity as lender. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. holds, directly or indirectly, limited liability company interests in the selling stockholder, the immediate parent company of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., and is expected to receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering in connection with its election to receive a cash payment in lieu of shares of our common stock that would otherwise have been distributed to it as a member of the immediate parent entity. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.” These proceeds, when combined with the proceeds received in its capacity as lender, give Goldman, Sachs & Co. more than 5% of the proceeds of this offering, and consequently, Goldman, Sachs & Co. will be deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C). Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. As such, any underwriter that has a conflict of interest pursuant to Rule 5121 will not confirm sales to accounts in which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written consent of the customer. Pursuant to Rule 5121, a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 5121) must participate in the preparation of the prospectus and perform its usual standard of due diligence with respect to the registration statement and this prospectus. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. has agreed to act as qualified independent underwriter for the offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, specifically including those inherent in Section 11 of the Securities Act. We have also agreed to indemnify Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. against certain liabilities incurred in connection with it acting as a qualified independent underwriter in this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

206


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of selected partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others owns an interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the public reference facilities the SEC maintains at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect these reports and other information without charge at a website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You also will be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC’s website. We intend to make available to our common stockholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

207


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-54   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-55   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the nine months ended
September 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-56   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-57   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-58   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-59   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholder of

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

McLean, Virginia

September 6, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except share data)

 

    December 31,  
    2012     2011  

ASSETS

   

Current Assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 755       $ 781    

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

    550         658    

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $39 and $39

    719         638    

Inventories

    415         552    

Deferred income tax assets

    76         74    

Current portion of financing receivables, net

    119         103    

Prepaid expenses

    153         136    

Other

    40         91    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets (variable interest entities - $49 and $53)

    2,827         3,033    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, Investments, and Other Assets:

   

Property and equipment, net

    9,197         9,117    

Financing receivables, net

    815         770    

Investments in affiliates

    291         334    

Goodwill

    6,197         6,175    

Brands

    5,029         5,025    

Management and franchise contracts, net

    1,600         1,748    

Other intangible assets, net

    744         703    

Deferred income tax assets

    104         112    

Other

    262         295    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, investments, and other assets (variable interest entities - $168 and $194)

    24,239         24,279    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $  27,066       $  27,312    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   

Current Liabilities:

   

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other

  $ 1,922       $ 1,806    

Current maturities of long-term debt

    392         342    

Current maturities of non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of consolidated variable interest entities

    15         42    

Income taxes payable

    20         17    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities (variable interest entities - $51 and $77)

    2,349         2,207    

Long-term debt

    15,183         15,969    

Non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of consolidated variable interest entities

    405         439    

Deferred income tax liabilities

    4,948         5,006    

Liability for guest loyalty program

    503         512    

Other

    1,523         1,477    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities (variable interest entities - $485 and $534)

    24,911         25,610    

Commitments and contingencies - see Note 23

   

Equity:

   

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 2012 and 2011 - 1,000 shares authorized; 100 issued and outstanding

             

Additional paid-in capital

    8,452         8,454    

Accumulated deficit

    (5,746)        (6,098)   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (406)        (489)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Hilton stockholder’s equity

    2,301         1,868    

Noncontrolling interests

    (146)        (166)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    2,155         1,702    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

  $ 27,066       $ 27,312    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Revenues

        

Owned and leased hotels

   $  3,979        $  3,898        $  3,667    

Management and franchise fees and other

     1,088          1,014          901    

Timeshare

     1,085          944          863    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,152          5,856          5,431    

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     3,124          2,927          2,637    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     9,276          8,783          8,068    

Expenses

        

Owned and leased hotels

     3,230          3,213          3,009    

Timeshare

     758          668          634    

Depreciation and amortization

     550          564          574    

Impairment losses

     54          20          24    

General, administrative, and other

     460          416          637    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,052          4,881          4,878    

Other expenses from managed and franchised properties

     3,124          2,927          2,637    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     8,176          7,808          7,515    

Operating income

     1,100          975          553    

Interest income

     15          11            

Interest expense

     (569)         (643)         (946)   

Equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates

     (11)         (145)         (12)   

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     23          (21)         18    

Gain on debt restructuring

     —          —          789    

Other gain, net

     15          19            
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     573          196          419    

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (214)         59          (308)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     359          255          111    

Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (7)         (2)         17    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 352        $ 253        $ 128    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
        2012            2011            2010     

Net income

   $   359        $   255        $ 111    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax benefit (expense):

        

Currency translation adjustment:

        

Currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $102, $(2), and $(87)

     138          (82)          (151)   

Loss on net investment hedges, net of tax of $—, $—, and $(22)

     —          —          36    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total currency translation adjustment

     138          (82)         (115)   

Pension liability adjustment:

        

Net actuarial gain (loss), net of tax of $20, $10, and $(10)

     (35)         (21)         23    

Prior service credit (cost), net of tax of $4, $(2), and $2

     (8)                 (6)   

Amortization of net gain, net of tax of $(1), $(2), and $(4)

                     10    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total pension liability adjustment

     (41)         (13)         27    

Cash flow hedge adjustment:

        

Unrealized gains, net of tax of $—, $—, and $(63)

     —          —          101    

Reclassification into earnings, net of tax of $—, $(1), and $(3)

     —                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedge adjustment

     —                  105    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     97          (94)         17    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     456          161          128    

Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (21)                 37    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 435        $ 162        $ 165    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012              2011              2010      

Operating Activities:

        

Net income

   $ 359        $ 255        $ 111    

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

        

Impairment losses

     54          20          24    

Depreciation and amortization

     550          564          574    

Equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates

     11          145          12    

Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions

     (23)         21          (18)   

Gain on debt restructuring

     —          —          (789)   

Other gain, net

     (15)         (19)         (8)   

Share-based compensation

     50          19          56    

Amortization of deferred financing costs and other

     (5)                 31    

Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates

     31          13          18    

Deferred income taxes

     73          (187)         18    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable, net

     (82)         (43)         (40)   

Inventories

     137          119          155    

Prepaid expenses

     (15)         (7)           

Other current assets

     51          (29)         (21)   

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other

     71          151          (69)   

Income taxes payable

             —          (1)   

Change in restricted cash and cash equivalents

     (79)         (14)         25    

Change in timeshare notes receivable

     (68)         (53)         (55)   

Change in liability for guest loyalty program

             128          92    

Change in other liabilities

     (56)         83          709    

Other

     57          (5)           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

      1,110           1,167              833    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

        

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

     (433)         (389)         (148)   

Acquisitions

     —          (12)         (216)   

Payments received on other financing receivables

                       

Issuance of other financing receivables

     (4)         —          (2)   

Additional investments in affiliates

     (3)         (11)         (4)   

Proceeds from asset dispositions

             88          —    

Contract acquisition costs

     (31)         (53)         (6)   

Software capitalization costs

     (103)         (93)         (20)   

Proceeds from settlement of derivative instruments

     —          —          324    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (558)         (463)         (68)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

        

Borrowings

     96          40          18    

Repayment of debt

     (854)         (726)         (278)   

Cash paid in debt restructuring

     —          —          (895)   

Debt restructuring costs

     —          —          (35)   

Change in restricted cash and cash equivalents

     187          (25)         (249)   

Equity contribution from Parent

     —          —          819    

Contribution from noncontrolling interests

     —          —          33    

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     (4)         (3)         (9)   

Acquisition of noncontrolling interests

     (1)         —          (107)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (576)         (714)         (703)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (2)         (5)         (4)   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (26)         (15)         58    

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     781          796          738    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 755        $ 781        $ 796    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For supplemental disclosures, see Note 25: “Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information.”

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit)

(in millions)

 

    Equity (Deficit) Attributable to Hilton Stockholder              
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2009

  $      $   5,431       $  (6,460)      $     (435)      $ (7)      $  (1,470)   

Impact of adoption of new accounting standard

           —         —         (19)        —             (114)        (133)   

Equity contribution from parent entities

    —         919         —         —         —         919    

Fair value of contribution by affiliate in excess of the carrying value of debt exchanged

    —         78         —         —         —         78    

Share-based compensation

    —         (2)        —         —         —         (2)   

Debt extinguishment by parent entity

    —         2,078         —         —         —         2,078    

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

    —         (50)        —         —         (28)        (78)   

Net income (loss)

    —         —         128         —         (17)        111    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Currency translation adjustment

    —         —         —         (95)        (20)        (115)   

Pension liability adjustment

    —         —         —         27         —         27    

Cash flow hedge adjustment

    —         —         —         105         —         105    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    —         —         —         37         (20)        17    

Contributions

    —         —         —         —         33         33    

Distributions

    —         —         —         —         (9)        (9)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $      $ 8,454       $ (6,351)      $ (398)      $ (162)      $ 1,544    

Net income

    —         —         253         —                255    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Currency translation adjustment

    —         —         —         (79)        (3)        (82)   

Pension liability adjustment

    —         —         —         (13)        —         (13)   

Cash flow hedge adjustment

    —         —         —                —           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

    —         —         —         (91)        (3)        (94)   

Distributions

    —         —         —         —         (3)        (3)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $      $ 8,454       $ (6,098)      $ (489)      $ (166)      $ 1,702    

Share-based compensation

    —                —         —         —           

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

    —         (4)        —         —                (1)   

Net income

    —         —         352         —                359    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

           

Currency translation adjustment

    —         —         —         124         14         138    

Pension liability adjustment

    —         —         —         (41)        —         (41)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         83         14         97    

Distributions

    —         —         —         —         (4)        (4)   

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $      $ 8,452       $ (5,746)      $ (406)      $ (146)      $ 2,155    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Organization

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. (“Hilton” together with its subsidiaries, “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) was formed on March 18, 2010 to hold, directly or indirectly, all of the equity of Hilton Worldwide, Inc. (“HWI”). Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. is incorporated in the state of Delaware and has no operations other than its ownership of HWI, which occurred on April 7, 2010. The accompanying financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 combine the consolidated results of HWI for the period January 1, 2010 through April 6, 2010 with the consolidated results of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. from the date of formation through December 31, 2010, which includes the consolidation of HWI from April 7, 2010 through December 31, 2010.

Hilton is one of the largest and most recognized hospitality companies in the world based upon the number of hotel rooms and timeshare units under our ten distinct brands. We are engaged in owning, leasing, managing, developing, and franchising hotels, resorts, and timeshare properties. As of December 31, 2012, we owned, leased, managed, or franchised 3,926 hotel and resort properties, totaling 646,676 rooms in 90 countries and territories, as well as 40 timeshare properties comprised of 6,281 units.

On October 24, 2007, HWI became a wholly owned subsidiary of BH Hotels Holdco, LLC (“BH Hotels” or our “Ultimate Parent”), an affiliate of The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”), following the completion of a merger (the “Merger”). BH Hotels and its subsidiaries subsequently formed Hilton Global Holdings LLC, (“HGH” or our “Parent”), which has directly owned 100 percent of our stock since our formation.

Note 2: Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Hilton, our wholly owned subsidiaries, and entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including variable interest entities (“VIEs”) where we are the primary beneficiary. Entities in which we have a controlling financial interest generally comprise majority owned real estate ownership and management enterprises.

The determination of a controlling financial interest is based upon the terms of the governing agreements of the respective entities, including the evaluation of rights held by other ownership interests. If the entity is considered to be a VIE, we determine whether we are the primary beneficiary, and then consolidate those VIEs for which we have determined we are the primary beneficiary. If the entity in which we hold an interest does not meet the definition of a VIE, we evaluate whether we have a controlling financial interest through our voting interests in the entity. We consolidate entities when we own more than 50 percent of the voting shares of a company or have a controlling general partner interest of a partnership, assuming the absence of other factors determining control, including the ability of minority owners to participate in or block certain decisions. As of December 31, 2012, we consolidated six non-wholly owned entities in which we own more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the entities or we have determined we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE.

All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. References in these financial statements to net income (loss) attributable to Hilton stockholder and Hilton stockholder’s equity (deficit) do not include noncontrolling interests, which represent the outside ownership interests of our six consolidated, non-wholly owned entities and are reported separately.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States of America (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and, accordingly, ultimate results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are primarily derived from the following sources and are generally recognized as services are rendered and when collectability is reasonably assured:

 

    Owned and leased hotel revenues primarily consist of room rentals and food and beverage sales from owned, leased, and consolidated non-wholly owned hotel properties. Revenues are recorded when rooms are occupied or goods and services have been rendered.

 

    Management fees represent fees earned from hotels and timeshare properties that we manage, usually under long-term contracts with the property owner. Management fees from hotels usually include a base fee, which is generally a percentage of hotel revenues, and an incentive fee, which is generally based on a fixed or variable percentage of hotel profits and in some cases may be subject to a stated return threshold to the owner, normally over a one-calendar year period. Additionally, we receive one-time upfront fees upon execution of certain management contracts. We recognize base fees as revenue when earned in accordance with the terms of the management agreement. For incentive fees, we recognize those amounts that would be due if the contract was terminated at the financial statement date. One-time, upfront fees are recognized when all conditions have been substantially performed or satisfied by us. Management fees from timeshare properties are generally a fixed amount as stated in the management agreement and are recognized as the services are performed.

 

    Franchise fees represent fees earned in connection with the licensing of one of our hotel brands, usually under long-term contracts with the hotel owner. We charge a monthly franchise royalty fee, generally based on a percentage of room revenue, as well as application and initiation fees for new hotels entering the system. Royalty fees for our full service brands may also include a percentage of gross food and beverage revenues and other revenues, where applicable. We recognize franchise fee revenue as the fees are earned, which is when all material services or conditions have been performed or satisfied.

 

    Other revenues include revenues generated by the incidental support of hotel operations for owned, leased, managed, and franchised hotels, and other rental income. This includes any revenues received for vendor rebate arrangements we participate in as a manager of hotel and timeshare properties.

 

    Timeshare revenues consist of revenues generated from our Hilton Grand Vacations timeshare business. Timeshare revenues are principally generated from the sale and financing of timeshare intervals. Revenue from a deeded timeshare sale is recognized when the customer has executed a binding sales contract, a minimum ten percent down payment has been received, certain minimum sales thresholds for a timeshare project have been attained, the purchaser’s period to cancel for a refund has expired, and the related receivable is deemed to be collectible. We defer revenue recognition for sales that do not meet these criteria. During periods of construction, revenue from timeshare sales is recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. One of our timeshare products is accounted for as a long-term lease with a reversionary interest, rather than the sale of a deeded interest in real estate. In this case, sales revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Revenue from the financing of timeshare sales is recognized on the accrual method as earned based on the outstanding principal, interest rate, and terms stated in each individual financing agreement. See “Financing Receivables” section below for further discussion of the policies applicable to our timeshare notes receivable. Additionally, we receive sales commissions from certain third-party developers that we assist in selling their timeshare inventory. We recognize revenue from commissions on these sales as intervals are sold and we fulfill the service requirements under the respective sales agreements with the developers. We also generate revenues from enrollment and other fees, rentals of timeshare units, food and beverage sales, and other ancillary services at our timeshare properties that are recognized when units are rented or goods and services are rendered.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
    Other revenues from managed and franchised properties represent payroll and related costs, certain other operating costs of the managed and franchised hotels’ operations, marketing expenses, and other expenses associated with our brands and shared services that are contractually reimbursed to us by the hotel owners or paid from fees collected in advance from these hotels. The corresponding expenses are presented as other expenses from managed and franchised properties in our consolidated statements of operations, resulting in no impact to operating income (loss) or net income (loss).

We are required to collect certain taxes and fees from customers on behalf of government agencies and remit these back to the applicable governmental agencies on a periodic basis. We have a legal obligation to act as a collection agent. We do not retain these taxes and fees and, therefore, they are not included in revenues. We record a liability when the amounts are collected and relieve the liability when payments are made to the applicable taxing authority or other appropriate governmental agency.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities, when purchased, of three months or less.

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

Restricted cash and cash equivalents include cash balances established as security for certain guarantees, lender reserves, ground rent and property tax escrows, reserves statutorily required to be held by our captive insurance subsidiary, and advance deposits received on timeshare sales that are held in escrow until the contract is closed. For purposes of our consolidated statements of cash flows, changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents caused by changes in required legal reserves are shown as operating activities. The remaining changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents are the direct result of restrictions under our loan agreements, and, as such, are reflected in financing activities.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

An allowance for doubtful accounts is provided on accounts receivable when losses are probable based on historical collection activity and current business conditions.

Inventories

Inventories comprise unsold timeshare intervals at our timeshare properties, as well as hotel inventories consisting of operating supplies that have a period of consumption of one year or less, guest room items, and food and beverage items.

Timeshare inventory is carried at the lower of cost or market, based on the relative sales value or net realizable value. Capital expenditures associated with our non-lease timeshare products are reflected as inventory until the timeshare intervals are sold. Consistent with industry practice, timeshare inventory is classified as a current asset despite an operating cycle that exceeds 12 months. The majority of sales and marketing costs incurred to sell timeshare intervals are expensed when incurred. Certain direct and incremental marketing and selling costs are deferred on a contract until 100 percent of the revenue has been recognized.

In accordance with the accounting standards for costs and the initial rental operations of real estate projects, we use the relative sales value method of costing our timeshare sales and relieving inventory. In addition, we continually assess our timeshare inventory and, if necessary, impose pricing adjustments to accelerate sales pace. It is possible that any future changes in our development and sales strategies could have a material impact on the carrying value of certain projects and inventory. We monitor our projects and inventory on an ongoing basis and complete an evaluation each reporting period to ensure that the inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market.

Hotel inventories are generally valued at the lower of cost (using “first-in, first-out”, or FIFO) or market.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and interest applicable to major construction or development projects is capitalized. Costs of improvements that extend the economic life or improve service potential are also capitalized. Capitalized costs are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Costs for normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows: buildings and improvements (8 to 40 years), furniture and equipment (3 to 8 years), and computer equipment and acquired software (3 years). Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life, based on the lives estimates above, or the lease term.

Gains or losses on the sales of assets are included in net income (loss) when the assets are disposed, provided there is more than reasonable certainty of the collectability of the sales price and any future activities required to be performed by us relating to the disposal of the assets are complete or insignificant.

We evaluate the carrying value of our property and equipment if there are indicators of potential impairment. We perform an analysis to determine the recoverability of the asset’s carrying value by comparing the expected undiscounted future cash flows to the net book value of the asset. If it is determined that the expected undiscounted future cash flows are less than the net book value of the asset, the excess of the net book value over the estimated fair value is recorded in our consolidated statements of operations within impairment losses. Fair value is generally estimated using valuation techniques that consider the discounted cash flows of the asset using discount and capitalization rates deemed reasonable for the type of asset, as well as prevailing market conditions, appraisals, recent similar transactions in the market, and, if appropriate and available, current estimated net sales proceeds from pending offers.

If sufficient information exists to reasonably estimate the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation, including environmental remediation liabilities, we recognize the fair value of the obligation when the obligation is incurred, which is generally upon acquisition, construction, or development and/or through the normal operation of the asset.

Financing Receivables

We define financing receivables as financing arrangements that represent a contractual right to receive money either on demand or on fixed or determinable dates, which are recognized as an asset in our consolidated balance sheets. We record all financing receivables at amortized cost in current and long-term financing receivables. We recognize interest income as earned and provide an allowance for cancellations and defaults. We have divided our financing receivables into two portfolio segments based on the level of aggregation at which we develop and document a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. Based on their initial measurement, risk characteristics, and our method for monitoring and assessing credit risk, we have determined the classes of financing receivables to correspond to our identified portfolio segments as follows:

 

   

Timeshare notes receivable comprise loans related to our financing of timeshare interval sales and secured by the underlying timeshare properties. We determine our timeshare notes receivable to be past due based on the contractual terms of the individual mortgage loans. We recognize interest income on our timeshare notes receivable as earned. The interest rate charged on the notes correlates to the risk profile of the borrower at the time of purchase and the percentage of the purchase that is financed, among other factors. We record an estimate of uncollectibility as a reduction of sales revenue at the time revenue is recognized on a timeshare interval sale. We evaluate this portfolio collectively, since we hold a large group of homogenous timeshare notes receivable, which are individually immaterial. We monitor the credit quality of our receivables on an ongoing basis. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk with any individual counterparty or groups of counterparties. With the exception of the financing provided to customers of our timeshare business, we do not normally require

 

F-11


Table of Contents
 

collateral or other security to support credit sales. We use a technique referred to as static pool analysis as the basis for determining our general reserve requirements on our timeshare notes receivable. The adequacy of the related allowance is determined by management through analysis of several factors, such as current economic conditions and industry trends, as well as the specific risk characteristics of the portfolio including assumed default rates, aging, and historical write-offs of these receivables. The allowance is maintained at a level deemed adequate by management based on a periodic analysis of the mortgage portfolio. Once a note is 90 days past due or is determined to be uncollectible prior to 90 days past due, we cease accruing interest and reverse the accrued interest recognized up to that point. We apply payments we receive for loans, including those in non-accrual status, to amounts due in the following order: servicing fees, late charges, interest, and principal. We resume interest accrual for loans for which we had previously ceased accruing interest once the loan is less than 90 days past due. We fully reserve for a timeshare note receivable, in the month following the date that the loan is 120 days past due and, subsequently, we write the uncollectible note off against the reserve once the foreclosure process is complete and we receive the deed for the foreclosed unit.

 

    Other notes receivable primarily comprise individual loans and other types of unsecured financing arrangements provided to hotel owners. We individually assess all financing receivables in this portfolio for collectability and impairment. We measure loan impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For impaired loans, we establish a specific impairment reserve for the difference between the recorded investment in the loan and the present value of the expected future cash flows. We do not recognize interest income on unsecured financing to hotel owners for notes that are greater than 90 days past due and only resume interest recognition if the financing receivable becomes current. We fully reserve unsecured financing to hotel owners when we determine that the receivables are uncollectible and when all commercially reasonable means of recovering the receivable balances have been exhausted.

Investments in Affiliates

We hold investments in affiliates that primarily own or lease hotels under one of our nine distinct hotel brands. If the entity does not meet the definition of a VIE, we evaluate our voting interest or general partnership interest to determine if we have a controlling financial interest in the entity. Investments in affiliates over which we exercise significant influence, but lack a controlling financial interest, are accounted for using the equity method. We account for investments using the equity method when we own more than a minimal investment, but have no more than a 50 percent voting interest or do not otherwise control the investment. Investments in affiliates over which we are not able to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method.

Our proportionate share of earnings (losses) from our equity method investments is presented as equity in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated affiliates in our consolidated statements of operations. Cash distributions from investments in unconsolidated entities are presented as an operating activity in our consolidated statements of cash flows when such distributions are a return on investment. Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates are recorded as an investing activity in our consolidated statements of cash flows when such distributions are a return of investment.

We assess the recoverability of our equity method and cost method investments if there are indicators of potential impairment. If an identified event or change in circumstances requires an evaluation to determine if an investment may have an other-than-temporary impairment, we assess the fair value of the investment based on the accepted valuation methodologies, which include discounted cash flows, estimates of sales proceeds, and external appraisals. If an investment’s fair value is below its carrying value and the decline is considered to be other-than-temporary, we will recognize an impairment loss in equity in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated affiliates for equity method investments or impairment losses for cost method investments in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. We do not amortize goodwill, but rather evaluate goodwill for potential impairment on an annual basis or at other times during the year if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below the carrying amount.

We review the carrying value of our goodwill by comparing the carrying value of our reporting units to their fair value. Our reporting units are the same as our operating segments as described in Note 22: “Business Segments”. We perform this evaluation annually or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist. In any year we may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is in excess of its carrying value. If we cannot determine qualitatively that the fair value is in excess of the carrying value, or we decide to bypass the qualitative assessment, we proceed to the two-step quantitative process. In the first step, we determine the fair value of each of our reporting units. The valuation is based on internal projections of expected future cash flows and operating plans, as well as market conditions relative to the operations of our reporting units. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. However, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, then the second step must be performed. In the second step, we estimate the implied fair value of goodwill, which is determined by taking the fair value of the reporting unit and allocating it to all of its assets and liabilities (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Brands

We own, operate, and franchise hotels under our portfolio of brands. There are no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, or other factors that limit the useful lives of these brands and, accordingly, the useful lives of these brands are considered to be indefinite. Our hotel brand portfolio includes Waldorf Astoria Hotels & Resorts, Conrad Hotels & Resorts, Hilton Hotels & Resorts, DoubleTree by Hilton (including DoubleTree Suites by Hilton), Embassy Suites Hotels, Hilton Garden Inn, Hampton Inn (including Hampton Inn & Suites and, outside of the U.S., Hampton by Hilton), Homewood Suites by Hilton, and Home2 Suites by Hilton. In addition, we also develop and operate timeshare properties under our Hilton Grand Vacations brand.

At the time of the Merger, our brands were assigned a fair value based on a common valuation technique known as the relief from royalty approach. Home2 Suites by Hilton was launched post-Merger and, as such, it was not assigned a fair value. We evaluate our brands for impairment on an annual basis or at other times during the year if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the brand is below the carrying value. If a brand’s estimated current fair value is less than its respective carrying value, the excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recorded in our consolidated statements of operations within impairment losses.

Intangible Assets with Finite Useful Lives

We have certain finite lived intangible assets that were initially recorded at their fair value at the time of the Merger. These intangible assets consist of management agreements, franchise contracts, leases, certain proprietary technologies, and our guest loyalty program, Hilton HHonors. Additionally, we capitalize management and franchise contract acquisition costs as finite lived intangible assets. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized using the straight-line method over their respective estimated useful lives.

We capitalize costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software. Internal and external costs incurred in connection with development of upgrades or enhancements that result in additional functionality are also capitalized. These capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. These capitalized costs are recorded in other intangible assets in our consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

We review all finite lived intangible assets for impairment when circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the carrying value of an asset group is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss for the excess of carrying value over the fair value in our consolidated statements of operations.

Hilton HHonors

Hilton HHonors is a guest loyalty program provided to hotels. All of our owned, leased, managed, and franchised hotels and timeshare properties participate in the Hilton HHonors program. Hilton HHonors members earn points based on their spending at most of our hotel and timeshare properties and through participation in affiliated partner programs. When points are earned by Hilton HHonors members, the property or affiliated partner pays Hilton HHonors based on an estimated cost per point for the costs of operating the program, which include marketing, promotion, communication, administration, and the estimated cost of award redemptions. Hilton HHonors member points are accumulated and may be redeemed for certificates that entitle the holder to the right to stay at participating properties, as well as other opportunities with third parties, including, but not limited to, airlines, car rentals, cruises, vacation packages, shopping, and dining. We provide Hilton HHonors as a marketing program to participating hotels, with the objective of operating the program on a break-even basis to us.

Hilton HHonors defers revenue received from participating hotels and program partners in an amount equal to the estimated cost per point of the future redemption obligation. We engage outside actuaries to assist in determining the fair value of the future award redemption obligation using statistical formulas that project future point redemptions based on factors that include historical experience, an estimate of “breakage” (points that will never be redeemed), an estimate of the points that will eventually be redeemed, and the cost of reimbursing hotels and other third parties in respect to other redemption opportunities available to members. Revenue is recognized by participating hotels and resorts only when points that have been redeemed for hotel stay certificates are used by members or their designees at the respective properties. Additionally, when members of the Hilton HHonors loyalty program redeem award certificates at our owned and leased hotels, we recognize room rental revenue.

Fair Value Measurements - Valuation Hierarchy

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date (an exit price). We use the three-level valuation hierarchy for classification of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Inputs may be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The three-tier hierarchy of inputs is summarized below:

 

    Level 1 - Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

    Level 2 - Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the instrument.

 

    Level 3 - Valuation is based upon other unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value measurement.

The classification of assets and liabilities within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Derivative Instruments

We use derivative instruments as part of our overall strategy to manage our exposure to market risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We regularly monitor the financial stability and credit standing of the counterparties to our derivative instruments. Under the terms of our loan agreements, we are required to maintain derivative financial instruments to manage interest rates. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

We record all derivatives at fair value. On the date the derivative contract is entered, we designate the derivative as one of the following: a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be paid (cash flow hedge), a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (fair value hedge), a hedge of our foreign currency exposure (net investment hedge), or an undesignated hedge instrument. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is qualified, designated, and highly effective as a cash flow hedge or net investment hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) until they are reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is qualified, designated, and highly effective as a fair value hedge, along with the gain or loss on the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current period earnings. Changes in the fair value of undesignated derivative instruments and the ineffective portion of designated derivative instruments are reported in current period earnings. Cash flows from designated derivative financial instruments are classified within the same category as the item being hedged in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Cash flows from undesignated derivative financial instruments are included as an investing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

If we determine that we qualify for and will designate a derivative as a hedging instrument, at the designation date we formally document all relationships between hedging activities, including the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes matching all derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges to specific forecasted transactions, linking all derivatives designated as fair value hedges to specific assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, and determining the foreign currency exposure of net investment of the foreign operation for a net investment hedge.

On a quarterly basis, we assess the effectiveness of our designated hedges in offsetting the variability in the cash flows or fair values of the hedged assets or obligations via use of the Hypothetical Derivative Method. This method compares the cumulative change in fair value of each hedging instrument to the cumulative change in fair value of a hypothetical hedging instrument, which has terms that identically match the critical terms of the respective hedged transactions. Thus, the hypothetical hedging instrument is presumed to perfectly offset the hedged cash flows. Ineffectiveness results when the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedging instrument exceeds the cumulative change in the fair value of the hypothetical hedging instrument. We discontinue hedge accounting prospectively, when the derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, the underlying hedged transaction is no longer probable, or the hedging instrument expires, is sold, terminated, or exercised.

Currency Translation

The United States Dollar (“USD”) is our reporting currency and is the functional currency of our consolidated and unconsolidated entities operating in the U.S. The functional currency for our consolidated and unconsolidated entities operating outside of the U.S. is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the respective entity operates. Assets and liabilities measured in foreign currencies are translated into USD at the prevailing exchange rates in effect as of the financial statement date and the related gains and losses, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are reflected in equity. Income and expense accounts are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. Gains and losses from foreign exchange rate changes related to intercompany receivables and payables denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency that are not of a long-term investment nature are reported as a component of gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Self-Insurance

We are self-insured for various levels of general liability, auto liability, workers’ compensation, and employee health insurance coverage at our owned properties. Additionally, the majority of employees at managed hotels, of which we are the employer, participate in our workers’ compensation and employee health insurance coverage. Also, a number of our managed hotels participate in our general liability, auto liability, excess liability and property insurance programs. We purchase insurance coverage for claim amounts which exceed our self-insured retentions. Our insurance reserves are accrued based on estimates of the ultimate cost of claims that occurred during the covered period, which includes claims incurred but not reported. These estimates are prepared with the assistance of outside actuaries and consultants. The ultimate cost of claims for a covered period may differ from our original estimates. Our provision for insured events for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $27 million, $33 million, and $30 million, respectively. Our insured claims and adjustments paid for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were $37 million, $33 million, and $29 million, respectively.

Share-based compensation

We recognize the cost of services received in a share-based payment transaction with an employee as services are received and recognize either a corresponding increase in equity or a liability, depending on whether the instruments granted satisfy the equity or liability classification criteria.

The measurement objective for these equity awards is the estimated fair value at the grant date of the equity instruments that we are obligated to issue when employees have rendered the requisite service and satisfied any other conditions necessary to earn the right to benefit from the instruments. The compensation cost for an award classified as an equity instrument is recognized ratably over the requisite service period. The requisite service period is the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for an award.

Liability awards under a share-based payment arrangement are measured based on the award’s fair value, and the fair value is remeasured at each reporting date until the date of settlement. Compensation cost for each period until settlement is based on the change (or a portion of the change, depending on the percentage of the requisite service that has been rendered at the reporting date) in the fair value of the instrument for each reporting period.

Compensation cost for awards with performance conditions is recognized over the requisite service period if it is probable that the performance condition will be satisfied. If such performance conditions are not considered probable until they occur, no compensation expense for these awards is recognized.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The objectives of accounting for income taxes are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, to recognize the deferred tax assets and liabilities that relate to tax consequences in future years, which result from differences between the respective tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts, and tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the respective temporary differences or operating loss or tax credit carry forwards are expected to be recovered or settled. The realization of deferred tax assets and tax loss and tax credit carry forwards is contingent upon the generation of future taxable income and other restrictions that may exist under the tax laws of the jurisdiction in which a deferred tax asset exists. Valuation allowances are provided to reduce such deferred tax assets to amounts more likely than not to be ultimately realized.

We use a prescribed recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken in a tax return. For all income tax positions, we first determine whether it is “more-likely-than-not” that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related

 

F-16


Table of Contents

appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. If it is determined that a position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the benefit recognized in the financial statements is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (“SFAS 167”), which was subsequently codified in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Section 810, Consolidations . We prospectively adopted SFAS 167 on January 1, 2010. Upon adoption of this accounting guidance, we deconsolidated the entity holding the Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista, Florida (“Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista”). To account for the deconsolidation, we were required to initially measure any retained interest in the Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista at the amount at which any retained interest would have been carried in our consolidated financial statements if the new accounting guidance had been effective when we first became involved with the Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista. As we retained no interest in the Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista, the difference between the net amounts removed from our consolidated balance sheet in deconsolidation ($19 million) was recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to increase accumulated deficit by $19 million. We subsequently acquired the Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista in August 2010 and consolidated the property upon our acquisition. See Note 3: “Acquisitions” for further discussion of this acquisition.

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2012-02 (“ASU 2012-02”), Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment . This ASU permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. This ASU was effective for annual and interim indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 14, 2012. We adopted ASU 2012-02 prospectively as of January 1, 2013; however, our annual indefinite-lived intangible impairment tests will not be performed until the fourth quarter of 2013, at which time the provisions of the ASU will be applied. We do not expect the application of ASU 2012-02 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02 (“ASU 2013-02”), Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income . This ASU amends existing guidance by requiring companies to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety to net income in the same reporting period. For amounts which are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, companies will be required to cross reference other disclosures that provide information about those amounts. We adopted ASU 2013-02 prospectively as of January 1, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05 (“ASU 2013-05”), Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity . The ASU clarifies when a cumulative translation adjustment should be released to net income when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business (other than a sale of in substance real estate) within a foreign entity. We plan to adopt ASU 2013-05 prospectively as of January 1, 2014 and we are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this ASU will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11 (“ASU 2013-11”), Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Carryforward Exists. This ASU provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists in the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from disallowance of the tax position. We plan to adopt ASU 2013-11 prospectively as of January 1, 2014 and we are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this ASU will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 3: Acquisitions

In conjunction with business combinations, we record the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests at fair value as of the acquisition date, including any contingent consideration. Furthermore, acquisition-related costs, such as due diligence, legal, and accounting fees, are expensed in the period incurred and are not capitalized or applied in determining the fair value of the acquired assets.

Odawara Hilton Co., LTD

In December 2012, we purchased the remaining 53.5 percent ownership interest in Odawara Hilton Co., LTD (“OHC”), which leased the Hilton Odawara that we managed, for a cash payment of Japanese Yen (“JPY”) 155 million, or approximately $1 million. Prior to the acquisition, we had a 46.5 percent ownership interest in OHC, with the remaining interest held by nine stockholders each of whom had no more than a 10 percent ownership interest. We were considered to be the primary beneficiary of this VIE and, as such, OHC was consolidated in our consolidated financial statements. Upon completion of the acquisition of the remaining interests, we wholly own OHC. The equity transaction resulted in a decrease of approximately $4 million to additional paid-in capital.

In conjunction with this acquisition and predicated upon the fact that it would occur, in December 2012, OHC executed a binding purchase agreement with the owner of the Hilton Odawara to purchase the building and the surrounding land. However, the closing of the sale, which will include the exchange of cash and the acquisition of the title by Hilton, will not occur until December 2015. As a result of this purchase agreement and other factors, the Hilton Odawara lease, which was previously accounted for as an operating lease, was recorded as a capital lease asset and obligation of $15 million as of December 31, 2012.

Oakbrook Suites and Garden Inn, LLC

In August 2011, we purchased the remaining 50 percent ownership interest in Oakbrook Suites and Garden Inn, LLC (“Oakbrook LLC”), which owned the Hilton Suites Oakbrook and the Hilton Garden Inn Oakbrook Terrace, for a cash payment of $12 million. Prior to the acquisition, we had a 50 percent ownership interest in Oakbrook LLC, which was accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Upon completion of the acquisition of the remaining interests, we wholly owned Oakbrook LLC and it was consolidated in our financial statements. The fair value of the net assets acquired was $24 million. Our cash paid for the acquisition, along with the carrying value of our investment in Oakbrook LLC, was allocated to the net assets acquired, which consisted primarily of land, buildings, and furniture and equipment.

Hilton New Orleans Riverside

In November 2010, we acquired the 25 percent interest in the Hilton New Orleans Riverside that we did not previously own from the minority partner for $100 million. Upon completing the transaction, the hotel was wholly owned by us.

Prior to the acquisition of the remaining 25 percent interest, the operations of the Hilton New Orleans Riverside were consolidated based on our controlling interest in the entity that owned the hotel. Upon acquiring the remaining ownership interest, we reduced to zero the noncontrolling interest balance related to the former partner and reflected the difference in the amount of cash paid and the noncontrolling interest balance of approximately $47 million in Hilton’s additional paid-in capital.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista, Florida

In August 2010, we completed the acquisition of the Hilton Orlando Lake Buena Vista for a total purchase price of $250 million, which was the stated price of a put option held by the former owner to us. The purchase was funded with cash on hand. The purchase included the assumption of a net $5 million liability relating to working capital of the hotel assumed in the acquisition. As of the date of purchase, we had recognized a put liability of $103 million related to our estimated purchase price obligation, which reflected the difference between the fair value of the hotel of $147 million and the total put option purchase price.

The acquisition cost of the hotel was allocated as follows:

 

     (in millions)  

Building

   $        137    

Furniture and equipment

     10    

Extinguishment of put liability

     103    
  

 

 

 

Purchase price

     250    

Working capital deficit acquired

     (5)   

Repayment of capital improvement loan

     (30)   

Transaction costs incurred

       
  

 

 

 

Total net cash paid for acquisition

   $ 216    
  

 

 

 

The hotel is subject to a ground lease and has certain retail leases, which were assumed by us as part of the purchase. We evaluated these leases to determine whether the terms were favorable or unfavorable compared with the market terms of leases of the same or similar items at the date of acquisition. Based upon the third-party appraisal at the time of the transaction, the terms of these leases approximated current market rates and, as such, none of the purchase price was allocated to these leases.

Hilton Belfast

In February 2010, we purchased the remaining 25 percent of ownership interest in the Hilton Belfast from a minority owner for British Pound Sterling (“GBP”) 5 million, or approximately $7 million. Upon completing the transaction, we owned 100 percent of the entity that owns the hotel. Prior to the acquisition of the remaining 25 percent interest, the operations of the Hilton Belfast were consolidated based on our controlling interest in the entity. Upon acquiring the remaining ownership interest, we reduced to zero the noncontrolling interest balance related to the former partner and reflected the difference in the amount of cash paid and the noncontrolling interest balance of approximately $3 million in Hilton’s additional paid-in capital.

Note 4: Disposals

India Joint Venture

In December 2011, we completed the sale of our 26 percent interest in a hotel development joint venture located in India for GBP 15 million, or approximately $23 million. As a result of the sale, we reclassified the currency translation adjustment of $8 million, which was previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, to earnings within our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. Further, we recognized a related pre-tax loss on the sale of $10 million that was included in other gain, net in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Beverly Hills Office Building

In January 2011, we completed the sale of our former corporate headquarters office building in Beverly Hills, California for approximately $65 million and recognized a pre-tax gain of $16 million that was included in other gain, net in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Note 5: Inventories

Inventories were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Timeshare

   $        389       $        529   

Hotel

     26         23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 415       $ 552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, we capitalized interest of $3 million, $1 million, and $1 million, respectively, in timeshare inventory related to our timeshare development projects.

In May 2011, we purchased a non-operating hotel in Honolulu, Hawaii for $32 million. We are converting the property to a timeshare development. The acquisition value of the building, as well as subsequent conversion costs incurred were included in timeshare inventory as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Note 6: Property and Equipment

Property and equipment were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Land

   $ 4,090        $ 4,142    

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     5,450          5,185    

Furniture and equipment

     1,111          960    

Construction-in-progress

     88          95    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
      10,739           10,382    

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,542)         (1,265)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,197        $ 9,117    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment, including amortization of assets recorded under capital leases, recognized during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $290 million, $323 million, and $341 million, respectively. We capitalized $5 million, $6 million, and $1 million of interest as a cost of construction during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, property and equipment included approximately $157 million and $148 million, respectively, of capital lease assets primarily consisting of buildings and leasehold improvements, net of $71 million and $60 million, respectively, of accumulated depreciation and amortization.

The following table details the impairment losses recognized on our assets included in property and equipment, by property type:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2012          2011          2010    
     (in millions)  

Owned and leased hotels

   $  42       $  17       $  23   

Timeshare properties

             3         1   

Corporate office facilities

     11                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 53       $ 20       $ 24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The amount of each impairment was based on the excess of the assets’ carrying value over the fair value.

Note 7: Financing Receivables

Financing receivables were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Timeshare          Other              Total          Timeshare          Other              Total      
     (in millions)  

Financing receivables

   $  853        $  44        $  897        $  809        $  50        $  859    

Less: allowance

     (81)         (1)         (82)         (85)         (4)         (89)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     772          43          815          724          46          770    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion of financing receivables

     131          —          131          115          —          115    

Less: allowance

     (12)         —          (12)         (12)         —          (12)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     119          —          119          103          —          103    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financing receivables

   $ 891        $ 43        $ 934        $ 827        $ 46        $ 873    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Timeshare notes receivable

As of December 31, 2012, we had 49,310 timeshare notes outstanding with interest rates ranging from zero percent to 23.50 percent, an average interest rate of 12.27 percent, a weighted average remaining term of 7.5 years, and maturities through 2024. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had ceased accruing interest on timeshare notes with aggregate principal balances of $30 million and $31 million, respectively. The changes in our allowance for uncollectible timeshare notes were as follows:

 

     (in millions)  

Balance as of December 31, 2009

   $ 77    

Write-offs

     (41)   

Provision for uncollectibles on sales

     65    
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

      101    

Write-offs

     (36)   

Provision for uncollectibles on sales

     32    
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     97    

Write-offs

     (33)   

Provision for uncollectibles on sales

     29    
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 93    
  

 

 

 

Our timeshare notes receivable mature as follows:

 

Year    (in millions)  

2013

   $ 131    

2014

     113    

2015

     113    

2016

     115    

2017

     115    

Thereafter

     397    
  

 

 

 
     984    

Less: allowance

     (93)   
  

 

 

 
   $  891    
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The following table details an aged analysis of our gross timeshare notes receivable balance:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Current

   $  940       $  879   

30 - 89 days past due

     14         14   

90 - 119 days past due

     4         3   

120 days and greater past due

     26         28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 984       $ 924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 8: Investments in Affiliates

Investments in affiliates were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Equity investments

   $  276       $  318   

Other investments

     15         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 291       $ 334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We maintain investments in affiliates accounted for under the equity method, which are primarily investments in entities that owned or leased 32 hotels as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Our investments in affiliates accounted for under the equity method totaled $276 million and $318 million, representing approximately one percent of total assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. We are a partner in joint ventures with Felcor Hotels, LLC and affiliates that own 14 hotels in which our ownership interest ranges from 10 percent to 50 percent, as well as a management company in which we have a 50 percent interest. The total carrying amount of our investments with Felcor Hotels, LLC and affiliates was $107 million and $120 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We are also partners in other significant joint ventures with the following ownership interests and carrying amounts: a 25 percent ownership interest in Ashford HHC Partners III, LP, which owns two hotels and had a carrying amount of $37 million and $36 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively; and, a 40 percent interest in Domhotel GmbH, Berlin, which owns one hotel and had a carrying amount of $35 million and $32 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We also have investments in 15 other joint ventures in which our ownership interest ranges from 10 percent to 50 percent.

The equity investments had total debt of approximately $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Substantially all of the debt is secured solely by the affiliates’ assets or is guaranteed by other partners without recourse to us. We were the creditor on $20 million and $23 million of total debt from unconsolidated affiliates as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which were included in financing receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheets.

We identified certain indicators of impairment in 2012, 2011, and 2010 relative to the carrying value of certain of our investments and, as a result, determined that we had impairments on these investments during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010. The amount of the impairment was based on the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over its fair value, as calculated using discounted operating cash flows. We recorded $19 million, $141 million, and $6 million of impairment losses on certain equity method investments during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, which were included in equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates in our consolidated statements of operations. Additionally in 2012, we recorded a $1 million impairment loss on one of our other investments, which was included in impairment losses in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

In connection with the Merger, we recorded our equity method investments at their estimated fair value, which resulted in an increase to our historical basis in those entities, primarily as a result of an increase in the fair value of the real estate assets of the investee entities. The basis difference is being amortized as a component of equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates over a period of approximately 40 years and it is also adjusted for impairment charges. The unamortized basis was $120 million and $141 million, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We estimate our future amortization expense to be approximately $3 million per year for the remaining amortization period.

Note 9: Consolidated Variable Interest Entities

As of December 31, 2012, we consolidated three VIEs as required by the accounting standards related to the consolidation of VIEs. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we consolidated four VIEs.

Two out of three of these VIEs lease hotels from unconsolidated affiliates in Japan. We hold a significant ownership interest in these VIEs and have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance. Our consolidated balance sheets included the assets and liabilities of these entities, which primarily comprised $29 million and $24 million of cash and cash equivalents, $66 million and $79 million of property and equipment, net, and $408 million and $464 million of debt and capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The debt and capital lease obligations are non-recourse to us and were reflected as non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of consolidated variable interest entities in our consolidated balance sheets. The assets of these entities are only available to settle the obligations of these entities. Interest expense related to the non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of these two consolidated VIEs was $33 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and $37 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 and was included in interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

In 2012, we acquired the remaining ownership interest in OHC, which was previously one of our consolidated VIEs located in Japan. See Note 3: “Acquisitions” for further discussion of this transaction. Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 included the assets and liabilities of this entity, which primarily comprised $4 million of cash and cash equivalents, and $5 million of debt and capital lease obligations.

In 2011, two of our consolidated VIEs located in Japan restructured their lease agreements which were accounted for as capital leases. These lease restructurings resulted in a reduction of our capital lease assets and obligations of $76 million and $73 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. Additionally, we recognized a gain associated with one of the lease restructurings of $13 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, resulting from the difference between the fair value of the new lease terms and the carrying value of the former lease. This gain was recognized in other gain, net, in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. Additionally, $7 million of the gain was recognized as being attributable to noncontrolling interests based on their ownership interest in the VIE, and was included in net income attributable to noncontrolling interests in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, we also consolidated a VIE that owned one hotel that was immaterial to our consolidated financial statements.

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, we did not provide any financial or other support to any VIEs that we were not previously contractually required to provide, nor do we intend to provide such support in the future.

Note 10: Goodwill

In 2007, as part of the purchase accounting for the Merger, we recorded $10.5 billion of goodwill representing the excess purchase price over the fair value of the other identified assets and liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized approximately $4.3 billion of impairment charges relating to our goodwill,

 

F-23


Table of Contents

including impairment losses of $795 million on our goodwill assigned to our timeshare reporting unit which had no remaining goodwill assigned to that reporting unit as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010. In the fourth quarter of each year, we performed our annual assessment for impairment and concluded that there was no impairment of our goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010. Changes to our goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were due to foreign currency translations. Our goodwill balances, by reporting unit, were as follows:

 

     Ownership      Management
and Franchise
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Goodwill

   $ 4,557        $ 5,158        $ 9,715    

Accumulated impairment losses

     (3,527)         —          (3,527)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     1,030          5,158          6,188    

Foreign currency translation

     (2)         (11)         (13)   

Goodwill

     4,555          5,147          9,702    

Accumulated impairment losses

     (3,527)         —          (3,527)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     1,028          5,147          6,175    

Foreign currency translation

             18          22    

Goodwill

     4,559          5,165          9,724    

Accumulated impairment losses

     (3,527)         —           (3,527)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 1,032        $  5,165        $ 6,197    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 11: Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 
     (in millions)  

Amortizing Intangible Assets:

        

Management agreements

   $ 836       $ (259)       $ 577   

Franchise agreements

     1,706         (683)         1,023   

Leases

     408         (107)         301   

Other (1)

     646         (203)         443   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $   3,596       $  (1,252)       $   2,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-amortizing Intangible Assets:

        

Brands

   $ 5,029       $       $ 5,029   

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 
     (in millions)  

Amortizing Intangible Assets:

        

Management agreements

   $ 802       $ (207)       $ 595   

Franchise agreements

     1,704         (551)         1,153   

Leases

     399         (85)         314   

Other (1)

     529         (140)         389   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  3,434       $    (983)       $  2,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-amortizing Intangible Assets:

        

Brands

   $ 5,025       $ —        $ 5,025   

 

F-24


Table of Contents

 

(1)   Includes capitalized software with a net balance of $191 million and $112 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and the Hilton HHonors intangible with a net balance of $236 million and $256 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We recorded amortization expense on capitalized software of $30 million, $15 million, and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, and amortization expense on the Hilton HHonors intangible of $22 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

Our amortizing intangible assets related to management and franchise agreements, leases, proprietary technologies, capitalized software, and Hilton HHonors have finite lives and, accordingly, we recorded amortization expense of $260 million, $241 million, and $233 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Changes to our brands intangible asset during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were due to foreign currency translations.

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, we recorded no impairment relating to our other intangible assets.

We estimate our future amortization expense for our finite lived intangible assets to be as follows:

 

Year    (in millions)  

2013

   $ 297   

2014

     293   

2015

     274   

2016

     240   

2017

     227   

Thereafter

     1,013   
  

 

 

 
   $  2,344   
  

 

 

 

Note 12: Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

   $ 530       $ 432   

Accounts payable

     286         294   

Liability for guest loyalty program, current

     262         247   

Deposit liabilities

     169         102   

Deferred revenue

     61         86   

Self insurance reserves, current

     47         44   

Other accrued expenses

     567         601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  1,922       $  1,806   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue and deposit liabilities are related to our timeshare business and hotel operations. Other accrued expenses consist of taxes, rent, interest, and other accrued balances.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Note 13: Debt

Debt balances, including obligations for capital leases, and associated interest rates were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Senior mortgage loans with a rate of 2.51%, due 2015 (1)

   $ 7,271        $ 7,596    

Secured mezzanine loans with an average rate of 4.12%, due 2015 (1)

     7,697          7,698    

Secured mezzanine loans with a rate of 4.71%, due 2015 (1)

     240          250    

Unsecured notes (2)

     —          389    

Mortgage notes with an average rate of 6.14%, due 2013 to 2016

     134          158    

Other unsecured notes with an average rate of 7.82%, due 2017 to 2031

     149          153    

Capital lease obligations with an average rate of 5.69%, due 2015 to 2097

     83          66    

Contingently convertible notes with a rate of 3.38%, due 2023

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, including current maturities

     15,575          16,311    

Less: current maturities of long-term debt

     (392)         (342)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $  15,183        $  15,969    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Initial due date was November 12, 2010, with up to five additional one-year extensions at our option. We have extended the scheduled maturity date to November 12, 2013 by exercising our first, second, and third extension options. The fourth and fifth extension options are at our sole discretion, and require an extension fee equal to 50 basis points of the then outstanding principal balance. Combined, the extensions effectively extend the maturity of our senior mortgage and senior mezzanine debt to November 12, 2015.
(2)   As discussed below, we redeemed these unsecured notes in December 2012.

Debt Restructuring

In April 2010, we completed a restructuring (the “Debt Restructuring”) of our senior mortgage loan and secured mezzanine loans (collectively, the “Secured Debt”) for which HWI and its subsidiaries were the primary obligor. The transaction resulted in an overall reduction of debt of $4.0 billion. Key components of the Debt Restructuring were:

 

    A $76 million principal reduction payment on our senior mortgage loan. Funding for the principal repayment of the senior mortgage loan was provided from certain of our restricted cash and cash equivalents balances, which restrictions were required under the terms of the loan agreement.

 

    The repurchase of $1.8 billion of secured mezzanine debt for a cash payment of $819 million, representing a 54 percent discount from par value. Funding for the repurchase of the secured mezzanine debt was provided through an equity contribution of $819 million from our Parent.

 

    The extinguishment, by our Parent, of the two most-junior tranches of our secured mezzanine loans with an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $2.0 billion, as well as the respective outstanding deferred cash interest payments through the date of the Debt Restructuring, totaling $87 million.

 

    The amendment of our Secured Debt loan agreement provides for the adjustment of the interest rate spreads of our Secured Debt from a range of 30-day LIBOR plus 80-525 basis points, to a range of 30-day LIBOR plus 175-425 basis points. The decrease in the upper end of the range of interest rates is due to the acquisition of the two most-junior tranches of the secured mezzanine debt by our Parent as discussed above.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

As a result of the Debt Restructuring, we recognized a gain of $789 million in gain on debt restructuring in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, which was comprised of the following components:

 

     (in millions)  

Gain on excess of carrying amount over reacquisition price of certain debt

   $  910    

Less: write-off of existing deferred financing costs

     (4)   

Less: fees incurred as part of Debt Restructuring

     (39)   

Loss on excess of reacquisition price over carrying value of debt extinguished

     (78)   
  

 

 

 
   $ 789    
  

 

 

 

From certain lenders that were a party to the Debt Restructuring, we only reacquired a portion of the secured mezzanine debt tranches for which those specific entities were the lenders. The total cash payments we expect to make to these lenders, including interest, is greater than the pre-restructuring principal balance. These transactions involving a modification of terms were accounted for prospectively and the carrying amount of the debt held by these lenders was $240 million and $250 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest expense for these revised loans was computed using the interest method, with the interest rate determined as the amount that equates to the present value of the future cash payments specified by the new terms of the carrying amount of the debt.

Secured Debt

Our Secured Debt totaled $15.2 billion and $15.5 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest under the Secured Debt is payable monthly and includes both variable and fixed components. The Secured Debt is secured by substantially all of our consolidated assets in which we hold an ownership interest and contains significant restrictions on the incurrence of any additional indebtedness by us, including the prohibition of any additional indebtedness for borrowed money evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments. Additionally, under the terms of our Secured Debt, we are restricted from declaring dividends.

We are required to deposit with the lender certain cash reserves that may, upon our request, be used for, among other things, debt service, capital expenditures, and general corporate purposes. These reserves, totaling $147 million and $321 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were included in restricted cash and cash equivalents in our consolidated balance sheets as a current asset, since we have the ability to access the cash within the 12 months following the dates of the consolidated balance sheets, subject to necessary lender notification.

As a condition to permitting certain events under the Secured Debt, such as a release of certain assets as collateral for the loan or change of control of the Company, we must satisfy certain debt yield tests. We were able to satisfy all of the debt yield tests as of our most recent testing date.

Repayment of Debt

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, we made scheduled debt repayments on our Secured Debt of $314 million, $299 million, and $24 million, respectively. We also made the following additional debt repayments:

 

    In December 2012, we redeemed the outstanding $389 million in unsecured notes that were due in 2013, which included 100 percent of the principal amount, as well as any accrued and unpaid interest.

 

    In December 2012, we paid the outstanding mortgage of $23 million for a property purchased for a timeshare development in Honolulu, Hawaii in May 2011.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
    In November 2011, we purchased $335 million of our senior mortgage debt from one lender for a cash payment of $300 million, representing a purchase price at 89.5 percent of the face value. This repayment was accounted for as a modification as the expected net present value of our cash flows on our indebtedness to that lender changed by less than ten percent as a result of the paydown. This modification was accounted for prospectively and the interest expense for these revised loans was computed using the interest method, with the interest rate determined as the amount that equaled the present value of the future cash payments specified by the new terms of the carrying amount of the debt.

 

    In January 2011, we completed sales of our former corporate headquarters office building in Beverly Hills, California for approximately $65 million and our 26 percent investment interest in an Indian joint venture for approximately $23 million. The office building and our investment in the Indian joint venture were pledged as collateral under our Secured Debt; therefore, the proceeds from these sales were used to repay a portion of our Secured Debt during the year ended December 31, 2011. See Note 4: “Disposals” for further discussion of these transactions.

 

    In December 2010, we purchased $111 million of our $500 million outstanding unsecured notes for a cash payment of $100 million, representing a purchase price at 90 percent of the face value. As a result of this transaction, we recognized a gain of $11 million included in other gain, net, in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Non-Recourse Debt and Capital Lease Obligations of Consolidated Variable Interest Entities

In addition to our long-term debt, our consolidated balance sheets included debt and capital lease obligations related to consolidated VIEs that are non-recourse to us as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Capital lease obligations with an average rate of 6.34%, due 2018 to 2025

   $       373        $       425    

Non-recourse debt

     47          56    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     420          481    

Less: current maturities of non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of consolidated variable interest entities

     (15)         (42)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of consolidated variable interest entities

   $ 405        $ 439    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt Maturities

The contractual debt maturities as of December 31, 2012, including maturities of non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of consolidated variable interest entities, were as follows:

 

Year    (in millions)  

2013

   $ 407   

2014

     410   

2015 (1)

     14,521   

2016

     123   

2017

     75   

Thereafter

     459   
  

 

 

 
   $  15,995   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)   The Secured Debt has five one-year extensions solely at our option that effectively extend maturity to November 12, 2015. We have assumed all extensions for purposes of calculating maturity dates.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Note 14: Other Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Program surplus

   $ 263       $ 179   

Pension obligations

     262         240   

Other long-term tax liabilities

     340         341   

Deferred employee compensation and benefits

     129         79   

Deferred revenue

     82         90   

Self insurance reserves

     80         85   

Guarantee liability

     57         88   

Other

     310         375   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  1,523       $  1,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue is related to our timeshare business and hotel operations. Guarantee liability is related to obligations under our outstanding performance guarantees. Program surplus represents obligations to operate our marketing, sales, and brand programs on behalf of our hotel owners. Our obligations related to the self insurance claims are expected to be satisfied over the next three years.

Note 15: Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Cash Flow Hedges

Under the terms of our Secured Debt, we are required to hedge interest rate risk using derivative instruments with an aggregate notional amount equal to the principal amount of the Secured Debt. As such, during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable rate debt.

As of December 31, 2012, we held ten interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $15.2 billion. The caps were executed in August 2012 to replace the previous portfolio of interest rate caps that expired in November 2012. These interest rate caps expire in November 2013. We have elected not to designate any of the ten interest rate caps as effective hedging instruments. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a loss of $1 million in other gain, net in our consolidated statement of operations, which represented the premiums paid on these interest rate caps. No other gain or loss related to the ten undesignated interest rate caps in our current portfolio or previous portfolio were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2012 as changes in the fair values of our interest rate caps were immaterial.

As of December 31, 2011, we held ten interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $15.9 billion. The caps were executed in October 2011 to replace our previous portfolio of eleven interest rate caps maturing in November 2011. We elected not to designate any of the ten interest rate caps as effective hedges for accounting purposes. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized a loss of $3 million in other gain, net, in our consolidated statement of operations, related to hedge ineffectiveness on our eight designated interest rate caps in our previous portfolio and premiums paid for our ten undesignated interest rate caps.

As of December 31, 2010, we held eleven interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $16.2 billion. The caps were executed in October 2010 to replace our previous portfolio maturing in November 2010. We had designated eight interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $14.6 billion as effective hedging instruments. We did not designate three of our interest rate cap agreements entered into during 2010 as hedging instruments. As of December 31, 2010, the notional amount of the undesignated portion of the interest rate cap agreements was $1.6 billion.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized $5 million as a reduction in interest expense in our consolidated statement of operations related to hedge ineffectiveness primarily attributable to one of our interest rate swaps that had a fair market value other than zero at the time of designation. The related interest rate swap matured in November 2010.

The fair value of our interest rate caps was immaterial to our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Net Investment Hedges

Our most significant foreign currency exposure relates to fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate between USD and GBP. Historically, we used foreign exchange currency option agreements to hedge our exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates on certain of our foreign investments. Under the terms of these currency option contracts, we paid a premium to a counterparty for the right to sell a specified amount of foreign currency at a specified strike rate at the maturity date of the option. During 2010, we settled our remaining GBP foreign currency options, designated as net investment hedges, with an aggregate notional value of approximately GBP 505 million, for proceeds of $234 million, and we have not had any further designated foreign currency options held as net investment hedges since that time.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized $58 million of gains within OCI related to our net investment hedges in foreign entities. We have total deferred gains related to these net investment hedges in accumulated other comprehensive income of $170 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The amounts related to these net investment hedges will be released as we substantially liquidate or sell our original hedged investments in GBP and release amounts recorded in our cumulative translation adjustment component of accumulated other comprehensive income related to such investments.

Non-designated Hedges

Historically, we have held certain derivatives, as economic hedges of our foreign exchange exposure, which were not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. During 2010, we settled our portfolio of Euro (“EUR”) and Australian dollar (“AUD”) foreign exchange options with aggregate notional values of approximately EUR 540 million and AUD 374 million, respectively, for proceeds of $59 million and $31 million, respectively. These foreign exchange options were not designated as hedges in qualifying hedging relationships. We have not had any further undesignated foreign currency options since that time. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a gain of $20 million in gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions on undesignated foreign currency hedging instruments in our consolidated statement of operations.

There was no effect of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments to our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The following table summarizes the effect of derivative designated as hedging instruments in our consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) before any effect for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Deferred gains (losses) from derivatives in AOCI, beginning of period

   $ 170       $ 168       $ (61)   

Gains recognized in OCI from derivative instruments

                     222    

Reclassification of losses from OCI

             2           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred gains from derivatives in AOCI, end of period

   $  170       $  170       $  168    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Note 16: Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our financial assets and liabilities, which included related current portions, were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 
     (in millions)  

Cash equivalents (1)

   $ 561       $ 561       $ 578       $ 578   

Cash equivalents - restricted (1)

     322         322         408         408   

Timeshare notes receivable (2)

     984         987         924         931   

Other long-term debt (2)(3)

     284         297         701         668   

Secured Debt (2)(4)

      15,208          15,571          15,544          14,668   

 

(1)   Classified as Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy.
(2)   Classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.
(3)   Excludes capital lease obligations with a carrying value of $83 million and $66 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(4)   We assumed the exercise of all extensions on the Secured Debt for purposes of calculating fair value.

We believe the carrying amounts of our current financial assets and liabilities and other notes receivable approximated fair value as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Our estimates of the fair values were determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methods. Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data and develop the estimated fair value. Proper placement of fair value measurements within the valuation hierarchy is considered each reporting period. Third-party information received for calculating Level 3 fair value measurements is reviewed to ensure it is in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methods may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

Cash equivalents and cash equivalents - restricted are primarily comprised of short-term interest-bearing money market funds with maturities of less than 90 days, time deposits, and commercial paper. The estimated fair values were based on available market pricing information of similar financial instruments.

The estimated fair values of timeshare notes receivable, net and other long-term debt were calculated based on the expected future cash flows discounted at risk-adjusted rates. The primary sensitivity in these calculations is based on the selection of appropriate discount rates. Fluctuations in these assumptions will result in different estimates of fair value. An increase in the discount rate would result in a decrease in the fair value.

The estimated fair value of our Secured Debt was based on estimates of market spreads when quoted market values did not exist, on the current rates offered to us for debt of the same maturities, or quoted market prices for the same or similar issues. In determining the current market rate for the fixed rate debt, a market spread was added to the quoted yields on federal government treasury securities with similar maturity dates. The primary sensitivity in these calculations is based on the selection of appropriate market spreads. Fluctuations in these assumptions will result in different estimates of fair value. An increase in market spreads would result in a decrease in the fair value.

Our financial and nonfinancial assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include property and equipment, investments in affiliates, goodwill, brands, management and franchise contracts, and other intangible assets. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were certain financial and nonfinancial assets that were determined to be impaired and therefore the carrying amount of those assets were recorded at their fair value. The estimated fair values of our impaired financial and nonfinancial assets were calculated based on the expected future discounted cash flows of the respective asset. The key assumptions used were projected revenues, projected net operating income, long-term growth rates, terminal capitalization rates, and discount rates. The fair value measurements were considered Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The estimated fair values of our financial and nonfinancial assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairments losses during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 

    2012     2011     2010  
    Fair Value (1)     Impairment
Losses
    Fair Value (1)     Impairment
Losses
    Fair Value (1)     Impairment
Losses
 
    (in millions)  

Property and equipment, net

  $    24      $    53      $ 5      $ 20      $    61      $    24   

Investments in affiliates

    29        20         205         141        25        3   

 

(1)   Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, property and equipment, net with carrying value of $77 million, $25 million, and $85 million before impairment, respectively, was reduced to its estimated fair value, resulting in impairment losses of $53 million, $20 million, and $24 million, respectively. Using estimates of undiscounted net cash flows, we concluded that the carrying value of the assets were not fully recoverable. We estimated the fair value of the assets using discounted cash flow analyses, with estimated stabilized growth rates ranging from 2 percent to 3 percent, a discounted cash flow term of 10 years, terminal capitalization rates ranging from 8 percent to 11 percent, and discount rates ranging from 9 percent to 12 percent. The discount and terminal capitalization rates used for the fair value of the assets reflect the risk profile of the individual markets where the assets are located, and are not necessarily indicative of our hotel portfolio as a whole.

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, investments in affiliates with a carrying value of $49 million, $346 million, and $28 million before impairment, respectively, were reduced to their estimated fair value, resulting in impairment losses of $20 million, $141 million, and $3 million, respectively, related to our investments in entities that own or lease hotels. We estimated the fair value of the investments using discounted cash flow analyses, with estimated stabilized growth rates ranging from 3 percent to 7 percent, a discounted cash flow term of 10 years, terminal capitalization rates ranging from 8 percent to 12 percent, and discount rates ranging from 10 percent to 22 percent. The discount and terminal capitalization rates used for the fair value of our investments reflect the risk profile of the individual markets where the assets subject to our investment are located, and are not necessarily indicative of our investment portfolio as a whole.

Note 17: Leases

We lease hotel properties, land, equipment, and corporate office space under operating and capital leases. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we leased 71 hotels and 74 hotels, respectively, under operating leases and seven hotels and six hotels, respectively, under capital leases. Two of the capital leases as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were liabilities of VIEs that we consolidated and were non-recourse to us. Our leases expire at various dates from 2013 through 2191, with varying renewal options, and the majority expire before 2025.

Our operating leases may require minimum rent payments, contingent rent payments based on a percentage of revenue or income, or the payment of rent equal to the greater of a minimum rent or contingent rent. In addition, we may be required to pay some, or all, of the capital costs for property and equipment in the hotel during the term of the lease.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The future minimum rent payments, under non-cancelable leases, due in each of the next five years and thereafter as of December 31, 2012, were as follows:

 

     Operating
Leases
     Capital
Leases
     Non-Recourse
Capital Leases
 
Year    (in millions)  

2013

   $ 265       $       $ 34    

2014

     251                 38    

2015

     241         18          38    

2016

     234                 39    

2017

     222                 39    

Thereafter

     2,315         146          405    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum rent payments

   $  3,528         194          593    
  

 

 

       

Less: amount representing interest

        (111)         (220)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Present value of net minimum rent payments

      $       83        $     373    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is recorded in depreciation and amortization in our consolidated statements of operations and is recognized over the lease term.

Rent expense for all operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was as follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Minimum rentals

   $    286       $     264       $     268   

Contingent rentals

     161         175         152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 447       $ 439       $ 420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we acquired the remaining ownership interest in one of our consolidated VIEs located in Japan, as well as restructured the lease agreement for the Hilton Odawara. In conjunction with the lease restructuring, we executed a binding purchase agreement with the owner to purchase the building and surrounding land at the end of the extended lease term. The Hilton Odawara lease, which was previously accounted for as an operating lease, was recorded as a capital lease asset and obligation of $15 million as of December 31, 2012. See Note 3: “Acquisitions” for discussion regarding the acquisition of the VIE.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, one of our consolidated VIEs located in Japan restructured their lease agreement. See Note 9: “Consolidated Variable Interest Entities” for discussion of the restructuring.

Note 18: Income Taxes

Our tax provision (benefit) includes federal, state, and foreign income taxes payable. The domestic and foreign components of income before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

U.S. income before tax

   $ 435       $ 48       $ 281   

Foreign income before tax

     138         148         138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $    573       $     196       $     419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The components of our provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 71       $ 50        $ 194    

State

     13                 32    

Foreign

     57         70          64    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     141              128          290    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

     63         (190)         111    

State

     2         (8)         (54)   

Foreign

     8         11          (39)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

     73         (187)         18    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $      214       $ (59)       $      308    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During 2011, based on our consideration of all positive and negative evidence available, we believe that it is more likely than not we will be able to realize the benefit of our U.S. federal foreign tax credits. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2011, we released valuation allowances of $182 million against our deferred tax assets related to U.S. foreign tax credits.

Reconciliations of our tax provision at the U.S. statutory rate to the provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     2012      2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Statutory U.S. federal income tax provision

   $ 201        $        69       $ 147    

State income taxes, net of U.S. federal tax benefit

     10                 26    

Foreign income tax expense (benefit)

     18          50         (8)   

Foreign losses not subject to U.S. tax

     (24)         (26)        (19)   

Tax credits

     (67)         (58)        (67)   

Change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance

     56          (160     10    

Change in basis difference in foreign subsidiaries

     18          20         (7)   

Nondeductible settlement of a liability

     —          —         26    

Nondeductible portion of debt extinguishment

     —          —         27    

Provision for uncertain tax positions

     (2)         35         185    

Other, net

                    (12)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $      214        $ (59)      $      308    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes represent the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities plus carryforward items. The composition of net deferred tax balances were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Deferred income tax assets - current

   $ 76        $ 74    

Deferred income tax assets - noncurrent

     104          112    

Deferred income tax liabilities - current (1)

     (1)         (1)   

Deferred income tax liabilities - noncurrent

     (4,948)         (5,006)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $  (4,769)       $  (4,821)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Included in the accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other in our consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The tax effects of the temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to our net deferred tax asset (liability) were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Foreign tax credits

   $ 227        $ 346    

Net operating loss carryforwards

     570          563    

Compensation

     245          212    

Deferred transaction costs

     25          37    

Other reserves

     198          204    

Capital lease obligations

     188          214    

Insurance reserves

     44          43    

System funds

     23          28    

Other tax credits

     48          73    

Other

     72          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     1,640          1,720    

Less: valuation allowance

     (769)         (694)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

   $ 871        $ 1,026    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Property and equipment

   $  (2,025)       $  (2,023)   

Brands

     (1,916)         (1,914)   

Amortizable intangible

     (659)         (742)   

Unrealized foreign currency gains

     (301)         (380)   

Investments

     (70)         (109)   

Investment in foreign subsidiaries

     (93)         (122)   

Deferred income

     (576)         (548)   

Other

     —          (9)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     (5,640)         (5,847)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $   (4,769)       $   (4,821)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, we had state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $1.1 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, which resulted in deferred tax assets of $52 million for state jurisdictions and $519 million for foreign jurisdictions. Approximately $73 million of our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012 related to net operating loss carryforwards expiring between 2013 and 2032 with $2 million of that amount expiring in 2013. Approximately $497 million of our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012 resulted from net operating loss carryforwards that are not subject to expiration. We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized. In recognition of this assessment, we provided a valuation allowance of $15 million and $422 million as of December 31, 2012 on the deferred tax assets relating to these state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, respectively. Our valuation allowances increased in total by approximately $75 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily related to foreign deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2012, we had foreign tax credits of $192 million recorded as deferred tax assets that expire between 2018 and 2022.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Reconciliations of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 436        $ 405        $ 88    

Additions for tax positions related to the prior year

     71          60          131    

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

                     191    

Reductions for tax positions for prior years

     (23)         (6)         (1)   

Settlements

     (14)         (27)         (1)   

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (6)         (2)         (1)   

Currency translation adjustment

     —                  (2)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $  469        $  436        $  405    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We classify reserves for tax uncertainties within income taxes payable and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Our total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were $469 million, $436 million, and $405 million, respectively. The net increase to unrecognized tax benefits was primarily the result of items identified, resolved, and settled as part of our ongoing U.S. federal audit as well as an uncertain tax position with regard to our debt restructuring. We recognize interest and penalties accrued related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. We accrued approximately $8 million and $6 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively. In total, we had accrued balances of approximately $42 million and $40 million for the payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Included in the balance of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $374 million and $400 million, respectively, associated with positions that if favorably resolved would provide a benefit to our effective tax rate. As a result of the expected resolution of examination issues with federal (primarily), state, and foreign tax authorities, we believe it is reasonably possible that during the next 12 months the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease up to $50 million.

We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. We are under regular and recurring audit by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) on open tax positions. It is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome or the timing of resolution for tax positions. Changes may result from the conclusion of ongoing audits, appeals or litigation in state, local, federal, and foreign tax jurisdictions or from the resolution of various proceedings between the U.S. and foreign tax authorities. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examination for years through 2004. As of December 31, 2012, we remain subject to federal examinations from 2005-2011, state examinations from 1999-2011, and foreign examinations of our income tax returns for the years 1996 through 2011. During 2009, the IRS commenced its audit of our predecessor’s consolidated U.S. income tax returns for the 2006 through October 2007 tax years. In 2013, we received Notices of Proposed Adjustment from the IRS for such years primarily relating to assertions by the IRS that: (1) certain foreign currency-denominated, intercompany loans from our foreign subsidiaries to certain U.S. subsidiaries should be recharacterized as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and constitute deemed dividends from such foreign subsidiaries to our U.S. subsidiaries; (2) in calculating the amount of U.S. taxable income resulting from our HHonors guest loyalty program, we should not reduce gross income by the estimated costs of future redemptions, but rather such costs are deductible at the time the points are redeemed; and (3) certain foreign-currency denominated loans issued by one of our Luxembourg subsidiaries whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, should instead be treated as issued by one of our Belgian subsidiaries whose functional currency is the Euro, and thus foreign currency gains and losses with respect to such loans should have been measured in Euros, instead of U.S. dollars. In total, the proposed adjustments sought by the IRS would result in additional U.S. federal tax owed of approximately $695 million, excluding interest and penalties and potential state income taxes. The portion of this amount related to our HHonors guest loyalty program would result in a decrease to our future tax liability when the points are redeemed. We disagree with the IRS’s position on each of these assertions and intend to vigorously contest them. We plan to pursue all available administrative remedies, and if we are not

 

F-36


Table of Contents

able to resolve these matters administratively, we plan to pursue judicial remedies. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012, no accrual had been made for these amounts. The timing of the resolution of tax audits is highly uncertain, as are the amounts, if any, that may ultimately be paid upon such resolution.

State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of three to five years after filing of the respective return; however, the state impact of any federal tax return changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period generally of up to one year after formal notification to the states. The statute of limitations for the foreign jurisdictions generally ranges from three to ten years after filing the respective tax return.

Note 19: Employee Benefit Plans

We sponsor multiple domestic and international employee benefit plans. Benefits are based upon years of service and compensation.

We have a noncontributory retirement plan in the U.S. (the “Domestic Plan”), which covers certain employees not earning union benefits. This plan was frozen for participant benefit accruals in 1996; therefore, the projected benefit obligation is equal to the accumulated benefit obligation. Plan assets will be used to pay benefits due to employees for service through December 31, 1996. As employees have not accrued additional benefits since that time, we do not utilize salary or pension inflation assumptions in calculating our benefit obligation for the Domestic Plan. The annual measurement date for the Domestic Plan is December 31.

We also have multiple employee benefit plans that cover many of our international employees. These include a plan that covers workers in the United Kingdom (the “U.K. Plan”) and a number of smaller plans that cover workers in various countries around the world (the “International Plans”). The annual measurement date for all of these plans is December 31.

We are required to recognize the funded status (the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligations) of our pension plans in our consolidated balance sheets with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The following table presents the projected benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets, the funded status, and the accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 for the Domestic Plan, the U.K. Plan, and the International Plans:

 

     Domestic Plan      U.K. Plan      International Plans  
         2012              2011              2012              2011              2012              2011      
     (in millions)      (in millions)      (in millions)  

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation

                 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 449        $ 442        $ 312        $ 292        $ 119        $ 124    

Service cost

     —          —                                    

Interest cost

     21          23          16          17                    

Employee contributions

     —          —                          —          —    

Prior service cost

     —          —          —          —          —          (4)   

Actuarial loss (gain)

     43                  28          11                  (1)   

Settlements and curtailments

     —          —          —          —          —          (3)   

Effect of foreign exchange rates

     —          —          14          (1)         (2)           

Benefits paid

     (22)         (21)         (12)         (13)         (10)         (7)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 491        $ 449        $ 365        $ 312        $ 125        $ 119    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in Plan Assets

                 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 249        $ 251        $ 318        $ 305        $ 83        $ 80    

Actual return on plan assets, net of expenses

     31          13          34          10                    

Employer contribution

     15                          15          10          10    

Employee contributions

     —          —                          —          —    

Effect of foreign exchange rates

     —          —          14          (1)         (2)           

Benefits paid

     (22)         (21)         (12)         (13)         (10)         (7)   

Settlements

     —          —          —          —          —          (3)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     273          249          363          318          85          83    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year (overfunded/ (underfunded))

     (218)         (200)         (2)                 (40)         (36)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $    491        $   449        $  365        $  312        $  125        $  119    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of:

 

     Domestic Plan      U.K. Plan      International Plans  
         2012              2011              2012              2011              2012              2011      
     (in millions)      (in millions)      (in millions)  

Non-current asset

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $       $       $   

Current liability

     —          —            —            —          (1)         (1)   

Non-current liability

     (218)         (200)         (2)         (2)         (42)         (38)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $  (218)       $  (200)       $ (2)       $       $  (40)       $  (36)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 consisted of:

 

     Domestic Plan      U.K. Plan      International Plans  
       2012          2011          2010          2012          2011          2010          2012          2011          2010    
     (in millions)      (in millions)      (in millions)  

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $  29        $   8        $       $  17        $  21        $  (40)       $   9        $   2        $ (4)   

Prior service cost (credit)

     (4)         (4)         30          16                  (22)         —          (4)         —    

Amortization of net loss (gain)

             (4)         (6)         (3)         (1)         (7)         (1)         (2)         (1)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ 26        $  —        $  32        $ 30        $ 23        $ (69)       $       $ (4)       $ (5)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The estimated unrecognized net losses and prior service cost (credit) that will be amortized into net periodic pension cost over the next fiscal year were as follows:

 

     Domestic Plan      U.K. Plan      International Plans  
     2012      2011      2010      2012      2011      2010      2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)      (in millions)      (in millions)  

Unrecognized net losses

   $       $       $       $       $       $       $       $       $   

Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)

                                (3)         (16)         (3)         —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amount unrecognized

   $      8        $   10        $      8        $    1        $  (13)       $    (2)       $     1        $     1        $    1    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The net periodic pension cost for the Domestic Plan, the U.K. Plan, and the International Plans for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Domestic Plan      U.K. Plan      International Plans  
     2012      2011      2010      2012      2011      2010      2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)      (in millions)      (in millions)  

Service cost

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $       $       $       $       $       $   

Interest cost

     21          23          22          16          17          19                            

Expected return on plan assets

      (17)          (17)          (18)          (21)          (21)          (18)         (4)         (4)         (4)   

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

                     —          (16)         (3)         —          —          —          —    

Amortization of net loss (gain)

     (1)                                                                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost (credit)

             14          10          (13)         (2)         13                            

Settlement losses

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —                  —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net pension cost (credit)

   $      7        $    14        $  10        $  (13)       $    (2)       $    13        $     6       $     7        $    6    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     Domestic Plan      U.K. Plan     International Plans  
         2012              2011              2012             2011             2012             2011      

Discount rate

     3.9%         4.9%         4.7     5.0     3.8     4.6

Salary inflation

     N/A            N/A            1.9     1.7     2.2     2.8

Pension inflation

     N/A            N/A            2.8     2.9     2.0     1.8

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 

    Domestic Plan     U.K. Plan     International Plans  
       2012            2011             2010             2012            2011             2010          2012         2011         2010    

Discount rate

    4.9%        5.4%        5.7%        5.0%        5.7%           5.8%           4.6%            5.0%          5.3%   

Expected return on plan assets

    6.8%        6.8%        6.8%        6.5%        6.5%        6.6%        6.2%        6.2%        6.9%   

Salary inflation

    N/A             N/A             N/A           1.7%        2.6%        4.6%        2.8%        3.3%        3.4%   

Pension inflation

    N/A           N/A           N/A           2.9%        3.0%        3.4%        1.8%        1.8%        1.9%   

The investment objectives for the various plans are preservation of capital, current income, and long-term growth of capital. All plan assets are managed by outside investment managers and do not include investments in Company stock. Asset allocations are reviewed periodically.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Expected long-term returns on plan assets are determined using historical performance for debt and equity securities held by our plans, actual performance of plan assets, and current and expected market conditions. Expected returns are formulated based on the target asset allocation. The target asset allocation for the Domestic Plan as a percentage of total plan assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 50 percent in funds that invest in equity securities, and 50 percent in funds that invest in debt securities. The U.K. Plan and International Plans target asset allocation as a percentage of total plan assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 36 percent in funds that invest in equity securities, 50 percent in funds that invest in debt securities, and 14 percent in property funds.

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy, as defined in Note 2: “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of total plan assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 by asset category. The fair value of Level 2 assets were based on available market pricing information of similar financial instruments.

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Domestic Plan      U.K. Plan      International Plans  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
     (in millions)      (in millions)      (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $    —       $       $       $       $       $       $ 11       $       $   

Equity funds

     54         98                         138                         9           

Debt securities

     16         103                                                           

Bond funds

                                     163                         15           

Real estate funds

                                     58                         1           

Other

             2                         4                         49           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 70       $  203       $    —       $    —       $  363       $    —       $    11       $    74       $    —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Domestic Plan      U.K. Plan      International Plans  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
     (in millions)      (in millions)      (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $    —       $       $       $       $       $       $ 10       $       $   

Equity funds

     47         85                         111                         6           

Debt securities

     9         105                                                           

Bond funds

                                     153                         15           

Real estate funds

                                     44                                   

Other

             3                         10                         52           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 56       $  193       $    —       $    —       $  318       $    —       $    10       $    73       $    —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We expect to contribute approximately $47 million, $5 million, and $8 million to the Domestic Plan, the U.K. Plan, and the International Plans, respectively, in 2013.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012, the benefits expected to be paid in the next five years and in the aggregate for the five years thereafter were as follows:

 

     Domestic Plan      U.K. Plan      International
Plans
 
     (in millions)  

Year

        

2013

   $ 80       $ 13       $ 14   

2014

     27         13         9   

2015

     26         13         9   

2016

     26         13         9   

2017

     26         13         9   

2018 - 2022

     130         70         45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  315       $  135       $    95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic Plan

As of January 1, 2007, the frozen Domestic Plan and plans maintained for certain domestic hotels currently or formerly managed by us were merged into a multiple employer plan. As of December 31, 2012, the multiple employer plan had combined assets of $303 million and a projected benefit obligation of $526 million.

A class action lawsuit was filed in 1998 against Hilton and the Domestic Plan claiming that the Domestic Plan did not calculate benefit obligations in accordance with the terms of the plan nor were vesting rules followed in accordance with the plan. In May 2009, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia (the “District Court”) found in favor of the plaintiff in a summary judgment and required that we and the plaintiff enter into mediation to reach agreement on the amounts necessary for recognition of service and benefits for plan participants and in August 2011, the District Court issued a final order with respect to this lawsuit. Both Hilton and the plaintiff appealed various aspects of the final order to the U.S. Court of Appeals.

In December 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals affirmed the ruling of the District Court, and further appellate rights expired in January 2013. Based on the final order, we believe the best estimate of the minimum additional pension obligation based on the final order as issued by the District Court is approximately $109 million, which is included in the projected benefit obligation as of December 31, 2012. We had accrued in other long-term liabilities $109 million and $104 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The estimated additional obligation will be recognized as additional pension expense over the average remaining life expectancy of the plan participants as determined by our actuaries, with the remainder of the obligation having been recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as an adjustment of the pension liability.

In February 2012, the District Court ordered us to post bond of $76 million under the litigation to support potential future plan contributions. We funded an account, which is classified as restricted cash and cash equivalents, with this amount to support this requirement, and the bond will be released upon the future contributions being made. The Company is currently undertaking a process to clarify certain matters with the District Court to permit the adoption of an amended plan, considering the requirements of the ruling in the final order. As the matters are clarified and a new plan is adopted, the Company will be required to make contributions to allow for the adoption of the amendments. These contribution amounts are estimated to increase 2013 contributions by approximately $39 million and are included in the estimated contributions described above. The value of the bond may be applied toward the required contributions as necessary.

U.K. Plan

In March 2012, we, along with the trustees of the U.K. Plan, adopted an agreement to freeze the defined benefit plan for enrollment to new employees effective immediately, and to freeze the accrual of benefits to existing

 

F-41


Table of Contents

employees on November 30, 2013. A defined contribution plan will be put in place for the affected employees. We recognized an acceleration of prior service credit of $13 million related to the adoption of this agreement during the year ended December 31, 2012.

In May 2011, we, along with the trustees for the U.K. Plan, reached a tentative agreement on the funded status and security for the U.K. Plan. This agreement extended our GBP 15 million guarantee (equivalent to $24 million as of December 31, 2012) to December 2013 and included a one-time voluntary cash contribution of GBP 5 million (equivalent to approximately $8 million) by us to the plan, which was funded during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other Benefit Plans

We also have plans covering qualifying employees and non-officer directors (the “Supplemental Plans”). Benefits for the Supplemental Plans are based upon years of service and compensation. Since December 31, 1996, employees and non-officer directors have not accrued additional benefits under the Supplemental Plans. These plans are self-funded by us and, therefore, have no plan assets isolated to pay benefits due to employees. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, these plans had benefit obligations of $13 million, which were fully accrued in our consolidated balance sheets. Expense incurred under the Supplemental Plans for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was not significant.

We have various employee defined contribution investment plans whereby we contribute matching percentages of employee contributions. The aggregate expense under these plans totaled $18 million, $18 million, and $17 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Multi-Employer Pension Plans

Certain employees are covered by union sponsored multi-employer pension plans pursuant to agreements between us and various unions. Our participation in these plans is outlined in the table below:

 

Pension Fund

   EIN/Pension
Plan Number
     Pension Protection
Act Zone Status
     Contributions  
      2012      2011      2012      2011      2010  
                          (in millions)  

New York Hotel Trades Council & Hotel Association of New York City, Inc. Pension Fund

     13-1764242         Pending         Yellow       $ 13       $ 13       $ 13   

Other plans

              11         9         9   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contributions

            $  24       $  22       $  22   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Eligible employees at our owned hotels in New York City participate in the New York Hotel Trades Council and Hotel Association of New York City, Inc. Pension Fund (“New York Pension Fund”). Our contributions are based on a percentage of all union employee wages as dictated by the collective bargaining agreement that expires on June 30, 2019. Our contributions exceeded 5 percent of the total contributions to the New York Pension Fund in 2011, as indicated in the New York Pension Fund’s Annual Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan on IRS Form 5500 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The New York Pension Fund has implemented a funding improvement plan, and we have not paid a surcharge.

Note 20: Share-Based Compensation

Original Promote Plan

In August 2008, BH Hotels established an executive equity compensation plan (“the original Promote plan”) for members of our senior management team. The original Promote plan provided for the grant of restricted profits

 

F-42


Table of Contents

interest units in the form of B-1 Units and B-2 Units issued by BH Hotels. We recognized the capital contributions from our Ultimate Parent associated with these awards to our employees as additional paid-in capital.

The B-1 Units vested ratably over a five year period based on continued employment, with acceleration of vesting upon certain defined change in control events. The estimated grant date fair value of these B-1 awards was recognized over the requisite service period of these awards using the accelerated attribution method of expense recognition.

The B-2 Units vested solely in the event that the principal owners of BH Hotels achieved specified returns on their investments in BH Hotels and other service conditions. Because the performance condition required to vest in the B-2 Units was not likely to be achieved, the aggregate grant date fair value of these awards of $25.4 million was not recognized.

New Promote Plan

In November 2010, BH Hotels offered certain members of our senior management team the opportunity to participate in an executive compensation plan (“the Promote plan”). The Promote plan provides for the grant of a Tier I liability award, or an alternative cash payment in lieu thereof, and a Tier II equity award. The Tier I liability awards provide the participants the right to share in 2.75 percent of the equity value of Hilton up to $8.352 billion (or $230 million) based on the achievement of certain service and performance conditions. The awards vest based on continued employment in equal annual installments over five years. Vesting accelerates on the “Acceleration Date”, defined as the date on which Blackstone and its affiliates cease to own, beneficially or of record, at least 50 percent of BH Hotels Class A Units. The ultimate value of the award is affected by Hilton’s equity value on the Acceleration Date. The plan initially allowed for a portion of the Tier I liability awards to be paid in three annual early installments, if an Acceleration Date had not been achieved by April 2013. Each early installment payment is contingent on continued employment with us or one of our affiliates on each applicable early installment payment date. The early installments for the full participant group is a maximum of $50 million annually, less applicable withholding taxes. None of the early installments are subject to recovery by us in the event that the participant terminates employment prior to an Acceleration Date or if the ultimate value of the Tier I liability awards at the Acceleration Date is less than the early installment payments paid. Since the value of the Tier I liability awards is a fixed monetary amount known at inception and settleable with cash, the awards are classified and accounted for as liability awards.

The Tier II equity awards allow participants to share in Hilton’s equity growth above $8.352 billion and are also subject to service and performance conditions. Subject to continued employment with us or one of our affiliates, the Tier II equity awards will vest fully on the Acceleration Date. Payments will be made in respect of the Tier II equity awards only after the owners of Class A Units in BH Hotels have received a return of the value at grant date of their capital investment. As the vesting of the Tier II equity awards are subject to the achievement of a performance condition in the form of a liquidity event that is not probable, no expense has been recognized related to Tier II equity awards.

In November 2012, we offered certain members of our senior management team the opportunity to participate in a new cash retention award in exchange for cancellation of their participation in the Promote plan. The cash retention award will be paid in two equal installments with the first installment being paid by December 31, 2012, and the second installment being paid by December 31, 2013.

Those who elected not to accept the new cash retention award will continue to vest in the Promote plan. The vesting period was modified to accelerate the remaining two early installment payments. The original payment dates, assuming no acceleration for a liquidity event, was April 2014 and 2015, which have been accelerated to April 2013 and 2014. The acceleration of the early installment payments resulted in additional compensation cost of $3 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Accounting for the Modification

Because the original Promote plan was modified through the issuance of new awards, incremental compensation was measured as the excess, if any, of the fair value of the modified awards over the fair value of the original awards immediately before their terms were modified. The measured cost of a modified award generally cannot be less than the grant-date fair value of the original award.

The incremental fair value associated with the Tier II equity awards was separated from the Tier I liability awards. This separation was required because a component of the incremental fair value for Tier I liability awards is being recognized beginning on the modification date, while the incremental fair value for Tier II equity awards will not be recognized until the performance condition associated with the Tier II equity awards is probable. The separation of incremental fair values between Tier I liability awards and Tier II equity awards was calculated based on the relative fair values of the Tier I and Tier II awards at the modification date.

As the modification of B-1 Units and B-2 Units and allocation to the Tier I liability awards changed the balance sheet classification of the award, $7 million of previously recognized compensation cost was reclassified from additional paid-in capital to other long-term liabilities. The modification also resulted in $51 million of incremental compensation expense recognized as of December 3, 2010 for the Tier I liability awards.

Payments on Share-Based Compensation Plans

Total payments under the Promote plan and cash retention awards during the year ended December 31, 2012 were $95 million. No payments were made during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

During the first quarter of 2012, the first installment payments for the Tier I liability awards were accelerated, which resulted in $9 million of additional share-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2012. The amount of the payment was approximately $25 million.

During the fourth quarter of 2012, we paid the first installment to the 13 participants who elected to receive the retention award in exchange for cancellation of their participation in the Promote plan which totaled approximately $9 million. We recognized $9 million of additional share-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2012 for those participants who elected the retention award.

During the fourth quarter of 2012, we made payments totaling $55 million under the Promote plan. A portion of these payments resulted from the acceleration of installment payments for certain executives. The acceleration of the installment payments resulted in additional compensation cost of $10 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

A number of participants in the Promote plan terminated their employment with us during the year ended December 31, 2012. We made separation payments related to the participants’ vested portion of the Promote plan totaling $6 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

We expect future payments under the Promote plan and retention awards to total $18 million and $7 million during the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Summary of Share-Based Compensation Expense and Related Activity

Total compensation expense under the original Promote plan totaled $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Total compensation expense related to the new Promote plan and cash retention award, was $50 million, $19 million, and $51 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, there was $286 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the Promote plan and cash retention award, $7 million of which is expected to be recognized through April 2014 and $279 million of which is subject to the achievement of a performance condition, which is currently not probable of being met.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The liability awards have been recorded at estimated fair value of $18 million and $69 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and will be remeasured at each reporting date until settlement. As of December 31, 2012, $13 million was included in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other in our consolidated balance sheet. There was no amount classified in current liabilities as of December 31, 2011 related to the Promote plan and retention awards. The portion of the liability, if any, in excess of the early installment payments that vests only upon an Acceleration Date will only be recognized if the liquidity event occurs.

In calculating the compensation expense for the Tier I liability awards and Tier II equity awards granted, we have estimated the fair value of these awards as of December 31, 2012 using a lattice-based binomial model. The fair value of the Tier I liability awards and the Tier II equity awards was calculated based on the following assumptions, which were evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and experience:

 

     2012      2011      2010  

Dividend yield

     —%         —%         —%   

Expected volatility

     23%         31%         31%   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.4%         0.8%         1.7%   

Expected term (in years)

     2.9            3.9            5.1      

The dividend yield is based on no current annual dividend being paid. Volatility is based on historical information from us and our competitors with terms consistent with the expected life of our awards. The risk-free rate is based on the quoted treasury yield curve, with terms consistent with the expected life of our awards.

A summary of the activity of the Tier II equity awards was as follows:

 

     Promote Plan  
     Tier II  
     Units      Weighted-
Average Fair
Value
 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     283,072,516        $  1.03   

Granted

     —            

Forfeited

     (54,025,398)         1.21   
  

 

 

    

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     229,047,118        $ 1.18   
  

 

 

    

Note 21: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes, were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   $ (317)       $ (441)       $ (362)   

Unrealized losses on pension obligations

     (194)         (153)         (140)   

Unrealized gains on hedging instruments

     105          105          104    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  (406)       $  (489)       $  (398)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 22: Business Segments

We are a diversified hospitality company with operations organized in three distinct operating segments: ownership, management and franchise, and timeshare. Each segment is managed separately because of its distinct economic characteristics.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The ownership segment includes all hotels that we wholly own or lease, as well as consolidated non-wholly owned entities and consolidated VIEs. As of December 31, 2012, this segment included 123 wholly owned and leased hotels and resorts, three non-wholly owned hotel properties, and three hotels of consolidated VIEs. While we do not include equity in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated affiliates in our measures of segment revenues or segment operating income (loss), we manage these investments in our ownership segment. Our unconsolidated affiliates are primarily investments in entities that owned or leased 32 hotels as of December 31, 2012.

The management and franchise segment includes all of the hotels we manage for third-party owners, as well as all franchised hotels operated or managed by someone other than us under one of our proprietary brand names of our hotel brand portfolio. As of December 31, 2012, this segment included 453 managed hotels and 3,312 franchised hotels. This segment earns fees for managing properties in our ownership segment.

The timeshare segment includes the development of vacation ownership clubs and resorts, marketing and selling of timeshare intervals, providing timeshare customer financing, and licensing fees paid by third parties for the use of our Hilton Grand Vacations brand name. This segment also provides assistance to third-party developers in selling their timeshare inventory. As of December 31, 2012, this segment included 40 timeshare properties.

Corporate and other represents revenues and related operating expenses generated by the incidental support of hotel operations for owned, leased, managed, and franchised hotels and other rental income, as well as corporate assets and related expenditures.

The performance of our operating segments is evaluated primarily on Adjusted EBITDA, which should not be considered an alternative to net income (loss) or other measures of financial performance or liquidity derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income attributable to Hilton stockholder before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain items, including, but not limited to gains, losses, and expenses in connection with: (i) asset dispositions for both consolidated and unconsolidated investments; (ii) foreign currency transactions; (iii) debt restructurings/retirements; (iv) non-cash impairment charges; (v) furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E”) replacement reserves required under certain lease agreements; (vi) reorganization costs; (vii) share-based and certain other compensations expenses; (viii) severance, relocation and other expenses; and (ix) other items.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The following table presents revenues and Adjusted EBITDA for our reportable segments, reconciled to consolidated amounts:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Revenues:

        

Ownership

   $ 4,006        $ 3,926        $ 3,684    

Management and franchise

     1,180          1,095          933    

Timeshare

     1,085          944          863    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment revenues

     6,271          5,965          5,480    

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     3,124          2,927          2,637    

Other revenues

     66          58          59    

Intersegment fees elimination (1)(2)(3)

     (185)         (167)         (108)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $  9,276        $  8,783        $  8,068    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

        

Ownership (1)(4)

   $ 793        $ 725        $ 688    

Management and franchise (2)

     1,180          1,095          927    

Timeshare

     252          207          212    

Corporate and other (3)

     (269)         (274)         (263)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,956        $ 1,753        $ 1,564    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes charges to timeshare operations for rental fees and fees for other amenities, which are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. These charges totaled $24 million, $27 million, and $17 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. While the net impact is zero, our measure of segment Adjusted EBITDA includes these fees as a benefit to ownership Adjusted EBITDA and a cost to the timeshare segment.
(2)   Includes management, royalty, and intellectual property fees of $96 million, $88 million, and $82 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. These fees are charged to consolidated owned and leased properties and are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. Effective January 1, 2011, management and franchise began charging a licensing fee to our timeshare segment, which is also eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. This fee was $52 million and $43 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. While the net impact is zero, our measure of segment Adjusted EBITDA includes these fees as a benefit to management and franchise Adjusted EBITDA and a cost to the ownership and timeshare segments.
(3)   Includes charges to consolidated owned and leased properties for services provided by our wholly-owned laundry business of $10 million, $9 million, and $9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. These charges are eliminated in our consolidated financial statements.
(4)   Includes unconsolidated affiliate Adjusted EBITDA.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

The table below provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA and EBITDA to net income attributable to Hilton stockholder:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $    1,956        $    1,753        $    1,564    

Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (7)         (2)         17    

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     23          (21)         18    

FF&E replacement reserve

     (68)         (57)         (48)   

Share-based compensation expense

     (50)         (19)         (56)   

Impairment losses

     (54)         (20)         (24)   

Impairment losses included in equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates

     (19)         (141)         (6)   

Gain on debt restructuring

     —          —          789    

Other gain, net

     15          19            

Other adjustment items (1)

     (64)         (51)         (242)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     1,732          1,461          2,020    

Interest expense

     (569)         (643)         (946)   

Interest expense included in equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates

     (13)         (12)         (16)   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (214)         59          (308)   

Depreciation and amortization

     (550)         (564)         (574)   

Depreciation and amortization included in equity in losses from unconsolidated affiliates

     (34)         (48)         (48)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 352        $ 253        $ 128    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Represents adjustments for legal expenses, severance and certain guarantee payments. Includes $150 million of legal settlement expense, including a cash payment of $75 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The following table presents assets for our reportable segments, reconciled to consolidated amounts:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

Assets:

     

Ownership

   $ 12,316       $ 12,448   

Management and franchise

     11,650         11,842   

Timeshare

     1,839         1,807   

Corporate and other

     1,261         1,215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  27,066       $  27,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The following table presents capital expenditures for property and equipment for our reportable segments, reconciled to consolidated amounts:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Capital expenditures for property and equipment:

        

Ownership (1)

   $ 396       $ 368       $ 132   

Timeshare

     28         12         5   

Corporate and other

     9         9         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $     433       $     389       $     148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Excludes acquisitions of $12 million and $216 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Revenues by country were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

U.S.

   $ 6,743       $ 6,293       $ 5,754   

All other

     2,533         2,490         2,314   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  9,276       $  8,783       $  8,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other than the U.S., there were no countries that individually represented more than ten percent of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

Property and equipment, net by country were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in millions)  

U.S.

   $ 8,252       $ 8,186   

All other

     945         931   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  9,197       $  9,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other than the U.S., there were no countries which individually comprised over ten percent of total property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Note 23: Commitments and Contingencies

As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding guarantees of $32 million, with remaining terms ranging from six months to ten years, for debt and other obligations of third parties. We have two letters of credit, which are supported by restricted cash and cash equivalents, for a total of $27 million that have been pledged as collateral for two of these guarantees. Although we believe it is unlikely that material payments will be required under these guarantees or letters of credit, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

We have also provided performance guarantees to certain owners of hotels that we operate under management contracts. Most of these guarantees allow us to terminate the contract, rather than fund shortfalls, if specified performance levels are not achieved. However, in limited cases, we are obligated to fund performance shortfalls. As of December 31, 2012, we had nine contracts containing performance guarantees, with expirations ranging

 

F-49


Table of Contents

from 2013 to 2030, and possible cash outlays totaling approximately $196 million. Funding under these guarantees in future periods is dependent on the operating performance levels of these hotels over the remaining terms of the performance guarantees. We do not have any letters of credit pledged as collateral against these guarantees. As of December 31, 2012, we recorded current liabilities of approximately $30 million and non-current liabilities of approximately $57 million in our consolidated balance sheet for obligations under our outstanding performance guarantees related to certain VIEs for which we are not the primary beneficiary. As of December 31, 2011, we recorded non-current liabilities of approximately $88 million related to these performance guarantees.

As of December 31, 2012 we had the following commitments:

 

    Contract acquisition costs of $49 million, the majority of which are expected to be paid over the next two years.

 

    In June 2012, we entered into an agreement with a developer in Las Vegas, Nevada, whereby we will purchase residential units from the developer that we will convert to timeshare units to be marketed and sold under our Hilton Grand Vacations brand. Subject to certain conditions, we will be required to purchase approximately $92 million of inventory ratably over a period of four years. As of December 31, 2012, we had not purchased any inventory under this agreement. We plan to purchase approximately $6 million of inventory in the first quarter of 2013, with subsequent purchases of approximately $6 million per quarter over the next 15 quarters.

In addition to the above, in the normal course of business we enter into purchase commitments for which we are reimbursed by the owners of our managed and franchised hotels. These obligations will not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

Also, as of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding commitments under construction contracts of approximately $72 million for capital expenditures at certain owned and leased properties, including our consolidated VIEs. Our construction contracts contain clauses that allow us to cancel all or some portion of the work. If cancellation of a contract occurred, our commitment would be any costs incurred up to the cancellation date, in addition to any costs associated with the discharge of the contract.

During 2010, an affiliate of our Ultimate Parent settled a $75 million liability on our behalf in conjunction with a lawsuit settlement by entering into service contracts with the plaintiff. We recorded the portion settled by the affiliate of our Ultimate Parent as a non-cash capital contribution. Additionally, as part of the settlement, we entered into a guarantee with the plaintiff to pay any shortfall that the affiliate of our Ultimate Parent does not fund related to those service contracts up to the value of the settlement amount made by the affiliate of our Ultimate Parent. The remaining potential exposure under this guarantee as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $57 million. We have not accrued a liability for this guarantee as we believe the likelihood of any material funding to be remote. In 2011, we received a payment of $20 million from our insurance carrier in recovery of legal expenses incurred by us as part of the settlement. We recognized these proceeds as a reduction to general, administrative, and other expenses in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

We are involved in other litigation arising from the normal course of business, some of which includes claims for substantial sums. Although we cannot predict the outcome of litigation with certainty, generally accepted accounting principles require us to disclose an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss or make a statement that such an estimate cannot be made for contingencies where there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss may have been incurred. We have a thorough process to determine an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss before we conclude and disclose that an estimate cannot be made. A reasonably possible loss or range of loss associated with any of our material litigation cannot be estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, we expect that the ultimate resolution of all pending or threatened claims and litigation as of December 31, 2012 will not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Note 24: Related Party Transactions

Investment in Affiliates

We hold investments in affiliates that own or lease properties that we manage or franchise. We recognized management and franchise fee revenue of $29 million, $32 million, and $26 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, related to our agreements for these properties. We recognized reimbursements and reimbursable costs for these hotels, primarily related to payroll and marketing expenses, of $172 million, $148 million, and $137 million in other revenue and expense from managed and franchised properties in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had accounts receivable due from these properties related to these management and franchise fees and reimbursements of $21 million and $17 million, respectively. Additionally, in certain cases we incur costs to acquire management contracts with our unconsolidated affiliates or provide loans or guarantees on behalf of these entities. We incurred acquisition costs of $18 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 related to such contracts. There were no acquisition costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to such contracts. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had unamortized acquisition costs of $18 million and $19 million, respectively, recorded in management and franchise contracts, net in our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had other financing receivables, net related to these properties of $17 million and $20 million, respectively. We recorded interest income on these other financing receivables of $3 million, $3 million, and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We generally own between 10% and 50% of these equity method investments. See Note 2: “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” for further discussion.

The Blackstone Group

Affiliates of Blackstone directly and indirectly own hotels that we manage or franchise and receive fees in connection with those management and franchise agreements. We recognized management and franchise fee revenue of $29 million, $23 million, and $16 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, related to our agreements for these hotels. We recognized reimbursements and reimbursable costs for these hotels, primarily related to payroll and marketing expenses, of $135 million, $101 million, and $93 million in other revenue and expense from managed and franchised properties in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had accounts receivable due from these hotels related to these management and franchise fees and reimbursements of $28 million and $19 million, respectively. Additionally, in certain cases, we incur costs to acquire management and franchise contracts with hotels owned by affiliates of Blackstone. We incurred acquisition costs of $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 related to these contracts. There were no acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2010 related to these contracts. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had unamortized acquisition costs of $6 million recorded in management and franchise contracts, net in our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had $5 million accrued in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other in our consolidated balance sheets related to contract acquisition costs for these hotels. Our maximum exposure to loss related to these hotels is limited to the amounts discussed above; therefore, our involvement with these hotels does not expose us to additional variability or risk of loss.

We also purchase products and services from entities affiliated with or owned by Blackstone. The fees paid for these products and services were $26 million, $23 million, and $23 million, during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Note 25: Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

Interest paid during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, was $486 million, $470 million, and $686 million, respectively.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Income taxes, net of refunds, paid during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were $103 million, $114 million, and $80 million, respectively.

The following non-cash investing and financing activities were excluded from the consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

    In 2012, we executed a capital lease in conjunction with the acquisition of OHC, for which we recorded a capital lease asset and obligation of $15 million as of December 31, 2012. See Note 3: “Acquisitions” for further discussion.

 

    In 2011, two of our consolidated VIEs restructured their debt resulting in a reduction of our capital lease assets and obligations of $76 million and $73 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. See Note 9: “Consolidated Variable Interest Entities” for further discussion.

 

    In 2010, our Parent extinguished on our behalf the two most-junior tranches of our secured mezzanine loans with an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $2.0 billion, as well as the respective outstanding deferred cash interest payments through the date of the Debt Restructuring, totaling $87 million. This resulted in a reduction to our liabilities and an increase to additional paid-in capital of approximately $2.1 billion. See Note 13: “Debt” for further discussion.

 

    Upon our formation, we recognized an equity contribution of $25 million for the transfer of ownership from a former subsidiary of our Ultimate Parent to our Parent. Additionally, in 2010, an affiliate of our Ultimate Parent settled a $75 million liability on our behalf, which we recognized as an equity contribution.

Note 26: Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through September 6, 2013, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Capital Lease Restructuring

In February 2013, Osaka Hilton Co., Ltd., one of our consolidated VIEs, signed a Memorandum of Understanding to restructure the terms of their capital lease. The terms of the restructuring call for a reduction in future rent expense under the lease, as well as a commitment to fund capital improvements to the hotel over the next three years. The effect of the capital lease restructuring resulted in a reduction in property and equipment, net, of $44 million and a reduction in non-recourse debt and capital lease obligations of consolidated variable interest entities of $48 million and was recognized during the first quarter of 2013. In conjunction with the lease restructuring and to fund a portion of the capital improvements, we committed to purchase additional non-voting shares in Osaka Hilton Co., Ltd. Our total share purchase commitment is approximately $15 million, and the purchases are expected to occur through 2015.

Revolving Non-Recourse Timeshare Notes Credit Facility

In May 2013, we entered into a receivables loan agreement that is secured by certain of our timeshare financing receivables. Concurrently, we borrowed $400 million under the agreement, which is secured by $448 million of our timeshare financing receivables. The proceeds from the receivables loan were used to make an unscheduled debt payment of $400 million on our Secured Debt.

Asset-Backed Notes

In August 2013, we issued $250 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.28% notes that are secured by a pledge of certain assets, consisting primarily of a pool of our timeshare financing receivables secured by a first mortgage or first deed of trust on a timeshare interest. Interest on the notes is payable monthly at an annual rate

 

F-52


Table of Contents

of 2.28%. The proceeds from the asset-backed notes were used to reduce the outstanding balance on our revolving non-recourse timeshare notes credit facility we entered into in May 2013.

Repayment of Debt

In 2013, we made unscheduled, contractually obligated debt repayments totaling $27 million. We funded these repayments with proceeds we received from the sale of an owned hotel and proceeds from a debt refinancing and distribution to us by one of our equity investments. Additionally, in 2013, we have made unscheduled, voluntary debt repayments totaling $900 million on our secured mezzanine loans, which includes the $400 million repayment with proceeds from our revolving timeshare notes credit facility discussed above.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except share data)

 

     September 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     
     (unaudited)         

ASSETS

     

Current Assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 724        $ 755    

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     502          550    

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $32 and $39

     813          719    

Inventories

     386          415    

Deferred income tax assets

     75          76    

Current portion of financing receivables, net

     94          119    

Current portion of securitized financing receivables, net

     27          —    

Prepaid expenses

     156          153    

Other

     40          40    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets (variable interest entities - $89 and $49)

     2,817          2,827    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, Investments, and Other Assets:

     

Property and equipment, net

     9,071          9,197    

Financing receivables, net

     623          815    

Securitized financing receivables, net

     202          —    

Investments in affiliates

     268          291    

Goodwill

     6,205          6,197    

Brands

     5,012          5,029    

Management and franchise contracts, net

     1,467          1,600    

Other intangible assets, net

     723          744    

Deferred income tax assets

     103          104    

Other

     238          262    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, investments, and other assets (variable interest entities - $316 and $168)

     23,912          24,239    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 26,729        $ 27,066    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

Current Liabilities:

     

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other

   $ 1,940        $ 1,922    

Current maturities of long-term debt

     356          392    

Current maturities of non-recourse debt

     53          15    

Income taxes payable

     61          20    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities (variable interest entities - $89 and $51)

     2,410          2,349    

Long-term debt

     13,923          15,183    

Non-recourse debt

     653          405    

Deferred income tax liabilities

     5,040          4,948    

Liability for guest loyalty program

     546          503    

Other

     1,604          1,523    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities (variable interest entities - $619 and $485)

     24,176          24,911    

Commitments and contingencies - see Note 16

     

Equity:

     

Common stock, $0.01 par value, September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 - 1,000 shares authorized; 100 issued and outstanding

               

Additional paid-in capital

     8,452          8,452    

Accumulated deficit

     (5,357)         (5,746)   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (417)         (406)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Hilton stockholder’s equity

     2,679          2,301    

Noncontrolling interests

     (126)         (146)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     2,553          2,155    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 26,729        $ 27,066    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(unaudited, in millions)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013      2012  

Revenues

     

Owned and leased hotels

   $  2,982        $  2,931    

Management and franchise fees and other

     868          807    

Timeshare

     809          822    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,659          4,560    

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     2,433          2,378    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     7,092          6,938    

Expenses

     

Owned and leased hotels

     2,327          2,401    

Timeshare

     545          568    

Depreciation and amortization

     455          394    

Impairment losses

     —          33    

General, administrative, and other

     319          327    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,646          3,723    

Other expenses from managed and franchised properties

     2,433          2,378    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     6,079          6,101    

Operating income

     1,013          837    

Interest income

             11    

Interest expense

     (401)         (423)   

Equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

     11            

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     (43)         27    

Other gain, net

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     590          461    

Income tax expense

     (192)         (166)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     398          295    

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (9)         (4)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 389        $ 291    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(unaudited, in millions)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
        2013            2012     

Net income

   $   398        $   295    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax benefit (expense):

     

Currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $24 and $—

            (6)           

Pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $6 and $(11)

     10          (19)   

Net investment hedge adjustment, net of tax of $— and $—

     (1)         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

             (14)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     401          281    

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (23)         (5)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 378        $ 276    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(unaudited, in millions)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
       2013          2012    

Operating Activities:

     

Net income

   $ 398        $ 295    

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Impairment losses

     —          33    

Depreciation and amortization

     455          394    

Equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

     (11)         (1)   

Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions

     43          (27)   

Other gain, net

     (5)         (8)   

Share-based compensation

             20    

Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates

     18          25    

Deferred income taxes

     66          (4)   

Change in restricted cash and cash equivalents

     (66)         (70)   

Working capital changes and other

     121          93    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,024          750    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

     

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

     (167)         (336)   

Acquisitions

     (30)         —    

Payments received on other financing receivables

               

Issuance of other financing receivables

     (8)         (3)   

Investments in affiliates

     (4)         (3)   

Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates

     16          —    

Proceeds from asset dispositions

     —            

Contract acquisition costs

     (12)         (11)   

Software capitalization costs

     (50)         (75)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (252)         (413)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

     

Borrowings

     702          66    

Repayment of debt

     (1,602)         (328)   

Change in restricted cash and cash equivalents

     114          28    

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     (3)         (2)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

      (789)          (236)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (14)           

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (31)         102    

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     755          781    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 724        $ 883    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures:

     

Cash paid during the year:

     

Interest

   $ 395        $ 359    

Income taxes, net of refunds

   $ 84        $ 78    

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Equity

(unaudited, in millions)

 

     Equity Attributable to Hilton Stockholder      Noncontrolling
Interests
     Total  
     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
       

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $        1        $ 8,454        $ (6,098)       $ (489)       $ (166)       $ 1,702    

Net income

      —          —          291          —                  295    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                 

Currency translation adjustment

     —          —          —                            

Pension liability adjustment

     —          —          —          (19)         —          (19)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —          (15)                 (14)   

Distributions

     —          —          —          —          (2)         (2)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2012

   $       $  8,454        $  (5,807)       $     (504)       $     (163)       $  1,981    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Equity Attributable to Hilton Stockholder      Noncontrolling
Interests
     Total  
     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
       

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $        1        $  8,452        $  (5,746)       $     (406)       $     (146)       $  2,155    

Net income

      —          —          389          —                  398    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                 

Currency translation adjustment

     —          —          —          (20)         14          (6)   

Pension liability adjustment

     —          —          —          10          —          10    

Net investment hedge adjustment

     —          —          —          (1)         —          (1)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     —          —          —          (11)         14            

Distributions

     —          —          —          —          (3)         (3)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

   $       $ 8,452        $ (5,357)       $ (417)       $ (126)       $ 2,553    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

Note 1: Organization and Basis of Presentation

Organization

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. (“Hilton” together with its subsidiaries, “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) was formed on March 18, 2010 to hold, directly or indirectly, all of the equity of Hilton Worldwide, Inc. (“HWI”). Hilton is incorporated in the state of Delaware and has no operations other than its ownership of HWI. The accompanying financial statements present the condensed consolidated financial position of Hilton, which includes consolidation of HWI.

Hilton is one of the largest hospitality companies in the world based upon the number of hotel rooms and timeshare units under our ten distinct brands. We are engaged in owning, leasing, managing, developing, and franchising hotels, resorts, and timeshare properties. As of September 30, 2013, we owned, leased, managed, or franchised 4,039 hotel and resort properties, totaling 665,522 rooms in 90 countries and territories, as well as 41 timeshare properties comprised of 6,404 units.

On October 24, 2007, HWI became a wholly owned subsidiary of BH Hotels Holdco, LLC (“BH Hotels” or our “Ultimate Parent”), an affiliate of The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”), following the completion of a merger (the “Merger”). BH Hotels and its subsidiaries subsequently formed Hilton Global Holdings LLC, (“HGH” or our “Parent”), which has directly owned 100 percent of our stock since our formation.

Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

The condensed consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 have been prepared in accordance with United States of America (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and are unaudited. We have condensed or omitted certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Although we believe the disclosures made are adequate to prevent the information presented from being misleading, these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and, accordingly, ultimate results could differ from those estimates. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of full year performance because of the impact of seasonal and short-term variations.

All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In our opinion, the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, including normal recurring items, considered necessary for a fair presentation of the interim periods.

Note 2: Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted Accounting Standards

In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2012-02 (“ASU 2012-02”), Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. This ASU permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. This ASU was effective for annual and interim indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests performed for fiscal years

 

F-59


Table of Contents

beginning after September 14, 2012. We adopted ASU 2012-02 prospectively as of January 1, 2013; however, our annual indefinite-lived intangible impairment tests will not be performed until the fourth quarter of 2013, at which time the provisions of the ASU will be applied. We do not expect the application of ASU 2012-02 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02 (“ASU 2013-02”), Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This ASU amends existing guidance by requiring companies to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety to net income in the same reporting period. For amounts which are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, companies will be required to cross reference other disclosures that provide information about those amounts. We adopted ASU 2013-02 prospectively as of January 1, 2013, and our adoption did not have a material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements. See Note 14: “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss” for the required disclosures.

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11 (“ASU 2013-11”), Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. This ASU provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists in the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from disallowance of the tax position. We plan to adopt ASU 2013-11 prospectively as of January 1, 2014 and we are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this ASU will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05 (“ASU 2013-05”), Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity. The ASU clarifies when a cumulative translation adjustment should be released to net income when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business (other than a sale of in substance real estate) within a foreign entity. We plan to adopt ASU 2013-05 prospectively as of January 1, 2014 and we are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this ASU will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 3: Inventories

Inventories were as follows:

 

     September 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     
     (in millions)  

Timeshare

   $  359       $  389   

Hotel

     27         26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  386       $  415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Note 4: Property and Equipment

Property and equipment were as follows:

 

     September 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     
     (in millions)  

Land

   $ 4,121        $ 4,090    

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     5,436          5,450    

Furniture and equipment

     1,144          1,111    

Construction-in-progress

     89          88    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
      10,790           10,739    

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,719)         (1,542)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,071        $ 9,197    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment, including amortization of assets recorded under capital leases, was $243 million and $214 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, property and equipment included approximately $105 million and $157 million, respectively, of capital lease assets primarily consisting of buildings and leasehold improvements, net of $48 million and $71 million, respectively, of accumulated depreciation and amortization.

There were no impairment losses on property and equipment during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. We recorded impairment losses on property and equipment of $33 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we acquired a parcel of land for $28 million, which we previously leased under a long-term ground lease.

Note 5: Financing Receivables

Financing receivables were as follows:

 

     September 30, 2013  
     Securitized
Timeshare
     Unsecuritized
Timeshare
         Other              Total      
     (in millions)  

Financing receivables

   $  215        $  645        $    48        $  908    

Less: allowance

     (13)         (68)         (2)         (83)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     202          577          46          825    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion of financing receivables

     29          105          —          134    

Less: allowance

     (2)         (11)         —          (13)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     27          94          —          121    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financing receivables

   $ 229        $ 671        $ 46        $ 946    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2012  
     Unsecuritized
Timeshare
         Other              Total      
     (in millions)  

Financing receivables

   $  853        $    44        $  897    

Less: allowance

     (81)         (1)         (82)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     772          43          815    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion of financing receivables

     131          —          131    

Less: allowance

     (12)         —          (12)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     119          —          119    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financing receivables

   $ 891        $ 43        $ 934    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Timeshare financing receivables

In May 2013, we entered into a revolving non-recourse timeshare financing receivables credit facility (“Timeshare Facility”) that is secured by certain of our timeshare financing receivables. As of September 30, 2013, we had $187 million of gross timeshare financing receivables secured under our Timeshare Facility.

See Note 8: “Debt” for additional details.

In August 2013, we completed a securitization of approximately $255 million of gross timeshare financing receivables and issued $250 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.28% notes with maturities of January 2026 (“Securitized Timeshare Debt”). The securitization transaction did not qualify as a sale for accounting purposes and, accordingly, no gain or loss was recognized and the proceeds were presented as debt. See Note 8: “Debt” for additional details.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the securitized timeshare financing receivables generated interest income of $9 million, which was included in timeshare revenue in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.

As of September 30, 2013, we had 48,972 timeshare notes outstanding, including those which are collateral for our Securitized Timeshare Debt, with interest rates ranging from zero percent to 20.50 percent, an average interest rate of 12.25 percent, a weighted average remaining term of 7.3 years, and maturities through 2025. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had ceased accruing interest on timeshare notes with aggregate principal balances of $31 million and $30 million, respectively.

The changes in our allowance for uncollectible timeshare financing receivables were as follows:

 

       Nine Months Ended September 30,    
         2013              2012      
     (in millions)  

Beginning balance

   $ 93        $ 97    

Write-offs

         (19)            (27)   

Provision for uncollectibles on sales

     20          24    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 94        $ 94    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Our timeshare financing receivables as of September 30, 2013 mature as follows:

 

     Unsecuritized
Timeshare
     Securitized
Timeshare
 
Year    (in millions)  

2013 (remaining)

   $ 42        $   

2014

     84          29    

2015

     86          30    

2016

     89          31    

2017

     90          31    

Thereafter

     359          115    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     750          244    

Less: allowance

     (79)         (15)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  671        $  229    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table details an aged analysis of our gross timeshare financing receivables balance:

 

     September 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     
     (in millions)  

Current

   $  951        $  940    

30 - 89 days past due

     12          14    

90 - 119 days past due

               

120 days and greater past due

     29          26    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 994        $ 984    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 6: Investments in Affiliates

Investments in affiliates were as follows:

 

     September 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     
     (in millions)  

Equity investments

   $          252        $          276    

Other investments

     16          15    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 268        $ 291    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We maintain investments in affiliates accounted for under the equity method, which are primarily investments in entities that owned or leased 31 and 32 hotels as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

The equity investments had total debt of approximately $1.1 billion as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Substantially all of the debt is secured solely by the affiliates’ assets or is guaranteed by other partners without recourse to us. We were the creditor on $18 million and $20 million of total debt from unconsolidated affiliates as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, which was included in financing receivables, net in our condensed consolidated balance sheets.

There were no impairment losses on our investments in affiliates during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. We recorded impairment losses of $4 million on two of our equity investments during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, which were included in equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates in our condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Note 7: Consolidated Variable Interest Entities

As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we consolidated four and three variable interest entities (“VIEs”), respectively.

Two of these VIEs lease hotels from unconsolidated affiliates in Japan. We hold a significant ownership interest in these VIEs and have the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect their economic performance. Our condensed consolidated balance sheets included the assets and liabilities of these entities, which primarily comprised $35 million and $29 million of cash and cash equivalents, $20 million and $66 million of property and equipment, net, and $306 million and $408 million of non-recourse debt as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The assets of these entities are only available to settle the obligations of these entities. Interest expense related to the non-recourse debt of these two consolidated VIEs was $20 million and $24 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and was included in interest expense in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.

In February 2013, Osaka Hilton Co., Ltd., one of our consolidated VIEs in Japan, signed a Memorandum of Understanding to restructure the terms of their capital lease. The terms of the restructuring call for a reduction in future rent expense under the lease, as well as a commitment to fund capital improvements to the hotel over the next three years. The effect of the capital lease restructuring was recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, resulting in a reduction in property and equipment, net of $44 million and a reduction in non-recourse debt of $48 million. This transaction was considered a non-cash investing and financing activity and was excluded from our condensed consolidated statement of cash flows.

In August 2013, we formed a special purpose entity to issue our Securitized Timeshare Debt. We consider this entity to be a VIE and we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and have the obligation to absorb its losses and the right to receive its benefits. As of September 30, 2013, our condensed consolidated balance sheet included the assets and liabilities of this entity, which primarily comprised $9 million of restricted cash and cash equivalents, $229 million of securitized timeshare financing receivables, net, and $238 million of non-recourse debt. Our condensed consolidated statement of operations included interest income of $9 million, included in timeshare revenue, and interest expense of $1 million, included in interest expense, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, related to this VIE. See Note 5: “Financing Receivables” and Note 8: “Debt” for additional details of the timeshare securitization transaction.

We have an additional VIE that owns one hotel that was immaterial to our condensed consolidated financial statements.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, we did not provide any financial or other support to any VIEs that we were not previously contractually required to provide, nor do we intend to provide such support in the future.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Note 8: Debt

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt balances, including obligations for capital leases, and associated interest rates were as follows:

 

     September 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     (in millions)  

Senior mortgage loans with a rate of 2.48%, due 2015 (1)

   $ 7,010        $ 7,271    

Secured mezzanine loans with an average rate of 4.09%, due 2015 (1)

     6,699          7,697    

Secured mezzanine loans with a rate of 4.68%, due 2015 (1)

     206          240    

Mortgage notes with an average rate of 6.12%, due 2014 to 2016

     133          134    

Other unsecured notes with an average rate of 7.82%, due 2017 to 2031

     149          149    

Capital lease obligations with an average rate of 5.82%, due 2015 to 2097

     82          83    

Contingently convertible notes with a rate of 3.38%, due 2023 (2)

     —            
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     14,279          15,575    

Less: current maturities of long-term debt

     (356)         (392)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  13,923        $  15,183    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Initial due date was November 12, 2010, with up to five additional one-year extensions at our option. We have extended the scheduled maturity date to November 12, 2013 by exercising our first, second, and third extension options. The fourth and fifth extension options are at our sole discretion, and require an extension fee equal to 50 basis points of the then outstanding principal balance. Combined, the extensions effectively extend the maturity of our senior mortgage and senior mezzanine debt to November 12, 2015. In October 2013, we provided notice of our intent to repay these loans using proceeds from our debt refinancing, see Note 17: “Subsequent Events” for additional information.
(2)   The balance was less than $1 million as of September 30, 2013.

Secured Debt

Our senior mortgage loans and secured mezzanine loans (collectively, the “Secured Debt”) totaled $13.9 billion and $15.2 billion as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Interest under the Secured Debt is payable monthly and includes both variable and fixed components. The Secured Debt is secured by substantially all of our consolidated assets in which we hold an ownership interest and contains significant restrictions on the incurrence of any additional indebtedness by us, including the prohibition of any additional indebtedness for borrowed money evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments, except for permission to borrow up to $400 million against our timeshare financing receivables pursuant to the Timeshare Facility; see further discussion below. Additionally, under the terms of our Secured Debt, we are restricted from declaring dividends.

We are required to deposit with the lender certain cash reserves that may, upon our request, be used for, among other things, debt service, capital expenditures, and general corporate purposes. As of September 30, 2013, we did not have cash reserves on deposit with the lender, as we used the balance previously deposited to repay a portion of our Secured Debt, as permitted by the lender. As of December 31, 2012, the cash reserves on deposit with the lender totaled $147 million and were included in restricted cash and cash equivalents in our condensed consolidated balance sheet as a current asset because we had the ability to access the cash within the 12 months following that date, subject to necessary lender notification.

As a condition to permitting certain events under the Secured Debt, such as a release of certain assets as collateral for the loan or change of control of the Company, we must satisfy certain debt yield tests. We were able to satisfy all of the debt yield tests as of our most recent testing date.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, we made scheduled debt repayments on our Secured Debt of $245 million and $233 million, respectively. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we made unscheduled, contractually obligated debt repayments of $17 million due to distributions from certain equity method investments that occurred during the period and $17 million primarily from the proceeds of the disposal of one of our owned hotel properties during the period. Further, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we made unscheduled, voluntary debt repayments of $1 billion on our secured mezzanine loans. We did not make any unscheduled debt repayments on our Secured Debt during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. In October 2013, we made an additional unscheduled, voluntary debt repayment of $450 million on our secured mezzanine loans.

Non-recourse Debt

Non-recourse debt, including obligations for capital leases, and associated interest rates were as follows:

 

     September 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     (in millions)  

Capital lease obligations of consolidated VIEs with a rate of 6.34%, due 2018 to 2026

   $  274        $  373    

Non-recourse debt of consolidated VIEs with an average rate of 3.35%, due 2015 to 2018

     44          47    

Timeshare Facility with a rate of 1.43%, due 2016

     150          —    

Securitized Timeshare Debt with a rate of 2.28%, due 2026

     238          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     706          420    

Less: current maturities of non-recourse debt

     (53)         (15)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 653        $ 405    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Timeshare Facility

In May 2013, we entered into a receivables loan agreement that is secured by certain of our timeshare financing receivables. See Note 5: “Financing Receivables” for further discussion. Currently, under the terms of the loan agreement we may borrow up to a maximum amount of approximately $400 million based on the amount and credit quality characteristics of the timeshare financing receivables securing the loan. The Timeshare Facility is a non-recourse obligation and is payable solely from the timeshare financing receivables securing the loan and any deposit payments received from customers on the pledged receivables. The loan agreement allows for us to borrow up to the maximum amount until May 2015, and all amounts borrowed must be repaid by May 2016. Interest on the loan, at a variable rate, is payable monthly.

We are required to deposit payments received from customers on the pledged timeshare financing receivables into a depository account maintained by a third party. On a monthly basis, the depository account will first be utilized to make required interest and other payments due under the receivables loan agreement. After payment of all amounts due under the receivables loan agreement, any remaining amounts will be remitted to us for use in our operations. The balance in the depository account, totaling $5 million as of September 30, 2013, was included in restricted cash and cash equivalents in our condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Securitized Timeshare Debt

In August 2013, we completed a securitization of approximately $255 million of gross timeshare financing receivables and issued notes with an aggregate principal amount of $250 million. The Securitized Timeshare Debt is backed by a pledge of assets, consisting primarily of a pool of timeshare financing receivables secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust on timeshare interests. See Note 5: “Financing Receivables” for further

 

F-66


Table of Contents

discussion. The Securitized Timeshare Debt bears interest at a fixed rate of 2.28% per annum and has a stated maturity of January 2026. The Securitized Timeshare Debt is a non-recourse obligation and is payable solely from the pool of timeshare financing receivables pledged as collateral to the Securitized Timeshare Debt and related assets. The net proceeds from the Securitized Timeshare Debt were used to repay a portion of the Timeshare Facility.

We are required to deposit payments received from customers on the securitized timeshare financing receivables into a depository account maintained by a third party. On a monthly basis, the depository account will first be utilized to make required principal, interest, and other payments due with respect to the Securitized Timeshare Debt. After payment of all amounts due with respect to the Securitized Timeshare Debt, any remaining amounts will be remitted to us for use in our operations. The balance in the depository account, totaling $9 million as of September 30, 2013, was included in restricted cash and cash equivalents in our condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Debt Maturities

The contractual maturities of our long-term debt and non-recourse debt as of September 30, 2013 were as follows:

 

Year    (in millions)  

2013 (remaining)

   $ 106   

2014

     407   

2015 (1)

     13,543   

2016

     323   

2017

     97   

Thereafter

     509   
  

 

 

 
   $  14,985   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)   The Secured Debt has five one-year extensions solely at our option that effectively extend maturity to November 12, 2015. We have assumed all extensions for purposes of calculating maturity dates.

Note 9: Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Under the terms of our Secured Debt, we are required to hedge interest rate risk using derivative instruments with an aggregate notional amount equal to the principal amount of the Secured Debt. As such, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with this existing variable rate debt.

As of September 30, 2013, we held ten interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $15.2 billion. The caps were executed in August 2012 to replace the previous portfolio of interest rate caps that expired in November 2012. These interest rate caps expire in November 2013. We have elected not to designate any of these ten interest rate caps as effective hedging instruments. No gain or loss related to these ten undesignated interest rate caps was recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we recorded a loss of $1 million in other gain, net in our condensed consolidated statements of operations, which represented the premiums paid on these interest rate caps.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we also held ten interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $15.9 billion which were executed in October 2011 and expired in November 2012. We elected not to designate any of these ten interest rate caps as effective hedges for accounting purposes. No gain or loss related to these ten undesignated interest rate caps was recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

The fair value of our interest rate caps was immaterial to our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Note 10: Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our financial assets and liabilities, which included related current portions, were as follows:

 

     September 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 
     (in millions)  

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents (2)

   $ 533       $ 533       $ 561       $ 561   

Restricted cash equivalents (2)

     177         177         322         322   

Unsecuritized timeshare financing receivables (3)

     750         738         984         987   

Securitized timeshare financing receivables (3)

     244         242                   

Liabilities:

           

Secured Debt (3)

      13,915          13,868          15,208          15,571   

Other unsecured notes (1)

     149         152         149         152   

Other long-term debt (3)(4)

     133         137         135         145   

Timeshare Facility (2)

     150         150                   

Securitized Timeshare Debt (3)

     238         238                   

 

(1)   Classified as Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy.
(2)   Classified as Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy.
(3)   Classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.
(4)   Excludes capital lease obligations with a carrying value of $82 million and $83 million as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

We believe the carrying amounts of our current financial assets and liabilities and other financing receivables approximated fair value as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Our estimates of the fair values were determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methods. Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data and develop the estimated fair value. Proper classification of fair value measurements within the valuation hierarchy is considered each reporting period. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methods may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

Cash equivalents and restricted cash equivalents are primarily comprised of short-term interest-bearing money market funds with maturities of less than 90 days, time deposits, and commercial paper. The estimated fair values were based on available market pricing information of similar financial instruments.

The estimated fair values of securitized and unsecuritized timeshare financing receivables and other long-term debt were calculated based on the expected future cash flows discounted at risk-adjusted rates. The primary sensitivity in these calculations is based on the selection of appropriate discount rates. Fluctuations in these assumptions will result in different estimates of fair value. An increase in the discount rate would result in a decrease in the fair value.

The estimated fair value of our other unsecured notes was based on bid prices in active debt markets. The carrying amount of debt outstanding pursuant to the Timeshare Facility approximated fair value as the interest rate under the loan agreement approximated current market rates. The estimated fair value of our Securitized Timeshare Debt was primarily based on indicative quotes received for similar issuances.

The estimated fair value of our Secured Debt was based on estimates of market spreads when quoted market values did not exist, on the current rates offered to us for debt of the same maturities, or quoted market prices for the same or similar issues. In determining the current market rate for the fixed rate debt, a market spread was added to the quoted yields on federal government treasury securities with similar maturity dates. The primary sensitivity in these calculations is based on the selection of appropriate market spreads. Fluctuations in these assumptions will result in different estimates of fair value. An increase in the market spread would result in a decrease in the fair value.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

There were no assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment losses during the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

The estimated fair values of our financial and nonfinancial assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment losses during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
 
     Fair Value (1)      Impairment
Losses
 
     (in millions)  

Property and equipment, net

   $    9       $  33   

Investments in affiliates

     27         4   

 

(1)   Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, property and equipment, net with a carrying value of $42 million before impairment was reduced to its estimated fair value, resulting in impairment losses of $33 million. We estimated the fair value of the assets using discounted cash flow analyses, with estimated stabilized growth rates ranging from 2.0 percent to 3.0 percent, a discounted cash flow term ranging from 10 years to 13 years, capitalization rates ranging from 8.0 percent to 9.0 percent, and discount rates ranging from 10.0 percent to 11.5 percent. The discount and capitalization rates used for the fair value of the assets reflect the risk profile of the individual markets where the assets are located, and are not necessarily indicative of our hotel portfolio as a whole.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, investments in affiliates with a carrying value of $31 million before impairment were reduced to their estimated fair value, resulting in impairment losses of $4 million, related to our investments in entities that own hotels. We estimated the fair value of the investments using discounted cash flow analyses, with estimated stabilized growth rates ranging from 4.4 percent to 7.5 percent, a discounted cash flow term of 10 years, capitalization rates ranging from 8.0 percent to 10.5 percent, and discount rates ranging from 12.0 percent to 22.0 percent. The discount and capitalization rates used for the fair value of our investments reflect the risk profile of the individual markets where the assets subject to our investment are located, and are not necessarily indicative of our investment portfolio as a whole.

Note 11: Income Taxes

At the end of each interim period, we estimate the effective tax rate expected to be applied for the full fiscal year. The effective income tax rate is determined by the level and composition of pre-tax income or loss, which is subject to federal, foreign, state, and local income taxes and reflects income tax expense or benefit resulting from our significant operations outside of the U.S., which are generally subject to both local country and U.S. tax due to the terms of our debt agreements. Our effective tax rate during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was lower than our statutory tax rate largely due to decreases in unrecognized tax benefits.

Our total unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $434 million and $469 million, respectively. As a result of the expected resolution of examination issues with federal, state, and foreign tax authorities, we believe it is reasonably possible that during the next 12 months the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease up to $15 million. Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $339 million and $374 million, respectively, associated with positions that, if favorably resolved, would provide a benefit to our effective tax rate. The decrease in unrecognized tax benefits for the quarter is primarily the result of effectively settling Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) audit items relating to the utilization of foreign tax credits.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

We recognize interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. We have accrued balances of approximately $44 million and $42 million for the payment of interest and penalties as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state, and foreign jurisdictions. We are under regular and recurring audit by the IRS on open tax positions. It is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome or the timing of resolution for tax positions. Changes may result from the conclusion of ongoing audits, appeals, or litigation in state, local, federal, and foreign tax jurisdictions or from the resolution of various proceedings between the U.S. and foreign tax authorities. During 2009, the IRS commenced its audit of our consolidated U.S. income tax returns for the 2006 through October 2007 tax years. As of September 30, 2013, we remain subject to federal examinations from 2005-2012, state examinations from 1999-2012, and foreign examinations of our income tax returns for the years 1996 through 2012.

State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of three to five years after their respective filings; however, the state impact of any federal tax return changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period generally of up to one year after formal notification to the states. The statute of limitations for the foreign jurisdictions generally ranges from three to ten years after their respective filings.

Note 12: Employee Benefit Plans

We sponsor multiple domestic and international employee benefit plans. Benefits are based upon years of service and compensation.

We have a noncontributory retirement plan in the U.S. (the “Domestic Plan”), which covers certain employees not earning union benefits. This plan was frozen for participant benefit accruals in 1996. We also have multiple employee benefit plans that cover many of our international employees. These include a plan that covers workers in the United Kingdom (the “U.K. Plan”) and a number of smaller plans that cover workers in various other countries around the world (the “International Plans”).

The components of net periodic pension cost (credit) for the Domestic Plan, U.K. Plan, and International Plans were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2013      2012  
     Domestic
Plan
     U.K.
Plan
     International
Plans
     Domestic
Plan
     U.K.
Plan
     International
Plans
 
     (in millions)  

Service cost

   $     3        $     4        $     2        $ —        $     4        $     3    

Interest cost

     13          12                    16          12            

Expected return on plan assets

     (14)         (17)         (3)         (13)         (16)         (3)   

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

             (2)         —                  (15)         —    

Amortization of net loss (income)

                             (2)                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost (credit)

             —                          (13)           

Settlement losses

     —          —                  —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net pension cost (credit)

   $       $ —        $       $       $ (13)       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In March 2012, we, along with the trustees of the U.K. Plan, adopted an agreement to freeze the defined benefit plan for enrollment to new employees effective immediately and to freeze the accrual of benefits to existing employees on November 30, 2013. A defined contribution plan will be put in place for the affected employees. We recognized an acceleration of prior service credit of $13 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

In May 2011, we, along with the trustees of the U.K. Plan, reached a tentative agreement on the funded status and security for the U.K. Plan. This agreement extended our British Pound Sterling (“GBP”) 15 million guarantee (equivalent to $24 million as of September 30, 2013) to December 2013.

A class action lawsuit was filed in 1998 against Hilton and the Domestic Plan claiming that the Domestic Plan did not calculate benefit obligations in accordance with the terms of the plan nor were vesting rules followed in accordance with the plan. In May 2009, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia (the “District Court”) found in favor of the plaintiff in a summary judgment, and this judgment was upheld by the U.S. Court of Appeals in December 2012. Based on the final order, we believe the best estimate of the minimum additional pension obligation to be approximately $109 million, which was included in the projected benefit obligation and accrued in other long-term liabilities as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. The estimated additional obligation will be recognized as additional pension expense over the average remaining life expectancy of the plan participants as determined by our actuaries, with the remainder of the obligation having been recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as an adjustment of the pension liability.

We were ordered by the District Court to post a bond of $76 million under the litigation to support potential future plan contributions. The bond, which is included in restricted cash and cash equivalents, will be released when the future contributions are made. We are currently undertaking a process to clarify certain matters with the District Court to permit the adoption of an amended plan, considering the requirements of the ruling in the final order. As the matters are clarified and a new plan is adopted, we will be required to make contributions to allow for the adoption of the amendments. If resolved and adopted during 2013, these contribution amounts are estimated to increase 2013 contributions by approximately $39 million. The value of the bond may be applied toward the required contributions as necessary.

Note 13: Share-Based Compensation

Certain members of our senior management team participate in an executive compensation plan (“the Promote plan”), which provides for the grant of Tier I liability awards, or an alternative cash payment in lieu thereof and Tier II equity awards. The Tier I liability awards provide the participants the right to share in 2.75 percent of the equity value of Hilton up to $8.352 billion (or $230 million) based on the achievement of certain service and performance conditions. The majority of these payments are to be made in three installments for most plan participants. The Tier II equity awards allow participants to share in Hilton’s equity growth above $8.352 billion and are also subject to service and performance conditions.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the first of the installment payments for certain Tier I liability awards was accelerated for certain participants, which resulted in $9 million of additional share-based compensation expense. The amount of the payment was approximately $25 million. We made payments to certain participants in the Promote plan of approximately $9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively; approximately $7 million of those payments were the second installment payment for certain Tier I liability awards.

We recorded compensation expense related to share-based compensation plans of $5 million and $20 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. No expense was recognized for the portion of the awards that are subject to the achievement of a performance condition in the form of a liquidity event, since such an event was not probable as of September 30, 2013.

As of September 30, 2013, the liability for the Promote plan and cash retention award was recorded at an estimated fair value of $14 million and included in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other in our condensed consolidated balance sheet as we expect to pay all amounts accrued no later than March 2014. As of December 31, 2012, the Promote plan liability was recorded at an estimated fair value of $18 million, of which $13 million was included in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other and $5 million was included in other long-term liabilities in our condensed consolidated balance sheet. The liability awards will be remeasured at each reporting date until settlement.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Note 14: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes, were as follows:

 

     Currency
Translation
Adjustment
     Pension
Liability
Adjustment
     Net
Investment
Hedge
Adjustment
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ (317)       $ (194)       $ 105        $ (406)   

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     (21)                 —          (15)   

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

                     (1)           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

     (20)         10          (1)         (11)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

   $  (337)       $  (184)       $   104        $  (417)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents additional information about reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013
 
     (in millions)  

Currency translation adjustment:

  

Sale and liquidation of foreign assets (1)

   $ (1)   

Tax benefit (2)(5)

                —    
  

 

 

 

Total currency translation adjustment reclassifications for the period, net of taxes

     (1)   
  

 

 

 

Pension liability adjustment:

  

Amortization of prior service cost (2)

     (1)   

Amortization of net loss (2)

     (6)   

Tax benefit (4)

       
  

 

 

 

Total pension liability adjustment reclassifications for the period, net of taxes

     (4)   
  

 

 

 

Net investment hedge adjustment:

  

Sale of a hedged asset (3)

       

Tax expense (4)(5)

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total net investment hedge adjustment reclassifications for the period, net of taxes

       
  

 

 

 

Total reclassifications for the period, net of tax

   $ (4)   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)   Reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss to other gain, net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Amounts in parentheses indicate a loss in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
(2)   Reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss to general, administrative, and other in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. These amounts were included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. See Note 12: “Employee Benefit Plans” for additional information. Amounts in parentheses indicate a loss in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
(3)   Reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss to gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
(4)   Reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss to income tax expense in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
(5)   The respective tax benefit (expense) was less than $1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Note 15: Business Segments

We are a diversified hospitality company with operations organized in three distinct operating segments: ownership, management and franchise, and timeshare. Each segment is managed separately because of its distinct economic characteristics.

The ownership segment includes all hotels that we wholly own or lease, as well as consolidated non-wholly owned entities and consolidated VIEs. As of September 30, 2013, this segment included 118 wholly owned and leased hotels and resorts, three non-wholly owned hotel properties, and three hotels of consolidated VIEs. While we do not include equity in earnings (losses) from unconsolidated affiliates in our measures of segment revenues, we manage these investments in our ownership segment. Our unconsolidated affiliates are primarily investments in entities that owned or leased 31 hotels as of September 30, 2013.

The management and franchise segment includes all of the hotels we manage for third-party owners, as well as all franchised hotels operated or managed by someone other than us under one of our proprietary brand names of our hotel brand portfolio. As of September 30, 2013, this segment included 489 managed hotels and 3,394 franchised hotels. This segment also earns fees for managing properties in our ownership segment.

The timeshare segment includes the development of vacation ownership clubs and resorts, marketing and selling of timeshare intervals, providing timeshare customer financing, resort operations, and licensing fees paid by third parties for the use of our Hilton Grand Vacations brand name. This segment also provides assistance to third-party developers in selling their timeshare inventory. As of September 30, 2013, this segment included 41 timeshare properties.

Corporate and other represents revenues and related operating expenses generated by the incidental support of hotel operations for owned, leased, managed, and franchised hotels and other rental income, as well as corporate assets and related expenditures.

The performance of our operating segments is evaluated primarily on earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) adjusted for certain items, which should not be considered an alternative to net income (loss) or other measures of financial performance or liquidity derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP. EBITDA, presented herein, is a non-GAAP financial measure that reflects net income attributable to Hilton stockholder, excluding interest expense, a provision for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA, further adjusted to exclude certain items, including, but not limited to gains, losses, and expenses in connection with: (i) asset dispositions for both consolidated and unconsolidated investments; (ii) foreign currency transactions; (iii) debt restructurings/retirements; (iv) non-cash impairment charges; (v) furniture, fixtures, and equipment (“FF&E”) replacement reserves required under certain lease agreements; (vi) reorganization costs; (vii) share-based and certain other compensation expenses; (viii) severance, relocation, and other expenses; and (ix) other items.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

The following table presents revenues and Adjusted EBITDA for our reportable segments, reconciled to consolidated amounts:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2013              2012      
     (in millions)  

Revenues:

     

Ownership (1)

   $  3,003        $  2,951    

Management and franchise (2)

     938          877    

Timeshare

     809          822    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment revenues

     4,750          4,650    

Other revenues from managed and franchised properties

     2,433          2,378    

Other revenues (3)

     48          46    

Intersegment fees elimination (1)(2)(3)

     (139)         (136)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 7,092        $ 6,938    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     

Ownership (1)(2)(3)(4)

   $ 672        $ 566    

Management and franchise (2)

     938          877    

Timeshare (1)(2)

     205          198    

Corporate and other (3)

     (208)         (207)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,607        $ 1,434    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes charges to timeshare operations for rental fees and fees for other amenities, which are eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements. These charges totaled $19 million and $17 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. While the net effect is zero, our measures of segment revenues and Adjusted EBITDA include these fees as a benefit to the ownership segment and a cost to timeshare Adjusted EBITDA.
(2)   Includes management, royalty, and intellectual property fees of $71 million and $70 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These fees are charged to consolidated owned and leased properties and are eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements. Also includes a licensing fee of $40 million and $39 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which is charged to our timeshare segment by our management and franchise segment and is eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements. While the net effect is zero, our measures of segment revenues and Adjusted EBITDA include these fees as a benefit to the management and franchise segment and a cost to ownership Adjusted EBITDA and timeshare Adjusted EBITDA.
(3)   Includes charges to consolidated owned and leased properties for services provided by our wholly owned laundry business of $7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012. These charges are eliminated in our condensed consolidated financial statements.
(4)   Includes unconsolidated affiliate Adjusted EBITDA.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

The table below provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA and EBITDA to net income attributable to Hilton stockholder:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2013              2012      
     (in millions)  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $    1,607        $    1,434    

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (9)         (4)   

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     (43)         27    

FF&E replacement reserve

     (29)         (52)   

Share-based compensation expense

     (5)         (20)   

Impairment losses

     —          (33)   

Impairment losses included in equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

     —          (4)   

Other gain, net

               

Other adjustment items

     (56)         (46)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     1,470          1,310    

Interest expense

     (401)         (423)   

Interest expense included in equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

     (10)         (8)   

Income tax expense

     (192)         (166)   

Depreciation and amortization

     (455)         (394)   

Depreciation and amortization included in equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates

     (23)         (28)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Hilton stockholder

   $ 389        $ 291    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents assets for our reportable segments, reconciled to consolidated amounts:

 

     September 30,
  2013  
     December 31,
  2012  
 
     
     (in millions)  

Assets:

     

Ownership

   $  11,774       $  12,316   

Management and franchise

     10,834         11,650   

Timeshare

     1,841         1,839   

Corporate and other

     2,280         1,261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 26,729       $ 27,066   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents capital expenditures for property and equipment for our reportable segments, reconciled to consolidated amounts:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2013              2012      
     (in millions)  

Capital expenditures for property and equipment:

     

Ownership

   $  158       $  306   

Timeshare

     4         22   

Corporate and other

     5         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 167       $ 336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Note 16: Commitments and Contingencies

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding guarantees of $27 million, with remaining terms ranging from one month to nine years, for debt and other obligations of third parties. We have two letters of credit, which are supported by restricted cash and cash equivalents, for a total of $27 million that have been pledged as collateral for two of these guarantees. Although we believe it is unlikely that material payments will be required under these guarantees or letters of credit, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

We have also provided performance guarantees to certain owners of hotels that we operate under management contracts. Most of these guarantees allow us to terminate the contract, rather than fund shortfalls, if specified performance levels are not achieved. However, in limited cases, we are obligated to fund performance shortfalls. As of September 30, 2013, we had seven contracts containing performance guarantees, with expirations ranging from 2018 to 2030, and possible cash outlays totaling approximately $189 million. Our obligations under these guarantees in future periods is dependent on the operating performance levels of these hotels over the remaining terms of the performance guarantees. We do not have any letters of credit pledged as collateral against these guarantees. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we recorded current liabilities of approximately $9 million and $30 million, respectively, and non-current liabilities of approximately $52 million and $57 million, respectively, in our condensed consolidated balance sheets for obligations under our outstanding performance guarantees that are related to certain VIEs for which we are not the primary beneficiary.

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding commitments under third party contracts of approximately $65 million for capital expenditures at certain owned and leased properties, including our consolidated VIEs. Our contracts contain clauses that allow us to cancel all or some portion of the work. If cancellation of a contract occurred, our commitment would be any costs incurred up to the cancellation date, in addition to any costs associated with the discharge of the contract.

We have entered into an agreement with a developer in Las Vegas, Nevada, whereby we have agreed to purchase residential units from the developer that we will convert to timeshare units to be marketed and sold under our Hilton Grand Vacations brand. Subject to certain conditions, we are required to purchase approximately $92 million of inventory ratably over a maximum period of four years, which is equivalent to purchases of approximately $6 million per quarter. We began purchasing inventory during the quarter ended March 31, 2013, and as of September 30, 2013, we had purchased $23 million of inventory under this agreement.

We have committed to purchase additional non-voting shares in one of our consolidated VIEs to fund a master renovation plan of the underlying hotel. Our total share purchase commitment is Japanese Yen 1.4 billion (equivalent to $14 million as of September 30, 2013), and the purchases are expected to occur through 2015. As of September 30, 2013, we had not purchased any shares under this commitment.

During 2010, an affiliate of our Ultimate Parent settled a $75 million liability on our behalf in conjunction with a lawsuit settlement by entering into service contracts with the plaintiff. We recorded the portion settled by the affiliate of our Ultimate Parent as a capital contribution. Additionally, as part of the settlement, we entered into a guarantee with the plaintiff to pay any shortfall that the affiliate of our Ultimate Parent does not fund related to those service contracts up to the value of the settlement amount made by the affiliate of our Ultimate Parent. The remaining potential exposure under this guarantee as of September 30, 2013 was approximately $50 million. We have not accrued a liability for this guarantee as we believe the likelihood of any material funding to be remote.

We are involved in other litigation arising from the normal course of business, some of which includes claims for substantial sums. Accruals are recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated in accordance with applicable accounting requirements regarding accounting for contingencies. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, we expect that the ultimate resolution of all pending or threatened claims and litigation as of September 30, 2013 will not have a material effect on our condensed consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Note 17: Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through November 6, 2013, the date the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Debt Refinancing

In October 2013, we completed a refinancing of our existing indebtedness, which consisted of the issuance of the following:

 

    $1.0 billion senior secured revolving credit facility (with no amounts drawn at closing);

 

    $7.6 billion senior secured term loan facility, of which $100 million was voluntarily prepaid in November 2013;

 

    $1.5 billion of 5.625% senior notes due in 2021;

 

    $3.5 billion commercial mortgage-backed securities loan secured by 23 of our U.S. owned real estate assets; and

 

    $525 million mortgage loan secured by our Waldorf Astoria New York property.

We also entered into four interest rate swaps totaling $1.45 billion which swap floating three-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 1.87 percent. We used the net proceeds of these transactions, additional borrowings of $300 million under our Timeshare Facility, cash proceeds from the Hilton HHonors point sales (discussed below), and available cash to repay our outstanding Secured Debt and plan to redeem our other unsecured notes due 2031 at a price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of $96 million plus accrued interest. As of September 30, 2013, after giving pro forma effect to the debt refinancing, our long-term debt, including current maturities, would have been $13,255 million and our non-recourse debt, including current maturities would have been $1,006 million. Additionally, the contractual maturities of our long-term debt and non-recourse debt as of September 30, 2013 would have been as follows:

 

Year    (in millions)  

2013 (remaining)

   $ 40    

2014

     126    

2015

     149    

2016

     698    

2017

     171    

Thereafter

     13,115    
  

 

 

 
     14,299    

Less: Discount

     (38)   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt and non-recourse debt

   $  14,261    
  

 

 

 

Hilton HHonors Point Sales

In October 2013, we sold Hilton HHonors points to American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. (“Amex”) and Citibank, N.A. (“Citi”), for $400 million and $250 million, respectively, in cash. We used the net proceeds of the Hilton HHonors points sales to reduce outstanding indebtedness. Amex and Citi and their respective designees may use the points in connection with Hilton HHonors co-branded credit cards and for promotions, rewards and incentive programs, or other certain activities as they may establish or engage in from time to time. Upon completion of these transactions, we recorded deferred revenue of $650 million.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Common Stock

 

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

BofA Merrill Lynch

Morgan Stanley

                    ,         

 

 

Through and including the 25th day after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of common stock being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing and listing fees payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Filing Fee—Securities and Exchange Commission

   $  170,500   

Fee—Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

     188,000   

Listing Fee—New York Stock Exchange

      

Fees and Expenses of Counsel

      

Printing Expenses

      

Fees and Expenses of Accountants

      

Transfer Agent and Registrar’s Fees

      

Miscellaneous Expenses

      
  

 

 

 

Total

      
  

 

 

 

 

*   To be provided by amendment.

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him or her under Section 145.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under our amended and restated bylaws or otherwise.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

We are currently party to or intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements require or will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

None.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibit Index

 

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.**
  3.2    Bylaws of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.**
  3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of October 4, 2013, among Hilton Worldwide Finance LLC and Hilton Worldwide Finance Corp. as issuers, Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., as guarantor and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. **
  4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 25, 2013, among the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.**

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  4.3    Form of 5.625% Senior Note due 2021 (included in Exhibit 4.1)**
  5.1    Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP regarding validity of the shares of common stock registered *
10.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2013, among Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., as parent, Hilton Worldwide Finance LLC, as borrower, the other guarantors from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender and L/C issuer, and the other lenders from time to time party thereto. **
10.2    Security Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2013, among the grantors identified therein and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as collateral agent. **
10.3    Loan Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2013, among the subsidiaries party thereto, collectively, as borrower and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, German American Capital Corporation, Bank of America, N.A., GS Commercial Real Estate LP and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, collectively, as lender. **
10.4    Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2013, among the guarantors named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, German American Capital Corporation, Bank of America, N.A., GS Commercial Real Estate LP and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, collectively, as lender .**
10.5    Loan Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2013, among HLT NY Waldorf LLC, as borrower, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as agent, the lenders named therein, HSBC Bank USA, National Association and DekaBank Deutsche Girozentrale, as lead arrangers and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as syndication agent. **
10.6    Guaranty of Recourse Carveouts, dated as of October 25, 2013, among the guarantors named therein and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as agent and lender and any other co-lenders from time to time party thereto.**
10.7    Receivables Loan Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2013, among Hilton Grand Vacations Trust I LLC, as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as paying agent and securities intermediary, the persons from time to time party thereto as conduit lenders, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as committed lenders, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as managing agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., as administrative agent and structuring agent. **
10.8    Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Loan Agreement, effective as of July 25, 2013, among Hilton Grand Vacations Trust I LLC, as borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as paying agent and securities intermediary, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as a committed lender and a managing agent, Montage Funding, LLC, as a conduit lender, Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., as administrative agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as assignee.**
10.9    Omnibus Amendment No. 2 to Receivables Loan Agreement, Amendment No. 1 to Sale and Contribution Agreement and Consent to Custody Agreement, effective as of October 25, 2013, among Hilton Grand Vacations Trust I LLC, as borrower, Grand Vacations Services, LLC, as servicer, Hilton Resorts Corporation, as seller, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as custodian, the financial institutions signatory thereto, as managing agents, and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., as administrative agent.**
10.10    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2013, among Hilton Worldwide Finance LLC, Hilton Worldwide Finance Corp., Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as representative of the several initial purchasers (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to this Registration Statement on October 18, 2013). **
10.11    Joinder Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2013, among the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as representative of the several initial purchasers.**

 

II-3


Table of Contents
10.12    Form of Stockholders Agreement
10.13    Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. and certain of its stockholders
10.14    Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. and certain former members of Hilton Global Holdings LLC
10.15    Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.16    Form of Restricted Stock Grant and Acknowledgment
10.17    Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
10.18    Form of Severance Plan
10.19    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.20    Employment Agreement, dated January 4, 2011, between Hilton Worldwide, Inc. and Christopher J. Nassetta **
10.21    Employment Agreement, dated September 15, 2008, between Hilton Hotels Corporation and Thomas C. Kennedy**
10.22    Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2010, between Hilton Worldwide, Inc. and Ian R. Carter**
10.23    Employment Agreement, dated November 13, 2008, between Hilton Worldwide, Inc. and Paul J. Brown**
10.24    Separation Agreement and Release dated as of September 24, 2013, between Hilton Worldwide, Inc. and Thomas C. Kennedy **
10.25    Separation Agreement and Release dated as of October 31, 2012, between Hilton Worldwide, Inc. and Paul J. Brown **
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2    Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1) *
23.3    Consent of Elizabeth A. Smith to be named as a director nominee
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to this Registration Statement)
99.1    Section 13(r) Disclosure

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
**   Previously filed.

(b) Financial Statement Schedule

All schedules are omitted because the required information is either not present, not present in material amounts or presented within the consolidated financial statements included in the prospectus and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

 

(1)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling

 

II-4


Table of Contents
  person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(2) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (A) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (B) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in McLean, Virginia, on the 27th day of November, 2013.

 

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Nassetta

  Name:     Christopher J. Nassetta
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 27th day of November, 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    Christopher J. Nassetta        

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

Christopher J. Nassetta   

*

   Chairman of the Board of Directors
Jonathan D. Gray   

*

   Director
Michael S. Chae   

*

   Director
Tyler S. Henritze   

*

  

Director

Judith A. McHale   

*

   Director
John G. Schreiber   

*

   Director
Douglas M. Steenland   

*

   Director
William J. Stein   

/s/    Kevin J. Jacobs        

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

Kevin J. Jacobs   

/s/    Paula A. Kuykendall        

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

(principal accounting officer)

Paula A. Kuykendall   

 

*By:   /s/    Christopher J. Nassetta        
  Name:   Christopher J. Nassetta
  Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-6

Exhibit 1.1

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

[ ] , 2013

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

    As representatives of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto,

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street

New York, New York 10005

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [ ] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company and the stockholder of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholder”) proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [ ] shares of Stock and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [ ] additional shares of Stock of the Company. The aggregate of [ ] shares of Stock to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholder are herein called the “Firm Shares” and the aggregate of up to [ ] additional shares of Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholder are herein called the “Optional Shares”. The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares”.

1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S–1 (File No. 333-191110) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you and to you for each of the other Underwriters, excluding exhibits thereto, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other


document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”); the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(ii) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement filed with the Commission on [ ], 2013 and used by the Company in connection with the roadshow, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [ ] [a.m./p.m.] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule III(b) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule III(a) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

 

2


(iv) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

(v) The Company (i) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) has corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (iii) has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the applicable jurisdiction) under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), where the failure to have such power or authority or to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business or results of operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

(vi) Schedule IV to this Agreement includes a true and complete list of each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”), including the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of such Subsidiary; each Subsidiary (i) has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation, limited liability company or other legal entity, as applicable, in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the applicable jurisdiction) under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, (ii) has the power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (iii) has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity, as the case may be, for the transaction of business and is in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the applicable jurisdiction) under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), where the failure to have such power or authority or to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(vii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or material interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been any change in the capital stock or material change in the long-term debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a

 

3


prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business or results of operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;

(viii) The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all the properties and assets reflected as owned in the financial statements referred to in Section 1(a)(xxii) hereof, and hold any leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases, except, in each case, as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(ix) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization” and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder, have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock, limited liability company or other membership interests, as applicable, of each Subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims other than liens securing the indebtedness described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(x) The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

(xi) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default (“Default”) in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or the Company’s Subsidiaries pursuant to, or require the consent (except as shall have been obtained prior to the Time of Delivery) of any other party to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound (each, an “Existing Instrument”), (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or bylaws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (C) result in any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except, in the case of (A), (B) (other than with respect to the Company) and (C), for such conflicts, breaches, Defaults, liens, charges, encumbrances or violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration, qualification or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency is required for the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for (i) the registration under the Act of the Shares, (ii) the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, (iii) such consents, approvals, authorizations,

 

4


orders, registrations, qualifications or filings as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (iv) as shall have been obtained or made prior to the Time of Delivery, except where the failure to obtain any such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications or make such filings would not impair, in any material respect, the ability of the Company to issue and sell the Shares or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(xii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its charter or bylaws or other organizational documents, as applicable, or (B) in Default under any Existing Instrument, except, in the case of (A) (other than with respect to the Company) and (B), such Defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xiii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, constitute an accurate summary of the terms of such Stock in all material respects;

(xiv) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock “, and under the caption “Underwriting [(Conflicts of Interest)]”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws or regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto and the agreements and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(xv) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no material legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened (i) against or affecting the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or (ii) which has as the subject thereof any property owned or leased by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries that are required under the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus;

(xvi) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(xvii) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;

(xviii) Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(xix) The Company maintains a system of internal controls over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or

 

5


specific authorization; (ii) that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”); (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(xx) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer by others within the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and such disclosure controls and procedures are reasonably effective to perform the functions for which they were established subject to the limitations of any such control system;

(xxi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(xxii) The consolidated historical financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of and at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for the periods specified in conformity with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise stated therein);

(xxiii) No transaction has occurred between or among the Company and any of its officers or directors, stockholders or any affiliate or affiliates of the foregoing that is required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and is not so described;

(xxiv) There are no contracts or other documents that are required under the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that have not been described or filed as an exhibit as required;

(xxv) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus: (i) the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to pollution or protection of human health (to the extent relating to exposure to hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, petroleum and petroleum products (collectively, “Materials of Environmental Concern”), including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Materials of Environmental Concern, or otherwise relating to the use, generation, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Materials of Environmental Concern (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received written notice of any claim, investigation, action or cause of action filed with a court or governmental authority, violation, or actual or potential liability under Environmental Law (collectively, “Environmental Claims”), and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such

 

6


Environmental Claims have been threatened against the Company and its subsidiaries or any person or entity whose liability for any Environmental Claim the Company and its subsidiaries have retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law; and (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, there has been no activity, circumstance, condition, event or occurrence, including, without limitation, the release, emission, discharge, presence or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, that would reasonably be expected to result in a violation of or liability of the Company or its subsidiaries under Environmental Laws or form the basis of an Environmental Claim against the Company or its subsidiaries or against any person or entity whose liability for any Environmental Claim the Company and its subsidiaries have retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law;

(xxvi) The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof that are then in effect and which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

(xxvii) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess or have sufficient rights to use the trademarks, trade names, patents, copyrights, trade secrets and other similar rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) reasonably necessary to conduct their businesses as currently conducted and as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, except where the failure to so own or possess or have the right to use would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and any expiration, cancellation, abandonment, forfeiture or relinquishment of any of such Intellectual Property Rights would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any unresolved written notice of any claim of infringement with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others in the past two years, except for any such claims as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxviii) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, none of the following events has occurred or exists: (A) a “reportable event” as defined under the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to a Plan (as defined below); (B) a withdrawal from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (C) a complete or partial withdrawal from a Plan; (D) the filing by the PBGC of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, respectively, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Plan; (E) appointment of a trustee to administer any Plan; (F) with respect to a Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302, 303 or 304 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (G) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA (H) an audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other federal or state governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan; or (I) any violation of law or applicable qualification standards, with respect to any Plan. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate,

 

7


reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) an increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; (B) an increase in the “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such obligations in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; (C) liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Plan; or (D) the filing of a material claim by one or more employees or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries related to their employment. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Plan” means a plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may have any liability;

(xxix) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, there are no strikes or other labor disputes against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxx) The Company and its subsidiaries possess such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct their respective businesses and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such certificate, authorization or permit, except for any such proceedings as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxi) Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the Act, except as have been validly waived or complied with and except for the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder;

(xxxii) The holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Shares that have not been complied with or otherwise validly waived;

(xxxiii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign

 

8


political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA; and the Company, its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, its controlled affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to achieve, and which are reasonably expected to continue to achieve, continued compliance therewith;

(xxxiv) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

(xxxv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or controlled affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject of any sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department, the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions. The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any person, entity or government that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions;

(xxxvi) None of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in unlawful stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(xxxvii) The statistical and market related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company and its subsidiaries believe to be reliable and accurate in all material respects and represent their good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources;

(xxxviii) Except (i) for any failures or exceptions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (x) the Company and each of its subsidiaries has timely filed (taking into account valid extensions) all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed by it and has paid all taxes (and any related interest, penalties and additions to tax) required to be paid by it (including in its capacity as a withholding agent) except for any taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate

 

9


proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and (y) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no proposed tax deficiency or assessment against the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries; and

(xxxix) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

(i) Except (A) as will have been obtained on or prior to the Time of Delivery for the registration under the Act of the Shares, (B) as may be required under foreign or state securities (or Blue Sky) laws or by FINRA or by the Exchange (as defined herein) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (C) as would not impair in any material respect the ability of the Selling Stockholder to consummate its obligations hereunder, all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by the Selling Stockholder of this Agreement, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; and the Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by the Selling Stockholder with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Selling Stockholder is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of formation or the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated April 7, 2010, of the Selling Stockholder (the “LLC Agreement”) or (C) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder or any property or assets of the Selling Stockholder, except in the case of (A) and (C), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impact the Selling Stockholder’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(iii) Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8 105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “UCC”)) to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8 303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8 501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim”, within the meaning of Section 8 102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this

 

10


representation, the Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8 102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC;

(iv) The Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in unlawful stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(v) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information (as defined below), such Registration Statement and such preliminary prospectus did not, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will not, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. “Selling Stockholder Information” consists solely of the information with respect to the Selling Stockholder in the beneficial ownership table under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(vi) In order to document the Underwriters’ compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, the Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery (as hereinafter defined) a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof);

(vii) The obligations of the Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the dissolution of the Selling Stockholder or by the occurrence of any other event; if the Selling Stockholder shall be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder, such Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

(viii) The Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is not disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company and the Selling Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholder, at a purchase price per share of $[ ], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholder as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I

 

11


hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and the Selling Stockholder hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Selling Stockholder, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Selling Stockholder, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Selling Stockholder, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [ ] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares of Stock in excess of the number of Firm Shares, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company and the Selling Stockholder, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 5 hereof) or, unless you and the Company and the Selling Stockholder otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. The Company and the Selling Stockholder hereby confirm their engagement of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. hereby confirms its agreement with the Company and the Selling Stockholder to render services as, a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”) of FINRA with respect to the offering and sale of the Shares. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., in its capacity as qualified independent underwriter and not otherwise, is referred to herein as the “QIU”. No compensation will be paid to the QIU for its services.

4. Upon the authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

5. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholder to the Representatives, through the facilities of the DTC, for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company and the Selling Stockholder to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. To the extent the Shares are delivered in certificated form and not in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, the Company will cause the certificates representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian

 

12


(the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on [ ], 2013 or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholder may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholder may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 10 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 10(k) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered through the facilities of DTC in the case of book-entry shares or at the Designated Office in the case of certificated Shares, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 5, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

6. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery, which shall be reasonably disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a

 

13


foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction, to qualify in any jurisdiction as a broker-dealer or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject;

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second New York Business Day following the date of this Agreement (or such other time as may be agreed to by the Company and the Representatives) and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required under the Act to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s EDGAR system), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares (except for any Registration Statement on Form S-8, or any amendment thereto, to register shares issuable upon exercise of awards granted pursuant to the terms of any employee equity incentive plan), including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than (w) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (x) the Shares or any such substantially similar securities to be issued pursuant to employee incentive plans existing as of the date of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan and any long-term incentive awards disclosed in the Pricing

 

14


Disclosure Package), (y) the Shares or any such substantially similar securities to be issued upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, and (z) the issuance of up to 5% of the outstanding shares of Stock or any such substantially similar securities in connection with the acquisition of, a joint venture with or a merger with, another company, and the filing of a registration statement with respect thereto), without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the Company Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the Company Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the Company Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Company Lock-Up Period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. waive, in writing, such extension; in the event of any announcement that gives rise to an extension of the Company Lock-Up Period, the Company will provide Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and the Selling Stockholder with prior notice of such announcement;

(f) If Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions in lock-up letters delivered pursuant to Section 10(i) hereof, in each case for an officer or director of the Company, and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(g) During a period of two years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you as soon as they are available, copies of any current, periodic or annual reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; provided that any report, communication or financial statement furnished or filed with the Commission that is publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been furnished to you at the time furnished or filed with the Commission;

(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its best efforts to list for trading, subject to official notice of issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”); and

(j) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a).

7. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; the Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus”; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the

 

15


Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule III(a) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show; and

(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein or the Selling Stockholder Information.

8. The Company and the Selling Stockholder covenant and agree with one another and the several Underwriters that:

(a) the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s and the Selling Stockholder’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(b) hereof, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; and (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in an amount not to exceed $[ ] in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares;

(b) the Company will pay or cause to be paid (i) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable; (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; and (iii) all other reasonable costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; provided, however, that 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show shall be paid by the Underwriters (with the Company paying the remaining 50% of the cost); and

 

16


(c) the Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for the Selling Stockholder to the extent not covered by (a)(i) above, and (ii) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholder shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree that, if the Company receives any amounts otherwise payable to the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall receive such amounts solely in the capacity as agent for the Selling Stockholder and shall promptly pay over such amounts to the Selling Stockholder. Except as provided in this Section, and Sections 11 and 14 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

9. The Selling Stockholder will not waive, modify or amend, and will cause each of its affiliates to not waive, modify or amend, the transfer restrictions contained in Section 9.1 of the LLC Agreement during the Company Lock-Up Period unless Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. agree, in writing, to such waiver, modification or amendment.

10. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholder herein are, on the date hereof and at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have performed all of their respective obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433 under the Act; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(c) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Company and the Selling Stockholder, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(d) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

 

17


(e) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business or results of operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Representatives (other than a defaulting Underwriter under Section 12 hereof) so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;

(f) On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities;

(g) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war; or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representatives (other than a defaulting Underwriter under Section 12 hereof) makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(h) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to official notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(i) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each of the parties listed on Schedule V hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto;

(j) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the second New York Business Day following the date of this Agreement;

(k) The Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling

 

18


Stockholder, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholder of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (e) of this Section 10 and the Company shall have furnished such other certificates and documents as you may reasonably request; and

(l) The Selling Stockholder shall have executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto.

11. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, and the Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, or the Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act, and the Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act or the Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein or by the Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein that constitutes the Selling Stockholder Information.

(b) The Selling Stockholder will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free

 

19


Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; and will reimburse each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; provided, further, that the liability of the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the product of the number of Shares sold by the Selling Stockholder including any Optional Shares and the initial public offering price of the Shares (the “Selling Stockholder Net Proceeds”) as set forth in the Prospectus.

(c) Each Underwriter will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act and the Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, its directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act or the Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company, its directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act and the Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company, its directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls, as of the date hereof, the Company within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act or the Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 11 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the

 

20


indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any one action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar actions or proceedings arising out of the same general allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all indemnified parties except to the extent that local counsel or counsel with specialized expertise (in addition to any regular counsel) is required to effectively defend against any such action or proceeding. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 11(g) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm of attorneys for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. in its capacity as QIU and all persons, if any, who control Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 11 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from

 

21


the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. Benefits received by the QIU shall be deemed to be equal to the compensation received by the QIU for acting in such capacity. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholder on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, (ii) the Selling Stockholder’s obligation to contribute any amount under this Section 11(e) is limited in the manner and to the extent set forth in Section 11(b) and the Selling Stockholder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the Selling Stockholder Net Proceeds or (iii) the QIU, in its capacity as such, shall not be responsible for any amount in excess of the compensation received by the QIU for acting in such capacity. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholder under this Section 11 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 11 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

(g) Without limitation of and in addition to its obligations under the other paragraphs of this Section 11, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the QIU, its directors, officers, employees and agents and each person who controls the QIU (within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act) in connection with the offering of the Shares, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or action in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon the QIU’s acting as a “qualified independent underwriter” (within the meaning of Rule 5121) in

 

22


connection with the offering of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the QIU.

12. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties reasonably satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company and the Selling Stockholder that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company or the Selling Stockholder notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company or the Selling Stockholder shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Selling Stockholder to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholder, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters as provided in Section 8 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 11 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

 

23


13. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or the Selling Stockholder, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of the Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

14. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 12 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholder shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 8 and 11 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 8 and 11 hereof.

15. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you; and in all dealing with the Selling Stockholder hereunder, you and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement given by any Selling Stockholder.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholder, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department; if to the Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission at its address set forth in Schedule V hereto and to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 4 th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Equity Capital Markets – Syndicate Desk, fax: (212) 797-9344 with a copy to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 36 th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: General Counsel, fax: (212) 797-4564; if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Kristin A. Campbell, Executive Vice President and General Counsel; and if to any of the parties that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 10(i) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to the respective address provided in Schedule V hereto or such other address as such party provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 11(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholder by you on request; provided further that notices under subsection 6(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you at Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Control Room and to

 

24


Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 4 th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Equity Capital Markets – Syndicate Desk, fax: (212) 797-9344 with a copy to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 36 th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: General Counsel, fax: (212) 797-4564. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

16. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder and, to the extent provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, the Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

17. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

18. The Company and the Selling Stockholder acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or the Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or the Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or the Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or the Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company and the Selling Stockholder has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company and the Selling Stockholder agree that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or the Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

19. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between or among the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

20. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The Company and the Selling Stockholder agree that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or our engagement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company and the Selling Stockholder agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

21. The Company, the Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

25


22. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

23. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Selling Stockholder are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholder relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

 

26


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us five counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholder for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
HILTON GLOBAL HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

27


Accepted as of the date hereof
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

                               INCORPORATED

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
    On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 

28


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total Number
of
Firm Shares
to be
Purchased
   Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum
Option
Exercised

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

     

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

     

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

     

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

     
  

 

  

 

Total

     
  

 

  

 


SCHEDULE II

 

     Total Number
of Firm Shares
to be Sold
   Number of
Optional Shares
to be Sold if
Maximum
Option
Exercised
 

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

        0   

Hilton Global Holdings LLC

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  

 

  

 

 

 

Total

     
  

 

  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE III

 

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package

None

 

(b) Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $[ ].

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters from the Company is [ ] and from the Selling Stockholder is [ ].

The number of additional Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder at the option of the Underwriters is up to [ ].


SCHEDULE IV

Significant Subsidiaries

Hilton Illinois Corp.

Hilton Domestic Property LLC

Hilton CMBS Holdings LLC

HLT Hawaii Holding LLC

HLT NY Hilton LLC

Hilton Hawaiian Village LLC

Hilton Worldwide Finance LLC

Hilton Worldwide, Inc.

HPP Hotels USA, Inc.

Hilton Resorts Corporation

Hilton Grand Vacations Club, LLC

Hilton Management LLC

HLT Existing Franchise Holding LLC

Hilton Domestic IP LLC

Hilton Franchise LLC


Schedule V

 

Name of Signatory

  

Address

Hilton Global Holdings LLC    c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
Kristin A. Campbell    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Ian R. Carter    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Michael S. Chae    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Jeffrey A. Diskin    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Jonathan D. Gray    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Tyler S. Henritze    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
James E. Holthouser    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Kevin J. Jacobs    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Paula A. Kuykendall    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Judith A. McHale    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Christopher J. Nassetta    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
John G. Schreiber    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Matthew W. Schuyler    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Elizabeth A. Smith    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Douglas M. Steenland    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
William J. Stein    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102
Mark D. Wang    c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., 7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100, McLean, VA 22102


ANNEX I

[FORM OF PRESS RELEASE]

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

[Date]

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., the lead book-running managers in the recent public sale of shares of the Company’s common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on                     , 20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


ANNEX II

[FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT]

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Lock-Up Agreement

                    , 2013

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street

New York, New York 10005

 

  Re: Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the selling stockholder named in Schedule II to such agreement, providing for a public offering (the “Offering”) of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 (the “Stock”), of the Company (the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of Stock of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Stock of the Company, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by the undersigned (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which the undersigned has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC (collectively the “Undersigned’s Shares”). The foregoing restriction is expressly agreed to preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s

 

F-1


Shares even if such Shares would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include, without limitation, any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Shares or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such Shares. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the issuer, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to issuer-directed Shares, if any, the undersigned may purchase in the Offering.

The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue for 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares (the “Public Offering Date”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. waives, in writing, such extension.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Stock, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the Company has agreed in Section 6(f) of the Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Lock-Up Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Company has agreed in Section 6(e) of the Underwriting Agreement to provide written notice of any event that would result in an extension of the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the third paragraph hereof to the undersigned (in accordance with Section 15 of the Underwriting Agreement) and agrees that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have been given to, and received by, the undersigned. The undersigned hereby further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement during the period from the date hereof to and including the 34th day following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as it may have been extended pursuant to the third paragraph hereof) has expired.

 

F-2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Shares (i) by will or intestacy, (ii) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (iii) to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), (iv) to any immediate family member or other dependent, (v) as a distribution to limited partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned, (vi) to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned, (vii) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (vi) above, (viii) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency, (ix) from an executive officer to the Company or its parent entities upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such executive officer, (x) in connection with transactions by any person other than the Company relating to Shares acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering provided that in the case of this clause (x) no public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period or any extension thereof, (xi) with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and/or (xii) by Hilton Global Holdings LLC to any of its members as contemplated by the provisions of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated April 7, 2010, of Hilton Global Holdings LLC and as contemplated by the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC; provided that:

(1) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (ii) through (vii) and (ix) above, (a) each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; and (b) any such transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value, other than with respect to any such transfer or distribution for which the transferor or distributor receives (x) equity interests of such transferee or (y) such transferee’s interests in the transferor; and

(2) in the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (ii) through (vii), if any public reports or filings (including filings under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period or any extension thereof (a) the undersigned shall provide Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. prior written notice informing them of such report or filing and (b) such report or filing shall disclose that such donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the undersigned is a corporation, the corporation may transfer the capital stock of the Company to any wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided , however , that in any such case, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such capital stock subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement and there shall be no further transfer of such capital stock except in accordance with this Lock-Up Agreement, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value. The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated by clauses (i) through (xii) above, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the Undersigned’s

 

F-3


Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Undersigned’s Shares except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

The restrictions described in this Lock-Up Agreement shall not apply to (i) the sale of the Undersigned’s Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; (ii) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provided that no transfers occur under such plan during the Lock-Up Period and no public announcement or filing shall be required or voluntarily made by any person in connection therewith other than general disclosure in Company periodic reports to the effect that Company directors and officers may enter into such trading plans from time to time; and/or (iii) the delivery of shares of Stock to holders of and in respect of Class A-2 Units and Class B Units as contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus.

The undersigned understands that, if (i) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions which survive termination under the terms thereof) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for the delivery of the Stock to be sold thereunder, (ii) the Registration Statement is withdrawn by the Company, (iii) the Company notifies Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, or (iv) the underwriting agreement for the Offering is not executed by February 15, 2014, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Lock-Up Agreement and this Lock-Up Agreement shall be of no further effect. The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank ]

 

F-4


Very truly yours,

 

Exact Name of Stockholder, Director or Officer

 

Authorized Signature

 

Title

 

F-5

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

The present name of the corporation is Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. (the “ Corporation ”). The Corporation was incorporated under the name “Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.” on March 18, 2010 by the filing of the original certificate of incorporation (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1.     Name . The name of the Corporation is Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1.     Address . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808; and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1.     Purpose . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

Section 4.1.     Capitalization . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 33,000,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 30,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”) and (ii) 3,000,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

 

1


Upon this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation becoming effective pursuant the DGCL (the “Effective Time”), each share of Common Stock of the Corporation issued immediately prior to the Effective Time will be reclassified into [____] issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, without any action required on the part of the Corporation or the holders of such Common Stock. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with the reclassification of shares of Common Stock provided herein. In lieu of fractional shares, holders of such Common Stock will receive a cash payment equal to the fair value of such fractional shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (as defined below). From and after the Effective Time, stock certificates representing the Common Stock issued immediately prior to the Effective Time, if any, shall represent the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such Common Stock shall have been reclassified pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4.2.     Preferred Stock .

(A)    The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series and to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of designation with respect thereto. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

(B)    Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

Section 4.3.     Common Stock .

(A)     Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(B)     Dividends and Distributions . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, property of the Corporation or shares of stock of the Corporation, such dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine.

(C)     Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder.

 

2


ARTICLE V

Section 5.1.     By-Laws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the DGCL, the Board is expressly authorized to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Bylaws”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal any provision of the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1.     Board of Directors .

(A)    Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board.

(B)    Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. Notwithstanding Section 6.1(A), the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to Section 6.1(A) hereof.

(C)    Directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1.     Meetings of Stockholders . For so long as the stockholders party to the Stockholders Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof (as amended from time to time the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), among the Corporation and the stockholders from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ SponsorStockholders ”), collectively, continue to beneficially own at least 40% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation may be effected by written consent without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to

 

3


authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. From and after the date on which the Sponsor Stockholders collectively cease to beneficially own at least 40% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders unless such action is recommended by all directors of the Corporation then in office; provided, however, that, to the extent expressly permitted by the certificate(s) of designation relating to one or more series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant class or series having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or upon the request of holders of stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to not less than a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 8.1.     Limitation on Liability of Directors . No director of the Corporation will have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. Neither the amendment nor the repeal of this Article VIII shall eliminate or reduce the effect thereof in respect of any state of facts existing or act or omission occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE IX

Section 9.1.     Business Combinations . The Corporation hereby elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL until such time no Sponsor Stockholder, together with its affiliates, continues to beneficially own at least 5% of the total voting power of all the then

 

4


outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, whereupon the Corporation shall immediately and automatically, without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of stock of the Corporation, become governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

ARTICLE X

Section 10.1.     Certain Acknowledgment . In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of investment funds or vehicles affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P. (the “ Sponsor ”) and its Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (ii) the Sponsor and its Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board who are not employees of the Corporation (“ Non-Employee Directors ”) and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article X are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Sponsor, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

Section 10.2.     Competition and Corporate Opportunities; Renouncement . None of (i) the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates or (ii) any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section 10.3 hereof. Subject to said Section 10.3 , in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, director or officer of the

 

5


Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person.

Section 10.3.     Allocation of Corporate Opportunities . The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of this Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section 10.2 hereof shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

Section 10.4.     Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities . In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article X, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

Section 10.5.     Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article X, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of the Sponsor, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Sponsor, controls the Sponsor or is under common control with the Sponsor and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

Section 10.6.     Notice of this Article . To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article X.

ARTICLE XI

Section 11.1.     Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6


ARTICLE XII

Section 12.1.     Forum . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended or restated) or the Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

*    *    *

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by            , its            this        day of             , 201    .

 

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

[Signature page — Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

ARTICLE I.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1 . The annual meeting of the stockholders of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. (the “Corporation”) for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on such date, and at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”). The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled.

Section 2 . Except as otherwise required by law or the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation), special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or upon the request of holders of stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to not less than a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled.

Section 3 . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, notice of the date, time, place (if any), the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes of the meeting of stockholders shall be given not more than sixty (60), nor less than ten (10), days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting at such address as appears on the records of the Corporation.

Section 4 . The holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided herein, by statute or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation; but if at any meeting of stockholders there shall be less than a quorum present, the chairman of the meeting or, by a majority in voting power thereof, the stockholders present may, to the extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting of the date, time and place, if any, of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. Notice need not be given of any adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 5 . The Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman’s absence or at the Chairman’s direction, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or at the Chief Executive Officer’s direction, any


officer of the Corporation shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order and shall act as chairman of any such meetings. The Secretary of the Corporation or, in such officer’s absence, an Assistant Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting. If neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise determined by the Board prior to the meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall determine the order of business and shall have the authority in his or her discretion to regulate the conduct of any such meeting, including, without limitation, convening the meeting and adjourning the meeting (whether or not a quorum is present), announcing the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote, imposing restrictions on the persons (other than stockholders of record of the Corporation or their duly appointed proxies) who may attend any such meeting, establishing procedures for the transaction of business at the meeting (including the dismissal of business not properly presented), maintaining order at the meeting and safety of those present, restricting entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and limiting the circumstances in which any person may make a statement or ask questions at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 6 . At all meetings of stockholders, any stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority: (1) a stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy, and execution of the writing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature; or (2) a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing by means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such electronic transmissions are valid, the inspector or inspectors of stockholder votes or, if there are no such inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information upon which they relied.

A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to the preceding paragraph of this Section 6 may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

Proxies shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting prior to or at the commencement of the meeting to which they relate.

Section 7 . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, these By-Laws or the DGCL a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required and a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by shares of such class or series or classes or series shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, these By-Laws or the DGCL a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

2


Section 8 . (A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 9 . At any time when the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation permits action by one or more classes or series of stockholders of the Corporation to be taken by written consent, the provisions of this section shall apply. All consents properly delivered in accordance with the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, and the DGCL shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation as required by the DGCL, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided in the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 10 . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting ( provided, however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares

 

3


registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section 11 . The Board, in advance of all meetings of the stockholders, may (and, if required by law, shall) appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes, who may be employees or agents of the Corporation or stockholders or their proxies, but who shall not be directors of the Corporation or candidates for election as directors. In the event that the Board fails to so appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes or, in the event that one or more inspectors of stockholder votes previously designated by the Board fails to appear or act at the meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes to fill such vacancy or vacancies. Inspectors of stockholder votes appointed to act at any meeting of the stockholders, before entering upon the discharge of their duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector of stockholder votes with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability and the oath so taken shall be subscribed by them. Inspectors of stockholder votes shall take all actions required under the applicable provisions of the DGCL and any other applicable law, rule or regulation.

Section 12 . (A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders. (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) as provided in the Stockholders Agreement as defined in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, (b) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Article I, Section 3 of these By-Laws, (c) by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof or (d) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote on such election or such other business at the meeting, who complied with the notice procedures set forth in subparagraphs (2) and (3) of this paragraph (A) of this By-Law and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board, such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than twenty (20) days, or delayed by more than seventy (70) days, from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. For purposes of the application of Rule 14a-4(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (or any successor provision), the date for notice specified in this paragraph (A)(2) shall be the earlier of the date calculated as hereinbefore provided or the date specified in paragraph (c)(1) of Rule 14a-4. For purposes of the first annual meeting following the adoption of these By-Laws, the date of the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting shall be deemed to be May [31], 201[4].

Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for

 

4


consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these By-Laws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock the Corporation which are owned directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group which will(A) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (B) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “proponent persons”); and (e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(2) or paragraph (B) of this By-Law) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this By-Law to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased, effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph (A)(2) of this By-Law, and there is no public announcement

 

5


naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this By-Law shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which a public announcement of such increase is first made by the Corporation; provided that, if no such announcement is made at least ten (10) days before the meeting, then no such notice shall be required.

(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting pursuant to Article I, Section 3 of these By-Laws. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (1) pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, (2) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting or (3)(a) by or at the direction of the Board or a committee thereof (or stockholders pursuant to Article I, Section 2 of these By-Laws and Article VII of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation) or (b) provided that the Board (or stockholders pursuant to Article I, Section 2 of these By-Laws and Article VII of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation) has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote on such election at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-Law and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. The proposals by stockholders of other business to be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders may be made only in accordance with Article I, Section 2 of these By-Laws and Article VII of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this By-Law shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting.

(C) General. (1) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law or the Stockholders Agreement shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this By-Law, to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 12, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(2) For purposes of this By-Law, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise disseminated in a manner constituting “public disclosure” under Regulation FD promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(3) For purposes of this By-Law, no adjournment or postponement or notice of adjournment or postponement of any meeting shall be deemed to constitute a new notice of such meeting for purposes of this Section 12, and in order for any notification required to be delivered by a stockholder pursuant to this Section 12 to be timely, such notification must be delivered within the periods set forth above with respect to the originally scheduled meeting.

 

6


(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-Law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-Law; provided however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these By-Laws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this By-Law (including paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) of this By-Law shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in this By-Law shall apply to the right, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1 . The Board shall consist, subject to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, of such number of directors as shall from time to time be fixed exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board. Directors shall (except as hereinafter provided for the filling of vacancies and newly created directorships and except as otherwise expressly provided in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation) be elected by the holders of a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of such directors. A majority of the total number of directors then in office (but not less than one-third of the number of directors constituting the entire Board) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by law, these By-Laws or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2 . Subject to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation and the Stockholders Agreement, unless otherwise required by the DGCL or Article II, Section 4 of these By-Laws, any newly created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, removal, retirement, disqualification or otherwise) shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

The Corporation’s corporate governance guidelines have established procedures with respect to the resignation of any director who does not receive a majority of the votes cast in an election that is not a Contested Election (as defined below). The Board will not nominate any person for service on the Board (other than any person nominated or designated pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement) unless such person (a “Nominee”) has agreed to resign from the Board upon failing to receive a majority of the votes cast in an election that is not a Contested Election, contingent on acceptance of that proffered resignation by the Board in accordance with the policies and procedures adopted by the Board for such purpose. An election of directors is a “Contested Election” if, as of the tenth (10th) day preceding the date the Corporation first mails its notice of meeting for such meeting to the stockholders of the Corporation, or at any time thereafter, the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected. If the Board accepts a Nominee’s resignation, then the Board may fill any resulting vacancy pursuant to Article II, Section 2 of these By-Laws.

Section 3 . Meetings of the Board shall be held at such place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board or as may be specified in the notice of any meeting. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such times as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board and special meetings may be held at any time upon the call of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, by oral or written notice, including telegraph, telex or transmission of a telecopy, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission, duly served on or sent and delivered to each director to such director’s address, e-mail address or telephone or telecopy number as shown on the books of the Corporation not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. The notice of any meeting need not specify the purposes thereof. A meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders at the same place, if any, at which such meeting is held. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board held at times fixed by resolution of the Board.

 

7


Section 4 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal, and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. The number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the total number of directors fixed by the Board pursuant to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation and these By-Laws. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the terms of such series, the number of directors that may be so elected by the holders of any such series of stock shall be elected for terms expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders, and vacancies among directors so elected by the separate vote of the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors elected by such series, or, if there are no such remaining directors, by the holders of such series in the same manner in which such series initially elected a director.

Section 5 . If at any meeting for the election of directors, the Corporation has outstanding more than one class of stock, and one or more such classes or series thereof are entitled to vote separately as a class to elect directors, and there shall be a quorum of only one such class or series of stock, that class or series of stock shall be entitled to elect its quota of directors notwithstanding the absence of a quorum of the other class or series of stock.

Section 6 . The Board may from time to time establish one or more committees of the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board, which shall be composed of such members of the Board and have such duties as the Board shall from time to time determine. Any director may belong to any number of committees of the Board. The Board may also establish such other non-Board committees with such members (whether or not directors) and with such duties as the Board may from time to time determine. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, these By-Laws or the resolution of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and may delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

Section 7 . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 8 . The members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this subsection shall constitute presence in person at such a meeting.

Section 9 . The Board may establish policies for the compensation of directors and for the reimbursement of the expenses of directors, in each case, in connection with services provided by directors to the Corporation.

ARTICLE III.

OFFICERS

Section 1 . The Board shall elect officers of the Corporation, including a Chief Executive Officer, President and a Secretary. The Board may also from time to time elect such other officers (including, without limitation, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a General Counsel, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers) as it may deem proper or may delegate to any elected officer of the Corporation the power to appoint and remove any

 

8


such other officers and to prescribe their respective terms of office, authorities and duties. Any Vice President may be designated Executive, Senior or Corporate, or may be given such other designation or combination of designations as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may determine. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Board may also elect or appoint a Chairman of the Board, who may or may not also be an officer of the Corporation. The Board may elect or appoint co-Chairmen of the Board, co-Presidents or co-Chief Executive Officers and, in such case, references in these By-Laws to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer shall refer to either such co-Chairman of the Board, co-President or co-Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be.

Section 2 . All officers of the Corporation elected by the Board shall hold office for such terms as may be determined by the Board or, except with respect to his or her own office, the Chief Executive Officer, or until their respective successors are chosen and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time either with or without cause by affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board then in office, or, in the case of appointed officers, by any elected officer upon whom such power of removal shall have been conferred by the Board.

Section 3 . Each of the officers of the Corporation elected by the Board or appointed by an officer in accordance with these By-Laws shall have the powers and duties prescribed by law, by these By-Laws or by the Board and, in the case of appointed officers, the powers and duties prescribed by the appointing officer, and, unless otherwise prescribed by these By-Laws or by the Board or such appointing officer, shall have such further powers and duties as ordinarily pertain to that office.

Section 4 . Unless otherwise provided in these By-Laws, in the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may, during such period, delegate such officer’s powers and duties to any other officer or to any director and the person to whom such powers and duties are delegated shall, for the time being, hold such office.

ARTICLE IV.

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Section 1 . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article IV with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 2 . In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this Article IV, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article IV (which shall be governed by Section 3 of this Article IV) (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if (x) the DGCL requires or (y) in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or

 

9


her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined after final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article IV or otherwise.

Section 3 . If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this Article IV is not paid in full by the Corporation within (i) 60 days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (ii) 20 days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if the indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article IV or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

Section 4 . (A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article IV, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article IV, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

(B)    Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article IV, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation against or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement, indemnification or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation under this Article IV. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 4(B) of Article IV, entitled to enforce this Section 4(B) of Article IV.

 

10


For purposes of this Section 4(B) of Article IV, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) The term “ indemnitee-related entities ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

(2) The term “ jointly indemnifiable claims ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to applicable law, any agreement, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 5 . The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article IV shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article IV that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 6 . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 7 The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IV with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE V.

CORPORATE BOOKS

The books of the Corporation may be kept inside or outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as the Board may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE VI.

CHECKS, NOTES, PROXIES, ETC.

All checks and drafts on the Corporation’s bank accounts and all bills of exchange and promissory notes, and all acceptances, obligations and other instruments for the payment of money, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents as shall be authorized from time to time by the Board or such officer or officers who may be delegated such authority. Proxies to vote and consents with respect to securities of other corporations or other entities owned by or standing in the name of the Corporation may be executed and delivered from time to time on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by such officers as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board may from time to time determine.

 

11


ARTICLE VII.

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be, unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board, the calendar year ending on December 31.

ARTICLE VIII.

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation. In lieu of the corporate seal, when so authorized by the Board or a duly empowered committee thereof, a facsimile thereof may be impressed or affixed or reproduced.

ARTICLE IX.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1 . Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, notice of any meeting need not be given to any person who shall attend such meeting (except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened), or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing (including by electronic transmission).

Section 2 . Section headings in these By-Laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 3 . In the event that any provision of these By-Laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or the DGCL, the provision of these By-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be made, amended, altered, changed, added to or repealed as set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation.

 

12

Exhibit 10.12

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF [                           ], 201[      ]

AMONG

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

AND

THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO


Table of Contents

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I. INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

     1   

1.1        Defined Terms

     1   

1.2        Construction

     3   

ARTICLE II. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

     3   

2.1        Election of Directors

     3   

ARTICLE III. INFORMATION; VCOC

     5   

3.1        Books and Records; Access

     5   

3.2        Certain Reports

     5   

3.3        VCOC

     5   

ARTICLE IV. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     7   

4.1        Termination

     7   

4.2        Notices

     8   

4.3        Amendment; Waiver

     8   

4.4        Further Assurances

     9   

4.5        Assignment

     9   

4.6        Third Parties

     9   

4.7        Governing Law

     9   

4.8        Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial

     9   

4.9        Specific Performance

     9   

4.10      Entire Agreement

     10   

4.11      Severability

     10   

4.12      Table of Contents, Headings and Captions

     10   

4.13      Grant of Consent

     10   

4.14      Counterparts

     10   

4.15      Effectiveness

     10   

4.16      No Recourse

     10   

 

i


STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This Stockholders Agreement is entered into as of [                       ], 2013 by and among Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the other parties identified on the signature pages hereto (the “ Investor Parties ”).

BACKGROUND:

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (“ IPO ”) of shares of its Common Stock (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Company and the Investor Parties wish to set forth certain understandings between such parties, including with respect to certain governance matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

1.1 Defined Terms . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters:

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

Agreement ” means this Stockholders Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Beneficially Own ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Blackstone Designee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

Blackstone Designator ” means the Blackstone Party, or any group of Blackstone Parties collectively, then holding of record a majority of Common Stock held of record by all Blackstone Parties.

Blackstone Entities ” means the entities comprising the Blackstone Parties and their Affiliates.

Blackstone Parties ” means the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Blackstone Parties” and any other Blackstone Entities that may from time to time become parties hereto.

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.


Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, federal or New York State holiday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Common Stock ” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other stock of the Company into which outstanding shares of such stock is reclassified or reconstituted and any other common stock of the Company.

Control ” (including its correlative meanings, “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person.

Director ” means any director of the Company.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

Investor Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the Background.

Law ” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, injunction, order, decree, governmental approval, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or other form of business organization, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable Law, or any Governmental Authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Plan Asset Regulation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

Pre-IPO Owners ” means the Blackstone Entities and the other Persons who held Common Stock at the time of the IPO and any Affiliate thereof that shall become a holder of any Common Stock.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of

 

2


any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing member, managing director or other governing body or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Total Number of Directors ” means the total number of directors comprising the Board.

Transfer ” (including its correlative meanings, “ Transferor ”, “ Transferee ” and “ Transferred ”) shall mean, with respect to any security, directly or indirectly, to sell, contract to sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in, offer, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any economic, voting or other rights in or to such security. When used as a noun, “ Transfer ” shall have such correlative meaning as the context may require.

VCOC Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

1.2 Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. Unless the context otherwise requires: (a) “ or ” is disjunctive but not exclusive, (b) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular, and (c) the words “ hereof ”, “ herein ”, and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

ARTICLE II.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

2.1 Election of Directors .

(a) Following the Closing Date, the Blackstone Designator shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate, and the individuals nominated for election as Directors by or at the direction of the Board or a duly-authorized committee thereof shall include, a number of individuals such that, upon the election of each such individual, and each other individual nominated by or at the direction of the Board or a duly-authorized committee of the Board, as a Director and taking into account any Director continuing to serve as such without the

 

3


need for re-election, the number of Blackstone Designees (as defined below) serving as Directors of the Company will be equal to: (i) if the Pre-IPO Owners collectively Beneficially Own 50% or more of the total Common Stock as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 50% of the Total Number of Directors; (ii) if the Pre-IPO Owners collectively Beneficially Own at least 40% (but less than 50%) of the total Common Stock as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 40% of the Total Number of Directors; (iii) if the Pre-IPO Owners collectively Beneficially Own at least 30% (but less than 40%) of the total Common Stock as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 30% of the Total Number of Directors; (iv) if the Pre-IPO Owners collectively Beneficially Own at least 20% (but less than 30%) of the total Common Stock as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 20% of the Total Number of Directors; and (v) if the Pre-IPO Owners collectively Beneficially Own at least 5% (but less than 20%) of the total Common Stock as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 10% of the Total Number of Directors.

(b) If at any time the Blackstone Designator has designated fewer than the total number of individuals that the Blackstone Designator is then entitled to designate pursuant to Section 2.1(a), the Blackstone Designator shall have the right to designate such additional individuals which it is entitled to so designate, in which case, any individuals nominated by or at the direction of the Board or any duly-authorized committee thereof for election as Directors to fill any vacancy on the Board shall include such designees, and the Company shall use its best efforts to (x) effect the election of such additional designees, whether by increasing the size of the Board or otherwise, and (y) cause the election of such additional designees to fill any such newly-created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies. Each such individual whom the Blackstone Designator shall actually designate pursuant to this Section 2.1 and who is thereafter elected and qualifies to serve as a Director shall be referred to herein as a “ Blackstone Designee ”.

(c) In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement or resignation of any Blackstone Designee, any individual nominated by or at the direction of the Board or any duly-authorized committee thereof to fill such vacancy shall be, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such vacancy to be filled, as soon as possible, by a new designee of the Blackstone Designator, and the Company shall take, to the fullest extent permitted by law, at any time and from time to time, all actions necessary to accomplish the same.

(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, the persons designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the election of each such designee to the Board, including nominating each such individual to be elected as a Director as provided herein, recommending such individual’s election and soliciting proxies or consents in favor thereof.

(e) In addition to any vote or consent of the Board or the stockholders of the Company required by applicable Law or the charter or bylaws of the Company, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, any action by the Board to increase or decrease the Total Number of Directors (other than

 

4


any increase in the Total Number of Directors in connection with the election of one or more directors elected exclusively by the holders of one or more classes or series of the Company’s stock other than Common Stock) shall require the prior written consent of the Blackstone Designator, delivered in accordance with Section 4.13 of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III.

INFORMATION; VCOC

3.1 Books and Records; Access . The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, permit the Blackstone Entities and their respective designated representatives, at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to review the books and records of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries with the officers of the Company or any such Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to enter into an arrangement pursuant to which it may provide such information to the Blackstone Entities without the loss of any such privilege.

3.2 Certain Reports . The Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Blackstone Entities, at their request:

(a) to the extent otherwise prepared by the Company, operating and capital expenditure budgets and periodic information packages relating to the operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

(b) to the extent otherwise prepared by the Company, such other reports and information as may be reasonably requested by the Blackstone Entities; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to enter into an arrangement pursuant to which it may provide such information to the Blackstone Entities without the loss of any such privilege.

3.3 VCOC . With respect to each Blackstone Entity that is intended to qualify its direct or indirect investment in the Company as a “venture capital investment” as defined in the Department of Labor regulations codified at 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101 (the “ Plan Asset Regulation ”) (each, a “ VCOC Investor ”), for so long as the VCOC Investor, directly or through one or more subsidiaries, continues to hold any shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company into which such shares of Common Stock may be converted or for which such shares of Common Stock may be exchanged), without limitation or prejudice of any the rights provided to the Blackstone Entities hereunder, the Company shall, with respect to each such VCOC Investor:

(a) provide each VCOC Investor or its designated representative with:

(i) upon reasonable notice and at mutually convenient times, the right to visit and inspect any of the offices and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries and inspect and copy the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

5


(ii) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of footnotes and to year-end adjustments;

(iii) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the year then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, together with an auditor’s report thereon of a firm of established national reputation;

(iv) to the extent the Company is required by law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, actually prepared by the Company as soon as available; and

(v) upon written request by the VCOC Investor, copies of all materials provided to the Board, subject to appropriate protections with respect to confidentiality and preservation of attorney-client privilege;

provided , that , in each case, if the Company makes the information described in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this clause (a) available through public filings on the EDGAR System or any successor or replacement system of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the delivery of such information shall be deemed satisfied;

(b) make appropriate officers and/or Directors of the Company available, and cause the officers and directors of its Subsidiaries to be made available, periodically and at such times as reasonably requested by each VCOC Investor, upon reasonable notice and at mutually convenient times, for consultation with such VCOC Investor or its designated representative with respect to matters relating to the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(c) to the extent that the VCOC Investor requests to receive such information and rights, and to the extent consistent with applicable law, rule, regulation or listing standards (and with respect to events which require public disclosure, only following the Company’s public disclosure thereof through applicable securities law filings or otherwise), inform each VCOC Investor or its designated representative in advance with respect to any significant corporate actions, and to provide (or cause to be provided) each VCOC Investor or its designated representative with the right to consult with the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to such actions should the VCOC Investor elect to do so, provided however, that this right to

 

6


consult must be exercised within five (5) days after the Company informs the VCOC Investor of the proposed corporate action and provided further that the Company shall be under no obligation to provide the VCOC Investor with any material non-public information with respect to such corporate action; and

(d) provide each VCOC Investor or its designated representative with such other rights of consultation which the VCOC Investor’s counsel may determine in writing to be reasonably necessary under applicable legal authorities promulgated after the date hereof to qualify its investment in the Company as a “venture capital investment” for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulation, provided that the parties agree that any such rights of consultation shall be of a nature consistent with those granted above and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the Company to grant to the VCOC Investor any additional rights with respect to the governance or management of the Company.

The Company agrees to consider, in good faith, the recommendations of each VCOC Investor or its designated representative in connection with the matters on which it is consulted as described above in this Section 3.3, recognizing that the ultimate discretion with respect to all such matters shall be retained by the Company.

In the event a VCOC Investor or any of its Affiliates Transfers all or any portion of their investment in the Company to an Affiliated entity that is intended to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” (as defined in the Plan Asset Regulation), such Transferee shall be afforded the same rights with respect to the Company afforded to the VCOC Investor hereunder and shall be treated, for such purposes, as a third party beneficiary hereunder.

In the event that the Company ceases to qualify as an “operating company” (as defined in the first sentence of 2510.3-101(c)(1) of the Plan Asset Regulation), or the investment in the Company by a VCOC Investor does not qualify as a “venture capital investment” as defined in the Plan Asset Regulation, then the Company and each Blackstone Entity will cooperate in good faith to take all reasonable actions necessary, subject to applicable law, to preserve the VCOC status of each VCOC Investor or the qualification of the investment as a “venture capital investment,” it being understood that such reasonable actions shall not require a VCOC Investor to purchase or sell any investments.

ARTICLE IV.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

4.1 Termination . Except for Section 3.3, this Agreement shall terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) such time as the Blackstone Designator is no longer entitled to designate a Director pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and (ii) the delivery of a written notice by the Blackstone Designator to the Company requesting that this Agreement terminate. The VCOC Investors shall advise the Company when they collectively first cease to beneficially own any of the Company’s Common Stock or other securities of the Company into which such shares of Common Stock may be converted or for which such shares of Common Stock may be exchanged, whereupon Section 3.3 hereof shall terminate.

 

7


4.2 Notices . Any notice, designation, request, request for consent or consent provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or mailed first class mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company at the address set forth below and to any other recipient at the address indicated on the Company’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices and other such documents will be deemed to have been given or made hereunder when sent by facsimile (receipt confirmed) delivered personally, five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one (1) day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

The Company’s address is:

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100

McLean, VA 22102

Attention: General Counsel

Telephone: [            ]

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Joshua Ford Bonnie, Esq.

Fax: (212) 455-2502

The Blackstone Entities’ address is:

The Blackstone Group L.P.

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Attention: Tyler Henritze

Fax: [            ]

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Joshua Ford Bonnie, Esq.

Fax: (212) 455-2502

4.3 Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the Company and the other parties hereto. Neither the failure nor delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of

 

8


any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

4.4 Further Assurances . The parties hereto will sign such further documents, cause such meetings to be held, resolutions passed, exercise their votes and do and perform and cause to be done such further acts and things necessary, proper or advisable in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every provision hereof. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall not directly or indirectly take any action that is intended to, or would reasonably be expected to result in, Blackstone or any Blackstone Entity being deprived of the rights contemplated by this Agreement.

4.5 Assignment . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment, without such consents, will be null and void; provided, however , that, without the prior written consent of the Company, a Blackstone Party may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate that becomes a party hereto.

4.6 Third Parties . Except as provided for in Article II and Section 3.3 with respect to any Blackstone Entity, this Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

4.7 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

4.8 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . In any judicial proceeding involving any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the parties unconditionally accepts the jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the State of Delaware or if jurisdiction over the matter is vested exclusively in federal courts, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and the appellate courts to which orders and judgments thereof may be appealed. In any such judicial proceeding, the parties agree that in addition to any method for the service of process permitted or required by such courts, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of process may be made by delivery provided pursuant to the directions in Section 4.2. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

4.9 Specific Performance . Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by any of them, the other parties hereto would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. Each party accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and agrees that the parties, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement without the posting of bond.

 

9


4.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

4.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance or in any jurisdiction, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (i) the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each other provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, (ii) as to such Person or circumstance or in such jurisdiction such provision shall be reformed to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and (iii) the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances or in other jurisdictions shall not be affected thereby.

4.12 Table of Contents, Headings and Captions . The table of contents, headings, subheadings and captions contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

4.13 Grant of Consent . Any vote, consent or approval of, or designation by, or other action of, the Blackstone Designator hereunder shall be effective if notice of such vote, consent, approval, designation or action is provided in accordance with Section 4.2 by the Blackstone Party or Parties holding of record a majority of the Common Stock then held of record by Blackstone Parties as of the latest date any such notice is so provided.

4.14 Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be signed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one Agreement (or amendment, as applicable).

4.15 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon the Closing Date.

4.16 No Recourse . This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

[ Remainder Of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY

 

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

By:    

Name:

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement]


BLACKSTONE PARTIES:

 

BH HOTELS HOLDCO LLC

By:   Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI L.P., its managing member
By:   Blackstone Real Estate Associates VI L.P., its general partner
By:   Blackstone Holdings III L.P. its general partner
By:    
  Name:
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement]

Exhibit 10.13

 

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

and

the other parties hereto

Dated as of [            ], 201[    ]

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1   

SECTION 1.1

   Certain Definitions      1   

SECTION 1.2

   Other Definitional Provisions; Interpretation      5   

ARTICLE II REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     5   

SECTION 2.1

   Piggyback Rights      5   

SECTION 2.2

   Demand Registration      7   

SECTION 2.3

   Registration Procedures      9   

SECTION 2.4

   Other Registration-Related Matters      12   

ARTICLE III INDEMNIFICATION

     14   

SECTION 3.1

   Indemnification by the Company      14   

SECTION 3.2

   Indemnification by the Holders and Underwriters      15   

SECTION 3.3

   Notices of Claims, Etc.      16   

SECTION 3.4

   Contribution      16   

SECTION 3.5

   Other Indemnification      17   

SECTION 3.6

   Non-Exclusivity      17   

ARTICLE IV OTHER

     17   

SECTION 4.1

   Notices      17   

SECTION 4.2

   Assignment      18   

SECTION 4.3

   Amendments; Waiver      18   

SECTION 4.4

   Third Parties      19   

SECTION 4.5

   Governing Law      19   

SECTION 4.6

   Jurisdiction      19   

SECTION 4.7

   MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      19   

 

i


SECTION 4.8

   Specific Performance      19   

SECTION 4.9

   Entire Agreement      19   

SECTION 4.10

   Severability      20   

SECTION 4.11

   Counterparts      20   

SECTION 4.12

   Effectiveness      20   

 

-ii-


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [            ], 201[    ] and is by and among Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”), Blackstone (as defined below) and the other Persons listed on the signature pages hereto (each, a “ Management Stockholder ” and collectively, the “ Management Stockholders ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (“ IPO ”) of shares of its Common Stock (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant registration rights to Blackstone and the Management Stockholders on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement:

Affiliate ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Blackstone ” means the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Blackstone.”

Blackstone Entities ” means the entities comprising Blackstone, their respective Affiliates and the successors and permitted assigns of the entities and their respective Affiliates.

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, federal or New York State holiday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

Closing Date ” means the date of completion of the IPO.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Common Stock ” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such common stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

Control ” (including its correlative meanings, “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person.

 


Demand Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

“Hilton Global Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into on or about the date hereof among the Company and certain members of Hilton Global Holdings LLC in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of such company, but not any amendments thereto.

Holder ” means each entity comprising Blackstone and each Management Stockholder that is a holder of Registrable Securities or Securities exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into Registrable Securities or any Transferee of such Person to whom registration rights are assigned pursuant to Section 4.2.

Indemnified Party ” and “ Indemnified Parties ” have the meanings set forth in Section 3.1.

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Law ” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, injunction, order, decree, governmental approval, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority.

Lockup Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(d)(i).

Management Stockholder ” and “ Management Stockholders ” have the meanings set forth in the preamble.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, a cooperative, an unincorporated organization, or other form of business organization, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable Law, or any Governmental Authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

-2-


Public Offering ” means a public offering of equity securities of the Company or any successor thereto or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act.

Registrable Securities ” means all shares of Common Stock and any Securities into which the Common Stock may be converted or exchanged pursuant to any merger, consolidation, sale of all or any part of its assets, corporate conversion or other extraordinary transaction of the Company held by a Holder (whether now held or hereafter acquired, and including any such Securities received by a Holder upon the conversion or exchange of, or pursuant to such a transaction with respect to, other Securities held by such Holder). As to any Registrable Securities, such Securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when:

 

  (a) a registration statement covering such Registrable Securities has been declared effective and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement;

 

  (b) such Registrable Securities shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act;

 

  (c) such Registrable Securities may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 (or any similar provision then in effect) without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale, unless such Registrable Securities are held by a Holder that beneficially owns 5% or more of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock; or

 

  (d) such Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding.

Registration Expenses ” means any and all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including:

 

  (a) all SEC, stock exchange, or FINRA registration and filing fees (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” as such term is defined in Rule 5121 of FINRA, and of its counsel);

 

  (b) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky Laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities);

 

  (c) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses;

 

  (d) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or FINRA and all rating agency fees;

 

  (e) the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance;

 

-3-


  (f) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by the issuers or sellers of Securities, including liability insurance if the Company so desires or if the underwriters so require, and the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained in connection with the requested registration, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any;

 

  (g) the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of not more than one law firm (as selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration) incurred by all the Holders in connection with the registration;

 

  (h) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to analyst and investor presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with the registration and/or marketing of the Registrable Securities (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders); and

 

  (i) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

Securities ” means capital stock, limited partnership interests, limited liability company interests, beneficial interests, warrants, options, notes, bonds, debentures, and other securities, equity interests, ownership interests and similar obligations of every kind and nature of any Person.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

 

-4-


Transfer ” (including its correlative meanings, “ Transferor ”, “ Transferee ” and “ Transferred ”) shall mean, with respect to any security, directly or indirectly, to sell, contract to sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in, offer, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any economic, voting or other rights in or to such security. When used as a noun, “ Transfer ” shall have such correlative meaning as the context may require.

SECTION 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions; Interpretation

(a)    The words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and references in this Agreement to a designated “Article” or “Section” refer to an Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(b)    The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and do not limit or otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(c)    The meanings given to terms defined herein are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

SECTION 2.1 Piggyback Rights . If at any time following expiration of the Lockup Period (or, if earlier, such time as the Demand Party exercises a demand right pursuant to Section 2.2(a)) the Company proposes to register Securities for public sale (whether proposed to be offered for sale by the Company or by any other Person) under the Securities Act (other than a registration on Form S-4 or S-8, or any successor or other forms promulgated for similar purposes) in a manner which would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the public under the Securities Act, it will, at each such time following expiration of the Lockup Period (or if earlier, such time as the Demand Party exercises a demand right pursuant to Section 2.2(a)), give prompt written notice (which notice shall specify the intended method or methods of disposition) to the Holders of its intention to do so and of such Holder’s rights under this Section 2.1. Upon the written request of any Holder made within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of any such notice (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder), the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders have so requested to be registered; provided that: (i) if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any Securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to proceed with the proposed registration of the Securities to be sold by it, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to the Holders and, thereupon, the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such

 

-5-


registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses incurred in connection therewith) without prejudice to the rights of the Demand Party to request that such registration be effected as a registration under Section 2.2(a); and (ii) if such registration involves an underwritten offering, the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in the registration must, upon the written request of the Company, sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters on the same terms and conditions as apply to the other Securities being sold through underwriters under such registration, with, in the case of a combined primary and secondary offering, only such differences, including any with respect to representations and warranties, indemnification and liability insurance, as may be customary or appropriate in combined primary and secondary offerings.

(b)     Expenses . The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 2.1.

(c)     Priority in Piggyback Registrations . If a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (a copy of which shall be provided to the Holders) that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities and other Securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have a material and adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Securities offered in such offering, then the Company will include in such registration: (i) first, the Securities the Company proposes to sell for its own account; and (ii) second, such number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without having the material and adverse effect referred to above, which number of Registrable Securities shall be allocated pro rata among the Registrable Securities held by all such requesting Holders and the Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Hilton Global Registration Rights Agreement) held by all Eligible Holders (as such term is defined in the Hilton Global Registration Rights Agreement) that submitted a proper request for inclusion in such registration pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Hilton Global Registration Rights Agreement, if any, on the basis of the relative number of securities requested to be included in such registration by each such Holder or Eligible Holder (as such terms are defined in the Hilton Global Registration Rights Agreement) (provided that any Securities thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner). Any other selling holders of the Company’s Securities (other than transferees to whom a Holder has assigned its rights under this Agreement) will be included in an underwritten offering only with the consent of Holders holding a majority of the shares being sold in such offering.

(d)     Excluded Transactions . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 2.1 incidental to the registration of any of its Securities in connection with:

(i)    the IPO;

 

-6-


(ii)    a registration statement filed to cover issuances under employee benefits plans or dividend reinvestment plans; or

(iii)    any registration statement relating solely to the acquisition or merger after the date hereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of or with any other businesses.

(e)     Plan of Distribution, Underwriters and Counsel . If a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such underwritten offering shall have the right to (i) determine the plan of distribution, (ii) select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and (iii) select counsel for the selling Holders.

(f)     Shelf Takedowns . In connection with any shelf takedown (whether pursuant to Section 2.2(f) or at the initiative of the Company), the Holders may exercise “piggyback” rights in the manner described in this Agreement to have included in such takedown Registrable Securities held by them that are registered on such shelf registration statement.

SECTION 2.2     Demand Registration, General . At any time, upon the written request of any Blackstone Entity (the “ Demand Party ”) requesting that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of Registrable Securities and specifying the amount and intended method of disposition thereof (including, but not limited to, an underwritten public offering), the Company will (i) promptly give written notice of such requested registration to the other Holders and other holders of Securities entitled to notice of such registration, if any, and (ii) as expeditiously as possible, use its reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement to effect the registration under the Securities Act of:

(i)     such Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Demand Party in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof; and

(ii)     the Registrable Securities of other Holders which the Company has been requested to register by written request given to the Company within fifteen (15) days after the giving of such written notice by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to file a registration statement relating to any registration request under this Section 2.2(a):

(x)     within a period of one hundred eighty (180) days (or such lesser period as the managing underwriters in an underwritten offering may permit) after the effective date of any other registration statement relating to any registration request under this Section 2.2(a) or relating to any registration referred to in Section 2.1; or

(y)     if, in the good faith judgment of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board, the Company is in possession of material non-public

 

-7-


information the disclosure of which would be materially adverse to the Company and would not otherwise be required under Law, in which case the filing of the registration statement may be delayed until the earlier of the second Business Day after such conditions shall have ceased to exist and the 60th day after receipt by the Company of the written request from a Demand Party to register Registrable Securities under this Section 2.2(a); provided that the Company shall not effect such a delay more than two times in any twelve (12) month period.

(b)     Form . Each registration statement prepared at the request of a Demand Party shall be effected on such form as reasonably requested by the Demand Party, including by a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act on a Form S-3 (or any successor rule or form thereto) if so requested by the Demand Party and if the Company is then eligible to effect a shelf registration and use such form for such disposition.

(c)     Expenses . The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 2.2.

(d)     Plan of Distribution, Underwriters and Counsel . If a requested registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such underwritten offering shall have the right to (i) determine the plan of distribution, (ii) select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and (iii) select counsel for the selling Holders.

(e)     Priority in Demand Registrations . If a requested registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (a copy of which shall be provided to the Holders) that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration (including Securities of the Company which are not Registrable Securities) exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have a material and adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Securities offered in such offering, then the number of such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be allocated pro rata among Registrable Securities held by the Demand Party, the Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Hilton Global Registration Rights Agreement) held by all Eligible Holders (as such term is defined in the Hilton Global Registration Rights Agreement) that have submitted a proper request for inclusion in such registration pursuant to the Hilton Global Registration Rights Agreement, if any, and the Registrable Securities held by the other parties that have requested that their Registrable Securities be sold pursuant to Section 2.1(a), if any, on the basis of the relative number of securities requested to be included in such registration by each such Holder or Eligible Holder (as such term is defined in the Hilton Global Registration Rights Agreement) (provided that any Securities thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s request will be reallocated among all such remaining parties in like manner). Any other selling holders of the Company’s Securities (other than transferees to whom a Holder has assigned its rights under this Agreement) will be included in an underwritten offering only with the consent of Holders holding a majority of the shares being sold in such offering.

 

-8-


(f)     Shelf Takedowns . Upon the written request of the Demand Party at any time and from time to time, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a “takedown” of the Demand Party’s Registrable Securities off of an effective shelf registration statement. Upon the written request of the Demand Party, the Company will file and seek the effectiveness of a post-effective amendment to an existing shelf registration statement in order to register up to the number of the Demand Party’s Registrable Securities previously taken down off of such shelf by the Demand Party and not yet “reloaded” onto such shelf registration statement.

(g)     Additional Rights . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Person the right to request or require the Company to register any equity Securities of the Company, or any Securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for or into such Securities, or amend any grant of such a right, without the prior written consent of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement. In the event the Company engages in a merger or consolidation in which the shares of Common Stock are converted into Securities of another company, appropriate arrangements will be made so that the registration rights provided under this Agreement continue to be provided to Holders by the issuer of such Securities. To the extent such new issuer, or any other company acquired by the Company in a merger or consolidation, was bound by registration rights that would conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to modify any such “inherited” registration rights so as not to interfere in any material respects with the rights provided under this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by Holders then holding a majority of Registrable Securities.

SECTION 2.3 Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required to file a registration statement with respect to, or to use its reasonable best efforts to effect or cause the registration of, any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement, the Company will as expeditiously as possible: promptly prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate form with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; provided , however , that the Company may discontinue any registration of Securities which it has initiated for its own account at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto (and, in such event, the Company shall pay the Registration Expenses incurred in connection therewith); and provided , further , that before filing a registration statement or prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will (i) furnish to counsel for the sellers of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel, (ii) fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the counsel to the sellers of Registrable Securities being sold may request, and (iii) make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the sellers of the Registrable Securities being sold available for discussion of such documents;

(b)    prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to

 

-9-


keep such registration statement effective for a period not in excess of two (2) years (which period shall not be applicable in the case of a shelf registration effected pursuant to a request under Section 2.2(b)) and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all Securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement; provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will (i) furnish to counsel for the sellers of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel, (ii) fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the counsel to the sellers of Registrable Securities being sold may request, and (iii) make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the sellers of the Registrable Securities being sold available for discussion of such documents;

(c)     furnish to each seller of such Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits filed therewith, including any documents incorporated by reference), such number of copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and summary prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such seller;

(d)     use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration in such jurisdictions as each seller shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(e)     use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(f)     notify each seller of any such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the Company’s becoming aware that the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the request of any such seller, prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(g)     otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its Security holders, as soon as

 

-10-


reasonably practicable (but not more than eighteen (18) months) after the effective date of the registration statement, an earnings statement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

(h)    (i) use its reasonable best efforts to list such Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which other Securities of the Company are then listed if such Registrable Securities are not already so listed and if such listing is then permitted under the rules of such exchange; and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(i)     enter into such customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form), which may include indemnification provisions in favor of underwriters and other Persons in addition to, or in substitution for the indemnification provisions hereof, and take such other actions as sellers of a majority of such Registrable Securities or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(j)     obtain a “cold comfort” letter or letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the seller or sellers of a majority of such Registrable Securities shall reasonably request;

(k)     make available for inspection by any seller of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(l)     notify counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, immediately, and confirm the notice in writing: (i) when the registration statement, or any post-effective amendment to the registration statement, shall have become effective, or any supplement to the prospectus or any amendment to any prospectus shall have been filed; (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the SEC; (iii) of any request of the SEC to amend the registration statement or amend or supplement the prospectus or for additional information; and (iv) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the registration statement for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the institution or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

(m)     provide each Holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement reasonable opportunity to comment on the registration statement, any post-effective amendments to the registration statement, any supplement to the prospectus or any amendment to any prospectus;

 

-11-


(n)     make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible moment;

(o)     if requested by the managing underwriter or agent or any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or agent or such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including, with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold by such Holder to such underwriter or agent, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriter or agent and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after being notified of the matters incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(p)     cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing Securities to be sold under the registration statement, and enable such Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or agent, if any, or the Holders may request;

(q)     use its reasonable best efforts to make available the executive officers of the Company to participate with the Holders of Registrable Securities and any underwriters in any “road shows” that may be reasonably requested by the Holders in connection with distribution of Registrable Securities;

(r)     obtain for delivery to the Holders of Registrable Securities being registered and to the underwriter or agent an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company in customary form and in form, substance and scope reasonably satisfactory to such Holders, underwriters or agents and their counsel; and

(s)     cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA.

SECTION 2.4 Other Registration-Related Matters . The Company may require any Person that is Transferring Securities in a Public Offering pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2 to furnish to the Company in writing such information regarding such Person and pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the registration and the distribution of the Registrable Securities which are included in such Public Offering as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(b)     Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.3(f), it will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such

 

-12-


Registrable Securities until its receipt of the copies of the amended or supplemented prospectus contemplated by Section 2.3(f) and, if so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company or destroy (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in their possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company gives any such notice, the period for which the Company will be required to keep the registration statement effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 2.3(f) to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement has received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.3(f).

(c)     Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.3(l)(iv), it will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until the lifting of such stop order, other order or suspension or the termination of such proceedings and, if so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company or destroy (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in its possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company gives any such notice, the period for which the Company will be required to keep the registration statement effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 2.3(l)(iv) to and including the date when such stop order, other order or suspension is lifted or such proceedings are terminated.

(d)     (i) Each Holder (x) hereby agrees, with respect to the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder, to be bound by any and all restrictions on the sale, disposition, distribution, hedging or other Transfer of any interest in Registrable Securities imposed on Blackstone and/or its Affiliates in connection with the IPO by the underwriters managing such offering for the duration of the term of such restriction (the period in which such sale, disposition, distribution, hedging or other Transfer of any interest is restricted, the “ Lockup Period ”) and (y) will, in connection with a Public Offering of the Company’s equity Securities (whether for the Company’s account or for the account of any Holder or Holders, or both), upon the request of the Company or of the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s Securities, agree in writing not to effect any sale, disposition or distribution of Registrable Securities (other than those included in the Public Offering) without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter for such period of time commencing seven (7) days before and ending one hundred eighty (180) days (or such earlier date as the managing underwriter shall agree) after the effective date of such registration; provided that the Company shall cause all directors and officers of the Company, Holders of more than 5% of the Registrable Securities and all other Persons with registration rights with respect to the Company’s Securities (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) to enter into agreements similar to those contained in this Section 2.4(d)(i) (without regard to this proviso); and (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries will, in connection with an underwritten Public Offering of the Company’s Securities in respect of which Registrable Securities are included, upon the request of the underwriters managing such offering, agree in writing not to effect any sale, disposition or distribution of equity Securities of the Company (other than those included in such Public Offering, offered pursuant to Section 2.2(f), offered on Form S-8, issuable upon conversion of Securities or upon the exercise of

 

-13-


options, or the grant of options in the ordinary course of business pursuant to then-existing management equity plans or equity-based employee benefit plans, in each case outstanding on the date a notice is given by the Company pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or a request is made pursuant to Section 2.2(a), as the case may be), without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, for such period of time commencing seven (7) days before and ending one hundred eighty (180) days (or such earlier date as the managing underwriter shall agree) after the effective date of such registration.

(e)     With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may at any time permit the sale of Securities of the Company to the public without registration after such time as a public market exists for Registrable Securities, the Company agrees:

(i)     to make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its Securities to the public;

(ii)     to use its commercially reasonable efforts to then file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(iii)     so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to such Holder promptly upon request: (A) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its Securities to the public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); (B) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and (C) such other reports and documents of the Company as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself or himself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing such Holder to sell any such Securities without registration.

(f)     Counsel to represent Holders of Registrable Securities shall be selected by the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the relevant registration.

(g)     Each of the parties hereto agrees that the registration rights provided to the Holders herein are not intended to, and shall not be deemed to, override or limit any other restrictions on Transfer to which any such Holder may otherwise be subject.

ARTICLE III

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 3.1 Indemnification by the Company . In the event of any registration of any Securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by Law,

 

-14-


each Holder who sells Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, each Affiliate of such Holder and their respective directors and officers or general and limited partners (and the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and controlling Persons of any of the foregoing), each other Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such Securities and each other Person, if any, who controls such Holder or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act (each, and “ Indemnified Party ” and collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, and reasonable and documented expenses to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto) arise out of or are based upon: (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any other such disclosure document (including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act and any document incorporated by reference therein) or related document or report; (b) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in the case of a prospectus, in the light of the circumstances when they were made; or (c) any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any federal, state, foreign or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and relating to action or inaction in connection with any such registration, disclosure document or related document or report, and the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided that the Company will not be liable to any Indemnified Party in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, in any such preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Indemnified Party furnished to the Company by such Indemnified Party expressly for use in the preparation thereof. Such indemnity will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any Indemnified Party and will survive the Transfer of such Securities by such Holder or any termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.2 Indemnification by the Holders and Underwriters . The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Section 2.1 or 2.2, that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from the Holder of such Registrable Securities or any prospective underwriter to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 3.1) the Company, all other Holders or any prospective underwriter, as the case may be, and any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers and controlling Persons, with respect to any untrue statement in or omission from such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement, if such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Holder or underwriter furnished to the Company by such Holder or underwriter expressly for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary, final

 

-15-


or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement, or a document incorporated by reference into any of the foregoing. Such indemnity will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any of the Holders, or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers or controlling Persons and will survive the Transfer of such Securities by such Holder. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder of Registrable Securities hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds actually received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

SECTION 3.3 Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Article III, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action; provided that the failure of the Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein will not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under Section 3.1 or 3.2, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an Indemnified Party, unless in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel selected by the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the relevant registration, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. If, in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment, having common counsel would result in a conflict of interest between the interests of such indemnified and indemnifying parties, then such Indemnified Party may employ separate counsel reasonably acceptable to the indemnifying party to represent or defend such Indemnified Party in such action, it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party will not be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all such Indemnified Parties (and not more than one separate firm of local counsel at any time for all such Indemnified Parties) in such action. No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation.

SECTION 3.4 Contribution . If the indemnification provided for hereunder from the indemnifying party is unavailable to an Indemnified Party hereunder in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein for reasons other than those described in the proviso in the first sentence of Section 3.1, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and Indemnified Parties in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and Indemnified Parties shall be determined by reference to, among other

 

-16-


things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or Indemnified Parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party under this Section 3.4 as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder of Registrable Securities hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds actually received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation.

The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

SECTION 3.5 Other Indemnification . Indemnification similar to that specified in this Article III (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of Securities under any Law or with any Governmental Authority other than as required by the Securities Act.

SECTION 3.6 Non-Exclusivity . The obligations of the parties under this Article III will be in addition to any liability which any party may otherwise have to any other party.

ARTICLE IV

OTHER

SECTION 4.1 Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party hereto to another party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) when delivered personally, (b) five (5) Business Days after being sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (c) one (1) Business Day after being sent by Federal Express or other nationally recognized overnight courier, or (d) if transmitted by facsimile, if confirmed within 24 hours thereafter by a signed original sent in the manner provided in clause (a), (b) or (c) to parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by prior written notice from such party):

if to the Company:

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100

McLean, VA 22102

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: [                    ]

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

 

-17-


Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Joshua Ford Bonnie, Esq.

Fax: (212) 455-2502

if to Blackstone:

The Blackstone Group L.P.

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Attention: Tyler S. Henritze

Fax: [                    ]

with an additional copy (not constituting notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Joshua Ford Bonnie, Esq.

Fax: (212) 455-2502

if to any Management Stockholder:

c/o Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100

McLean, VA 22102

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: [                    ]

or such other address indicated in the records of the Company.

SECTION 4.2 Assignment . Neither the Company nor any Holder shall assign all or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company and Blackstone; provided , however , that any Blackstone Entity may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

SECTION 4.3 Amendments; Waiver . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement; provided that no such amendment, supplement or other modification shall adversely affect the economic interests of any Holder hereunder disproportionately to other Holders without the written consent of such Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, no consent pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be required in connection with any amendment or revision to Schedule A unless such amendment or

 

-18-


revision is to remove a Holder from such schedule at a time when such Holder would otherwise be entitled to registration rights herein. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

SECTION 4.4 Third Parties . This Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

SECTION 4.5 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 4.6 Jurisdiction . The Delaware Court of Chancery and any state appellate court therefrom within the State of Delaware (or, if the Delaware Court of Chancery declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware) shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the parties with respect to any dispute or controversy between them arising under or in connection with this agreement and, by execution and delivery of this agreement, each of the parties to this Agreement submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of those courts, including but not limited to the in personam and subject matter jurisdiction of those courts, waives any objections to such jurisdiction on the grounds of venue or forum non conveniens , the absence of in personam or subject matter jurisdiction and any similar grounds, consents to service of process by mail (in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement) or any other manner permitted by Law, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement.

SECTION 4.7 MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS OR REMEDIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 4.8 Specific Performance . Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by any of them, the non-breaching party would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. Each party accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the parties, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

-19-


SECTION 4.10 Severability . If one or more of the provisions, paragraphs, words, clauses, phrases or sentences contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision, paragraph, word, clause, phrase or sentence in every other respect and of the remaining provisions, paragraphs, words, clauses, phrases or sentences hereof shall not be in any way impaired, it being intended that all rights, powers and privileges of the parties hereto shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

SECTION 4.11 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

SECTION 4.12 Effectiveness

This Agreement shall become effective, as to any Holder, as of the date signed by the Company and countersigned by such Holder.

SECTION 4.13 Confidentiality

Each Management Stockholder agrees that all material non-public information provided pursuant to or in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be kept confidential by the person to whom such information is provided, until such time as such information becomes public other than through violation of this provision. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may disclose the information if required to do so by any law, rule, regulation, order, decree or subpoena of any governmental agency or authority or court.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

-20-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


BLACKSTONE:

 

BLACKSTONE PARTIES:
BH HOTELS HOLDCO LLC
By:  

Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI L.P.,

its managing member

By:  

Blackstone Real Estate Associates VI L.P.,

its general partner

By:  

Blackstone Holdings III L.P.

its general partner

By:    
  Name:
  Title:     Authorized Signatory

 

BLACKSTONE A23 HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI L.P.,

its managing member

By:  

Blackstone Real Estate Associates VI L.P.,

its general partner

By:  

Blackstone Holdings III L.P.

its general partner

By:    
  Name:
  Title:     Authorized Signatory

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS:

[By:                                                                                                   

      Name: ]

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

and

the other parties hereto

Dated as of [            ], 201[    ]

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

  Definitions      1   

2.

  Shelf Registration      4   

3.

  Piggyback Registration      5   

4.

  Registration Procedures      6   

5.

  Suspension of Sales      9   

6.

  Information      9   

7.

  Expenses of Registration      10   

8.

  Indemnification.      10   

9.

  Holdback      12   

10.

  Rule 144 Reporting      13   

11.

  Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights      13   

12.

  Participation Rights.      13   

13.

  Miscellaneous.      15   

 


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of             (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the Eligible Holders (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Hilton Global Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Hilton Global ”), has distributed to its members shares of Common Stock (as defined below) in accordance with the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hilton Global, dated as of April 7, 2010, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, under the terms of the LLC Agreement, the Managing Member (as defined below) is required to cause the Company to enter into this Agreement with Hilton Global and any Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement) who wishes to enter into this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into this Agreement to provide for the rights and obligations set forth herein with respect to the Registrable Securities (as defined below) owned by the parties hereto.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement:

Affiliate ” when used with reference to another Person means any Person, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such other Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including the correlative terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks in the State of New York are required or authorized to close.

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 


Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Distributed Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Eligible Holder ” means any party to this Agreement (other than the Company) that then holds Registrable Securities at the time the rights set forth herein are applicable.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, or any similar or successor statute.

Expenses ” means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with its performance of or compliance with its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) all registration, filing, listing, stock exchange and FINRA fees (including all fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” required by the rules of FINRA); (ii) all fees and expenses of complying with state securities or blue sky laws (including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky filings); (iii) all word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, all rating agency fees, the fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses incurred in connection with “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance; but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and applicable transfer taxes, if any, in each case relating to the Registrable Securities sold by the Eligible Holders, which discounts, commissions and transfer taxes shall be borne by the Eligible Holders; and (iv) fees and expenses of one counsel for holders of Registrable Securities whose shares are included in a registration statement, which counsel shall be selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (other than Registrable Securities held by a Sponsor Member or any of its Affiliates if the Company is Controlled by a Sponsor Member or any of its Affiliates at the time of such selection) included in such registration statement.

FINRA ” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Floor Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(c).

Holdback Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(c).

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(c).

Initial Transfer Restriction Expiration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).

LLC Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

Participating Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(a).

Participation Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(c).

 

2


Person ” means a natural person, partnership (whether general or limited), limited liability company, trust, estate, association, corporation, or any other legal entity.

Proposed Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(a).

Registrable Securities ” means (i) any share of Common Stock that is a Distributed Share; (ii) any share of Common Stock that is owned by Hilton Global, any Sponsor Member or any Affiliate thereof to whom the rights under this Agreement were assigned in accordance with Section 13(c); and (iii) any other share of Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to any of the shares referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued by way of share split, share dividend, recapitalization, exchange or similar event; provided that any such shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities if (x) they are Transferred by an Eligible Holder in a transaction in which the Eligible Holder’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of such securities in accordance with Section 13(c), (y) they may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale unless such Registrable Securities are held by an Eligible Holder that (together with its Affiliates) holds Registrable Securities representing more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company) or (z) they shall have ceased to be outstanding.

Requisite Approval ” means the approval of the holders of more than 50% of the Registrable Securities owned by Eligible Holders (other than Registrable Securities owned by any Sponsor Member or Affiliate thereof); provided , however that if, as of the date of any such approval, the Company has been informed that there is an Eligible Holder (other than any Sponsor Member or Affiliate thereof) that, individually or together with its Affiliates, owns a number of Registrable Securities equal to at least 35% of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by Eligible Holders (other than Registrable Securities owned by any Sponsor Member or Affiliate thereof), then the reference to “50%” above shall be deemed to be a reference to “60%”.

Rule 144 ”, “ Rule 159A ”, “ Rule 405 ” and “ Rule 415 ” means, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same may be amended from time to time.

Sale Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(a).

Sale Participation Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(i).

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any similar or successor statute.

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Sponsor Member ” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Sponsor Seller ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(a).

 

3


Third Party Holder ” means any holder (other than an Eligible Holder) of shares of Common Stock who has a contractual right to participate in a registered offering of shares of Common Stock.

Transfer ” means, as applicable in the context used, either: (i) any transfer, sale, assignment, exchange or other disposition; or (ii) to transfer, sell, assign, exchange or otherwise dispose of.

(b) The definitions in this Section 1 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” All references to “Sections” shall refer to Sections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “hereof” and “herein” and similar terms shall relate to this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, any consent that is required to be given by any Person under this Agreement may be given or not given in the applicable Person’s sole discretion. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or other interpretation against the party drafting or causing any instrument to be drafted.

 

  2. Shelf Registration .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company covenants and agrees that as promptly as practicable after the Company becomes eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form thereto) with the SEC (or, if the Company is so eligible as of the date of this Agreement, as promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement), the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement covering the resale of all Registrable Securities held by Eligible Holders (or otherwise designate an existing Shelf Registration Statement filed with the SEC to cover such Registrable Securities), and, to the extent the Shelf Registration Statement has not theretofore been declared effective or is not automatically effective upon such filing, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared or become effective as promptly as practicable following such filing and, subject to Section 5, to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective and in compliance with the Securities Act and usable for resale of such Registrable Securities until such time as there are no Registrable Securities remaining (including by refiling such Shelf Registration Statement (or a new Shelf Registration Statement) if the initial Shelf Registration Statement expires). If the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) at the time of filing of the Shelf Registration Statement with the SEC, such Shelf Registration Statement may be designated by the Company as an automatic Shelf Registration Statement. Any registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall be effected by means of a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form thereto) under Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”).

(b) Notwithstanding Section 2(a), the Company shall not be required to (x) file a Shelf Registration Statement at any time prior to such time as the restrictions on Transfer of Distributed Shares pursuant to clause (i) of Section 9.1(a) of the LLC Agreement are scheduled to expire (the “ Initial Transfer Restriction Expiration ”); provided that if at the Initial

 

4


Transfer Restriction Expiration, the Company would be required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) and would not be eligible to file an automatic Shelf Registration Statement, then the Company shall file a Shelf Registration Statement no less than three (3) months prior to the Initial Transfer Restriction Expiration if the Company is then eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form thereto) under Rule 415 under the Securities Act or (y) permit a resale of Registrable Securities from an effective Shelf Registration Statement: (i) with respect to any Registrable Securities that are not permitted to be Transferred at such time pursuant to Section 9.1 of the LLC Agreement or pursuant to any other agreement by which the holder thereof is bound; (ii) with respect to securities that are not Registrable Securities; or (iii) under the circumstances described in Section 5.

 

  3. Piggyback Registration .

(a) Whenever the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act after the date of this Agreement with respect to an underwritten offering (whether underwritten on a firm commitment or best efforts basis) of Common Stock (whether or not for its own account) (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company will give prior written notice to each Eligible Holder of its intention to effect such a registration and will include in such Piggyback Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of the Company’s notice. Each Eligible Holder’s right to include Registrable Securities in the registration pursuant to this Section 3(a) will be conditioned upon such Person’s entering into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Any Eligible Holder that has made a written request to include Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration may withdraw its Registrable Securities from such Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter(s) on or before the Business Day prior to the planned effective date of such Piggyback Registration.

(b) If the managing underwriter(s) of any offering involving a Piggyback Registration advise the Company that in their reasonable opinion the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company will include in such offering only such number of shares of Common Stock that in the reasonable opinion of such underwriter(s) can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), which shares of Common Stock will be so included in the following order of priority: (i) first, the shares of Common Stock the Company proposes to sell, if any, and (ii) second, the shares of Common Stock owned by Eligible Holders for which a proper request for inclusion has been made pursuant to Section 3(a) and the shares of Common Stock owned by any Third Party Holder for which a proper request for inclusion has been made, allocated pro rata among such Eligible Holders and Third Party Holders, on the basis of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration by each such Eligible Holder and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock owned by each such Third Party Holder for which a proper request for inclusion has been made.

 

5


(c) The Company may terminate or withdraw any Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of such Piggyback Registration, whether or not any Eligible Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration and the Company shall have no liability to any Eligible Holder arising from, relating to or in connection with the pursuit, consummation, postponement, abandonment or terms and conditions of any such Piggyback Registration except to the extent the Company shall have failed to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in connection therewith.

(d) Notwithstanding Section 3(a), the Company shall not be required to (x) comply with Section 3(a) with respect to any registration statement of the Company that is declared effective prior to the Initial Transfer Restriction Expiration or (y) include in any Piggyback Registration (i) any Registrable Securities that are not permitted to be Transferred pursuant to Section 9.1 of the LLC Agreement or pursuant to any other agreement by which the holder thereof is bound at the time the registration statement filed with the SEC with respect to such Piggyback Registration is declared effective or (ii) any securities that are not Registrable Securities.

4.     Registration Procedures . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities or facilitate the distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under this Agreement, the Company shall, as promptly as practicable:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and/or a prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to a proposed offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to an effective registration statement and, subject to Section 5, keep such registration statement effective or such prospectus or prospectus supplement current; provided that at least three (3) Business Days in advance of filing such registration statement and/ or prospectus and/or prospectus supplement with the SEC, the Company shall furnish to the relevant Eligible Holder a copy of any statements, if any, relating to such Eligible Holder proposed to be included therein and shall not file with the SEC any statements relating to such Eligible Holder to which such Eligible Holder reasonably objects in writing.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to the applicable registration statement and the prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement; provided that at least three (3) Business Days in advance of filing any such amendments and supplements with the SEC, the Company shall furnish to the relevant Eligible Holder a copy of any statements, if any, relating to such Eligible Holder proposed to be included therein that were not previously included in the applicable registration statement and/or prospectus and/or prospectus supplement and shall not file with the SEC any statements relating to such Eligible Holder to which such Eligible Holder reasonably objects in writing.

(c) Furnish to the Eligible Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration, promptly after the same is prepared and filed with the SEC, such number of copies of the applicable registration statement and each such amendment and supplement thereto

 

6


(including in each case all documents incorporated by reference and all exhibits) and of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request from time to time in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them. The Company hereby consents to the use of each such prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the Eligible Holders in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, subject to clause (h) below and Section 5.

(d) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Eligible Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration or any managing underwriter(s), to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect, and to take any other action which may be reasonably necessary to enable such Eligible Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by such Eligible Holder; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdictions.

(e) Notify each Eligible Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable prospectus, as then in effect, includes financial statements that are ineligible for inclusion therein or an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing (which notice shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made).

(f) Notify each Eligible Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration in writing (i) when any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2(a) or any amendment thereto has been filed with the SEC and when such registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become or has been declared effective; (ii) of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to any registration statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information, in each case, related to such Eligible Holder; (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Common Stock for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in any effective registration statement or the prospectus related to the registration statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and (vi) of any SEC comments to a registration statement received by the Company in writing to the extent such comments relate to disclosure relating to such Eligible Holder.

(g) Use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance or obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement covering any Registrable Securities at the earliest practicable time.

 

7


(h) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 4(e), promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to such registration statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Eligible Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Eligible Holders to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Eligible Holders shall suspend use of such prospectus and use their reasonable best efforts to return to the Company all copies of such prospectus (at the Company’s expense).

(i) Use reasonable best efforts to procure the cooperation of the Company’s transfer agent in settling any offering or sale of Registrable Securities, including with respect to the transfer of physical stock certificates into book-entry form in accordance with any procedures reasonably requested by the Eligible Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration. In connection therewith, if required by the Company’s transfer agent, the Company shall, promptly after the effectiveness of a registration statement, cause an opinion of counsel as to the effectiveness of such registration statement to be delivered to and maintained with its transfer agent, together with any other authorizations, certificates and directions required by the transfer agent which authorize and direct the transfer agent to issue such Registrable Securities without legend upon sale by the Eligible Holder of such shares of Registrable Securities under such registration statement.

(j) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering, and take all such other customary actions as the managing underwriter(s) reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities included in such offering, including promptly including in a prospectus supplement or amendment such information as the managing underwriter(s) may reasonably request in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such Registrable Securities and making all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received such request.

(k) Cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted.

(l) Cooperate with Eligible Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration and the managing underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legend) representing Registrable Securities to be sold, such certificates to be in such denominations and registered in such names as such Eligible Holders or the managing underwriters may request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities.

(m) Solely in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement, if requested by any Eligible Holder of Registrable Securities, promptly include in a prospectus supplement or amendment such information as the Eligible Holder may reasonably request in order to permit

 

8


the intended method of distribution of such Registrable Securities and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received such request.

(n) Timely provide to its securityholders earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

(o) Otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC in connection with any registration statement and the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement.

5.     Suspension of Sales . The Company shall not be obligated to file any registration statement, or file any amendment or supplement to any registration statement, and may suspend the registration process and/or any Eligible Holder’s ability to use a prospectus, at any time, if the Company shall furnish to the affected Eligible Holders a certificate signed by an executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, (i) the continuation of the registration process at the time requested would adversely affect a pending or proposed material financing or a material acquisition, merger, recapitalization, consolidation, reorganization or similar transaction, or negotiations, discussions or pending proposals with respect thereto or (ii) the registration statement and any applicable prospectus contains or would contain a material misstatement of fact or an omission of a material fact as a result of an event described in clause (i); provided that the Eligible Holders’ rights to make sales pursuant to an effective registration statement cannot be suspended, pursuant to the provisions of the preceding sentence, (x) in the case of clause (i) above, following the abandonment or consummation of any of the proposals or transactions set forth in such clause (i), (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, following such time as the Board of Directors no longer believes, in its good faith judgment, that the registration statement and any applicable prospectus would contain a material misstatement of fact or an omission of a material fact as a result of an event described in clause (i) above; provided that the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to update the disclosure in such registration statement and prospectus (whether by amendment or incorporation by reference) as soon as practicable so that such registration statement and prospectus will not contain a material misstatement of fact or omission, or (z) in any event, in the case of either clause (i) or clause (ii) above, for more than ninety (90) days after the date of the Board of Directors’ determination. The Company shall give notice to the Eligible Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration that the registration process has been suspended and upon notice duly given, each Eligible Holder agrees not to sell any shares of Registrable Securities pursuant to any registration statement or applicable prospectus until such Eligible Holder’s receipt of copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such prospectus. The Company shall not be permitted to deliver a notice of suspension, nor exercise its rights of suspension under this Section 5, more than twice in any twelve (12) month period.

6.     Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2 or Section 3 with respect to the Registrable Securities of an Eligible Holder that such Eligible Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of disposition of such securities as the Company may reasonably request in order to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

9


7.     Expenses of Registration . Except as provided in Section 12, all Expenses shall be borne by the Company.

8.     Indemnification .

(a) In the event of any registration of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement, the Company agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify each Eligible Holder who sells Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement and its agents, representatives and Affiliates, and, if an Eligible Holder is a Person other than an individual, also such Eligible Holder’s officers, directors, employees, partners, members and stockholders, and each Person, if any, that controls an Eligible Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act, and the officers, directors, employees, partners, members and stockholders of each such controlling Person, against any and all losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of attorneys and other professionals incurred in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such losses, claims, damages, actions, liabilities, costs and expenses (“ Losses ”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which Registrable Securities of such Eligible Holder were registered under the Securities Act, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto or any documents incorporated therein by reference or contained in any free writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405) prepared by the Company or authorized by it in writing for use by such Eligible Holder (or any amendment or supplement thereto), (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (iii) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such registration; provided , that the Company shall not be liable to such Indemnified Party in any such case to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or omission made in such registration statement, including any such preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any such amendments or supplements thereto or contained in any such free writing prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party or its affiliated Eligible Holder expressly for use therein. Such indemnity will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Eligible Holder or any other Indemnified Party and will survive the Transfer of such Registrable Securities by any Eligible Holder or any termination of this Agreement.

(b) In connection with any registration in which any Registrable Securities of an Eligible Holder are included, such Eligible Holder agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, severally and not jointly, to indemnify the Company and the Company’s officers, directors, employees, partners, members, stockholders, agents, representatives and Affiliates, and each Person, if any, that controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the

 

10


officers, directors, employees, partners, members and stockholders of each such controlling Person, and each other Eligible Holder, each of such other Eligible Holder’s officers, directors, employees, partners, members, stockholders, agents, representatives and Affiliates, and each Person, if any, that controls each such other Eligible Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act and the officers, directors, employees, partners, members and stockholders of each such controlling Person, against any and all Losses arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto or any documents incorporated therein by reference or contained in any free writing prospectus prepared by the Company or authorized by it in writing for use by such Eligible Holder (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and with respect to each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, only to the extent such statements or omissions were actually made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Eligible Holder expressly for use in such registration statement; provided , however , that the aggregate liability of any Eligible Holder under this Section 8(b) shall not exceed the dollar amount of the proceeds actually received by such Eligible Holder after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. Such indemnity will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any other Indemnified Party and will survive the Transfer of Registrable Securities by such Eligible Holder or any termination of this Agreement.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 8 (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide such indemnification (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) of any claim as to which indemnification may be sought promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge thereof, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom (which counsel must be reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party); provided , that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 8, except to the extent that such failure to give notice materially prejudices the Indemnifying Party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation; provided , further , that an Indemnified Party may employ separate counsel in any such claim or litigation, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless: (i) the Indemnifying Party agrees to pay such fees and expenses; (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails to promptly assume the defense of any such claim or litigation; or (iii) if in the Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest exists between such Indemnified Party and such Indemnifying Party, in which case the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ counsel at the expense of the Indemnifying Party; provided , further , that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any such claim or litigation in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of attorneys (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all Indemnified Parties, or for fees and expenses that are not reasonable. Whether or not such defense is assumed by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement or consent to entry of any judgment made in respect of any such claim or litigation without its

 

11


prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). An Indemnifying Party shall not consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement in respect of any such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) unless (i) such judgment or settlement includes as a term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein to such Indemnified Party of an unconditional release from all liability with respect to such claim or litigation, (ii) such judgment or settlement does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party and (iii) any such judgment or settlement involves solely the payment of money and any sums payable in connection with such judgment or settlement are paid in full by the Indemnifying Party.

(d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in case indemnification is prohibited or limited by law, the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and such party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such actions; provided , however , that, in any case, (i) no Eligible Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the proceeds after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation and (ii) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein.

9.     Holdback . Each Eligible Holder hereby agrees in connection with an underwritten public offering of equity securities of the Company (whether or not for the Company’s account), if a Sponsor Member or any of its Affiliates agrees with the managing underwriter(s) for such offering not to Transfer any shares of Common Stock, such Eligible Holder shall not Transfer any Registrable Securities (other than those included in the registration) during the period that any Sponsor Member or its Affiliates has agreed not to Transfer shares of Common Stock (which period shall in no event exceed ninety (90) days from the date of the prospectus used in connection with any such offering) (such period, a “ Holdback Period ”) without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter(s). Each Eligible Holder agrees that it shall deliver to the managing underwriter(s) of any public offering a customary agreement reflecting its agreement set forth in the first sentence of this Section 9; provided that any release under such agreement shall be effected among the Eligible Holders on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities then owned by them. If the Company (a) issues an earnings release or discloses other material information or a material event relating to the Company occurs during the last seventeen (17) days of any Holdback Period or (b) prior to

 

12


the expiration of any Holdback Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning upon the expiration of such period, then to the extent necessary for the managing underwriter(s) to comply with FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4), the applicable Holdback Period will be extended until eighteen (18) days after the earnings release or disclosure of other material information or the occurrence of the material event, as the case may be. The foregoing provisions of this Section 9 shall not apply to any Eligible Holder who is not selling any Registrable Securities in the applicable offering.

10.     Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to the Eligible Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public without registration, the Company agrees, as long as Registrable Securities remain outstanding, to use its reasonable best efforts to:

(a) make publicly available such information as is required to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144; and

(b) so long as any Eligible Holder owns any Registrable Securities (or any shares of Common Stock that would constitute Registrable Securities if not for clause (x) contained in the proviso of the definition thereof), furnish to such Eligible Holder forthwith upon request, a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to comply with the foregoing provisions of this Section 10 until the Initial Transfer Restriction Expiration.

11.     Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant piggyback registration rights to such holder or prospective holder that have a higher priority in a Piggyback Registration than the Eligible Holders have in such Piggyback Registration.

12.     Participation Rights .

(a) If any Eligible Holder that is a Sponsor Member or an Affiliate of a Sponsor Member (a “ Sponsor Seller ”) intends to sell any shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (other than a sale for which the piggyback registration rights set forth in Section 3 apply) or pursuant to Rule 144 (each, a “ Proposed Sale ”) at a time when the Sponsor Seller and its Affiliates collectively own prior to such sale 25% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, then the Sponsor Seller shall furnish to each Eligible Holder that (together with its Affiliates) then owns Registrable Securities representing more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company (other than a Sponsor Member or any Affiliate of a Sponsor Member) (a “ Participating Holder ”), a written notice of such Proposed Sale (a “ Sale Notice ”).

(b) The Sale Notice will include:

(i) (A) The number of shares of Common Stock that the Sponsor Seller intends to sell in the Proposed Sale, (B) the anticipated date of the Proposed Sale, if known, (C)

 

13


the agreed price per share of Common Stock to be received in the Proposed Sale or the agreed discount to the market price of a share of Common Stock to be received in the Proposed Sale, in each case, if known, and (D) the fraction, expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder by the sum of (x) the aggregate number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by the Sponsor Seller and its Affiliates and (y) the aggregate number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by all Participating Holders (the “ Sale Participation Percentage ”); and

(ii) an invitation to each Participating Holder to include in the Proposed Sale on the same terms and conditions as the Sponsor Seller a number of Registrable Securities owned by the Participating Holder (not to exceed the product of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold in the Proposed Sale as set forth in the Sale Notice and (y) such holder’s Sale Participation Percentage).

(c) In order to elect to exercise the participation rights provided by this Section 12, a Participating Holder must, within forty eight hours following receipt of the Sale Notice, deliver a notice (the “ Participation Notice ”) to the Sponsor Seller (i) indicating its desire to exercise its participation rights, (ii) indicating the minimum price per share of Common Stock at which such Participating Holder is willing to sell shares of Common Stock in the Proposed Sale (which price shall not take into account any discounts, commissions or other costs in connection with the Proposed Sale) (the “ Floor Price ”) and (iii) specifying the number of Registrable Securities it desires to sell in the Proposed Sale (not to exceed the product of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold in the Proposed Sale as set forth in the Sale Notice and (y) such holder’s Sale Participation Percentage). Each Participating Holder who does not deliver a Participation Notice in compliance with the above requirements, including the time period, shall be deemed to have waived all of such Participating Holder’s rights under this Section 12 with respect to such Proposed Sale.

(d) Following the expiration of the above time period, (i) each Participating Holder that has properly delivered a Participation Notice shall be obligated to sell in the Proposed Sale the number of shares of Registrable Securities properly set forth in such Participating Holder’s Participation Notice on the same terms and conditions as the Sponsor Seller in the Proposed Sale (provided that the price per share in the Proposed Sale equals or exceeds the Floor Price) and (ii) the Sponsor Seller shall be permitted to sell in the Proposed Sale up to a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the difference between (x) the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold in the Proposed Sale as set forth in the Sale Notice and (y) the number of shares of Registrable Securities properly set forth in all Participation Notices for which the price per share in the Proposed Sale equals or exceeds the applicable Floor Price. The Sponsor Seller shall notify each Participating Holder that has properly delivered a Participation Notice promptly after determining the price per share to be received in the Proposed Sale (it being understood that such price per share may not be known until after the consummation of the Proposed Sale and each Participating Holder that has properly delivered a Participation Notice to sell Registrable Securities in the Proposed Sale shall be obligated to sell in the Proposed Sale notwithstanding that the price per share may not be known until after consummation of the Proposed Sale provided that such price per share in the Proposed Sale equals or exceeds the Floor Price).

 

14


(e) In order to be entitled to exercise its right to sell Registrable Securities in the Proposed Sale pursuant to this Section 12, each Participating Holder must agree to make the same representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements, including agreements relating to confidentiality, if any, as the Sponsor Seller agrees to make in connection with the Proposed Sale and to take or cause to be taken all other actions as may be reasonably necessary to consummate the Proposed Sale; provided that (x) in no event shall a Participating Holder be required to make representations and warranties or provide indemnities as to any other Person and (y) any liability relating to representations and warranties (and related indemnities) or other indemnification obligations regarding the business of the Company in connection with the Proposed Sale shall be shared by all Eligible Holders pro rata in proportion to the number of shares being sold by each such Person in the Proposed Sale; provided that in no event shall the aggregate amount of liability for each Participating Holder exceed the dollar value of the total consideration paid to such Participating Holder in the Proposed Sale. The Sponsor Seller and each Participating Holder that participates in a Proposed Sale will be responsible for its (i) own attorney’s fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Proposed Sale and (ii) proportionate share of the other actual costs incurred by the Sponsor Seller in connection with the Proposed Sale (other than any payments to an Affiliate of the Sponsor Seller, which shall be borne entirely by the Sponsor Seller).

(f) If any Participating Holder exercises its rights under this Section 12, the closing of the sale of the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights have been exercised will take place concurrently with the closing of the sale of the Sponsor Seller’s shares of Common Stock in the Proposed Sale. If the closing of the Proposed Sale shall not have occurred by the date that is seven (7) days after the expiration of the forty eight (48) hour period described in Section 12(c), the Proposed Sale may not be effected without complying again with the notice and other requirements of this Section 12.

(g) The Sponsor Seller shall, in its sole discretion, decide whether or not to pursue, consummate, postpone or abandon any Proposed Sale and the terms and conditions thereof.   Neither the Sponsor Seller nor any of its Affiliates shall have any liability under this Agreement to any Participating Holder arising from, relating to or in connection with the pursuit, consummation, postponement, abandonment or terms and conditions of any Proposed Sale except to the extent such Sponsor Seller shall have failed to comply with the provisions of this Section 12.

13.     Miscellaneous.

(a)     Amendments and Waivers . Any provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived if, but only if, the written consent to such amendment, modification or waiver has been obtained from (i) the Company; (ii) each Sponsor Member and Affiliate thereof (including Hilton Global) that is a party hereto; and (iii) the Eligible Holders constituting the Requisite Approval; provided , however , that any modification, amendment or waiver of this Agreement that would subject any Eligible Holder to adverse differential treatment shall require the agreement of each such differentially treated Eligible Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates only to the rights of certain holders of Registrable Securities and that does not affect the rights of the other holders of Registrable Securities shall be effective if given by (i) each

 

15


Sponsor Member and Affiliate thereof (including Hilton Global) party hereto whose rights are affected by such waiver or consent and (ii) holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities owned by the holders whose rights are affected by such waiver or consent (other than any Sponsor Member or Affiliate thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may from time to time add additional parties to this Agreement to the extent required to do so under Section 9.4 of the LLC Agreement or as contemplated under Section 13(c) and such action shall not require the consent of any Eligible Holder. In order to become a party to this Agreement, such additional party must execute a joinder agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, evidencing such party’s agreement to be bound hereby as an Eligible Holder, and upon the Company’s receipt of any such additional Eligible Holder’s executed joinder agreement, such additional Eligible Holder shall be deemed to be a party hereto and bound hereby.

(b) Notices . All notices, requests, consents or other communications to the Company or any Eligible Holder hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given:

(i) if to the Company, at the following address, facsimile number or email address:

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

7930 Jones Branch Drive, Suite 1100

McLean, VA 22102

Email:           [                                ]

Attention:     General Counsel

Fax:               [                                ]

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Joshua Ford Bonnie, Esq.

Fax: (212) 455-2502

(ii) if to an Eligible Holder, at the Eligible Holder’s address, facsimile number or email address reflected in the books and records of the Company; or such other address, facsimile number or email address as the Company may hereafter specify by written notice to the other parties hereto or as an Eligible Holder may hereafter specify by written notice to the Company.

Each such notice, request, consent or other communication shall be given by hand delivery, by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, by facsimile or by email (provided that email delivery shall only be permitted, and overnight courier service shall not be permitted, with respect to any notices, requests, consents or other communications given in connection with the transactions contemplated by Section 12) and shall be deemed to be delivered (i) if delivered by hand, when delivered at the address specified in this Section 13(b); (ii) if delivered by nationally recognized overnight courier service, on the second Business Day following delivery

 

16


to such service ; (iii) if given by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this Section 13(b) and the appropriate answer back or confirmation is received; or (iv) if given by email, when such email is transmitted to the email address specified in this Section 13(b).

(c) Assignment; Successors and Assigns . No Eligible Holder shall assign all or any part of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any Person without the prior written consent of the Company; provided , however , that, without the prior written consent of the Company, (i) the rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to Registrable Securities that are Transferred by an Eligible Holder to any of its Affiliates may be assigned to the Affiliate to whom such Registrable Securities are Transferred and (ii) the rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to Registrable Securities that are Transferred by an Original Non-Sponsor Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement) or any of its Affiliates may be assigned to any Person to whom such Registrable Securities are Transferred if the Registrable Securities that are so Transferred represent more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, so long as in each such case, the applicable Transferee executes and delivers a joinder agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, evidencing such Transferee’s agreement to be bound hereby as an Eligible Holder. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute a single instrument. Signatures of a party to this Agreement that are delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic delivery shall be binding as evidence of acceptance of the terms hereof by such party.

(e) Headings . The table of contents, headings, subheadings and captions contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

(f) Governing Law . This Agreement is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware.

(g) Proceedings . In any judicial proceeding involving any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the Eligible Holders and the Company unconditionally accepts the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any United States District Court located in the State of Delaware, or of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, and the appellate courts to which orders and judgments thereof may be appealed. In any such judicial proceeding, the parties hereto agree that in addition to any method for the service of process permitted or required by such courts, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of process may be made by delivery provided pursuant to the directions in Section 13(b). EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

17


(h) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance or in any jurisdiction, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (i) the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each other provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) as to such Person or circumstance or in such jurisdiction such provision shall be reformed to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and (iii) the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances or in other jurisdictions shall not be affected thereby.

(i) No Waiver . Neither the failure nor delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

(j) Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement and the LLC Agreement embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, other than as expressly set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties with respect to such subject matters, other than the LLC Agreement. Except for the provisions of Section 8, which shall be enforceable by any Indemnified Party, this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the parties hereto.

(k) Specific Performance . The parties hereto recognize and agree that money damages may be insufficient to compensate the holders of any Registrable Securities for a breach or threatened breach by the Company of the terms hereof and, consequently, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided in this Agreement and granted by law, that the equitable remedy of specific performance of the terms hereof will be available to each Eligible Holder in the event of any such breach.

(l) Confidentiality . Each Eligible Holder agrees that any information provided by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.2 of the LLC Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Eligible Holders]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit 10.15

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

2013 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and its Affiliates may attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain an equity interest in the Company, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and aligning their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders.

2. Definitions . The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a) “ Absolute Share Limit ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(b).

(b) “ Affiliate ” means (i) any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Committee, any person or entity in which the Company has a significant interest.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-Based Award and Performance Compensation Award granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Cause ” means, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, a good faith determination of the Committee or its designee that (i) the Company or an Affiliate has “cause” to terminate a Participant’s employment or service, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate in effect at the time of such termination or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Cause” contained therein), any of the following has occurred with respect to a Participant: (A) such Participant has failed to reasonably perform his or her duties to the Service Recipient, or has failed to follow the lawful instructions of the Board or his or her direct superiors, in each case other than as a result of his or her incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury, in a manner that could reasonably be expected to result in harm (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate, following notice by the Company of such failure, (B) such Participant has engaged or is about to engage in conduct harmful (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate, (C) such Participant has been convicted of, or pled guilty or no contest to, a felony or any crime involving as a material element fraud or dishonesty, (D) the willful misconduct or gross neglect of such Participant that could reasonably be expected to result in harm (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate, (E) the willful violation by such Participant of the Company’s written policies that could reasonably be expected to result in harm (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate; (F) such Participant’s fraud or


misappropriation, embezzlement or misuse of funds or property belonging to the Company or an Affiliate (other than good faith expense account disputes); (G) such Participant’s act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with such Participant’s employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate, or (H) the willful breach by such Participant of fiduciary duty owed to the Company or an Affiliate.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means:

(i) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, the exchange of exchangeable stock or units, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate, or (III) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant);

(ii) during any period of twenty-four months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(iii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or

(iv) the consummation of a reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction involving the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), unless immediately following such Business Combination 50% or more of the total voting power of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (or, if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership

 

2


of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of such resulting entity), is held by the holders of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transaction or series of events shall constitute a “Change in Control” if The Blackstone Group L.P. and/or its Affiliates directly or indirectly control the Company (including through a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of which The Blackstone Group L.P. and/or its Affiliates is a member).

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations or guidance.

(h) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or subcommittee thereof (including without limitation any subcommittee used to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code in respect of Awards) or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(j) “ Company ” means Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. and any successor thereto.

(k) “ Control ” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

(l) “ Date of Grant ” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization.

(m) “ Detrimental Activity ” means a good faith determination by the Committee or its designee that a Participant has engaged in any of the following: (i) the breach of any covenants relating to disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, non-disparagement or other similar restrictions on conduct contained in any agreement between a Participant and the Company or its Affiliates (including any Award Agreement) or any written policies of the Company or its Affiliates; or (ii) any activity, including fraud or other conduct contributing to financial restatement or accounting irregularities, that the Committee determines in good faith is appropriate to include in any incentive compensation clawback policy adopted by the Committee and as in effect from time to time.

 

3


(n) “ Designated Foreign Subsidiaries ” means all Affiliates organized under the laws of any jurisdiction or country other than the United States of America that may be designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time.

(o) “ Disability ” means, unless in the case of a particular Award the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, the Company or an Affiliate having cause to terminate a Participant’s employment or service on account of “disability,” as defined in any then-existing employment, consulting or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or, in the absence of such an employment, consulting or other similar agreement, a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced. Any determination of whether Disability exists shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(p) “ Effective Date ” means the date the Company’s stockholders approve the Plan.

(q) “ Eligible Person ” means any (i) individual employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided , however , that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or an Affiliate who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act; or (iv) any prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Affiliates (and would satisfy the provisions of clauses (i) through (iii) above once he or she begins employment with or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates),. Solely for purposes of this Section 2(q), “Affiliate” shall be limited to (1) a Subsidiary, (2) any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code (“ Parent ”), (3) any corporation, trade or business 50% or more of the combined voting power of such entity’s outstanding securities is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent, (4) any corporation, trade or business which directly or indirectly controls 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company and (5) any other entity in which the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent has a material equity interest and which is designated as an “Affiliate” by the Committee.

(r) “ Employment ” or “employment” means, without any inference for federal and other tax purposes, service as a part- or full-time officers, employees, consultants and advisors or Board member of or to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(s) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(t) “ Exercise Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(b) of the Plan.

 

4


(u) “ Fair Market Value ” means, on a given date, (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on such date, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided , however , as to any equity-based Awards issued on the date of the Company’s initial public offering, “Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the per share price the Common Stock is offered to the public in connection with such initial public offering.

(v) “ Immediate Family Members ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14(b).

(w) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

(x) “ Indemnifiable Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(e) of the Plan.

(y) “ Negative Discretion ” shall mean the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

(z) “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(aa) “ Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

(bb) “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

(cc) “ Option ” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

(dd) “ Option Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(c) of the Plan.

(ee) “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

(ff) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to the Plan.

(gg) “ Performance Compensation Award ” shall mean any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

 

5


(hh) “ Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan.

(ii) “ Performance Formula ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulae applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(jj) “ Performance Goals ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.

(kk) “ Performance Period ” shall mean the one or more periods of time of not less than 12 months, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Compensation Award.

(ll) “ Permitted Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14(b) of the Plan.

(mm) “ Person ” means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

(nn) “ Plan ” means this Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

(oo) “ Restricted Period ” means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award is subject to restrictions or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.

(pp) “ Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions (including, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(qq) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities or other property, subject to certain restrictions (including, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(rr) “ SAR Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(c) of the Plan.

(ss) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

 

6


(tt) “ Service Recipient ” means, with respect to a Participant holding a given Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

(uu) “ Special Qualifying Director ” means a person who is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and (iii) an “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation.

(vv) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(ww) “ Strike Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

(xx) “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of such entity’s voting securities (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(ii) any partnership (or any comparable foreign entity) (A) the sole general partner (or functional equivalent thereof) or the managing general partner of which is such Person or Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners (or functional equivalents thereof) of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

(yy) “ Substitute Award ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(e).

(zz) “ Sub Plans ” means, any sub-plan to this Plan that has been adopted by the Board or the Committee for the purpose of permitting the offering of Awards to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise outside the United States of America, with each such sub-plan designed to comply with local laws applicable to offerings in such foreign jurisdictions. Although any Sub Plan may be designated a separate and independent plan from the Plan in order to comply with applicable local laws, the Absolute Share Limit shall apply in the aggregate to the Plan and any Sub Plan adopted hereunder.

(aaa) “ Termination ” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient, for any reason (including death or Disability).

 

7


3. Effective Date; Duration . The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided , however , that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

4. Administration .

(a) The Committee shall administer the Plan. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) or necessary to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time he or she takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan that is subject to Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m), as applicable, be a Special Qualifying Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as a Special Qualifying Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the sole and plenary authority, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or any Subsidiary the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Committee

 

8


herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to persons (i) who are members of the Board, (ii) who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (iii) who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder of the Company.

(e) No member of the Board, the Committee or any employee or agent of the Company (each such person, an “ Indemnifiable Person ”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made under the Plan or any Award agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined as provided below that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, individual indemnification agreement or contract or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold them harmless.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. Any such actions by the Board shall be subject to the applicable rules

 

9


of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

5. Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan; Limitations .

(a) The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards to one or more Eligible Persons.

(b) Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than 80,000,000 shares of Common Stock (the “ Absolute Share Limit ”) shall be available for Awards under the Plan (excluding those shares of Restricted Stock received by Participants in exchange for (or redemption of) partnership or limited liability interests contemporaneous with the adoption of the Plan); (ii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, grants of Options or SARs under the Plan in respect of no more than 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock may be made to any individual Participant during any single fiscal year of the Company (for this purpose, if a SAR is granted in tandem with an Option (such that the SAR expires with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is exercised), only the shares underlying the Option shall count against this limitation); (iii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Absolute Share Limit may be delivered in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; (iv) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock (excluding those shares of Restricted Stock received by Participants in exchange for (or redemption of) partnership or limited liability interests contemporaneous with the adoption of the Plan) may be delivered in respect of Performance Compensation Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year), or in the event such share denominated Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, no more than the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates; (v) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $1,000,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes and excluding, for this purpose, the value of any dividend equivalent payments paid pursuant to any Award granted in a previous fiscal year); and (vi) the maximum amount that can be paid to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year) pursuant to a Performance Compensation Award denominated in cash (described in Section 11(a) of the Plan) shall be $15,000,000.

(c) Other than with respect to Substitute Awards, to the extent that an Award (excluding any shares of Restricted Stock received by Participants in exchange for (or redemption of) partnership or limited liability interests contemporaneous with the adoption of the Plan) expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise is settled without a delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Common Stock to which the

 

10


Award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Shares of Common Stock withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any Exercise Price or Strike Price, or taxes relating to an Award, shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided , however , that such shares shall not become available for issuance hereunder if either (i) the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered following the termination of the Plan or (ii) at the time the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of the Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.

(d) Shares of Common Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase or a combination of the foregoing.

(e) Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“ Substitute Awards ”). Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the Absolute Share Limit; provided , that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan.

6. Eligibility . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Persons.

7. Options .

(a) General . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the applicable Award agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the stockholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock

 

11


Option unless and until such approval is obtained. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the terms and conditions of such grant shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.

(b) Exercise Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the exercise price (“ Exercise Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant); provided , however , that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate, the Exercise Price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant.

(c) Vesting and Expiration .

(i) Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “ Option Period ”); provided , that if the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30 th day following the expiration of such prohibition; provided , however , that in no event shall the Option Period exceed five years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Company other than for Cause or (B) a Participant’s Termination by the Company due to death or Disability, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, each outstanding Option granted to such Participant shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable as of the date of such Termination; provided , that in the event the vesting or exercisability of any Option would otherwise be subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of any such Option that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on (x) actual performance through the date of termination as determined by the Committee, or (y) if the Committee determines that measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee, in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of Termination.

(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Company for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, (B) a Participant’s Termination by the Company due to death or Disability, after taking into account any accelerated

 

12


vesting under the preceding clause (ii), each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for one (1) year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period) and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, after taking into account any accelerated vesting under the preceding clause (ii), each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period).

(d) Method of Exercise and Form of Payment . No shares of Common Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment taxes required to be withheld. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company (or telephonic instructions to the extent provided by the Committee) in accordance with the terms of the Option accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price shall be payable (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual delivery of such shares to the Company); provided , that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest; (ii) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price; or (iii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including without limitation: (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price or (B) a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay the Exercise Price and the minimum amount of statutorily required withholding taxes. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(e) Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option . Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he or she makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such Common Stock before the later of (A) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Common Stock.

 

13


(f) Compliance With Laws, etc . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) General . Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each SAR so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. Any Option granted under the Plan may include tandem SARs. The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option.

(b) Strike Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the strike price (“ Strike Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SAR granted in tandem with (or in substitution for) an Option previously granted shall have a Strike Price equal to the Exercise Price of the corresponding Option.

(c) Vesting and Expiration .

(i) A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall vest and become exercisable and shall expire in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “ SAR Period ”); provided , that if the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), the SAR Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination other than for Cause or (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, each outstanding SAR granted to such Participant shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable as of the date of such Termination; provided , that in the event the vesting or exercisability of any SAR would otherwise be subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of any such SAR that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on (x) actual performance through the date of termination as determined by the Committee, or (y) if the Committee determines that measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee, in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of Termination.

 

14


(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Company for Cause, all outstanding SARs granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, after taking into account any accelerated vesting under the preceding clause (ii), each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for one (1) year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period) and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, after taking into account any accelerated vesting under the preceding clause (ii), each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period).

(d) Method of Exercise . SARs which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.

(e) Payment . Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR that are being exercised multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price, less an amount equal to the minimum amount of Federal, state, local and non-U.S. statutory income and employment taxes withholding liability. The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(f) Substitution of SARs for Nonqualified Stock Options . The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to substitute, without the consent of the affected Participant or any holder or beneficiary of SARs, SARs settled in shares of Common Stock (or settled in shares or cash in the sole discretion of the Committee) for outstanding Nonqualified Stock Options, provided that (i) the substitution shall not otherwise result in a modification of the terms of any such Nonqualified Stock Option, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the substituted SARs shall be the same as the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such Nonqualified Stock Options and (iii) the Strike Price of the substituted SARs shall be equal to the Exercise Price of such Nonqualified Stock Options; provided, however , that if, in the opinion of the Company’s independent public auditors, the foregoing provision creates adverse accounting consequences for the Company, such provision shall be considered null and void.

9. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .

(a) General . Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be

 

15


the same for each Participant. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(b) Stock Certificates and Book Entry; Escrow or Similar Arrangement . Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued or shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable, and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute and deliver (in a manner permitted under Section 14(a) or as otherwise determined by the Committee) an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and blank stock power within the amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 and the applicable Award agreement, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including without limitation the right to vote such Restricted Stock and to receive any dividends payable on such shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company and delivered (without interest) to the Participant within 15 days following the date on which the restrictions on such Restricted Stock lapse (and the right to any such accumulated dividends shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the Restricted stock to which such dividends relate), provided that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to any grant of Restricted Stock is contingent on the satisfaction of performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) any dividends payable on such restricted shares of common stock will be retained and delivered without interest to the holder of such shares when the restrictions on such shares lapse. To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any stock certificates issued to the Participant evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

(c) Vesting; Acceleration of Lapse of Restrictions .

(i) The Restricted Period with respect to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee, and the Committee shall determine the treatment of the unvested portion of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units upon Termination of the Participant granted the applicable Award.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Company other than for Cause, or (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, outstanding Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted to such Participant shall become fully vested and the restrictions thereon shall immediately lapse as of the date of such Termination; provided , that in the event the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units would otherwise be

 

16


subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of any such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units that shall become fully vested and free from such restrictions shall be based on (x) actual performance through the date of termination as determined by the Committee, or (y) if the Committee determines that measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee, in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of Termination.

(d) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(i) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate (or, if applicable, a notice evidencing a book entry notation) evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share). Dividends, if any, that may have been withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (on the date of distribution) equal to the amount of such dividends, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit granted pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units or (ii) defer the delivery of Common Stock (or cash or part Common Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. To the extent provided in an Award agreement, the holder of outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted

 

17


Stock Units are settled following the release of restrictions on such Restricted Stock Units, and, if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments.

(e) Legends on Restricted Stock . Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following, in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate, until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such Common Stock:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC. 2013 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, BETWEEN HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC. AND PARTICIPANT. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

10. Other Stock-Based Awards .

(a) The Committee may issue unrestricted Common Stock, rights to receive grants of Awards at a future date, or other Awards denominated in Common Stock (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units), under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Each Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Other Stock-Based Award so granted shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(b) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Company other than for Cause, or (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, outstanding Other Stock-Based Awards granted to such Participant shall become fully vested and the restrictions thereon shall immediately lapse as of the date of such Termination; provided , that in the event the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Other Stock-Based Awards would otherwise be subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of any such Other Stock-Based Awards that shall become fully vested and free from such restrictions shall be based on (x) actual performance through the date of termination as determined by the Committee, or (y) if the Committee determines that measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee, in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of Termination.

11. Performance Compensation Awards .

(a) General . The Committee shall have the authority, at or before the time of grant of any Award, to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The

 

18


Committee shall also have the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Company determines that a Participant who has been granted an Award designated as a Performance Compensation Award is not (or is no longer) a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), the terms and conditions of such Award may be modified without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in this Section 11 (but subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan).

(b) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards . With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have sole discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goals(s) that is (are) to apply and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence and record the same in writing.

(c) Performance Criteria . The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more Affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and shall be limited to the following, which may be determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) or on a non-GAAP basis: (i) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (v) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (vii) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, and cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per share basis; (viii) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (ix) gross or net operating margins; (x) productivity ratios; (xi) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (xii) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (xiii) operating efficiency; (xiv) objective measures of customer satisfaction; (xv) working capital targets; (xvi) measures of economic value added or other ‘value creation’ metrics; (xvii) inventory control; (xviii) enterprise value; (xix) sales; (xx) stockholder return; (xxi) competitive market metrics; (xxii) employee retention; (xxiii) timely completion of new product rollouts; (xxiv) timely opening of new facilities; (xxv) objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxvi) system-wide revenues; (xxvii) franchise and/or royalty income; (xxviii) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (xxix) market share; (xxx) cost of capital, debt leverage year-end cash position or book value; (xxxi)

 

19


strategic objectives, development of new product lines and related revenue, sales and margin targets; (xxxii) franchisee growth and retention, co-branding or international operations; (xxxiii) management fee or licensing fee growth; (xxxiv) capital expenditures; (xxxv) guest satisfaction; (xxxvi) RevPAR (revenue per available room; or (xxxvii) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be stated as a percentage of another Performance Criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph, but solely to the extent such acceleration will not cause the Award to cease to qualify as performance-based compensation that is exempt from Section 162(m). To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.

(d) Modification of Performance Goal(s) . In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such alterations, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such alterations without obtaining stockholder approval. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a Performance Compensation Award is granted, the Committee shall, during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for such Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigations, claims, judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; (vii) any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (viii) foreign exchange gains and losses; (ix) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; (x) a change in the Company’s fiscal year; (xi) accruals for payments to be made in respect of the Plan or other specified compensation arrangements, and (xi) any other event described in Section 12.

 

20


(e) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards .

(i) Condition to Receipt of Payment . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

(ii) Limitation . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) all or some of the portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period based on the application of the Performance Formula to such achieved Performance Goals; provided , however , that in the event of (x) a Participant’s Termination by the Company other than for Cause, or (y) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, the Participant shall receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award based on (1) actual performance through the date of Termination as determined by the Committee, or (2) if the Committee determines that measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee (but not to the extent that application of this clause (2) would cause Section 162(m) of the Code to result in the loss of the deduction of the compensation payable in respect of such Performance Compensation Award for any Participant reasonably expected to be a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of Termination.

(iii) Certification . Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the amount of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award actually payable for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion.

(iv) Use of Negative Discretion . In determining the actual amount of an individual Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, the Committee shall not have the discretion to (A) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the applicable limitations set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

(f) Timing of Award Payments . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications

 

21


required by this Section 11. Any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (i) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (ii) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date. Any Performance Compensation Award that is deferred and is otherwise payable in shares of Common Stock shall be credited (during the period between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) with dividend equivalents (in a manner consistent with the methodology set forth in the last sentence of Section 9(d)(ii)).

12. Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events . In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) that affects the shares of Common Stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee shall make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including without limitation, any or all of the following:

(i) adjusting any or all of (A) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under the Plan with respect to the number of Awards which may be granted hereunder, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be delivered in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, adjusting any or all of the limitations under Section 5 of the Plan) and (C) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate, (2) the Exercise Price or Strike Price with respect to any Award or (3) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, Performance Criteria and Performance Goals);

(ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of Awards (or awards of an acquiring company), accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, Awards or providing for a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than ten (10) days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and

 

22


(iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding Awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price of such Option or SAR, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or Strike Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor);

provided , however , that in the case of any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring. Any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 12 (other than any cancellation of Incentive Stock Options) shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 12 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Any such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Payments to holders pursuant to clause (iii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable Exercise Price or Strike Price). In addition, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 12, the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his Awards, (B) bear such Participant’s pro rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Stock, (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee and (D) satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligations.

13. Amendments and Termination .

(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or quoted) or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards, (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be

 

23


issued under the Plan (except for increases pursuant to Section 5 or 12), or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan; provided , further , that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to the last proviso of Section 13(b) without stockholder approval.

(b) Amendment of Award Agreements . The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participant’s Termination from the Company); provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant; provided, further , that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted under Section 12 of the Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR, (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the cancelled Option or SAR, and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted.

14. General .

(a) Award Agreements . Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including without limitation, the effect on such Award of the death, Disability or Termination, or of such other events as may be determined by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, an Award agreement may be in any such form (written or electronic) as determined by the Committee (including, without limitation, a Board or Committee resolution, an employment agreement, a notice, a certificate or a letter) evidencing the Award. The Committee need not require an Award agreement to be signed by the Participant or a duly authorized representative of the Company.

(b) Nontransferability . (i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

 

24


(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to: (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statement promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “ Immediate Family Members ”); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or stockholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or (D) a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for federal income tax purposes;

(each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the Termination of the Participant from the Company or an Affiliate under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

(c) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents . The Committee in its sole discretion may provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or other Awards; provided , that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) Options or SARs or (ii) unearned Performance Compensation Awards or other unearned Awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividends and dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned Awards and paid within 15 days after such Awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

 

25


(d) Tax Withholding .

(i) A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, Common Stock, other securities or other property) of any required withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee or the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding and taxes.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by (A) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability, provided that with respect to shares withheld pursuant to clause (B), the number of such shares may not have a Fair Market Value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability.

(e) No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment; Waiver . No employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board. The Company or any of its Affiliates may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award agreement. By accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant shall thereby be deemed to have waived any claim to continued exercise or vesting of an Award or to damages or severance entitlement related to non-continuation of the Award beyond the period provided under the Plan or any Award agreement, except to the extent of any provision to the contrary in any written employment contract or other agreement between the Company and its Affiliates and the Participant, whether any such agreement is executed before, on or after the Date of Grant.

 

26


(f) International Participants . With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expect to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may in its sole discretion amend the terms of the Plan or Sub-Plans or outstanding Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or its Affiliates.

(g) Designation and Change of Beneficiary . Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary(ies) who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon his or her death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however , that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his or her estate.

(h) Termination . Except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement, unless determined otherwise by the Committee at any point following such event: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with one Service Recipient to employment or service with another Service recipient (or vice-versa) shall be considered a Termination; and (ii) if a Participant undergoes a Termination of employment, but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be considered a Termination for purposes of the Plan. Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute a Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.

(i) No Rights as a Stockholder . Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award agreement, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to that person.

(j) Government and Other Regulations .

(i) The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling,

 

27


any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel (if the Company has requested such an opinion), satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award agreement, the Federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted and any other applicable Federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and, without limiting the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

(ii) The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Common Stock from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable. If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or delivered, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of delivery of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award). Such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof.

(k) No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company . No election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award agreement or by action of the Committee in

 

28


writing prior to the making of such election. If a Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

(l) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants . If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(m) Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

(n) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate, on the one hand, and a Participant or other person or entity, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

(o) Reliance on Reports . Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself.

(p) Relationship to Other Benefits . No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

 

29


(q) Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

(r) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or entity or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or entity or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(s) Obligations Binding on Successors . The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

(t) 409A of the Code .

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of this Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Company (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as separate payments.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death. Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

 

30


(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u) Clawback/Forfeiture . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such Award if the Participant, without the consent of the Company, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate or after Termination, has engaged in or engages in any Detrimental Activity. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant otherwise has engaged in or engages in any Detrimental Activity, the Participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such Award, and must repay the gain to the Company. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), then the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, all Awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

(v) Expenses; Gender; Titles and Headings . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

 

31

Exhibit 10.16

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT

(Replacement Award for BH Hotels Holdco LLC Units)

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made effective as of the date set forth on the Company signature page (the “ Signature Page ”) attached hereto (the “ Date of Grant ”), between Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”), the participant identified on the Signature Page attached hereto (the “ Participant ”) and BH Hotels Holdco LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Holding Company ”).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS, the Participant holds a number of Class A-2 Units (the “ Class A-2 Units ”) and/or Class B Units (the “ Class B Units ” and together with the Class A-2 Units, if any, the “ Units ”) of the Holding Company specified on the Company signature page hereto, which Units were issued pursuant to one or more Management Subscription Agreements (collectively, the “ Subscription Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, all of the Participant’s Units are being cancelled and the Participant is to receive shares (“ Shares ”) of common stock, par value $0.01, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) in redemption of the Units (the “ Redemption ”), effective prior to or substantially concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock (the “ Redemption Date ”);

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the terms of which Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement, and capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, as of the Redemption Date, the Units will be cancelled and will cease to be issued and outstanding and the Participant shall receive Shares with an equivalent value based on the IPO Price (as defined below), as described herein and otherwise subject to the terms hereof and the Plan;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. The Shares .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the additional terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and effective as of the Redemption Date, the Company and the Holding Company will cause the Units to be cancelled and the Participant to receive, in redemption of such cancellation, the number of vested Shares (“ Vested Shares ”) and unvested Shares (the “ Unvested Restricted Shares ”) to be specified by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Committee ”) on the Signature Page hereto (the Vested Shares and Unvested Restricted Shares collectively, the “ Restricted Shares ”).


(b) The number of Restricted Shares shall be calculated by the Committee in its reasonable good faith discretion, such that (x) the intrinsic value of all such Units (calculated based on the price at which common stock is sold in the Company’s initial public offering (the “ IPO ”, such price, the “ IPO Price ”), the number of such Shares held by the Holding Company prior to the Redemption and the relative rights and priorities applicable to the Units under the Holding Company’s organizational documents immediately prior to the Redemption) is equal to the intrinsic value of all such Shares using the IPO Price, in each case as calculated by the Committee. Any fractional Vested Shares or Unvested Restricted Shares will be canceled for no consideration.

(c) The Vested Shares shall not be subject to any forfeiture restrictions. The Unvested Restricted Shares shall vest and become nonforfeitable Vested Shares in accordance with Schedule I attached hereto.

(d) If Participant’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated at any time, all Unvested Restricted Shares shall automatically and immediately be forfeited and canceled (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting or other terms set forth in Schedule I attached hereto).

(e) Within 10 days after the Redemption Date, the Participant shall provide the Company with a copy of a completed election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Participant shall timely (within 30 days) file (via certified mail, return receipt requested) such election with the Internal Revenue Service, and thereafter shall certify to the Company that the Participant has made such timely filing and furnish a copy of such filing to the Company. The Participant should consult his or her tax advisor regarding the consequences of a Section 83(b) election, as well as the receipt, vesting, holding and sale of the Restricted Shares.

(f) Participant acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and accordingly, may not be sold or transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom.

2. Prior Agreements; Restrictive Covenants .

(a) Restrictive Covenants . Participant acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of the Company and its Affiliates and accordingly agrees, in his capacity as an investor and equity holder in the Company, to the provisions of Appendix A to this Agreement (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”). Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Appendix A would be inadequate and the Company would suffer irreparable damages as a result of such breach or threatened breach. In recognition of this fact, Participant agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Holding Company and the Company, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to cease making any payments or providing any benefit otherwise required by this Agreement and obtain equitable relief in the form of specific


performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available. For the avoidance of doubt, the Restrictive Covenants contained in this Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other restrictive covenants or similar covenants or agreements between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Restrictive Covenant Violation ” means Participant’s breach of any of the Restrictive Covenants or any similar provision applicable to Participant.

(b) Repayment of Proceeds . If a Restrictive Covenant Violation occurs or the Company discovers after a termination of employment that grounds existed for Cause at the time thereof, then Participant shall be required, in addition to any other remedy available (on a non-exclusive basis), to pay to the Company, within 10 business days’ of the Company’s request to Participant therefor, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate after-tax proceeds (taking into account all amounts of tax that would be recoverable upon a claim of loss for payment of such proceeds in the year of repayment) Participant received upon the sale or other disposition of, or distributions in respect of, (A) prior to the Redemption Date, the Units, and (B) the Shares issued hereunder over (ii) the aggregate Cost of such Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cost ” means, in respect of any Share, the amount paid by Participant for the Units that were exchanged for such Share, as proportionately adjusted for all subsequent distributions on the Shares and other recapitalizations and less the amount of any distributions made with respect to (x) prior to the Redemption Date, the Unit or (y) the Share pursuant to the Company’s organizational documents; provided that Cost may not be less than zero. Any reference in this Agreement to grounds existing for a termination of employment with Cause shall be determined without regard to any notice period, cure period, or other procedural delay or event required prior to finding of or termination with, Cause.

3. Book Entry; Certificates . The Company shall recognize the Participant’s ownership of Shares through uncertificated book entry. If elected by the Company, certificates evidencing the Shares may be issued by the Company and any such certificates shall be registered in the Participant’s name on the stock transfer books of the Company promptly after the date hereof, but shall remain in the physical custody of the Company or its designee at all times prior to the later of (x) the vesting of Unvested Restricted Shares pursuant to this Agreement and (y) the expiration of any transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement or otherwise applicable to the Shares. As soon as practicable following such time, any certificates for the Shares shall be delivered to the Participant or to the Participant’s legal guardian or representative along with the stock powers relating thereto. No certificates shall be issued for fractional Shares. To the extent required by the Company, the Participant shall deliver to the Company a stock power, duly endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares that have not previously vested. However, the Company shall not be liable to the Participant for damages relating to any delays in issuing the certificates (if any) to the Participant, any loss by the Participant of the certificates, or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the certificates or in the certificates themselves.

4. Rights as a Stockholder . The Participant shall be the record owner of the Shares until or unless such Shares are forfeited pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and as record owner shall be entitled to all rights of a common stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights with respect to the Restricted Shares and rights to dividends or other distributions; provided that the Shares shall be subject to the limitations on transfer and encumbrance set forth in Section 7.


5. Legend . To the extent applicable, all book entries (or certificates, if any) representing the Shares delivered to the Participant as contemplated by Section 3 above shall be subject to the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”), any stock exchange upon which such Shares are listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Company may cause notations to be made next to the book entries (or a legend or legends put on certificates, if any) to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. Any such book entry notations (or legends on certificates, if any) shall include a description to the effect of the restrictions set forth in Sections 1 and 7 hereof.

6. No Right to Continued Employment. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement nor the Participant’s receipt of the Shares hereunder shall impose any obligation on the Company or any Affiliate to continue the employment or engagement of the Participant. Further, the Company or any Affiliate (as applicable) may at any time terminate the employment or engagement of such Participant, free from any liability or claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

7. Assignment Restrictions; Lock-up .

(a) The Unvested Restricted Shares may not, at any time prior to becoming vested pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, be Assigned and any such purported Assignment shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an Assignment. Participant further hereby agrees that Participant shall, without further action on the part of Participant, be bound by the provisions of the lock-up letter executed by the executive officers of the Company to the same extent as if Participant had directly executed such lock-up letter himself or herself. Such lock-up letter will provide that Participant shall not, subject to specified exceptions, during the period specified in Section 7(b) hereof (the “ Lock-Up Period ”) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock of the Company, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by Participant (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which Participant has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the Commission (collectively, the “ Participant’s Shares ”). The foregoing restriction is expressly agreed to preclude the Participant from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Participant’s Shares even if such shares would be disposed of by someone other than the Participant. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include, without limitation, any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any of the Participant’s Shares or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such shares.

(b) The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Agreement and continue for 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell shares of common stock of the Company in the IPO; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. waives, in writing, such extension.

(c) “ Assign ” or “ Assignment ” shall mean (in either the noun or the verb form, including with respect to the verb form, all conjugations thereof within their correlative meanings) with respect to any security, the gift, sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition (whether for or without consideration, whether directly or indirectly, and whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of such security or any interest therein.


8. Withholding . The Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of the Shares, their grant or vesting or any payment or transfer with respect to the Shares at the minimum applicable statutory rates, and to take such action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

9. Securities Laws; Cooperation . Upon the vesting of any Unvested Restricted Shares, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws, the Plan or with this Agreement. Participant further agrees to cooperate with the Company in taking any action reasonably necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Notices . Any notice necessary under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary at the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company for such Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

11. Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof. Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement (or any provision incorporated by reference), or any judgment entered by any court in respect of any thereof, shall be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York or the State of Delaware, and each of the Participant, the Company, and any transferees who hold Shares pursuant to a valid Assignment, hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for the purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding, or judgment. Each of the Participant, the Company, and any transferees who hold Shares pursuant to a valid Assignment hereby irrevocably waives (a) any objections which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware or the State of New York, (b) any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in any inconvenient forum and (c) any right to a jury trial.

12. Shares Subject to Plan; Amendment . By entering into this Agreement, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan. The Shares granted hereunder are subject to the Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate this Agreement, but no such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination shall materially adversely affect the rights of the participant hereunder without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, the Company may amend and update the number of Shares in the Equity Schedule set forth on the Signature Page hereto prior to or following the effective date of the IPO based on the IPO Price.


13. Other Awards . Subject to Section 2, this Agreement, together with any other equity grants received in connection with the Redemption and the IPO, are in replacement of, and supersede in all respects, the Units.

14. Holding Company . Participant agrees and acknowledges that, upon consummation of the Redemption, the Participant will (i) hold no Units, (ii) no longer be a member of the Holding Company and (iii) have no surviving rights under the governing documents of any the Holding Company.

[ Signatures on next page. ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant acknowledges and accepts the terms of this Agreement which shall be effective as of the date set forth below and countersignature by the Company.

 

Participant

 

Name:
Dated:

 

[ Signature Page - Replacement Award for Units of BH Hotels Holdco LLC ]


Agreement acknowledged and confirmed:

 

BH HOTELS HOLDCO LLC     HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

     
  Name:      
  Title: Authorized Signatory     By:  

 

        Name:
        Title: Authorized Signatory

Equity Schedule

Name: [Name]

Date(s) of Acquisition of Units: [Original Grant Date]

Date of Grant: [IPO Effective Date]

Vesting Reference Date: [Insert]

 

Class B Units

   Shares

Class of Units

   Number of
Vested Units
   Number of
Unvested
Units
   Number of
Vested
Shares
   Number of
Unvested
Restricted
Shares

Class A-2 Units

           

Class B Units to vest on IPO

           

Class B Units to vest on 1 st anniversary of Pricing Date

           

Class B Units to vest on “Exit Event”

           
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total Units/Shares

           
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

[ Signature Page - Replacement Award for Units of BH Hotels Holdco LLC ]


Schedule I-1

Schedule I

Vesting Terms

(a) Immediately Vested Shares . 40% of the Restricted Shares issued hereunder in respect of Class B Units will be fully vested on the Date of Grant.

(b) Time-Based Vesting Shares . 40% of the Restricted Shares issued hereunder in respect of Class B Units will become Vested Shares on the first anniversary of the pricing date for the IPO, subject to the Participant’s continuous employment with or provision of services to Hilton and its Subsidiaries through such date.

(c) Sponsor Exit . 20% of the Restricted Shares issued hereunder in respect of Class B Units will become Vested Shares on the date that the Sponsor (as defined below) and its affiliates (including the Holding Company) shall cease to own, beneficially or of record, 50% or more of the Shares of the Company, subject to the Participant’s continuous employment with or provision of services to Hilton and its Subsidiaries through such date.

(d) Effect of Terminations of Employment . If Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated (x) by the Company and its Subsidiaries without Cause, (y) by Participant as a result of a Constructive Termination or (z) by the Company as a result of Disability or death of Participant, then all unvested Restricted Shares shall become Vested Shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated voluntarily by Participant (other than as a result of Constructive Termination), no Restricted Shares shall become Vested Shares.

(e) Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “ Cause ” shall mean (A) Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform the lawful instructions of the Company or its Subsidiaries (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness) following written notice by the Company to Participant of such failure and 10 days within which to cure; (B) Participant’s theft or embezzlement of Company property; (C) dishonesty in the performance of Participant’s duties resulting in material harm to the Company; (D) any act on the part of Participant that constitutes (i) a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or (ii) any other crime involving moral turpitude; (E) Participant’s willful or gross misconduct in connection with Participant’s duties to the Company which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Board, could reasonably be expected to be materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or (F) Participant’s breach of the provisions of Appendix A hereto.

(ii) “ Constructive Termination ” shall mean (A) a diminution in Participant’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity; (B) any material diminution in Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities; or (C) failure of the Company or its Subsidiaries to pay or cause to be paid Participant’s base salary or annual bonus, when due; provided that none of these events shall constitute Constructive Termination unless the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Participant of written notice of the event which


Schedule I-2

 

constitutes Constructive Termination; provided, further, that “Constructive Termination” shall cease to exist for an event on the 90th day following the later of its occurrence or Participant’s knowledge thereof, unless Participant has given the Company’s written notice thereof prior to such date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for purposes of the last proviso of the immediately foregoing sentence, a series of related events shall be deemed to have occurred on the date upon which the last event in such series of related events has occurred.

(iii) “ Sponsor ” shall mean Blackstone Real Estate Partners VI L.P. and its affiliates.

(iv) “ Vesting Reference Date ” shall mean the date appearing on the Company signature page.

(v) “ Termination Date ” shall mean the date upon which Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated.


Appendix A

Restrictive Covenants

 

  1. Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation .

(a) Participant acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of the Company and its Affiliates and accordingly agrees as follows:

(i) During Participant’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates (the “ Employment Term ”) and, in the event Participant is entitled to receive a severance payment upon the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable severance plans, for a period of one year following the date Participant ceases to be employed by the Company (the “ Restricted Period ”), Participant will not, whether on Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation or other business organization, entity or enterprise whatsoever (“ Person ”), directly or indirectly solicit or assist in soliciting in competition with the Restricted Group in the Business, the business of any then current or prospective client or customer with whom Participant (or his direct reports) had personal contact or dealings on behalf of the Company during the one-year period preceding Participant’s termination of employment.

(ii) During the Restricted Period, Participant will not directly or indirectly:

(A) engage in the Business for a Competitor in any geographical area that is within 25 miles of any geographical area where the Restricted Group engages in the Business;

(B) enter the employ of, or render any services to, a Competitor, except where such employment or services do not relate in any manner to the Business;

(C) acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, a Competitor, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

(D) intentionally and adversely interfere with, or attempt to adversely interfere with, business relationships between the members of the Restricted Group and any of their clients, customers, suppliers, partners, members or investors;

provided that this Section 1(a)(ii) shall cease to apply during any time that The Blackstone Group L.P. and its affiliated investment funds beneficially own less than twenty-five percent of the voting power of the Company.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Appendix A, Participant may, directly or indirectly own, solely as an investment, securities of any Person engaged in a Business (including, without limitation, a Competitor) which are publicly traded on a national or regional stock exchange or on the over-the-counter market if Participant (i) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and (ii) does not, directly or indirectly, own 2% or more of any class of securities of such Person.


(iv) During the Restricted Period, Participant will not, whether on Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any Person, directly or indirectly:

(A) solicit or encourage any executive-level employee of the Restricted Group to leave the employment of the Restricted Group; or

(B) hire any such executive-level employee who was employed by the Restricted Group as of the date of Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or who left the employment of the Restricted Group coincident with, or within one year prior to or after, the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company.

(v) During the Restricted Period, Participant will not, whether on Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any Person, directly and intentionally encourage any material consultant of the Restricted Group to cease working with the Restricted Group.

(vi) For purposes of this Agreement:

(A) “ Restricted Group ” shall mean, collectively, the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the extent engaged in the Business, their respective Affiliates (including The Blackstone Group L.P. and its Affiliates).

(B) “ Business ” shall mean the business of acquiring controlling investments in, owning, operating, managing or franchising hotel and lodging properties and timeshares.

(C) “ Competitor ” shall mean (x) during the Employment Term and, for a period of six months following the date Participant ceases to be employed by the Company, any person engaged in the Business and (y) thereafter, any major global hotel brand engaged in the Business (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any private equity firm engaged in the Business).

(b) It is expressly understood and agreed that although Participant and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Section 1 to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Appendix A is an unenforceable restriction against Participant, the provisions of this Appendix A shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Appendix A is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.


(c) The period of time during which the provisions of this Section 1 shall be in effect shall be extended by the length of time during which Participant is in breach of the terms hereof as determined by any court of competent jurisdiction on the Company’s application for injunctive relief.

 

  2. Confidentiality; Intellectual Property .

(a) Confidentiality.

(i) Participant will not at any time (whether during or after Participant’s employment with the Company) (x) retain or use for the benefit, purposes or account of Participant or any other Person; or (y) disclose, divulge, reveal, communicate, share, transfer or provide access to any Person outside the Company (other than its professional advisers who are bound by confidentiality obligations or otherwise in performance of Participant’s duties under Participant’s employment and pursuant to customary industry practice), any non-public, proprietary or confidential information — including without limitation trade secrets, know-how, research and development, software, databases, inventions, processes, formulae, technology, designs and other intellectual property, information concerning finances, investments, profits, pricing, costs, products, services, vendors, customers, clients, partners, investors, personnel, compensation, recruiting, training, advertising, sales, marketing, promotions, government and regulatory activities and approvals — concerning the past, current or future business, activities and operations of the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates and/or any third party that has disclosed or provided any of same to the Company on a confidential basis (“ Confidential Information ”) without the prior written authorization of the Board.

(ii) “ Confidential Information ” shall not include any information that is (a) generally known to the industry or the public other than as a result of Participant’s breach of this covenant; (b) made legitimately available to Participant by a third party without breach of any confidentiality obligation of which Participant has knowledge; or (c) required by law to be disclosed; provided that with respect to subsection (c) Participant shall give prompt written notice to the Company of such requirement, disclose no more information than is so required, and reasonably cooperate with any attempts by the Company to obtain a protective order or similar treatment.

(iii) Except as required by law, Participant will not disclose to anyone, other than Participant’s family (it being understood that, in this Agreement, the term “family” refers to , Participant’s spouse, minor children, parents and spouse’s parents) and advisors, the existence or contents of this Agreement; provided that Participant may disclose to any prospective future employer the provisions of this Appendix A. This Section 2(a)(iii) shall terminate if the Company publicly discloses a copy of this Agreement (or, if the Company publicly discloses summaries or excerpts of this Agreement, to the extent so disclosed).

(iv) Upon termination of Participant’s employment with the Company for any reason, Participant shall (x) cease and not thereafter commence use of any Confidential Information or intellectual property (including without limitation, any patent, invention, copyright, trade secret, trademark, trade name, logo, domain name or other source


indicator) owned or used by the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates; and (y) immediately destroy, delete, or return to the Company, at the Company’s option, all originals and copies in any form or medium (including memoranda, books, papers, plans, computer files, letters and other data) in Participant’s possession or control (including any of the foregoing stored or located in Participant’s office, home, laptop or other computer, whether or not Company property) that contain Confidential Information, except that Participant may retain only those portions of any personal notes, notebooks and diaries that do not contain any Confidential Information.

(b) Intellectual Property.

(i) If Participant has created, invented, designed, developed, contributed to or improved any works of authorship, inventions, intellectual property, materials, documents or other work product (including without limitation, research, reports, software, databases, systems, applications, presentations, textual works, content, or audiovisual materials) (“ Works ”), either alone or with third parties, prior to Participant’s employment by the Company, that are relevant to or implicated by such employment (“ Prior Works ”), Participant hereby grants the Company a perpetual, non-exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide, assignable, sublicensable license under all rights and intellectual property rights (including rights under patent, industrial property, copyright, trademark, trade secret, unfair competition and related laws) therein for all purposes in connection with the Company’s current and future business.

(ii) If Participant creates, invents, designs, develops, contributes to or improves any Works, either alone or with third parties, at any time during Participant’s employment by the Company and within the scope of such employment and with the use of any Company resources (“ Company Works ”), Participant shall promptly and fully disclose same to the Company and hereby irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, all rights and intellectual property rights therein (including rights under patent, industrial property, copyright, trademark, trade secret, unfair competition and related laws) to the Company to the extent ownership of any such rights does not vest originally in the Company.

(iii) Participant shall take all reasonably requested actions and execute all reasonably requested documents (including any licenses or assignments required by a government contract) at the Company’s expense (but without further remuneration) to assist the Company in validating, maintaining, protecting, enforcing, perfecting, recording, patenting or registering any of the Company’s rights in the Prior Works and Company Works. If the Company is unable for any other reason, after reasonable attempt, to secure Participant’s signature on any document for this purpose, then Participant hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Participant’s agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in Participant’s behalf and stead to execute any documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts required in connection with the foregoing.

(iv) Participant shall not improperly use for the benefit of, bring to any premises of, divulge, disclose, communicate, reveal, transfer or provide access to, or share


with the Company any confidential, proprietary or non-public information or intellectual property relating to a former employer or other third party without the prior written permission of such third party. Participant shall comply with all relevant policies and guidelines of the Company that are from time to time previously disclosed to Participant, including regarding the protection of Confidential Information and intellectual property and potential conflicts of interest. Participant acknowledges that the Company may amend any such policies and guidelines from time to time, and that Participant remains at all times bound by their most current version from time to time previously disclosed to Participant.

The provisions of Section 2 hereof shall survive the termination of Participant’s employment for any reason (except as otherwise set forth in Section 2(a)(iii) hereof).

Exhibit 10.17

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

(Non-Employee Directors)

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made effective as of the date set forth on the signature page (the “ Signature Page ”) attached hereto (the “ Date of Grant ”), between Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”), and the participant identified on the Signature Page attached hereto (the “ Participant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the terms of which Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement, and capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the restricted stock unit award provided for herein (the “ Restricted Stock Unit Award ”) to the Participant pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the additional terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of Restricted Stock Units appearing on the signature page attached hereto (the “ Award ”). The Restricted Stock Units are notional units of measurement denominated in shares of Common Stock (i.e. one Restricted Stock Unit is equivalent in value to one share of Common Stock).

(b) Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded, unsecured right to receive one share of Common Stock (subject to Section 2(c)) in the future if the conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement are satisfied, and subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan.


2. Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) One third of the Restricted Stock Units shall become vested on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Date of Grant, subject to the Participant’s continued role as a member of the Board of the Company on the applicable vesting date, provided that if the number of Restricted Stock Units is not evenly divisible by three, then no fractional units shall vest and the installments shall be as equal as possible with the smaller installments vesting first. Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately prior to and following the occurrence of a Change in Control that occurs while the Participant is a member of the Board the Company, all of the Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award, to the extent then unvested, shall become vested.

(b) Forfeiture . If the Participant ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason, the Restricted Stock Units shall, to the extent not then vested, immediately become forfeited without any further action by the Company or the Participant, and without any payment of consideration therefor.

(c) Settlement of Restricted Stock Units . The Company shall deliver to the Participant without charge, as of the applicable vesting date, one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit (as adjusted under the Plan) which becomes vested hereunder and such vested Restricted Stock Unit shall be cancelled upon such delivery.

(d) Dividend Equivalent . A Participant holding outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted Stock Units are settled following the vesting of Restricted Stock Units, and, if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments.

3. Rights as a Stockholder; Book Entry . The Participant shall not have any rights of a common stockholder of the Company in respect of the Restricted Stock Units unless and until the Participant receives and becomes the record holder of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 2 above. The Company shall recognize the Participant’s ownership of Common Stock through uncertificated book entry. Upon delivery to the Participant of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 2, Participant’s name shall be registered or recorded in stock transfer book and records maintained by the Company or a transfer or clearing agent designated by the Company).

4. Legend . To the extent applicable, all book entries (or certificates, if any) representing shares of Common Stock delivered to the Participant as contemplated by Section 2 above shall be subject to the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares are listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Company may cause notations to be made next to the book entries (or a legend or legends put on certificates, if any) to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

2


Any such book entry notations (or legends on certificates, if any) shall include a description to the effect of the restrictions set forth in Section 6 below.

5. No Right to Continued Service. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement nor the granting of the Restricted Stock Units hereunder shall impose any obligation on the Company or any Affiliate to continue the engagement of the Participant as a member of the Board. Further, the Company or any Affiliate (as applicable) may at any time Terminate the engagement of such Participant, free from any liability or claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

6. Transferability .

(a) The Restricted Stock Units may not at any time be Transferred and any such purported Transfer shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(b) “ Transfer ” shall mean (in either the noun or the verb form, including with respect to the verb form, all conjugations thereof within their correlative meanings) with respect to any security, the gift, sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition (whether for or without consideration, whether directly or indirectly, and whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of such security or any interest therein

7. Withholding .

(a) The Company shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any Shares or from any compensation (including from payroll or any other amounts payable to the Participant) the amount (in cash, Shares, or other property) of any required withholding taxes in respect of this Restricted Stock Unit Award, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee or the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding and taxes; provided, however, that no amounts shall be withheld in excess of the Company’s statutory minimum withholding liability.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant acknowledges and agrees that to the extent consistent with applicable law and the Participant’s status as an independent consultant for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the Company does not intend to withhold any amounts as federal income tax withholdings under any other state or federal laws, and Participant hereby agrees to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy all applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company which may arise in connection with this Restricted Stock Unit Award.

8. Notices . Any notice necessary under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary at the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company for such Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

 

3


9. Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof. Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement (or any provision incorporated by reference), or any judgment entered by any court in respect of any thereof, shall be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York or the State of Delaware, and each of the Participant and the Company hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for the purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding, or judgment. Each of the Participant and the Company hereby irrevocably waives (a) any objections which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement (or any provision incorporated by reference) brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware or the State of New York, (b) any claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in any inconvenient forum and (c) any right to a jury trial.

10. Restricted Stock Units Subject to Plan . By entering into this Agreement, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan. The Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder are subject to the Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

11. Amendment . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate this Agreement, but no such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination shall materially adversely affect the rights of the Participant hereunder without the consent of the Participant.

12. Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[ Signatures on next page. ]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be effective as of the date set forth on the Company’s signature page.

 

Participant

 

Name:


Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.
 

 

Name:
Title: Authorized Signatory
Date of Grant:     [ ]      
Restricted Stock Units:     [ ]      

Exhibit 10.18

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

2013 EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has adopted this Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. 2013 Executive Severance Plan (the “ Plan ”), dated as of              , 2013, for the benefit of the Executive Officers of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (as defined below), on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated.

1. Defined Terms . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

1.1 “ Annual Base Salary ” means a Participant’s annual base salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to a Qualifying Termination.

1.2 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.3 “ Business ” shall mean the business of operating, managing or franchising hotel and lodging properties and timeshares.

1.4 “ Cause ” means any of the following: (a) a Participant’s willful failure substantially to perform the lawful instructions of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness) following written notice by the Company to the Participant of such failure and 10 days within which to cure such failure; (b) a Participant’s theft or embezzlement of Company property; (c) dishonesty in the performance of a Participant’s duties resulting in material harm to the Company; (d) any act on the part of a Participant that constitutes (i) a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or, where applicable, any other equivalent offence (including a crime subject to a custodial sentence) under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction, or (ii) any other crime involving moral turpitude; (e) a Participant’s willful or gross misconduct in connection with the Participant’s duties to the Company which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Board, could reasonably be expected to be materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the Company, its Subsidiaries or affiliates, or (f) a Participant’s breach of the provisions of any restrictive covenants with the Company, its Subsidiaries or affiliates.

1.5 A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total Voting Power of the stock of the Company;

(b) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30 percent or more of the total Voting Power of the stock of the Company;

(c) a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of each appointment or election; or


(d) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or in excess of 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of subsection (d), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

The foregoing subsections (a) through (d) shall be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 409A of the Code so that all, and only, such transactions or events that could qualify as a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) will be deemed to be a Change in Control for purposes of this Plan.

1.6 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

1.7 “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

1.8 “ Company ” means Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and includes each of its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

1.9 “ Competitor ” shall mean any Person engaged in the Business (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any private equity firm engaged in the Business).

1.10 “ Date of Termination ” shall mean the date that a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates for all purposes, as reflected in the writing documenting the termination from the party terminating the employment relationship to the other party, in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

1.11 “ Employment Term ” shall mean the entire time period of Participant’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries or affiliates.

1.12 “ Executive Officer ” means an active, full-time employee holding a position that has been designated in the Human Resources Information System maintained by Hilton Worldwide, Inc. as having one of the following corporate titles:

(a) Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

(b) Executive Vice President (EVP)

(c) Senior Vice President (SVP)

regardless of whether the employee is employed by Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. or one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

1.13 “ Good Reason ” means any of the following, without the Participant’s written consent:

(a) a material diminution in a Participant’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity;

(b) a material diminution in a Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

 

2


(c) a material diminution in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the Participant is required to report, including a situation where a Participant who initially reported to the Board as of the effective date of becoming a Participant is subsequently required to report to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the Board.

(d) a material change in the geographic location at which the Participant must perform the services.

(e) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the service recipient of the agreement under which the Participant provides services.

provided, however, that a termination by the Participant for any of the reasons listed in (a) through (e) above shall not constitute termination for Good Reason unless the Participant shall first have delivered to the Company written notice setting forth with specificity the occurrence deemed to give rise to a right to terminate for Good Reason (which notice must be given no later than sixty (60) days after the initial occurrence of such event), and the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt of this written notice. The Participant’s employment must be terminated for Good Reason within 120 days after the occurrence of an event of Good Reason. A resignation by the Participant for Good Reason effectively constitutes an involuntary separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(n)(2). Good Reason shall not include the Participant’s death or disability.

1.14 “ Participant ” shall mean one of the Executive Officers.

1.15 “ Person ” means any person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation or other business organization, entity or enterprise whatsoever.

1.16 “ Plan ” means this Hilton Worldwide, Inc. Executive Severance Plan, as such plan may be amended from time to time.

1.17 “ Plan Termination Date ” means December 31, 2018.

1.17 “ Qualifying Termination ” means the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company either by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a Participant be deemed to have experienced a Qualifying Termination as a result of (a) the Participant’s death or disability, or (b) solely as a result of a Change in Control.

1.18 “ Restricted Period ” means a period of one year following the Date of Termination of the Participant under circumstances where Participant is entitled to receive Severance Benefits under this Plan.

1.19 “ Severance Benefits ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4 hereof.

1.20 “ Subsidiary ” means a corporation, company or other entity (i) more than 50% of whose outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority) are, or (ii) which does not have outstanding shares or securities (as may be the case

 

3


in a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, or unincorporated association), but more than 50% of whose ownership interest representing the right generally to make decisions for such other entity is, now or hereafter, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

1.21 “ Target Bonus ” means a Participant’s target annual bonus for the year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs.

1.22 “ Voting Power ” over securities means beneficial ownership of the securities such that the Person has the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, the securities and/or investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, the securities.

2. Effectiveness of the Plan . This Plan becomes effective on the effective date of the Initial Public offering of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

3. Administration . Subject to Section 14.2 hereof, the Plan shall be interpreted, administered and operated by the Committee, which shall have complete authority, subject to the express provisions of the Plan, to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may delegate any of its duties hereunder to a subcommittee, or to such person or persons from time to time as it may designate. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan.

4. Qualifying Termination Severance Benefits . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, upon a Participant’s Qualifying Termination, the Participant shall receive the following benefits (collectively, the “ Severance Benefits ”):

 

  (i) a cash payment equal to the sum of (A) the multiple of the Participant’s Annual Base Salary set forth in the table below, and (B) the multiple of the Participant’s Target Bonus set forth in the table below, payable in a single lump sum within sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination;

 

Level

 

Base Severance

Senior Vice President

(SVP)

 

1.0X Annual Base Salary

1.0X Target Bonus

Executive Vice President

(EVP)

 

2.0X Annual Base Salary

2.0X Target Bonus

Chief Executive Officer

(CEO)

 

2.99X Annual Base Salary

2.99X Target Bonus

 

  (ii)

for twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination (the “ COBRA Reimbursement Period ”), monthly payments of an amount equal to the excess of (i) the COBRA cost of such coverage over (ii) the amount that Participant would have had to pay for such coverage if he had remained employed during the COBRA Reimbursement Period and paid the active employee rate for such coverage, less withholding for taxes and other similar items; provided , however , that (A) if the Participant becomes eligible to receive group health benefits under a program of a subsequent employer or otherwise (including coverage available to the Participant’s spouse), the Company’s obligation to pay any portion of the cost of health coverage as described herein shall cease, except as otherwise provided by law; (B) the COBRA Reimbursement Period shall only run for the period during which the Participant is eligible to elect health coverage under COBRA and timely elects such coverage; (C) nothing herein shall prevent the Company from amending,

 

4


  changing, or canceling any group medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug plans during the COBRA Reimbursement Period; (D) during the COBRA Reimbursement Period, the benefits provided in any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of benefits provided in any other calendar year (other than the effect of any overall coverage benefits under the applicable plans); (E) the reimbursement of an eligible taxable expense shall be made as soon as practicable but not later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; (F) the Participant’s rights pursuant to this Section 4(ii) shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; and (G) the monthly payments described in this subparagraph (ii) shall be taxable to the Participant and any applicable withholdings shall apply or such amounts shall be treated as imputed income to the Participant;

 

  (iii) to the extent the Company provides the Participant life insurance coverage immediately prior to the Qualifying Termination and this coverage is eligible for post-termination continuation or conversion to an individual policy, a cash payment equal to the amount required to continue such coverage as an individual policy for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination (and, if the Company deems necessary or advisable, to convert such coverage to an individual policy), payable in a single lump sum within sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination; and

 

  (iv) payment for executive outplacement services provided by a firm to be determined by the Company in its sole discretion for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Section 7 below, the Company shall be obligated to provide the Severance Benefits only if (A) within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination the Participant shall have executed a separation and release of claims and covenant not to sue agreement in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release Agreement ”) and such Release Agreement shall not have been revoked within the revocation period specified in the Release Agreement, and (B) the Participant fully complies with the obligations set forth in Section 6 hereof. The Release Agreement shall, at a minimum, require the release of claims against the Company and its successors, Subsidiaries, affiliates, and parents, and their respective past, present, and future officers, directors, employees, shareholders, counsel, insurers, investors and agents.

For the avoidance of doubt, inclusion of Target Bonus in the calculation of Severance Benefits does not affect and is not in lieu of a Participant’s annual bonus opportunity for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, which shall be determined in accordance with the Company’s annual bonus plan as then in effect.

5. Non-Qualifying Termination . If a Participant’s status as an employee is terminated for any reason other than due to a Qualifying Termination, the Participant shall not be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits, and the Company shall not have any obligation to such Participant under this Plan.

6. Covenants .

6.1 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation .

(a) Each Participant acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates and accordingly agrees as follows:

 

5


(i) During the Employment Term and subsequent Restricted Period, the Participant will not, whether on the Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any Person, directly or indirectly solicit or assist in soliciting away from the Company the business of any then current or prospective client or customer with whom the Participant (or his or her direct reports) had personal contact or dealings on behalf of the Company during the one-year period preceding the Date of Termination.

(ii) During the Restricted Period, the Participant will not directly or indirectly:

(A) enter the employ of, or render any services to, a Competitor, provided that this restriction shall not prevent Participants from working for or performing services on behalf of a Competitor if such Competitor is also engaged in other lines of business and if Participant’s employment or services are restricted to such other lines of business, and will not be providing support, advice, instruction, direction or other guidance to lines of business that constitute the Competitor;

(B) acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, a Competitor, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

(C) intentionally and adversely interfere with, or attempt to adversely interfere with, business relationships between the Company and any of its clients, customers, suppliers, partners, members or investors.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6, the Participant may, directly or indirectly, own, solely as an investment, securities of any Person engaged in a Business (including, without limitation, a Competitor) which are publicly traded on a national or regional stock exchange or on the over-the-counter market if the Participant (i) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and (ii) does not, directly or indirectly, own 2% or more of any class of securities of such Person.

(iv) During the Restricted Period, the Participant will not, whether on the Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person or entity, directly or indirectly:

(A) solicit or encourage any employee of the Company to leave the employment of the Company; or

(B) hire any employee who was employed by the Company as of the Date of Termination or who left the employment of the Company coincident with, or within one year prior to or after, the Date of Termination, provided that this prohibition does not apply to (i) administrative personnel employed by the Company or (ii) any Company employee who is hired away from the Company as a result of responding to a generic job posting on a website or in a newspaper or periodical of general circulation, without any involvement or encouragement by Participant.

(v) During the Restricted Period, the Participant will not, whether on the Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any Person, directly and intentionally encourage any material consultant of the Company to cease working with the Company.

 

6


(b) It is expressly understood and agreed that, although the Participant and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Section 6 to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Appendix A is an unenforceable restriction against the Participant, the provisions of this Section 6 shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Section 6 is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

(c) The period of time during which the provisions of this Section 6 shall be in effect shall be extended by the length of time during which the Participant is in breach of the terms hereof as determined by any court of competent jurisdiction on the Company’s application for injunctive relief.

(d) The Company reserves the right to waive the enforcement of or limit the scope of the non-competition or non-solicitation provisions of this Plan as to an individual Participant as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion on a case-by-case basis.

6.2. Confidentiality .

(a) The Participant will not at any time (whether during or after the Participant’s employment with the Company) (x) retain or use for the benefit, purposes or account of the Participant or any other Person; or (y) disclose, divulge, reveal, communicate, share, transfer or provide access to any Person outside the Company (other than its professional advisers who are bound by confidentiality obligations or otherwise in performance of the Participant’s duties under the Participant’s employment and pursuant to customary industry practice), any non-public, proprietary or confidential information – including without limitation trade secrets, know-how, research and development, software, databases, inventions, processes, formulae, technology, designs and other intellectual property, information concerning finances, investments, profits, pricing, costs, products, services, vendors, customers, clients, partners, investors, personnel, compensation, recruiting, training, advertising, sales, marketing, promotions, government and regulatory activities and approvals – concerning the past, current or future business, activities and operations of the Company, its Subsidiaries or affiliates and/or any third party that has disclosed or provided any of same to the Company on a confidential basis (“ Confidential Information ”) without the prior written authorization of the Board.

(b) “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that is (i) generally known to the industry or the public other than as a result of the Participant’s breach of this covenant; (ii) made legitimately available to the Participant by a third party without breach of any confidentiality obligation of which the Participant has knowledge; or (iii) required by law to be disclosed; provided that with respect to subsection (iii) the Participant shall give prompt written notice to the Company of such requirement, disclose no more information than is so required, and reasonably cooperate with any attempts by the Company to obtain a protective order or similar treatment.

(c) Upon termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Participant shall (x) cease and not thereafter commence use of any Confidential Information or intellectual property (including without limitation, any patent, invention, copyright, trade secret, trademark, trade name, logo, domain name or other source indicator) owned or used by the Company, its Subsidiaries or affiliates; and (y) immediately destroy, delete, or return to the

 

7


Company, at the Company’s option, all originals and copies in any form or medium (including memoranda, books, papers, plans, computer files, letters and other data) in the Participant’s possession or control (including any of the foregoing stored or located in the Participant’s office, home, laptop or other computer, whether or not Company property) that contain Confidential Information, except that the Participant may retain only those portions of any personal notes, notebooks and diaries that do not contain any Confidential Information.

6.3 Non-Disparagement.

As a condition to the receipt of the Qualifying Termination Severance Benefits, Executive agrees that Executive will not directly, or through any other Person, make any public or private statements that are disparaging of the Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries, or their respective businesses or employees, officers, directors, or stockholders.

7. Section 409A .

7.1 General . The Company intends that the payments and benefits provided under the Plan shall either be exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (recognizing that, if the Plan is not exempt from or compliant with the requirements of Section 409A, non-compliant payments to Participants would be subject to significant tax penalties, which would be borne by the Participant). The Plan shall be construed in a manner that effects the Company’s intent to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A. Nevertheless, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Plan is not warranted or guaranteed. Neither the Company nor its respective directors, officers, employees or advisers (other than in his or her capacity as a Participant) shall be held liable for any taxes, interest, penalties or other monetary amounts owed by any Participant or other taxpayer as a result of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may amend the Plan, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of remaining exempt from or complying with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the administrative regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder.

7.2 Definitional Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any amount or benefit that would constitute non-exempt “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code (“ Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation ”) would otherwise be payable or distributable under the Plan by reason of the occurrence of the Participant’s separation from service, such Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation will not be payable or distributable to the Participant by reason of such circumstance unless the circumstances giving rise to such separation from service meet any description or definition of “separation from service” in Section 409A of the Code and applicable regulations (without giving effect to any elective provisions that may be available under such definition). This provision does not prohibit the vesting of any amount upon a separation from service, however defined. If this provision prevents the payment or distribution of any Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation, such payment or distribution shall be made on the date, if any, on which an event occurs that constitutes a Section 409A-compliant “separation from service,” or such later date as may be required by subsection 7.3 below.

7.3 Six-Month Delay in Certain Circumstances . In the event that, notwithstanding the clear language of the Plan and the intent of the Company, any amount or benefit under this Plan constitutes Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation and is payable or distributable by reason of a Participant’s separation from service during a period in which the Participant qualifies as a “Specified Employee” under 409A, then, subject to any permissible acceleration of payment under 409A:

(a) the amount of such Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation that would otherwise be payable during the six-month period immediately following the Participant’s separation from service under the terms of this Plan will be accumulated through and paid or provided on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service (or, if the Participant dies during such period, within thirty (30) days after the Participant’s death) (in either case, the “ Required Delay Period ”); and

 

8


(b) the normal payment or distribution schedule for any remaining payments or distributions will resume at the end of the Required Delay Period.

For purposes of this Plan, the term “ Specified Employee ” has the meaning given such term in Code Section 409A and the final regulations thereunder.

7.4 Timing of Release . Whenever in this Agreement a payment or benefit is conditioned on the Participant’s execution of a release of claims and covenant not to sue, the Company shall provide such release to the Participant promptly following the Date of Termination, and such release and covenant not to sue must be executed and all revocation periods shall have expired in accordance with terms set forth in the release, but in no case later than sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination; failing which such payment or benefit shall be forfeited. If such payment or benefit constitutes Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation, then, subject to subsection 7.3 above, such payment or benefit (including any installment payments) that would have otherwise been payable during such 60-day period shall be accumulated and paid on the 60th day after the Date of Termination provided such release shall have been executed and such revocation periods shall have expired. If such payment or benefit is exempt from Section 409A of the Code, the Company may elect to make or commence payment at any time during such 60-day period.

8. Termination Procedures . Any purported termination of a Participant’s employment shall be documented in a writing appropriate to the nature of the termination from the party terminating the employment relationship to the other party:

(a) In the case of termination by the Company with Cause, the Company shall provide Participant with a written notice identifying (i) in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances giving rise to the determination that Cause exists, and (ii) the effective date of the termination of employment;

(b) In the case of a termination by the Participant for Good Reason, the Participant shall provide the Company with a written notice (the “ Notice of Good Reason ”) stating (i) in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances giving rise to the determination that Good Reason exists, and (ii) the effective date of the termination of employment absent cure, as provided below, in compliance with the time period set forth in Section 1.10 herein;

(c) In the case of all other terminations of employment, a document establishing the effective date of the termination of employment, in each case, subject to any other contractual obligations that may exist between the Company and the Participant. Under circumstances where the Participant will be eligible for payment and benefits under the terms of the Plan (i.e., a termination by the Company without Cause), the document will confirm Participant’s eligibility for these payments and benefits and summarize Participant’s entitlements post-termination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a termination by the Participant with Good Reason, the Company shall have an opportunity to cure the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice of Good Reason. If the Company fails to cure such circumstances, the effective date of termination shall be the date specified in the Notice of Good Reason, notwithstanding such thirty (30) day cure period.

9. No Mitigation . No Participant shall be required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce or mitigate any benefits payable under this Plan and the amount of any such benefits shall not be reduced by any other compensation paid or provided to any Participant following such Participant’s termination of service.

 

9


10. Successors .

10.1 Company Successors . This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. Any successor (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume and agree to perform the obligations of the Company under this Plan.

10.2 Participant Successors . This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each Participant’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, legatees or other beneficiaries. If a Participant shall die while any amount remains payable to such Participant hereunder, all such amounts shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Plan to the executors, personal representatives or administrators of such Participant’s estate.

11. Notices . All communications relating to matters arising under this Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when hand delivered, faxed, emailed or mailed by reputable overnight carrier or United States certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed, if to a Participant, to the address on file with the Company and, if to the Company, to the address set forth below, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:

Hilton Worldwide, Inc.

7930 Jones Branch Dr.

Suite 1100

McLean, Virginia 22102

Attention: Chief Human Resources Officer

with a copy to:

Hilton Worldwide, Inc.

7930 Jones Branch Dr.

Suite 1100

McLean, Virginia 22102

Attention: General Counsel

12. Claims Procedure.

12.1 A Participant may file with the Chief Human Resources Officer or the General Counsel of Hilton Worldwide, Inc., in accordance with Section 11 above, a written claim for benefits under the Plan. The Chief Human Resources Officer and General Counsel shall jointly review all such claims for benefits received and determine whether to accept or deny the claim. Within a reasonable time not to exceed forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim, unless special circumstances require an extension of time of not more than an additional forty-five (45) days (in which event a Participant will be notified of the delay during the first forty-five (45) day period), the Chief Human Resources Officer and General Counsel shall provide notice in writing to any Participant whose claim for benefits shall have been denied, delivered in accordance with Section 11 above, setting forth the following in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant: (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (b) specific reference to the provision or provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; (c) a description of any additional material or information required to perfect the claim, an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (d) information as to the steps to be taken in order that the denial of the claim may be reviewed.

 

10


12.2 If written notice of the denial of a claim has not been provided to a Participant, and such claim has not been granted within the time prescribed in Section 12.1 above (including any applicable extension), the claim for benefits shall be deemed denied.

12.3 A Participant whose claim for benefits shall have been denied in whole or in part pursuant to Section 12.2 above may, within sixty (60) days after either the receipt of the denial of the claim or from the time the claim is deemed denied (unless the notice of denial grants a longer period within which to respond), appeal such denial to the Company. The Company shall provide a full and fair review of the appeal, and the Participant shall be afforded the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information related to the claim. The Participant may also, upon request, at this time review documents pertinent to his claim and may submit written issues and comments.

12.4 The Company shall notify a Participant of its decision within forty-five (45) days after an appeal is received, unless special circumstances require an extension of time of not more than an additional forty-five (45) days (in which event a Participant will be notified of the delay during the first forty-five (45) day period). Such decision shall be given in writing in accordance with Section 11 above in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant and shall include the following: (a) specific reasons for the decision; and (b) specific reference to the provision or provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based.

13. Code Section 280G.

13.1 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it shall be determined that any benefit, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Participant (whether payable or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise) (such benefits, payments or distributions are hereinafter referred to as “ Payments ”) would, if paid, be subject to the excise tax (the “ Excise Tax ”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then prior to the making of any of the Payments to the Participant, a calculation shall be made comparing (i) the net benefit to the Participant of the Payments after payment of the Excise Tax, to (ii) the net benefit to the Participant if the Payments had been limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax. If the amount calculated under (i) above is less than the amount calculated under (ii) above, then the Payments shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax (the “ Reduced Amount ”). The reduction of the Payments due hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by first reducing cash Payments and then, to the extent necessary, reducing those Payments having the next highest ratio of Parachute Value to actual present value of such Payments as of the date of the change of control, as determined by the Determination Firm (as defined in subsection (b) below). For purposes of this Section 13, present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code. For purposes of this Section 13, the “ Parachute Value ” of a Payment means the present value as of the date of the change of control of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, as determined by the Determination Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.

13.2 All determinations required to be made under this Section 13, including whether an Excise Tax would otherwise be imposed, whether the Payments shall be reduced, the amount of the Reduced Amount, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by an independent, nationally recognized accounting firm or compensation consulting firm mutually acceptable to the Company and the Participant (the “ Determination Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting

 

11


calculations both to the Company and the Participant within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from the Participant that a Payment is due to be made, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. All fees and expenses of the Determination Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any determination by the Determination Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Participant. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Determination Firm hereunder, it is possible that Payments hereunder will have been unnecessarily limited by this Section 13 (“ Underpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. The Determination Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Participant together with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code, but no later than March 15 of the year after the year in which the Underpayment is determined to exist, which is when the legally binding right to such Underpayment arises.

13.3 In the event that the provisions of Code Section 280G and 4999 or any successor provisions are repealed without succession, this Section 13 shall be of no further force or effect.

14. Miscellaneous .

14.1 No Right to Continued Service . Nothing contained in this Plan shall (i) confer upon any Participant any right to continue as an employee of the Company, (ii) constitute any contract of employment or agreement to continue employment for any particular period, or (iii) interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate a service relationship with any Participant, with or without Cause.

14.2 Termination and Amendment of Plan .

(a) The Board and the Committee believe that an executive severance plan is vital to attract and retain the talent necessary for the Company’s long-term success. The Board and the Committee regard the Severance Plan as a key recruitment and retention tool that is critical to securing and maintaining the employment and focus of the Company’s Executives. It is the Committee’s express intent that the Company will at all times maintain a severance plan for its Executives as a recruitment and retention device, and to provide the Executive with assurances that they will be treated fairly in the context of a termination of their employment without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason.

(b) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate or amend this Plan by resolution at any time; provided that, except for a termination of the Plan occurring on the Plan Termination Date, no Plan termination or amendment shall adversely affect the rights of an individual who is an Executive Officer as of the date immediately preceding the effective date of any such Plan amendment or termination without such Participant’s written consent. Furthermore, no Plan termination or amendment occurring after a Participant’s Qualifying Termination shall adversely affect the rights or entitlements of that Participant.

(c) Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, the Plan shall continue in effect until the Plan Termination Date, with the expectation that the Committee will review this Plan in the context of then current market conditions and renew this Plan or provide a substitute severance plan. The termination of the Plan on the Plan Termination Date shall not affect the rights of the Company or any Participant who was subject to a Qualifying Termination prior to the Plan Termination Date, which rights shall continue to be governed by the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may amend the Plan, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan to any present or future law relating to plans of this or similar nature (including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code), and to the administrative regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder. By participating in this Plan, a Participant agrees to any amendment made pursuant to this Section 14.2(d) without further consideration or action.

14.3 Withholding . The Company shall have the authority and the right to deduct and withhold an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to any benefits payable under this Plan.

14.4 Benefits not Assignable . Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, no right or interest of any Participant under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including without limitation by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or in any manner; no attempted assignment or transfer thereof shall be effective; and no right or interest of any Participant under the Plan shall be liable for, or subject to, any obligation or liability of such Participant. When a payment is due under this Plan to a Participant who is unable to care for his or her affairs, payment may be made directly to his or her legal guardian or personal representative.

14.5 Applicable Law . This Plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia without reference to the conflict of laws provisions thereof, to the extent not preempted by federal law, which shall otherwise control.

14.6 Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect.

14.7 Captions . The captions contained in this Plan are for convenience only and shall have no bearing on the meaning, construction or interpretation of the Plan’s provisions.

 

12


14.8 Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

14.9 Unfunded Plan . The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for severance benefits. Nothing contained in the Plan shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

14.10 Non-Duplication of Benefits . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any Participant that is or may become entitled to cash separation payments or benefits under any employment, consulting or severance agreement or other plan, program or arrangement of the Company, shall not be entitled to benefits under this Plan, provided, however that, if the payments and benefits available to a Participant under this Plan exceed those contemplated under the Participant’s employment, consulting or severance agreement or other plan, program or arrangement with the Company, then Participant shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefits under this Plan if the Participant agrees to forego the separation payments and/or benefits Participant might have been entitled to receive under the Participant’s employment, consulting or severance agreement or other plan, program or arrangement with the Company in exchange for the payments and benefits provided under the Plan, subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan.

***

 

13


The foregoing is hereby acknowledged as being the Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. Executive Severance Plan as adopted by the Committee on November      , 2013.

 

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

By:    
Its:    

 

 

14


Plan Information

Name of Plan:

  Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. Severance Plan

Employer Identification Number:

 

Plan Number:

 

Plan Sponsor:

  Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Plan Administrator:

 

Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of

Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc.

Type of Plan:

 

The Plan is a benefit plan providing severance benefits

to eligible employees.

Agent for Service of Legal Process:

 

Matthew Schuyler, Executive Vice President, Chief

Human Resources Officer

Plan Year:

 

The Plan Year shall run from January 1 to December

31. This is also the year for purposes of determining

Annual Base Salary.

Amendment and Termination:

 

The Company may amend the Plan at any time. This

means the benefits of the Plan may be reduced,

increased or changed, or the Plan may be terminated

by the Company at any time, in certain circumstances

with the required consent of affected Participants.

Funding:

 

The funding method will be from the Company’s

general assets.

Contributions:

  The Company will pay all costs of the Plan.

Contract:

 

This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute an

employment contract between you and the Company.

 

15

Exhibit 10.19

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement is effective as of                      , (this “Agreement”) and is between Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned director/officer of the Company (“Indemnitee”).

Background

The Company believes that, in order to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve as directors or in other capacities, including as officers, it must provide such persons with adequate protection through indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to and activities on behalf of the Company.

The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company and, in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve in such capacity, the Company is willing to grant the Indemnitee the indemnification provided for herein. Indemnitee is willing to so serve on the basis that such indemnification be provided.

The parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and the advancement of expenses.

In consideration of Indemnitee’s service to the Company and the covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows.

Section 1. Indemnification.

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”):

(a) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity.

(b) The indemnification provided by this Section I shall be from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals.

Section 2. Advance Payment of Expenses.  To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Indemnitee in appearing at, participating in or defending any action, suit or proceeding or in connection with an enforcement action as


contemplated by Section 3(e), shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to be indemnified by the Company in respect thereof. No other form of undertaking shall be required of Indemnitee other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 2 shall be subject to Section 3(b) and shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 6.

Section 3. Procedure for Indemnification~ Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company hereunder, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof. The failure to promptly notify the Company of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding, or of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee hereunder, except to the extent the Company is actually and materially prejudiced in its defense of such action, suit or proceeding as a result of such failure. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to enable the Company to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

(b) With respect to any action, suit or proceeding of which the Company is so notified as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the last two sentences of this paragraph, be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any subsequently-incurred fees of separate counsel engaged by Indemnitee with respect to the same action, suit or proceeding unless the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee, based on the advice of his or her counsel, shall have reasonably concluded (with written notice being given to the Company setting forth the basis for such conclusion) that, in the conduct of any such defense, there is or is reasonably likely to be a conflict of interest or position between the Company and Indemnitee with respect to a significant issue, then the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume such defense. In addition, the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Company’s assumption of the defense of an action, suit or proceeding in accordance with paragraph (b) above will constitute an irrevocable acknowledgement by the Company that any loss and liability suffered by Indemnitee and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or for the account of Indemnitee incurred in connection therewith are indemnifiable by the Company under Section I of this Agreement.

(d) The determination whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall be made promptly and in any event within 30 days following the Company’s receipt of a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 3(a). If the Company determines that

 

2


Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification or, as contemplated by paragraph (c) above, the Company has acknowledged such entitlement, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee of the indemnifiable amount within such 30 day period. If the Company is not deemed to have so acknowledged such entitlement or the Company’s determination of whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall not have been made within such 30 day period, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, subject to Section 6, nonetheless be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under the DGCL.

(e) In the event that (i) the Company determines in accordance with this Section 3 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company denies a request for indemnification, in whole or in part, or fails to respond or make a determination of entitlement to indemnification within 30 days following receipt of a request for indemnification as described above, (iii) payment of indemnification is not made within such 30 day period, (iv) advancement of expenses is not timely made in accordance with Section 2, or (v) the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in any court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding or otherwise shall also be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

(f) Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement upon submission of a request therefor in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement, as the case may be. The Company shall have the burden of proof in overcoming such presumption, and such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Company overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

Section 4. Insurance and Subrogation.

(a) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, and incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Such insurance policies shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the Company. If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt

 

3


notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

(b) Subject to Section 9(b), in the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy. Indemnitee shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy. The Company shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

(c) Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, and ERISA excise taxes or penalties) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under this Agreement or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 5. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “action, suit or proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b) The term “by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any actual or alleged act or omission to act.

(c) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, appeal bonds, other out-of-pocket costs and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of an action, suit or proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise incurred in connection with a claim that is indemnifiable hereunder.

(d) The term “judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect payments of any type or nature whatsoever, as well as any penalties or excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan).

 

4


Section 6. Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Agreement:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof), however denominated, initiated by Indemnitee, other than (i) an action, suit or proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement (which shall be governed by the provisions of Section 6(b) of this Agreement) and (ii) an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Company, it being understood and agreed that such authorization or consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in connection with any compulsory counterclaim brought by Indemnitee in response to an action, suit or proceeding otherwise indemnifiable under this agreement.

(b) Action for Indemnification . To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, unless Indemnitee is successful in such action, suit or proceeding in establishing Indemnitee’s right, in whole or in part, to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder (in which case such indemnification or advancement shall be to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL), or unless and to the extent that the court in such action, suit or proceeding shall determine that, despite Indemnitee’s failure to establish their right to indemnification, Indemnitee is entitled to indemnity for such expenses; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 6(b) is intended to limit the Company’s obligations with respect to the advancement of expenses to Indemnitee in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, as provided in Section 2 hereof.

(c) Section 16(b) Matters . To indemnify Indemnitee on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for disgorgement of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(d) Fraud or Willful Misconduct . To indemnify Indemnitee on account of conduct by Indemnitee where such conduct has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to have been knowingly fraudulent or constitute willful misconduct.

(e) Prohibited by Law . To indemnify Indemnitee in any circumstance where such indemnification has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to be prohibited by law.

Section 7. Certain Settlement Provisions. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not settle any action, suit or proceeding in any manner that would impose any fine or other obligation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold his, her, its or their consent to any proposed settlement.

 

5


Section 8. Savings Clause. If any provision or provisions (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated.

Section 9. Contribution/Jointly Indemnifiable Claims.

(a) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part, it is agreed that, in such event, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, contribute to the payment of all of Indemnitee’s loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances; provided, that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to any limitation on indemnification set forth in Section 4(c), 6 (other than clause (e)) or 7 hereof.

 

6


(b) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims may arise due to the service of the Indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Company at the request of the Indemnitee-related entities, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claim, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation against or contribution by the Indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement, indemnification or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the Indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each of the Indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 9(b), entitled to enforce this Section 9(b) as though each such Indemnitee-related entity were a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 9(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) The term “Indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

(ii) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the Indemnitee-related entities and the Company pursuant to the DGCL, any agreement or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company or the Indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 10. Form and Delivery of Communications . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand, upon receipt by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier, one day after deposit with such courier and with written verification of receipt or (d) sent by email or facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received. Notice to the Company shall be directed to Kristin A. Campbell, General Counsel, by email at [    ] or by telephone at [    ]. Notice to Indemnitee shall be directed to Indemnitee’s contact information on file with the Company’s Corporate Secretary or its Human Resources Department.

Section 11. Nonexclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, other agreements or otherwise, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. No amendment or alteration of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Section 12. No Construction as Employment Agreement . Nothing contained herein shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained as a director of the Company or in the employ of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though he may have ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company.

Section 13. Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL.

 

7


Section 14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are expressly superseded by this Agreement.

Section 15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, waiver or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement may not be terminated by the Company without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

Section 16. Successor and Assigns . All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Indemnitor, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 17. Service of Process and Venue . The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than Delaware govern indemnification by the Company of Indemnitee, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

Section 19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart.

 

8


Section 20. Headings. The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

This Indemnification Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date stated above.

 

HILTON WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.        INDEMNITEE
By:                  
  Christopher J. Nassetta        Name:     
  President and CEO        Title:    

 

9

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

The following entities were subsidiaries of the Registrant as of November 14, 2013. Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, certain subsidiaries of the Registrant which, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not have constituted a significant subsidiary (as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X) have been omitted.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or

Organization

259 Pitt Street Pty Ltd.    Australia
90210 Biltmore Management, LLC    Delaware
90210 Desert Resorts Management Co., LLC    Delaware
90210 Grand Wailea Management Co., LLC    Delaware
90210 LLC    Delaware
90210 Management Company, LLC    Delaware
Adana Hilton Enternasyonal Otelcilik Limited Sirketi    Turkey
Adda Hotels    England, UK
Adda Properties Limited    England, UK
Addis Ababa Hilton Pvt Ltd Co    Ethiopia
Admiral I Pty Limited    Australia
Admiral II Pty Limited    Australia
Admiral III Pty Limited    Australia
Admiral Investments Pty Limited    Australia
African American Investment Corporation (Pty) Ltd    South Africa
African American Properties (Pty) Ltd.    South Africa
African American Properties Hotels (Pty) Ltd.    South Africa
Andiamo’s O’Hare, LLC    Delaware
Aro Participation Limited    England, UK
ATM Hotels Pty. Limited    Australia
Avenue Louise Hotel Partners S.N.C.    Belgium
Bally’s Grand Property Sub I, Inc.    Nevada
Belfast Hilton Limited    Northern Ireland, UK
Blue Bonnet Security, LLC    Delaware
Bondarea Limited    Scotland, UK
Bradley Court Limited    England, UK
Brasilton Contagem Hoteis e Turismo SA    Brazil
Brighton at Kingston Plantation, L.L.C.    Delaware
Buckingham’s Chicago, LLC    Delaware
CBYH LLC    Delaware
Chancel Service Corporation    Delaware
Chesterfield Village Hotel, L.L.C.    Missouri
Chicago Hilton LLC    Delaware
CHW Holdings, LLC    Delaware
Clive Hall Limited    England, UK
Club Mack OPCO, L.L.C.    Nevada
Comfort Hotels International Limited    England, UK
Comfort Hotels Limited    England, UK


Comfort Inns BV    Netherlands
Comfort Lodge (U.K.) Limited    England, UK
Comfort Lodge Limited    England, UK
Compris Hotel LLC    Delaware
Conrad Franchise LLC    Delaware
Conrad Hospitality, LLC    Delaware
Conrad Hotels Worldwide, LLC    Delaware
Conrad International (Belgium) LLC    Nevada
Conrad International (Egypt) Corporation    Nevada
Conrad International (Egypt) Resorts Corporation    Nevada
Conrad International (Indonesia) Corporation    Nevada
Conrad International (Thailand) Limited    Thailand
Conrad International Hotels (HK) Limited    Hong Kong
Conrad International Investment (Jakarta) Corporation    Nevada
Conrad International Manage (CIS) LLC    Delaware
Conrad International Management Services (Singapore) Pte Ltd    Singapore
Conrad Management LLC    Delaware
Coylumbridge Highland Lodges (Management) Limited    Scotland, UK
Craigendarroch Limited    Scotland, UK
Crystal City LLC    Delaware
Destination Resort Affiliates    Arizona
Destination Resorts LLC    Arizona
Die Flotte Schiffsgastronomie GmbH    Germany
DJONT Leasing LLC    Delaware
Doubletree De Mexico, S.A. De C.V.    Mexico
Doubletree DTWC LLC    Delaware
Doubletree Franchise LLC    Delaware
Doubletree Hotel Systems LLC    Arizona
Doubletree Hotels LLC    Arizona
Doubletree International Franchise LLC    Delaware
Doubletree LLC    Delaware
Doubletree Management LLC    Delaware
Doubletree Partners    Delaware
DR Spokane City Center LLC    Delaware
DT Management LLC    Arizona
DT Ontario Hotel Partners    California
DT Real Estate, Inc.    Arizona
DTM Atlanta/Legacy, Inc.    Arizona
DTM Cambridge, Inc.    Massachusetts
DTM Coconut Grove, Inc.    Arizona
DTM Largo, Inc.    Arizona
DTM Maryland, Inc.    Arizona
DTM Santa Clara LLC    Arizona
DTM Walnut Creek, Inc.    Arizona

 

- 2 -


DTR FCH Holdings, Inc.    Arizona
DTR Houston, Inc.    Arizona
DTR PAH Holding, Inc.    Arizona
DTR San Antonio, Inc.    Arizona
DTR TM Holdings, Inc.    Arizona
DTWC Spokane City Center SPE, LLC    Delaware
Dunkeld Lodges (Management) Limited    Scotland, UK
Durban Hotel Asset Trust    South Africa
EJP Corporation    Delaware
Embassy Development Corporation    Delaware
Embassy Equity Development LLC    Delaware
Embassy Memphis Corporation    Tennessee
Embassy Suites (Isla Verde), Inc.    Delaware
Embassy Suites (Puerto Rico), Inc.    Delaware
Embassy Suites Club No. 1, Inc.    Kansas
Embassy Suites Club No. Three, Inc.    Louisiana
Embassy Suites Club No. Two, Inc.    Texas
Embassy Suites Franchise LLC    Delaware
Embassy Suites International Franchise LLC    Delaware
Embassy Suites Management LLC    Delaware
Embassy Syracuse Development LLC    Delaware
EPAM Corporation    Delaware
EPT Atlanta-Perimeter Center Limited Partnership    Delaware
EPT Austin Limited Partnership    Delaware
EPT Kansas City Limited Partnership    Delaware
EPT Meadowlands Limited Partnership    Delaware
EPT Raleigh Limited Partnership    Delaware
Exhibition Hall Brighton    England, UK
Fess Parker-Red Lion Hotel    California
Florida Conrad International Corp.    Florida
Global Resort Partners    Hawaii
Grand Vacations Realty, LLC    Delaware
Grand Vacations Services LLC    Delaware
Grand Vacations Title, LLC    Delaware
Greatkey Limited    England, UK
Grundstucksgesellschaft An Der Frauenkirche Dresden mbH    Germany
Grundstucksgesellschaft Belvederer Allee Weimar mbH    Germany
GSP Investments 1, LLC    Hawaii
H Alliance, Inc.    Delaware
Hampton Inns Franchise LLC    Delaware
Hampton Inns International Franchise LLC    Delaware
Hampton Inns LLC    Delaware
Hampton Inns Management LLC    Delaware
Hapeville Hotel Limited Partnership    Delaware

 

- 3 -


Hapeville Investors, LLC    Delaware
HCWW Inc.    Delaware
HFS San Francisco Liquor License, LLC    Delaware
HGV Depositor LLC    Delaware
HHC BC Orlando, LLC    Delaware
HHC One Park Boulevard, LLC    Delaware
HHI Worldwide Holdings, Inc.    Delaware
HI (Maldives) Pte Limited    Maldives
HI Hotel Management (Guam), Inc.    Guam
HI Investment (Colombia) EU    Colombia
HI US Finance LLC    Delaware
HI US Investments Unlimited    England, UK
HIC Dormant Holding LLC    Delaware
HIC First Corporation    Delaware
HIC Gaming California, Inc    California
HIC Group Finance Limited    England, UK
HIC Group International Luxembourg Sarl    Luxembourg
HIC Holdings BV    Netherlands
HIC Holdings Corporation    Delaware
HIC Hotels U.S.A. Corporation    Delaware
HIC Racing (Chiswick) Limited    England, UK
HIC Racing Corporation    Delaware
HIC Roissy Netherlands BV    Netherlands
HIC San Pablo Limited, Inc    California
HIC San Pablo, L.P.    California
HIC Second Corporation    Delaware
HIC Treasury Limited    England, UK
HIH Sweden AB    Sweden
Hilstock Hotel Holding Corporation    Delaware
Hilton (Hellas) Monoprosopi EPE    Greece
Hilton Argentina SRL    Argentina
Hilton Beverage LLC    Delaware
Hilton Canada Co.    Canada
Hilton Canada ULC    Canada
Hilton Chicago Beverage I LLC    Delaware
Hilton Chicago Beverage II LLC    Delaware
Hilton Chicago Beverage III LLC    Delaware
Hilton Chicago Beverage IV LLC    Delaware
Hilton CMBS Holdings LLC    Delaware
Hilton Copenhagen ApS    Denmark
Hilton Corporate Director LLC    Delaware
Hilton CP Management LLC    Delaware
Hilton CP Operator LLC    Delaware
Hilton Cyprus Limited    Cyprus
Hilton do Brasil Ltd    Brazil
Hilton Domestic Property LLC    Delaware

 

- 4 -


Hilton Egypt Lil Tigara    Egypt
Hilton El Con Management LLC    Delaware
Hilton El Con Operator LLC    Delaware
Hilton El Segundo LLC    Delaware
Hilton Electronic Distribution Systems, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Energy Investments, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Enternasyonal Otelcilik AS    Turkey
Hilton ESJ Management LLC    Delaware
Hilton ESJ Operator LLC    Delaware
Hilton Finance (UK) Limited    England, UK
Hilton Franchise Holding LLC    Delaware
Hilton Franchise LLC    Delaware
Hilton Garden Inns Franchise LLC    Delaware
Hilton Garden Inns International Franchise LLC    Delaware
Hilton Garden Inns Management LLC    Delaware
Hilton Grand Vacations Club, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Grand Vacations Company, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Grand Vacations Financing, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Grand Vacations Japan Godo Kaisha    Japan
Hilton Grand Vacations Management, LLC    Nevada
Hilton Grand Vacations Trust 2013-A    Delaware
Hilton Grand Vacations Trust I LLC    Delaware
Hilton Hawaii Corporation    Delaware
Hilton Hawaiian Village LLC    Hawaii
Hilton HHC Limited    England, UK
Hilton HHonors Worldwide, L.L.C.    Delaware
Hilton HIH Limited    England, UK
Hilton Holdings LLC    Nevada
Hilton Hospitality LLC    Nevada
Hilton Hotel Management (Shanghai) Co Ltd    China
Hilton Hotel Management Services Private Limited    India
Hilton Hotel Service Co Limited    Japan
Hilton Hotels (Ireland) Limited    Ireland
Hilton Hotels of Australia (Melbourne) Pty Ltd    Australia
Hilton Hotels of Australia Pty Limited    Australia
Hilton Illinois Corp.    Nevada
Hilton Illinois Holdings LLC    Delaware
Hilton Inns LLC    Delaware
Hilton Insurance Corporation    Vermont
Hilton Internacional de Venezuela CA    Venezuela
Hilton International (Bulgaria) EAD    Bulgaria
Hilton International (France) SASU    France
Hilton International (Germany) GmbH    Germany
Hilton International (Moscow) LLC    Delaware
Hilton International (Nederland) BV    Netherlands
Hilton International (Switzerland) GmbH    Switzerland

 

- 5 -


Hilton International (Thailand) Company Limited    Thailand
Hilton International Aruba NV (DORMANT)    Aruba
Hilton International Asia Pacific Pte Ltd.    Singapore
Hilton International Australia Pty Limited    Australia
Hilton International Barbados Limited    Barbados
Hilton International Co (Belgium) SPRL/BVBA    Belgium
Hilton International Co Limited    England, UK
Hilton International Co.    Delaware
Hilton International Ecuador LLC    Delaware
Hilton International Franchise (UK) Limited    England, UK
Hilton International Franchise Holding LLC    Delaware
Hilton International Franchise LLC    Delaware
Hilton International Franchisor Corporation    Delaware
Hilton International GAMMA    France
Hilton International Holdings LLC    Delaware
Hilton International Hotels (U.K.) Limited    England, UK
Hilton International Jamaica Limited    Jamaica
Hilton International Manage (Americas) LLC    Delaware
Hilton International Manage (Argentina) SRL    Argentina
Hilton International Manage (CIS) LLC    Delaware
Hilton International Manage (Maldives) Pvt. Ltd    Maldives
Hilton International Manage (Middle East) LLC    Delaware
Hilton International Manage LLC    Delaware
Hilton International Management (Americas) Corporation    Delaware
Hilton International Management (India) Corporation    Delaware
Hilton International Management (Middle East) Corporation    Delaware
Hilton International Management Corporation    Delaware
Hilton International of Puerto Rico Inc.    Delaware
Hilton International South Africa (PTY) Limited    South Africa
Hilton International Trinidad Limited    Trinidad and Tobago
Hilton International Vermogensverwaltung GmbH    Germany
Hilton Israel Ltd    Israel
Hilton Italiana Srl    Italy
Hilton Kingsland 1, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Land Investment 1, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Leisure Breaks Limited    England, UK
Hilton Malta Limited    Malta
Hilton Management LLC    Delaware
Hilton Mexico Promotora SA de CV (Dormant)    Mexico
Hilton Nairobi Limited    Kenya
Hilton New Jersey Service Corp.    Delaware
Hilton New Orleans, LLC    Delaware
Hilton of Malaysia LLC    Delaware
Hilton of Panama Limited    Panama
Hilton of Singapore LLC    Delaware
Hilton of Spain S.L.    Spain

 

- 6 -


Hilton OPB, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Orlando Partners II, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Orlando Partners III, LLC    Delaware
Hilton PCB Sarl    Luxembourg
Hilton Recreation LLC    Delaware
Hilton Reservations Worldwide, L.L.C.    Delaware
Hilton Resorts Corporation    Delaware
Hilton Resorts Marketing Corp.    Delaware
Hilton Resorts Marketing Korea, LLC    Korea, Republic of
Hilton Riverside, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Russia LLC    Delaware
Hilton San Diego Corporation    California
Hilton Seattle Airport LLC    Delaware
Hilton Service Center GmbH    Germany
Hilton Services Communs GIE    France
Hilton Spring Corporation    Delaware
Hilton Suites, Inc.    Delaware
Hilton Supply Management LLC    Delaware
Hilton Systems Solutions, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Systems, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Tobago Limited    Trinidad and Tobago
Hilton UK Hotels Limited    England, UK
Hilton UK Manage Limited    England, UK
Hilton UK Pension Trustee Limited    England, UK
Hilton Waldorf Holdings LLC    Delaware
Hilton Worldwide Finance Corp.    Delaware
Hilton Worldwide Finance, LLC    Delaware
Hilton Worldwide Limited    England, UK
Hilton Worldwide, Inc.    Delaware
Hilton-OCCC Hotel, LLC    Florida
Hilton-OCCC Mezz Lender, LLC    Florida
Hiro Grundstucks GmbH & Co KG    Germany
HIRO Hotel GmbH & Co KG    Germany
HIRO Verwaltungs GmbH    Germany
HLT Adda GP Limited    England, UK
HLT Aro Manage Limited    England, UK
HLT Audubon LLC    Delaware
HLT Brazil LLC    Delaware
HLT CA Hilton LLC    Delaware
HLT Canada Managed A GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed B GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed Borrower GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed C GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed D GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed E GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed F GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed G GP Inc.    Canada

 

- 7 -


HLT Canada Managed GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed H GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed I GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed J GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed K GP Inc.    Canada
HLT Canada Managed LP    Delaware
HLT Conrad Domestic LLC    Delaware
HLT Conrad GP LLC    Delaware
HLT Conrad International Manage LLC    Delaware
HLT Conrad International Management Corporation    Delaware
HLT Conrad IP LLC    Delaware
HLT Conrad IP Sub Inc.    Delaware
HLT Conrad LLC    Delaware
HLT Craigendarroch Suites Limited    England, UK
HLT DC Owner LLC    Delaware
HLT Domestic IP LLC    Delaware
HLT Domestic IP Sub Inc.    Delaware
HLT Domestic JV Holdings LLC    Delaware
HLT Domestic Owner LLC    Delaware
HLT Drake LLC    Delaware
HLT English Operator Limited    England, UK
HLT ESP Franchise LLC    Delaware
HLT ESP International Franchise LLC    Delaware
HLT ESP International Franchisor Corporation    Delaware
HLT ESP International Manage LLC    Delaware
HLT ESP International Management Corporation    Delaware
HLT ESP Manage LLC    Delaware
HLT Existing Franchise Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise I Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise II Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise III Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise IV Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz II-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz II-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz II-C LLC    Delaware

 

- 8 -


HLT Franchise Mezz II-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz II-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz II-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz II-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz II-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz II-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz III-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz II-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz II-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz I-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz IV-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Franchise Mezz V-K LLC    Delaware

 

- 9 -


HLT Franchise V Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT German Manage GmbH    Germany
HLT German Services GmbH    Germany
HLT GP LLC    Delaware
HLT Hawaii Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT HQ SPE LLC    Delaware
HLT HSM Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT HSS Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT International Conrad Franchise LLC    Delaware
HLT International Existing Franchise Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT International IP LLC    Delaware
HLT International IP Sub Inc.    Delaware
HLT International Manage LLC    Delaware
HLT International Waldorf=Astoria Franchise LLC    Delaware
HLT IP LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Acquisition LLC    Delaware
HLT JV I Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-A LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-B LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-C LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-D LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-E LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-F LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-G LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-H LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-I LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-J LLC    Delaware
HLT JV Mezz I-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Lifestyle Franchise LLC    Delaware
HLT Lifestyle International Franchise LLC    Delaware
HLT Lifestyle International Franchisor Corporation    Delaware
HLT Lifestyle International Manage LLC    Delaware
HLT Lifestyle International Management Corporation    Delaware
HLT Lifestyle Manage LLC    Delaware
HLT Logan LLC    Delaware
HLT London Manage Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Holdco LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Holding Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed I Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed I-A Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed I-A Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed II Holding Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed II-A Borrower Corporation    Delaware

 

- 10 -


HLT Managed II-A Holding Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed III-A Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed IV Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed IV-A Borrower Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed IV-A Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed IX Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed IX-A Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-A Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-B Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-C Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-D Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-E Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-F Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-G Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-H Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-I Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz III-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-J Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz II-K Corporation    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz I-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IV-A Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz IV-B Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz IV-C Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz IV-D Limited    England, UK

 

- 11 -


HLT Managed Mezz IV-E Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz IV-F Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz IV-G Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz IV-H Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz IV-I Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz IV-J Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz IV-K Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz IX-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IX-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IX-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IX-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IX-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IX-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IX-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IX-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IX-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IX-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz IX-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz V-A Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz V-B Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz V-C Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz V-D Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz V-E Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz V-F Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz V-G Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz V-H Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz V-I Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz VI-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VI-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VI-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VI-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VI-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VI-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VI-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VI-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VI-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-I LLC    Delaware

 

- 12 -


HLT Managed Mezz VIII-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VIII-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VIII-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VIII-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VIII-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VIII-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VIII-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VIII-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VIII-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VIII-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VIII-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VII-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VI-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz VI-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz V-J Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz V-K Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed Mezz X-A LP    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz X-B LP    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz X-C LP    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz X-D LP    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz X-E LP    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz X-F LP    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz X-G LP    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz X-H LP    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz X-I LP    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XI-A GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz XI-B GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz XI-C GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz XI-D GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz XI-E GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz XI-F GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz XI-G GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz XI-H GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz XI-I GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz XII-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XII-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XII-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XII-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XII-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XII-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XII-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XII-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XII-I LLC    Delaware

 

- 13 -


HLT Managed Mezz XII-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XII-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz XI-J GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz XI-K GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed Mezz X-J LP    Delaware
HLT Managed Mezz X-K LP    Delaware
HLT Managed V Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed V-A Borrower Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed V-A Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Managed VI Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed VI-A Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed VI-A Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed VII Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed VII-A Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed VII-A Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed VIII-A Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed X-A Borrower LP    Delaware
HLT Managed XI-A Borrower GmbH    Germany
HLT Managed XII-A Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Managed XII-A Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Holdco LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Manage-Franchise Mezz I-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Memphis Data LLC    Delaware
HLT Memphis LLC    Delaware
HLT Mexico LLC    Delaware
HLT Milton Keynes Limited    England, UK
HLT NY Hilton LLC    Delaware
HLT NY Waldorf LLC    Delaware
HLT O’Hare LLC    Delaware
HLT Operate DTWC LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating II-A Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating II-A Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating III-A Borrower Limited    England, UK

 

- 14 -


HLT Operating III-A Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating IV-A Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating IV-A GP LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating IV-A Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz II-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz II-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz II-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz II-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz II-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz II-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz II-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz II-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz II-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz III-A Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz III-B Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz III-C Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz III-D Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz III-E Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz III-F Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz III-G Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz III-H Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz III-I Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz III-J Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz III-K Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz II-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz II-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz I-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz IV-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz IV-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz IV-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz IV-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz IV-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz IV-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz IV-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz IV-H LLC    Delaware

 

- 15 -


HLT Operating Mezz IV-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz IV-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz IV-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Operating Mezz V-A Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz V-B Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz V-C Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz V-D Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz V-E Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz V-F Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz V-G Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz V-H Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz V-I Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-A Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-B Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-C Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-D Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-E Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-F Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-G Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-H Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-I Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-J Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz VII-K Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz V-J Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating Mezz V-K Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating V-A Borrower Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating V-A Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Operating VII-A Borrower GmbH    Germany
HLT Owned II Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned II-A Borrower LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned IV-A Borrower Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned IV-A Holding Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned IX Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned IX-A Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz IV-A Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IV-B Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IV-C Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IV-D Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IV-E Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IV-F Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IV-G Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IV-H Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IV-I Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IV-J Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IV-K Corporation    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz IX-A Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz IX-B Limited    England, UK

 

- 16 -


HLT Owned Mezz IX-C Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz IX-D Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz IX-E Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz IX-F Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz IX-G Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz IX-H Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz IX-I Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz IX-J Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz IX-K Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz V-A Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz V-B Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz V-C Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz V-D Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz V-E Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz V-F Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz V-G Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz V-H Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz V-I Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz VI-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VI-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VI-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VI-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VI-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VI-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VI-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VI-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VI-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VII-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VII-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VII-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VII-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VII-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VII-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VII-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VII-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VII-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VI-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz VI-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned Mezz V-J Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz V-K Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz X-A Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz X-B Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz X-C Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz X-D Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz X-E Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz X-F Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz X-G Limited    England, UK

 

- 17 -


HLT Owned Mezz X-H Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz X-I Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-A Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-B Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-C Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-D Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-E Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-F Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-G Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-H Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-I Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-J Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz XI-K Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz X-J Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned Mezz X-K Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned V Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned V-A Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned VI Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned VI-A Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned VII Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned VII-A Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned VIII Holding LLC    Delaware
HLT Owned X Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned X-A Borrower Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned X-A Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned XI Holding Limited    England, UK
HLT Owned XI-A Borrower Limited    England, UK
HLT Palmer LLC    Delaware
HLT Property Acquisition LLC    Delaware
HLT Resorts GP LLC    Delaware
HLT San Jose LLC    Delaware
HLT Secretary Limited    England, UK
HLT Singapore Manage LLC    Delaware
HLT Stakis IP Limited    England, UK
HLT Stakis Operator Limited    England, UK
HLT Stakis SPE Limited    England, UK
HLT Timeshare Borrower I LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Borrower II LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-C LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz II-A LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz II-B LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz II-C LLC    Delaware

 

- 18 -


HLT Timeshare Mezz II-D LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz II-E LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz II-F LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz II-G LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz II-H LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz II-I LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz II-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz II-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-J LLC    Delaware
HLT Timeshare Mezz I-K LLC    Delaware
HLT Treasury Mezz I-A Limited    England, UK
HLT Treasury Mezz I-B Limited    England, UK
HLT Treasury Mezz I-C Limited    England, UK
HLT Treasury Mezz I-D Limited    England, UK
HLT Treasury Mezz I-E Limited    England, UK
HLT Treasury Mezz I-F Limited    England, UK
HLT Treasury Mezz I-G Limited    England, UK
HLT Treasury Mezz I-H Limited    England, UK
HLT Treasury Mezz I-I Limited    England, UK
HLT Treasury Mezz I-J Limited    England, UK
HLT Treasury Mezz I-K Limited    England, UK
HLT Waldorf=Astoria International Manage LLC    Delaware
HLT Waldorf=Astoria International Management Corporation    Delaware
Homewood Suites Franchise LLC    Delaware
Homewood Suites International Franchise LLC    Delaware
Homewood Suites Management LLC    Delaware
Hotel Clubs of Corporate Woods, Inc.    Kansas
Hotel Corporation of Europe    New York
Hotel Hilton Plaza AB    Sweden
Hotel Maatschappij Rotterdam BV    Netherlands
Hotel Maatschappij Schiphol BV    Netherlands
Hotel Management (Middle East) LLC    Delaware
Hotel Management of Minneapolis Inc.    Minnesota
Hotelbetriebsgesellschaft Hochstrasse GmbH    Germany
Hotels Statler Company, Inc.    Delaware
HPP Hotels USA, Inc.    Delaware
HPP International Corporation    Nevada
HRC Islander LLC    Delaware
HTGV, LLC    Delaware
Hyden Holdings Limited    Gibraltar
Inhil Co., Inc.    New York
Innvision, LLC    Delaware
International Brand Hospitality GmbH    Austria
International Brand Hospitality GmbH    Germany
International Hotels (Kenya) Limited    Kenya
International Rivercenter Lessee, L.L.C.    Louisiana
International Rivercenter, L.L.C.    Louisiana
Intersection Hotels Limited    England, UK
Istanbul Park Hilton Enternasyonal Otelcilik Limited Sirketi    Turkey
Izmir Hilton Enternasyonal Otelcilik AS    Turkey

 

- 19 -


Kayseri Hilton Enternasyonal Otelcilik AS    Turkey
Kenner Hotel Limited Partnership    Delaware
King Street Station Hotel Associates, L.P.    Virginia
Kitty O’Shea’s Chicago, LLC    Delaware
Konya Hilton Enternasyonal Otelcilik AS    Turkey
Livingwell Australia Pty Limited    Australia
LivingWell Limited    England, UK
Lockwood Palmer House, LLC    Delaware
Madagascar Hilton SARL    Madagascar
Maple Hotels Management Company Limited    England, UK
Margate Towers at Kingston Plantation, L.L.C.    Delaware
Marquette Holdings LLC    Delaware
Marquette MPT, Inc.    Delaware
Mayaguez Hilton Corporation    Delaware
MC Treasury Limited    England, UK
McLean Hilton LLC    Delaware
Meritex, LLC    Delaware
Mersin Hilton Enternasyonal Otelcilik AS    Turkey
Metropole Hotels Limited    England, UK
MHV Joint Venture    Texas
Miami Airport LLC    Delaware
Middle East Hotels LLC    Delaware
Milbuck Holdings, Inc    Delaware
New Orleans Rivercenter    Louisiana
Nippon Hilton Co Ltd    Japan
NORC Riparian Property, Inc.    Louisiana
Oakbrook Hilton Suites and Garden Inn LLC    Illinois
Odawara Hilton Co., Ltd    Japan
Operadora de Hoteles Loreto, S. de R.L. de C.V    Mexico
Osaka Hilton Co Ltd    Japan
P.T. Jakarta International Artha    Indonesia
Peacock Alley Service Company, LLC    New York
Pembroke Hotel Limited    England, UK
Phoenix SP Hilton LLC    Delaware
Potter’s Bar Palmer House, LLC    Delaware
Promus Hotel Services, Inc.    Delaware
Promus Hotels Florida LLC    Delaware
Promus Hotels LLC    Delaware
Promus Hotels Minneapolis, Inc.    Delaware
Promus Hotels Parent LLC    Delaware
Promus Operating LLC    Delaware
Promus/FCH Condominium Company, L.L.C.    Delaware
Promus/FCH Development Company, L.L.C.    Delaware
Promus/FelCor Hotels, L.L.C.    Delaware
Promus/FelCor Lombard Venture    Illinois
Promus/FelCor Manager, Inc.    Delaware
Promus/FelCor Parsippany Venture    New Jersey
Promus/FelCor San Antonio Venture    Texas
Promus/Kingston Development Corporation    Delaware
PT Hilton International Manage Indonesia    Indonesia

 

- 20 -


PT. Conrad Management Indonesia    Indonesia
Puckrup Hall Hotel Limited    England, UK
S.F. Hilton LLC    Delaware
SALC, Inc.    Texas
Samantha Hotel LLC    Delaware
Servicios y Recursos Administrativos Hoteleros S. de R.L. de C.V.    Mexico
Short Hills Hilton LLC    Delaware
SL Secundus GmbH    Germany
SL Secundus GmbH & Co. Objekt Nürnberg KG    Germany
Societe d’Exploitation Hoteliere d’Orly EURL    France
Societe d’Exploitation Hoteliere du XVeme EURL    France
Societe d’Exploitation Hoteliere La Defense SAS    France
Societe Tunis Hilton SARL    Tunisia
Splendid Property Company Limited    Scotland, UK
St Helens Hotels Limited    England, UK
Stakis Central Services Limited    Scotland, UK
Stakis Finance Limited    Scotland, UK
Stakis Limited    Scotland, UK
Suite Life, Inc.    Delaware
Sunrise Resources (Australia) Pty Ltd    Australia
Tandem Limited    Isle of Man
Tel Aviv Hilton Limited    Israel
Tex Holdings, Inc.    Delaware
The Lodore Hotel Limited    England, UK
Village Motor Inn    Montana
Vista International DE LLC    Delaware
Vista Real Estate Management Company    Egypt
WA Collection International, LLC    Delaware
Waldorf Astoria Franchise LLC    Delaware
Waldorf=Astoria Management LLC    Delaware
Washington Hilton, L.L.C.    New York
World Hotels, B.V.    Netherlands

 

- 21 -

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated September 6, 2013, in Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-191110) and related Prospectus of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

McLean, Virginia

November 27, 2013

Exhibit 23.3

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of her biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by reference the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

 

Date: November 25, 2013     /s/ Elizabeth A. Smith  
    Elizabeth A. Smith  

Exhibit 99.1

The disclosures reproduced below were initially included in periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by The Blackstone Group L.P. (“Blackstone”), with respect to the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013, in accordance with Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Other than with respect to disclosures regarding Hilton Worldwide, Inc., we did not independently verify or participate in the preparation of any of these disclosures.

Blackstone included the following disclosure in its Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2013:

Travelport Limited, which may be considered our affiliate, included the disclosure reproduced below in its Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2013. We have not independently verified or participated in the preparation of this disclosure.

“As part of our global business in the travel industry, we provide certain passenger travel related GDS and Airline IT Solutions services to Iran Air. We also provide certain Airline IT Solutions services to Iran Air Tours. All of these services are either exempt from applicable sanctions prohibitions pursuant to a statutory exemption in the International Emergency Economic Powers Act permitting transactions ordinarily incident to travel or, to the extent not otherwise exempt, specifically licensed by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). Subject to any changes in the exempt/licensed status of such activities, we intend to continue these business activities, which are directly related to and promote the arrangement of travel for individuals.

The gross revenue and net profit attributable to these activities in the quarter ended September 30, 2013 were approximately $164,000 and $122,000, respectively.”

Blackstone included the following disclosure in its Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013:

Hilton Worldwide Inc., which may be considered our affiliate, provided the disclosure reproduced below in connection with activities during the second fiscal quarter of 2013. We have not independently verified or participated in the preparation of this disclosure.

“As previously disclosed, during the reporting period, certain individual employees at two Hilton-branded hotels in the United Arab Emirates received routine wage payments as direct deposits to their personal accounts at Bank Melli, an entity identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (“SDN List”) maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control in the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Both of these hotels are owned by a third party, staffed by employees of the third-party owner and operated pursuant to a management agreement between the owner and a Hilton affiliate. In each case, these payments originated from the third-party owner’s account to the personal accounts of the employees at their chosen bank. During the reporting period, both hotels discontinued making direct deposits to accounts at Bank Melli. No revenues or net profits are associated with these transactions.

Also as previously disclosed, during the reporting period, several individuals stayed at the DoubleTree Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, pursuant to a rate agreement between the hotel and Mahan Air, an entity identified on the SDN List. The rate agreement was terminated as of May 2, 2013. This hotel is staffed by employees of the third-party owner and operated pursuant to a management agreement between the owner and a Hilton affiliate. Under the rate agreement, which was entered into in the name of the owner, the hotel reserved a number of rooms for Mahan Air crew members at the DoubleTree Kuala Lumpur several times each week. Revenue and net profit received by Hilton attributable to Mahan Air crew hotel stays during the reporting period was approximately $430.”

Travelport Limited, which may be considered our affiliate, included the disclosure reproduced below in its Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013. We have not independently verified or participated in the preparation of this disclosure.


“As part of our global business in the travel industry, we provide certain passenger travel related GDS and airline IT Solutions services to Iran Air. We also provide certain airline IT Solutions services to Iran Air Tours. All of these services are either exempt from applicable sanctions prohibitions pursuant to a statutory exemption in the International Emergency Economic Powers Act permitting transactions ordinarily incident to travel or, to the extent not otherwise exempt, specifically licensed by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). Subject to any changes in the exempt/licensed status of such activities, we intend to continue these business activities, which are directly related to and promote the arrangement of travel for individuals.

Prior to and during the reporting period, we also provided airline IT Solutions services to Syrian Arab Airlines. These services were generally understood to be permissible under the same statutory travel exemption. The services were terminated following the May 2013 action by OFAC to designate this airline as a Specially Designated Global Terrorist pursuant to the Global Terrorism Sanctions Regulations.

The gross revenue and net profit attributable to these activities in the quarter ended June 30, 2013 were approximately $248,000 and $176,000, respectively.”

Blackstone included the following disclosure in its Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2013:

Hilton Worldwide Inc., which may be considered our affiliate, provided the disclosure reproduced below in connection with activities during the first fiscal quarter of 2013. We have not independently verified or participated in the preparation of this disclosure.

“During the reporting period, the Iranian Ministry of Youth and Sports purchased a number of room nights at the Hilton Ankara, Turkey, which is leased by a foreign affiliate of Hilton. Revenue received by Hilton for these hotel stays was approximately $4,360 and net profit was approximately $1,700. During calendar year 2012, the Embassy of Iran purchased a number of room nights at the hotel and organized a concert event in the hotel ballroom. Revenue received by Hilton for the services provided to the Embassy of Iran in 2012 was approximately $11,070 and net profit was approximately $4,300. Hilton believes that the hotel stays were exempt from the Iranian Transactions and Sanctions Regulations, 31 C.F.R. Part 560, pursuant to the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (“IEEPA”). The Hilton Ankara intends to continue engaging in future similar transactions to the extent they remain permissible under IEEPA.

Also during the reporting period, certain individual employees at two Hilton-branded hotels in the United Arab Emirates received routine wage payments as direct deposits to their personal accounts at Bank Melli, an entity identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (“SDN List”) maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control in the U.S. Department of the Treasury. In addition, certain individual employees at these hotels received routine wage payments as direct deposits to their personal accounts at Bank Melli during calendar year 2012. Both of these hotels are owned by a third party, staffed by employees of the third-party owner and operated pursuant to a management agreement between the owner and a Hilton affiliate. In each case, these payments originated from the third-party owner’s account to the personal accounts of the employees at their chosen bank. No revenues or net profits are associated with these transactions. Both hotels have advised Hilton that they will discontinue making direct deposits to accounts at Bank Melli.

During the reporting period, several individuals stayed at the DoubleTree Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, pursuant to a rate agreement between the hotel and Mahan Air, an entity identified on the SDN List. This hotel is staffed by employees of the third-party owner and operated pursuant to a management agreement between the owner and a Hilton affiliate. Under the agreement, which was entered into in the name of the owner, the hotel reserved a number of rooms for Mahan Air crew members at the DoubleTree Kuala Lumpur several times each week. Revenue received by Hilton attributable to Mahan Air crew hotel stays during the reporting period was approximately $1,550. The DoubleTree Kuala Lumpur also reserved a number of rooms for Mahan Air crew members during calendar year 2012. Revenue received by Hilton attributable to Mahan Air crew hotel stays in 2012 was approximately $3,820. Hilton considers its net profit on management fees to be approximately the same as its revenue. The DoubleTree Kuala Lumpur has terminated the agreement and does not intend to engage in any future transactions with Mahan Air.”


SunGard Capital Corp., SunGard Capital Corp. II and SunGard Data Systems Inc. (collectively referred to herein as “SunGard”), which may be considered our affiliates, provided the disclosure reproduced below in connection with activities during the first fiscal quarter of 2013. We have not independently verified or participated in the preparation of this disclosure.

“As previously reported on our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, pursuant to Section 13(r)(1)(D)(i) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), during 2012 a U.K. subsidiary of ours provided certain limited disaster recovery services and hosted co-location of some hardware at our premises in London for Bank Saderat PLC, a bank incorporated and based in the U.K. Bank Saderat PLC is identified on the U.S. Treasury Department’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224. Our subsidiary terminated this contract in the first quarter of 2013, and we do not otherwise intend to enter into any Iran-related activity. The gross revenue and net profits attributable to these activities in the first quarter of 2013 were less then £5,000 each.”

Additionally, after Blackstone filed its Form 10-K for fiscal year 2012, SunGard included the disclosure reproduced below in its Form 10-K for fiscal year 2012. We have not independently verified or participated in the preparation of this disclosure.

“Pursuant to Section 13(r)(1)(D)(i) of the Exchange Act, we note that during 2012 a U.K. subsidiary of ours provided certain limited disaster recovery services and hosted co-location of some hardware at our premises in London for Bank Saderat PLC, a bank incorporated and based in the UK. Bank Saderat PLC is identified on the U.S. Treasury Department’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224. The intent of the services was to facilitate the ability of the UK-based employees of Bank Saderat PLC to continue local operations in the event of a disaster or other unplanned event in the UK, including use of shared work space and recovery of the Bank’s local UK data. The gross revenue and net profits attributable to these activities in 2012 was £16,300 and approximately £5,700, respectively. During 2012, no disaster or unplanned event occurred causing Bank Saderat PLC to make use of our recovery facilities in London, but Bank Saderat PLC did perform annual testing on-site. Our subsidiary has terminated this contract in the first quarter of 2013, and we do not otherwise intend to enter into any Iran-related activity.”

Travelport Limited, which may be considered our affiliate, provided the disclosure reproduced below in connection with activities during the first fiscal quarter of 2013. We have not independently verified or participated in the preparation of this disclosure.

“As part of our global business in the travel industry, we provide certain passenger travel-related GDS and airline IT services to Iran Air. We also provide certain airline IT services to Iran Air Tours. All of these services are either exempt from applicable sanctions prohibitions pursuant to a statutory exemption permitting transactions ordinarily incident to travel or, to the extent not otherwise exempt, specifically licensed by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control. Subject to any changes in the exempt/licensed status of such activities, we intend to continue these business activities, which are directly related to and promote the arrangement of travel for individuals.”

Travelport has not provided us with gross revenues and net profits attributable to the activities described above.